Ed Driscoll.com Ed Driscoll.com
A Recession, Not A "Catastrophe"

Despite self-serving doomsday prognostications by President Obama, and a skewed unemployment chart produced by Nancy Pelosi and promoted by Andrew Sullivan, Alan Reynolds, a senior fellow with the Cato Institute, reminds us that "It's A Recession Not A 'Catastrophe'".

In the interim however, Brett Joshpe has a modest proposal for Big Hollywood:

Unlike the greedy Wall Street executives though, who have torpedoed our economy by allowing federal bureaucrats to bludgeon them into making bad loans, Hollywood would surely understand the merit of pay caps. After all, it would enable the entertainment world to fulfill its pledge "to pitch in and work harder and look after not only ourselves but each other." (Cut for laughter and gagging and take two!)

But seriously, for the people who are leading the environmental movement and spearheading efforts to turn the Academy Awards green, cut back on the number of SUV's in their entourage, and demonstrate frugality to Al Gore, this is such a great opportunity to demonstrate restraint and help out the new President. What better way to show solidarity with Democrats who want to impose a command and control economy and to confiscate wealth from the rich. Especially since everyone needs to make sacrifices right now. Not to worry though, Steven Spielberg and crew, it will feel patriotic.

As such, we should cap the compensation that movie studios and Silver Screen stars make, particularly given the wealth disparities between the actors and actresses and the grips, stagehands, and extras. While there will be times for profits, this is not that time, especially when people are losing jobs and the Golden State's $40 billion budget deficit is bigger than most countries' total economic GDP.

It so refreshing to see Hollywood stars embracing this new America. They are just in time to put their dollars where their mouths are and to start fulfilling their pledge.

What say you, Ashton and Demi?

Wait, I Thought Looking For Root Causes Was Important

What caused the meltdown of the banking system? Was it Texas-Hold'em Poker? According to those new puritans at New York magazine it was--gasp!--television! Worse, horror-of-horrors, it was cable television, and they want this sort of smut and financial pornography banished from the airways:

The real villains here, the truly bad seeds at the heart of this crisis, have gone unpunished thus far and are still in operation. They are Jeff Lewis and Ryan Brown of Bravo's Flipping Out, Armando and Veronica Montelongo of TLC's Flip This House, Kristen Kemp of TLC's The Property Ladder, Kendra Todd of HGTV's My House Is Worth WHAT?, and the TLC, Bravo, HGTV, and Fine Living networks in general. All of them encouraged people to take out massive loans in order to buy and renovate homes and sell them at a profit when, really, most people have terrible taste, and furthermore, are bad at laying tile. These shows are still on! WHY?
But then, there are all sorts of reasons for those on the left to avoid examining some of these root causes:



Back in late December, we noted that the Connecticut Post refused to print emails from readers if they delved too heavily into a particular hometown topic:
"All letters are welcome. But there are code words hidden in some that are signals to stop paying close attention -- "Chris Dodd" and "Barney Frank."
All of which points to a word that the New York Times simply can't bring itself to speak, Ed Morrissey writes:
The Times wants to sell Dodd as a victim of the "moneyed Washington subculture where powerful incumbents are invited to get something wholesale," but that's poppycock. The man who accepts a bribe is no more of a victim than the man who offers it. It takes both to create corruption, and it's hard to find a more bald example of it than this. Dodd oversaw Countrywide as part of his committee chairmanship and understood that when he accepted the two loans for below-market rates and no-points acceptance. Countrywide later went belly-up, costing the nation billions of dollars for its easy-terms lending practices, and Dodd has been among the voices blaming the collapse of the lending markets on poor oversight. Well, he ought to know that firsthand, oughtn't he?

There's more at stake in this refusal to acknowledge corruption, and we have seen it in Barack Obama's Cabinet appointments. He and Congress have excused wrongdoing for Tim Geithner that would likely have resulted in criminal prosecution for others because Geithner supposedly belongs to a rarified elite group of technocrats that the nation can't do without. That stands the rule of law on its head, and put Geithner, Dodd, and others like them beyond the same responsibilities as the rest of us plebes. Dodd, Geithner, and other DC insiders now get a pass from responsibility for their actions simply because of who they know.

Taking sweetheart deals from the industry Dodd oversaw is corruption, regardless of the circumstances. Refusing to pay taxes even after getting reimbursements from one's employer is tax evasion. When we start making up new names for old crimes based on the relative power of the person who committed them, we have ended the rule of law and created an aristocracy.

Exactly. As G.K. Chesterton noted a century ago, "It isn't that they can't see the solution. It is that they can't see the problem"--or where it began.

The Dawn Of The "Savior-Based Economy"

As South Carolina's Governor Mark Sanford noted on CNN today, "A lot of people who've made some very stupid decisions are being bailed out by the population at large":

"A problem that was created by building up of too much debt will not be solved with yet more debt," Gov. Mark Sanford said Sunday, making a reference to the federal deficit spending that will likely finance the federal stimulus package.

"We're moving precipitously close to what I would call a savior-based economy," Sanford also said Sunday on CNN's State of the Union.

The South Carolina Republican said such an economy is "what you see in Russia or Venezuela or Zimbabwe or places like that where it matters not how good your product is to the consumer but what your political connection is to those in power."

The "savior-based economy"? What could go wrong?

Update: Welcome Insta-readers. Feel free to look around the site, and if you like what see...Read The Whole Thing™, to coin a phrase.

Bad Faith Economists

Samizdata.net notes:

In a recent New York Times column, Paul Krugman wrote about what he called the bad faith of the opponents of President Obama's economic stimulus plan. Krugman is apparently labouring under the view that his side has a monopoly of virtue in the current debate and that the Obama plan can not possibly be attacked on the merits.
Apparently?

(HT: I/P)

The Great Overreach

Jonah Goldberg's latest essay begins, "The stimulus bill has failed:"

Barack Obama has failed. The Trojan Horse of Hope and Change crashed into the guardrail of reality, revealing an army of ideologues and activists inside.

Now, before I continue, let me say that Barack Obama will still be popular, he will still get things done, and he will declare victory after signing a stimulus bill.

But Obama's moment is gone, and politics is about nothing if not moments.

Read the whole thing; follow the links here.

Timothy Geithner: The Obamatross?

Jennifer Rubin writes that when Tom Daschle backed out, "the conventional wisdom was that Geithner had gotten 'lucky' since he slipped through before the firestorm":

But that might not be right and, in fact, he may now be a never-ending source of angst for the Obama team. When we get to the inevitable Obama tax hike on the "rich" will Geithner be the one trying to sell the proposition to the voters and Congress? You can hear the Republican retort already. ("Yeah, not a problem since you don't pay all your taxes!") Even now, is he capable of performing PR for the administration on the news show circuit while the first question would be whether he too should step down?
Plus some thoughts on who in Obama's cabinet benefits from a hobbled Geithner.

Turning Japanese? I Really Think So

No sex, no drugs, no wine, no women--but ladles of endless pork. Something to be avoided like a cyclone ranger, lest it cause The Vapors: "Lessons From A Stimulus That Failed."

"GE Chief Warns On US Depression Threat"

That's the headline from the Financial Times, which notes:

The US economy is suffering its steepest downturn since at least the 1970s and could descend into a depression, Jeff Immelt, General Electric's chief executive, warned on Thursday.
Far from warning about a devastating economic slowdown, most of GE's other spokesmen are surprisingly copacetic with the idea.

25% Of Obama's Original Cabinet Picks Have Tax Issues

"Have we had a more incompetent vetting process in the White House over such a short period of time? When we criticized Barack Obama's lack of executive experience, even we didn't think it was going to be this bad."

Update: "It's easier to list the Obama-nees who aren't tax cheats than those who are."

More: "Two thoughts: (1) Don't any of these people pay their taxes? And (2) Is this, like, some kind of karmic payback for all the Joe-the-plumber tax business?"

The Words Of The Profits Were Written On The Snuggie Shawls

Sorry to recycle one of our more popular recent headlines so quickly, but it certainly seemed to fit Mary Katharine Ham's latest video:

21 Goes Bust

Manolo for the Men sadly reports, "the economic downturn has led to a true casual-ty: 21, the famed Manhattan restaurant, is no longer requiring that male diners wear ties, as it had for the prior 79 years."

"It is the final victory of Los Angeles," Tim Zagat of the popular eponymously named restaurant wry noted.

John Edwards Was Right

There really are two Americas, Glenn Reynolds writes:

So in a way we have found a new kind of politics. We've gone from a "culture of corruption" in which people who figured in scandals (can you say "Duke Cunningham"?) faced actual consequences, to a culture of impunity, in which it's taken for granted that the rules for big shots are different.

Don't pay your taxes? If you run a dry cleaning shop in Cincinnati, the IRS will come down on you like a ton of bricks. But if you're a congressman or a former senator or a Treasury nominee, you can just sheepishly pay up, perhaps even , as in Daschle's case, without being assessed any penalties.

For that matter, an IRS field agent with these tax problems would have been cashiered, but Geithner, who will have the IRS under his supervision, gets the job anyway.

Ordinary Americans can be excused for thinking that there are two sets of rules: One for the bigshots, the connected, the Made Men of Washington D.C., and another for everyone else.

The Obama Administration may well ride out these particular scandals, and get its chosen nominees into office. Republicans may even let them, on the theory that an admitted tax-evader will probably find it harder to back tax increases on the rest of us.

And, besides, the Republicans in Congress who would be asking the questions are Made Men themselves. But the damage to the polity will remain.

Indeed. Read the whole thingTM.

Life In The Laissez-Faire Wild West

In his best-selling Liberal Fascism, Jonah Goldberg wrote:

Like the editors of the old Soviet encyclopedias who would send out updates to instruct which pages should be torn out, American liberalism has repeatedly censored and rewritten its own history so that the "bad guys" were always conservatives and the good guys always liberals.
In The American Spectator W. James Antle III writes that you can see this phenomenon at work in Sam Tanenhaus' latest article:
I've been prodded to read and comment on this Sam Tanenhaus essay pronouncing conservatism dead. Tanenhaus is a smart guy who knows quite a bit about the conservative movement, much more than most liberal writers. But I'm not terribly impressed by his eulogy for the right. Uncharacteristically, Tanenhaus makes little effort to understand conservatives on their own terms. Instead we get embarrassingly tendentious liberal cliches like this:
Today, the situation is much bleaker. After George W. Bush's two terms, conservatives must reckon with the consequences of a presidency that failed, in large part, because of its fervent commitment to movement ideology: the aggressively unilateralist foreign policy; the blind faith in a deregulated, Wall Street-centric market; the harshly punitive "culture war" waged against liberal "elites."
This completely airbrushes out the "responsible" center-left's initial support for the Iraq war, the fact that the biggest "deregulation" relevant to banking was signed into law by Bill Clinton, the left's own role in the "harshly punitive 'culture war'" (which side imposed their will on the electorate via the courts?), and of course any distinctions between Bush's crony capitalism meets Sarbanes-Oxley meets bailouts and the laisezz faire wild west of Tanenhaus' fevered imagination.
Read the rest here; related thoughts from Orrin Judd.

Pinch, It's Time To Call Don Draper

What is it with the New York Times' ads lately? Last month, Galley Slaves linked to their incredibly lame Bobos In Paradise On Park Ave. themed Web video ads, noted (accurately, I think) "Whatever was spent on this 'Conversations' project might as well have been flushed down a drain. Just ridiculous", and asked, "Do Newspapers Deserve to Die?"

Today, Steve Green looks at the Times' latest online ad featuring a glowing photo of The One Who Pinch Has Been Waiting For and asks:

Is it just me, or has the NYT ad department just given the President a ringing endorsement? It's one thing when the editorial page makes an endorsement, but a banner ad? Really?
My favorite is the recent theme featuring the headline, "Subscribe To History," which has a remarkably ironic unintended subtext.

In Dodd They Trust

Speaking of boomer-era flashbacks, Glenn Reynolds dubs this "Chris Dodd's Modified Limited Hangout"; Mark Tapscott writes that "There are two kinds of journalists in the world":

those who have been been given the idiot's treatment by public officials on a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request for public documents, and those who will be.

Believe me, I know because I didn't get inducted into the Freedom of Information Act Hall of Fame for nothing (no, really, I am not making that up. Go here if you think only liberals get such honors.).

Now Senate Banking Committee Chairman Sen, Chris Dodd, D-CN, has pulled what has to be an all-time classic evasion stunt against journalists covering Congress and the economic crisis concerning his promise six months ago to make public all of the documents about his sweetheart loan deal with Countrywide Mortgage.

Dodd invited a select few Connecticut reporters to his office in Hartford Monday and gave them a few minutes to view - but not copy - a small selection of documents that he claims proves he did nothing wrong in accepting special treatment from Countrywide that saved him a reported $75,000 in refinancing a couple of loans worth a total of $800,000. The Wall Street Journal called it Dodd's "Peek-A-Boo Disclosure."

How will Beltway journalists respond? Tapscott predicts that they'll happily play along:
My guess is that they will do nothing because Dodd is a Democrat and he will be protected just as they have protected House Financial Services Committee Chairman Rep. Barney Frank (D-MA), Clinton administration officials like former OMB Director Franklin Raines, and the many Democrat donors and operators like Mozilo who made millions through their associations with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. They forced lenders to lend billions to unqualified buyers, shielded the process from public exposure and accountability and then cried "Wall Street greed" when their Ponzi scheme exploded and the economy tanked.
In other words...


Keep The Bar Code Scanner Flying

Charles Platt was a senior writer for Wired, whom much like Michael Lewis, George Plimpton, George Orwell, and other journalists, decides to go to work in an industry reviled by, or otherwise unknown to elites--in Platt's case, Wal-Mart:

The picture above is of me, finishing my shift at the world's largest retailer. How did I move from being a senior writer at Wired magazine to an entry-level position in a company that is reviled by almost all living journalists?

It started when I read Nickel and Dimed, in which Atlantic contributor Barbara Ehrenreich denounces the exploitation of minimum-wage workers in America. Somehow her book didn't ring true to me, and I wondered to what extent a preconceived agenda might have biased her reporting. Hence my application for a job at the nearest Wal-Mart.

Getting in was not easy, as more than 100 applicants were competing for fewer than 10 job openings. Still, I made it through a very clever screening quiz, then through a series of three interviews, followed by two days of training. I felt ambivalent about taking advantage of the company's resources in this way, but I was certainly willing to do my part by working hard at the store, at least for a limited period.

The job was as dull as I expected, but I was stunned to discover how benign the workplace turned out to be.

Platt writes, "As for all those Wal-Mart horror stories--when I went home and checked the web sites that attack the company, I found that many of them are subsidized with union money." Of course, anti-capitalist forces demonizing department stores is hardly a new trend, and certainly not limited to America.

Read the whole thing, which concludes with a reference to Adam Shepard, the author of Scratch Beginnings, whom Glenn Reynolds and Dr. Helen Smith interviewed for one of their podcasts last year.

(Via Walter Olsen and John Hawkins.)

The L.A. Times Keeps Rockin', The Guys Get Shirts At CNN

The L.A. Times is shedding jobs; it will soon have 300 fewer people employed not to publish the news.

Meanwhile, CNN isn't afraid to wear its heart on its sleeve, and its biases on its chest, though sadly, it doesn't appear that a "Wright-Free Zone" T-shirt is yet for sale.

"We Planned In War"

In his review of Amity Shlaes' The Forgotten Man for the Claremont Institute, Jonah Goldberg summarized the New Dealers' attempt to deploy military methods and central planning to nationalize America's economy thusly:

When liberals speak of unity and hope, what they really mean is success. The 1930s and 1960s, unlike the '20s and '50s, were decades when liberals, broadly speaking, were "winning." When you hear liberals bemoaning divisiveness and insisting that we must "get beyond" "labels" and "ideological" differences, what they are really saying is that their opponents should shut up and get with the program. The New Deal's appeal lies in the fact that it was the first time when progressive social engineers had real power without the galvanizing dynamic of a war. The Brains Trusters had spent much of the 1920s complaining "we planned in war," i.e., during World War I; they insisted that they should be allowed to plan in peace as well. The Depression gave them their shot. And that in a nutshell is why supposedly empirically minded and "reality-based" liberals still genuflect to the myth of the New Deal. It is the ne plus ultra of liberal power. Defending the New Deal is the first requirement of liberal power-worship.
Rusty Weiss spots a newspaper cartoonist so close and yet so far from this point, as he equates the passing of the so-called stimulus bill with the raising of the flag on Iwo Jima:
In one of the more insulting comparisons seen in recent memory, Albany Times Union editorial cartoonist John de Rosier does a major disservice to the honorable men who served during the Battle of Iwo Jima, by depicting recent efforts of Democrats to pass a non-stimulating 'economic stimulus plan' as equally heroic.

The cartoon shows Democrats in the role of the Marines featured in the Iwo Jima Memorial, a sculpture based on the famous photo by Joe Rosenthal entitled Raising the Flag on Iwo Jima. The exception to this replication lies in the flag being raised - the Dem's are trying to hoist a 'bailout flag' as opposed to a flag of the United States.

If that weren't insulting enough, the cartoon also shows the Republican Party mascot, the elephant, trying desperately to pull the flag down.

In short, the Democrats are trying to save our nation by heroically raising up the Obama bailout flag, while the villainous Republicans are trying to destroy our nation by stopping their efforts.

Meanwhile, in a brief item on Jonah's own Liberal Fascism book, Frank Wilson, the book editor of the Philadelphia Inquirer writes:
I downloaded Goldberg's book on my Kindle because I was curious about a book that had made it on to the NYT best-seller list without ever being reviewing in the Times or most other papers and because I didn't want to pay the full price for what I suspected might be a screed. I was pleasantly surprised to find it was a well-written historical survey of a set of ideas and how they grew. I was also surprised by what I learned about Mussolini.
As I wrote in my own review of Jonah's book:
Mussolini similarly invented the word "totalitarianism" as a way to describe a cradle-to-grave socialism that would bind all aspects of his nation together. "Mussolini meant it to be appealing to people," Goldberg said. "It was a sales pitch for his kind of government. He meant it as we would use words like 'holistic' today, as sort of covering every aspect of life; everyone's going to be included, everyone's going to be part of the community. No child is going to be left behind. That was the meaning of totalitarianism in its original conception."
Concurrently, the Philadelphia Inquirer seeks to get itself even deeper into bed with government, requesting a bailout from the state's Democratic governor. Needless to say, Il Duce would approve.

Related: The Illustrated Stimulus.

The Words Of The Profits Were Written On The Snuggie Shawls

Steve Green writes, "They Don't Like Profits Anyway":

Via Melissa Clouthier comes this tasty little item from Gawker:
...today the NYT runs an op-ed from Yale's hallowed money manager David Swensen, in which he recommends that newspapers turn themselves into non-profits with endowments (we agree, philosophically at least). "As long as newspapers remain for-profit enterprises, they will find no refuge from their financial problems." He's talking to you, NYT!
The NYT is already headed towards zero profits for as far as the eye can see -- so why not make it official?
Even as yet another east coast paper begs for a federal bailout, there's hope yet for another legacy media: "Snuggie Sales Prove TV isn't Dead"!

Well, that's a relief.

Rush Limbaugh Spars With CNBC Hosts

Infidels Are Cool has the video of CNBC calling Rush to harangue him over his Wall Street Journal op-ed. It's been a while since I've watched the ostensibly business-oriented CNBC; when did their hosts start sounding like they're auditioning for the even further leftwing MSNBC?

Related: Roger Kimball suggests that maybe President Smoot "should listen to Rush Limbaugh after all."

One Day Less Of Mail A Week? Post Office Says Maybe

Everyone knows what email is--but what is this..."Post Office" you speak of?

(H/T: Matthew Sheffield)

Walter Duranty, Tanned, Rested, And Ready

The New York Times: for show trials before they were for them. Maureen Dowd writes:

It's psychopathic to spend a million redoing your office when the folks outside it are losing jobs, homes, pensions and savings.

Thain should never rise above the level of stocking the money in A.T.M.'s again. Just think: This guy could well have been Treasury secretary if John McCain had won.

Bartiromo pressed: What was wrong with the office of his predecessor, Stanley O'Neal?

"Well -- his office was very different -- than -- the -- the general decor of -- Merrill's offices," Thain replied. "It really would have been -- very difficult -- for -- me to use it in the form that it was in."

Did it have a desk and a phone?

How are these ruthless, careless ghouls who murdered the economy still walking around (not to mention that sociopathic sadist Bernie Madoff?) -- and not as perps?

Bring on the shackles. Let the show trials begin.

Just as long as we start with the management who plowed this firm's stock price into the ground over the last five years.

Lt. Hurwitz, Tanned, Rested, And Ready

There's a marvelous scene in Lawrence of Arabia in which Col. Brighton (played by Anthony Quayle) says to his superior officer, "Look, sir, we can't just do nothing", who replies, "Why not? It's usually best."

The Politico explains the economic "Case For Doing Nothing." It's the best way to prevent "totally impractical" stimulus plans from causing the fat lady to sing...

Baby Boomers And The Hysterical Style

Victor Davis Hanson writes, "If anyone wished to know what the baby-boomer generation would do when, in its full maturity, it hit its first self-created, big-time recession, I think we are seeing the hysterical results":

After two decades of unprecedented economic growth, rampant consumer spending, and unimaginable borrowing to satisfy our insatiable appetites, we are suddenly going into even larger debt and printing trillions of dollars in paper money to ensure that someone else after we are gone pays the debt. As if the permanent solution to a financial panic and years of spending wealth we didn't create were a government take-over of the economy in the manner we currently witness in Spain, Italy, and Greece--or the high-tax, high-spend ethos of a bankrupt California.

The reaction to the economic panic was sort of analogous to the call to 'charge it!' after 9/11 (cf. Ike's fights about the surtax to pay for Korea), or to the Iraq 2006 upsurge in violence, when suddenly our leaders declared the war lost, blamed the nebulous "they" for tricking them into voting for the war, and calling for immediate withdrawals and retreats. Ditto the Stalag-Gulag Guantanamo that, by January 19, had ruined the Constitution, shredded the Bill of Rights, and forever tarnished our reputation. Yet, on the 20th, it was suddenly complex and problematic, and required a "task force" to do a year-long inquiry into the bad and worse choices confronting us. At some point in all this serial hysteria, we are beginning to see the problem is not in the stars of the economy or of the war, but in ourselves--a weird generation that, when it finally came of age, proved to be just about what we could expect of it from what we saw in its youth.

California's already reached the tipping point, and the rest of the nation isn't that far behind it--which is why James Pethokoukis proffers "10 Reasons to Whack Obama's Stimulus Plan."

Big Government--Is There Nothing We Can't ABC It Do?

An ABC morning show host in 2007: American morale is at an all time low because 9/11 couldn't have happened without massive government help.

An ABC morning show host in 2009: "Consumer confidence has to rebound, which won't happen without massive government help."

How We Got Here

As President Obama and his fellow Democrats in Congress attempt to ladle copious amount of pork to their cronies disguised as a "stimulus package", it's worth reading Bruce Bartlett's thorough exploration in Forbes of "the role of government in economic recovery", beginning with a short, sharp primer on the makings of the Depression, and then a look at today's economy. Here's a sample:

No one today believes that the Great Depression just happened or dragged on as long as it did because the private sector kept making mistake after mistake after mistake. It only made them and continued to do so because government interfered with the normal operations of the market and prevented readjustment from taking place.

The Great Depression resulted from a confluence of governmental errors--the Fed was too easy for too long in the 1920s, tightened too much in 1928-29 and then failed to fix its mistake, thus bringing on a general deflation that was very difficult to arrest once downward momentum had set in. Herbert Hoover compounded the problem by signing into law the Smoot-Hawley Tariff and sharply raising taxes in 1932.

Unfortunately, Franklin D. Roosevelt misunderstood the nature of the economy's problem and tried to fix prices to keep them from falling--thus preventing the very readjustment that would have brought about recovery. (See this paper by UCLA economists Harold Cole and Lee Ohanian.) He doesn't seem to have ever understood the critical role of Fed policy and mistakenly thought that arbitrarily raising the price of gold would make money easier.

Then, in 1937, just as the economy was starting to build some upward momentum, Roosevelt decided to raise taxes and cut spending, and the Fed suddenly concluded that inflation, rather than deflation, was the main problem and tightened monetary policy. (Note: According to the National Bureau of Economic Research, the Great Depression was basically two severe recessions--one from August 1929 to March 1933, and another from May 1937 to June 1938--not a continuous downturn.)

The result was an economic setback that didn't really end until both monetary and fiscal policy became expansive with the onset of World War II. At that point, no one worried any more about budget deficits, and the Fed pegged interest rates to ensure that they stayed low, increasing the money supply as necessary to achieve this goal.

It was then and only then that the Great Depression truly ended. As a consequence, economists concluded that an expansive monetary and fiscal policy, which had been advocated by economist John Maynard Keynes throughout the 1930s, was the key to getting out of a depression.

Keynes was right, but many of his followers weren't. They thought that budget deficits would stimulate growth under all circumstances, not just those of a deflationary depression. When this medicine was applied inappropriately, as it was in the 1960s and 1970s, the result was inflation.

Read the rest.

(Via Jonah Goldberg.)

I Nominate This Man For Treasury Secretary

Forget Timothy Geithner--check out Philip J. Heinker. He's taken the Hip Accountants' Oath!

GE Profit Drops 46 Percent

AP reports:

In a discouraging report for the American economy, General Electric Co. posted a 46 percent drop in fourth-quarter earnings on Friday and warned of a "tough environment" this year as it struggles with its ailing finance business.
To quote Mark Steyn's brilliant essay on previous reports of fresh disaster, "Hey, that's great news, isn't it?"

It is according to what GE's more public representatives have told us.

In November of 2007, one of the conglomerate's television networks urged us to turn off our lights (manufactured by GE) for the environment. Six months later, Barack Obama surely gave a tingle up the collective leg of one of their other television networks when he told told voters:

"We can't just keep driving our SUVs, eating whatever we want, keeping our homes at 72 degrees at all times regardless of whether we live in the tundra or the desert and keep consuming 25 percent of the world's resources with just 4 percent of the world's population, and expect the rest of the world to say you just go ahead, we'll be fine."
And at the start of 2008, the spouse of his leading opponent in the Democratic primaries was quoted as saying:
We just have to slow down our economy and cut back our greenhouse gas emissions 'cause we have to save the planet for our grandchildren.
Mission accomplished!

Give Them Time, They'll Have Both

"Which is worse: Barney Frank, Chris Dodd, and Nancy Pelosi controlling your doctor--or controlling your bank?"

The Man Who Sold the World

Someone on Fleet Street is a lad insane, as "Agent Bedhead" writes, if they think David Bowie(!) set in motion our current financial maelstrom.

Personally, I blame these cracked actors.

(Via Colorado's thin white vodka-swilling duke.)

Update: Problem solved--evidently, "Kate Moss Will Fix That Dreadful 'David Bowie Recession'". Let's dance!

Back To The Future!

The Obama administration time machine continues to explore recent history--as we (and CNN) noted in the previous post, yesterday was a revisit to Woodstock; will their economic policy send them--and the rest of us--Back to the Thirties?

The Virtue Of Selfishness

Jonah Goldberg posts his initial thoughts on President Obama's speech and notes, "I agree with most of the folks here that it wasn't as well-written as I expected. There were some awfully clunky cliches in there", after listing a few, he hits upon a great observation regarding freedom versus collectivism:

One last point, for now. There was also a great deal of nonsense in there. Ramesh already mentioned the bit about harnessing the sun and whatnot to power our factories (why not distill energy from our strategic unicorn manure stockpile). But the line that grated on me most came from the bit about service and sacrifice. He said:
For us, they packed up their few worldly possessions and traveled across oceans in search of a new life.

For us, they toiled in sweatshops and settled the West; endured the lash of the whip and plowed the hard earth.

No, "they" didn't. Slaves certainly didn't endure the lash of the whip out of a sense of service and sacrifice for us. That is one of the reasons slavery is so evil; it isn't voluntary. Suffice it to say that if that line had come out of a different man's mouth it would not be nearly so well-received. Nor did those immigrants make their sacrifices for "us." They made them for themselves, for their own pursuit of happiness, for their families.

This is not to say we do not benefit from the sweat of their brows and the shedding of their blood, but Obama's rhetorical ambition seems broader than that insight. He wants to forge a new sense of collective identity. There are aspects of that effort that are admirable or defensible, to be sure. Don't we conservatives lament a lost sense of citizenship and the erosion of a common culture? But too often he comes across as wanting to take that collective vision and drape it over individualism and enterprise like a wet blanket. The pursuit of individual prosperity is not selfish and the effort to defend it is neither a tired dogma nor a childish thing. I often get the sense that President Obama doesn't see it that way, never more so than today.

Which may be one of the reasons why one of the most visible scorecards for that prosperity was so off today.

Not Quite The Second Coming Of Lincoln

One leading economic indicator wasn't impressed by today's festivities, as Reuters notes:

U.S. stock indexes extended losses and hit session lows on Tuesday after President Barack Obama's inauguration speech provided few new details about measures to tackle the growing economic crisis.

"I think people were looking for something, new plans, new hopes," said Joe Saluzzi, co-manager of trading at Themis Trading in Chatam, New Jersey.

"They didn't hear something new."

To be fair, an inauguration speech isn't exactly the place to lay out a new administration's fiscal agenda, but still, between this, Ted Kennedy passing out, the racially charged benediction from Rev. Joseph Lowery, whatever caused Rahm to flip the Emanuel, and the jeering of the incoming president's supporters at the outgoing commander-in-chief, there were lots of fumbles during the ecstasy.

Update: Perhaps this (via the Professor) helps to explain today's market swoon: "In the mind of the anti-free-marketeer, the government occupies the same kind of intellectual territory as the divine designer in the mind of an anti-Darwinian."

More" The temperature wasn't the only thing icy in DC today. Witness: "The awesomely awesome Carter/Clinton snub"--complete with video!

Let's Have Inflation!

Backwards ran the logic until reeled the mind--where it all ends knows Weimar.

(HT: I/P)

And Howard Roark's A Lot Better Architect Than Le Corbusier

Kathy Shaidle writes that Ayn Rand is slowly being embraced in one of the nations that needs her the most: France.

Meanwhile, England, on permanent recessional since about the 30 seconds after Kiplings' poem/warning in 1897 (save for a timeout in WWII) is taking grudging steps to re-enter the late 19th century as well: "In Britain, the slowly dawning realization that burglary is a serious crime." The Great Relearning continues apace.

The Coming Post-Inauguration Letdown

As Jonah Goldberg writes in the L.A. Times, on the campaign trail, Barack Obama was every candidate you wanted him to be. But that's about to change once he actually takes office and begins to govern:

Presidential inaugurations are in many ways the high-water marks of any presidency because they're so full of hope. All things seem possible. The rivalries and backbiting haven't set in yet, at least not publicly. Even the inevitable disappointments over Cabinet picks and White House staffing are tempered by the wide-eyed dreams of an ambitious agenda. Everyone -- or at least everyone who backed the guy -- has that "we can make this the best yearbook ever!" feeling.

Then comes the letdown. No, I don't mean Barack Obama will be a failed president. But even the most successful presidents bitterly disappoint some people, usually some of their biggest supporters. Indeed, they can only disappoint supporters because disappointment first requires confidence and hope. Those who voted against Obama can either have their low expectations fulfilled or be pleasantly surprised.

Many conservatives, for example, had hoped that George W. Bush's "compassionate conservatism" was simply a marketing slogan. They were dismayed to discover he really meant it. In the 1980s, Republican factions were deeply divided in the "let Reagan be Reagan" debates. Everyone heard what they wanted to hear during the campaign and expected the man's presidency to jibe perfectly with their expectations.

Obama's ideological compass is far more difficult to discern than Reagan's or Bush's were. This is why his conservative detractors often called him a cipher. Obama's supporters rolled their eyes despite producing often-contradictory evidence to rebut the charge.

This raises perhaps the most interesting question of the Obama presidency: "What wasn't Barack Obama lying about?"

I don't mean this to be as harsh as it sounds. I'm not talking about what his conservative critics said he was lying about -- say, the true nature of his relationship with William Ayers. I'm talking about issues where his own supporters seem to have just assumed he had his fingers crossed.

Not the least of which is Obama's infamous statement on bankrupting the coal industry, uttered a year ago in the midst of an hour long conversation the editors of the San Francisco Chronicle and then unnearthed by a blogger in the last weekend of the election; the closest anyone remotely associated with the feckless McCain campaign came to delivering an October surprise. After The One's latest flip-flop on this issue, Ed Morrissey wonders if the freshness dating has expired on that statement--but concludes, don't be too sure.

Fatal Attraction

Orrin Judd looks at a bitter clinging (but certainly not a sweetie) Nancy Pelosi at odds with the incoming president and quips, "At some point over the next two years, he's gonna find that labradoodle boiling away in a pot on the White House stove...."

"Unemployment Is Up. The Stock Market Is Down. Let's Party"

Surprisingly harsh words from Obama's friends at AP to The One:

Unemployment is up. The stock market is down. Let's party.

The price tag for President-elect Barack Obama's inauguration gala is expected to break records, with some estimates reaching as high as $150 million. Despite the bleak economy, however, Democrats who called on President George W. Bush to be frugal four years ago are issuing no such demands now that an inaugural weekend of rock concerts and star-studded parties has begun.

Obama's inaugural committee has raised more than $41 million to cover events ranging from a Philadelphia-to-Washington train ride to a megastar concert with Beyonce, U2 and Bruce Springsteen to 10 official inaugural balls. Add to that the massive costs of security and transportation - costs absorbed by U.S. taxpayers - and the historic inauguration will produce an equally historic bill.

In 2005, Reps. Anthony Weiner, D-N.Y., and Jim McDermott, D-Wash., asked Bush to show a little less pomp and be a little more circumspect at his party.

"President Roosevelt held his 1945 inaugural at the White House, making a short speech and serving guests cold chicken salad and plain pound cake," the two lawmakers wrote in a letter. "During World War I, President Wilson did not have any parties at his 1917 inaugural, saying that such festivities would be undignified."

The thinking was that, with the nation at war, excessive celebration was inappropriate. Four years later, the nation is still at war. Unemployment has risen sharply. And Obama pressed Congress to release the second half of a $700 billion bailout package in hopes of rescuing a faltering banking industry.

Obama's inauguration committee says it is mindful of the times and is not worried people will see the four days of festivities as excessive.

Merely a disaster area, as Mark Steyn notes.

Gleichschaltung Watch

Via the Liberal Fascism blog, some thoughts from Byron York and Jay Nordlinger on all-enveloping corporate Obama worship. And much more from Debbie Schlussel, who calls into yesterday's B-Cast on Breitbart.tv to discuss Obama taking central command of the internecine battles in the cola wars--and getting his own trading cards as a result:


Related thoughts from Hot Air's Allahpundit.

Update: "Everybody remembers those pro-Bush celebrity videos sponsored by major corporations, right? Right?"

Don't Tweet This At Home, Kids

Media Bistro's "AgencySpy" blog explains "why it's vitally important to watch what you say on Twitter":

A representative from Ketchum New York (a PR and Marketing firm) heads to Memphis to give a big presentation to their big client, FedEx, and totally offends everyone who works there before even stepping foot in the building.

Upon landing in Memphis and getting a lay of the land he tweets:

"True confession but I'm in one of those towns where I scratch my head and say, 'I would die if I had to live here.'"
Someone from inside FedEx was following Capt. Footinmouth, whose Twitter name is 'keyinfluencer' -- quite possibly the douchiest nickname of all history -- and that person sent the letter we posted below. You'll want to read it, because not only is it amazingly poignant, but because it was copied to "the FedEx Coporate Vice President, Vice President, Directors and all management of FedEx's communication department AND the chain of command at Ketchum." Thank you Peter Shankman for sharing this story.
"Mr. Andrews,

If I interpret your post correctly, these are your comments about Memphis a few hours after arriving in the global headquarters city of one of your key and lucrative clients, and the home of arguably one of the most important entrepreneurs in the history of business, FedEx founder Fred Smith.

Many of my peers and I feel this is inappropriate. We do not know the total millions of dollars FedEx Corporation pays Ketchum annually for the valuable and important work your company does for us around the globe. We are confident however, it is enough to expect a greater level of respect and awareness from someone in your position as a vice president at a major global player in your industry. A hazard of social networking is people will read what you write."

Now that you know what not to do, John Hawkins has assembled "The Super Awesome Right Wing News Twitter Guide For Newbies."

(Main story originally found, naturally enough, here.)

Related: Via Melissa Clouthier, helpful new media definitions--like, um "Twitter!"--are defined definitively, here.

Feds Become Largest Shareholder In Bank Of America

Currently up on the Drudge Report is the headline, "BANK OWNED BY AMERICA; FEDS BECOME LARGEST SHAREHOLDER."

Talk about burying the lede--Drudge's headline is real story of this article from the New York Times' spinoff the International Herald Tribune. Which is why, naturally, it's buried five paragraphs in.

But as Frank Martin wrote last month:

This is how it ends. As of right now, the Senate IS the banking system. You just try prying the banking system from the hands of the Senate now. You want a loan? Sure, lets just check your voting record, lets see what kind of car you want to buy, oh darn its not a certified government "greenmobile", well sorry Mr. Consumer, we cant give you a loan for that new Toyota Dual Axle truck for your ranch, but how about a new Chevy Cobalt Hybrid? Sure thing. Sign right here Mr. Consumer.

SNAP! That's just how easy it is for you to find that you no longer have any economic choices. No banks - then no bank loans. No bank loans - then no economy. In point of fact, your entire economy is now run by just 100 people. 100 people that if most of us were in an elevator and any one of them got on, we would then get off and walk up the rest of the building rather than risk our well being by exposed to their close proximity.

Or as I asked last month:


And for some other video looks on how we got here, click here and here.

Update: Am I blue? You'll be, too:

Wall Street Journal's Environmental Capital Blog mentions a new buzz word in energy policy discussions--blue jobs--jobs associated with oil and natural gas industries. The industry is pushing to keep the oil and natural gas energy relevant in America's discussion of energy policy to force policy makers to keep them in mind in the formulating of new policies and programs. The gas lobby wants to keep "blue jobs" in demand, jobs that total 5.8 million nationwide--in both direct and (sometimes very) indirect jobs that the gas lobby says are dependent on natural-gas related activities.
In today's "POR economy" (centrally planned to perfection and/or perdition by the bluest of the Blue Staters, Pelosi, Obama, and Reid) aren't all jobs blue jobs?

"The Mainstream Media, It Be Troubled"

Dr. Melissa Clouthier takes the pulse of the MSM, with some assistance from Charlie Martin of Pajamas Media's "Edgelings" tech blog, and a little video help from your humble narrator himself.

And speaking of a troubled MSM, Newsbusters reports that the Minneapolis Star-Tribune has declared Chapter 11. Its best-known journalist in the new world of the Blogosphere and Satellite Radio directs us to this piece in the Minnesota Post for some additional details of the Strib's bankruptcy and what may be to come. (But not before including a sublime screen capture from A Night To Remember, taken at the apex between iceberg and eternity.)

Related: "Your MSM Moment of Zen."

I'm Not Dead Yet...I'm Getting Better!

The mere existence of this headline--"CBS says ratings success proves network TV viable"--is proof that the clock is ticking on the model, at least in its current form. Imagine such a headline running 10, 20, 40 or 50 years ago.

Meanwhile, Galley Slaves notes that the clock may be ticking slightly faster for one of CBS' competitors.

Of course, the viable lifespan of the original big three is likely to exceed a far older component of the legacy media.

For Green Consumers, It's The Fiscal Blues

The New Jersey Star-Ledger asks, "Are we done with green?"

Now that money is tight, will environmentalism turn out to have been just a passing trend -- the political equivalent of the pet rock?

Probably not, say the experts. While some consumers may have to put their concern for the planet on the back burner for now, they will likely resume their new-found green habits once the economy improves.

"It was all about the environment last year. But it's all about the economy this year. It's like we can't think about more than one thing at a time. It's either one or the other -- almost as if we can't do both," said Ann Mack, who forecasts trends for the advertising firm JWT, formerly J. Walter Thompson.

Actually, the two are remarkably intertwined, as Mark Steyn noted at the end of last year, and Bill Clinton at its start. And presumably these fellows are getting quite a chuckle out the current economy.

UAW's "Legacy" At GM

In the Pittsburgh Tribune-Review, Ralph R. Reiland has this classic quote from a representative of the union that made General Motors the automaker it is today--the one we're all paying to keep in business:

"No one wants to see GM go down the tubes," said picketing Jim Brown. "But we have to keep our standard of living, and GM is going to have to cooperate."
Reiland concludes:
And so, at last count, GM has lost $70 billion since 2004, the number of UAW members has been cut in half since 2004 at GM, Chrysler and Ford, from 300,000 to 150,000, and the rest of us are now stuck with the tab for the rescue.
Meanwhile, the city of Detroit finally has a bond rating to match its sterling quality of life.

The great Walter Williams writes:

Congress and the White House aren't finished with the taxpayers yet. Once a bailout parade gets started, it has a momentum of its own. President Bush, citing danger to the economy, signed a $17 billion bailout for the auto industry. According to the Wall Street Journal article "Shovel-Ready on Campus" (December 17, 2008), presidents of 36 state government universities have called for bailouts; they call it a "federal infusion of capital." Soon, if not already, state governors and city mayors will descend on Washington seeking bailouts. California is $15 billion in the hole, Florida $5 billion and things are so bad in Michigan that the governor has shut down one prison to save money.

What kind of assumptions do politicians and news media make about the intelligence of Americans to expect us to buy the idea that our current mess results from deregulation and free markets? I do not find that assumption flattering.

As P.J. O'Rourke surveys the leftwing lethargy and concludes, "we may speak without compunction of the failed Obama presidency:
What a blessing that it's a failure. Things are bad enough the way they are. There's already a huge ongoing government intervention in
the economy. Bringing the government in to run Wall Street is like saying, "Dad burned dinner, let's get the dog to cook." Now the government's going to take over the auto industry. I can predict the result--a light-weight, compact, sustainable vehicle using alternative energy. When I was a kid we called it a Schwinn.
These days, we call it this.

(HT: CG)

Paging Mr. Steyn To The Red Courtesy Phone, Please
Also Just In: Sun Rises In East, Sets In West

James Pethokoukis notes that "Big Media Distorts Bush Economic Record."

It's a mixed-bag of course--just not the one being peddled on the 6:30 Evening News.

Pethokoukis writes:

The past four months have been terrible. You had the money-sucking leviathan that is the poorly implemented Paulson Plan -- and Bush's failure to push better alternatives. You had the Detroit bailout. You had a failure to vigorously defend the free-market approach that, when implemented 25 year ago, saved the imploding economies of the West and helped win the Cold War. We really needed the Explainer-in-Chief to bring his A-game. Didn't happen.
He had an A-game as a speaker? Of President Bush's attributes as a leader (the best of which I'll cheerfully acknowledge), explaining anything was not his strong suit.

Meanwhile, Jonah Goldberg writes that his successor "is interested in any idea, as long as its peddler starts from the same 'non-ideological' assumption that government experts know best":

The current climate reminds former Freddie Mac economist Arnold Kling of the battle of the Somme in World War I (a war everyone knew would be over in six months). "Having experienced nothing but failure using offensive tactics up to that point, the Allies decided that what they needed to try was ... a really big offensive," Kling writes. "My guess is that in 1916, anyone who doubted his own ability to direct an enormous offensive involving hundreds of thousands of soldiers would never have made it to general. Similarly, today, anyone who doubts the ability of a handful of technocrats to sensibly allocate $800 billion would never make it into government or the mainstream media."
Read the rest.

"Obama Pays Off His Base: The Media"

"A source of mine called to say that Obama's reached out to some newspaper publishers about giving papers a tax break in the stimulus package."

Man, from P.J. O'Rourke's fingers to the Connecticut papers' mouths, to Obama's ears. If this story actually is true, it's yet another example of reality invariably trumping fiction.

Quote Of The Day

"This is a federal building and he doesn't pay federal taxes so he can't come in."

If only that worked for prospective treasury secretaries being vetted, in addition to cats.

No Wonder I Need A Smoke

Forbes posits that "The Most Intense Period Of The Recession Is Behind Us"--hope they're right and the worst is over.

Though that won't stop incoming President Obama, his pliant new Congress, and the Jeff Gannon-ish legacy media for calling for ever-higher taxes and tossing around trillion dollar (wait--two trillion dollars!) spending packages.

Leaving The Parentheses

As this AP article notes, 2008 was "the fourth consecutive year that more residents decamped from California for other states than arrived here from within the U.S.":

The number of people leaving California for another state outstripped the number moving in from another state during the year ending on July 1, 2008. California lost a net total of 144,000 people during that period--more than any other state, according to census estimates. That is about equal to the population of Syracuse, N.Y.

The state with the next-highest net loss through migration between states was New York, which lost about 125,000 residents.

California's loss is extremely small in a state of 38 million. And, in fact, the state's population continues to increase overall because of births and immigration, legal and illegal. But it is the fourth consecutive year that more residents decamped from California for other states than arrived here from within the U.S.

A losing streak that long hasn't happened in California since the recession of the early 1990s, when departures outstripped arrivals from other states by 362,000 in 1994 alone.

In part because of the boom in population in other Western states, California could lose a congressional seat for the first time in its history.

Why are so many looking for an exit?

Among other things: California's unemployment rate hit 8.4 percent in November, the third-highest in the nation, and it is expected to get worse. A record 236,000 foreclosures are projected for 2008, more than the prior nine years combined, according to research firm MDA DataQuick. Personal income was about flat last year.

With state government facing a $41.6 billion budget hole over 18 months, residents are bracing for higher taxes, cuts in education and postponed tax rebates. A multibillion-dollar plan to remake downtown Los Angeles has stalled, and office vacancy rates there and in San Diego and San Jose surpass the 10.2 percent national average.

Median housing prices have nose-dived one-third from a 2006 peak, but many homes are still out of reach for middle-class families. Some small towns are on the brink of bankruptcy. Normally recession-proof Hollywood has been hit by layoffs.

"You see wages go down and the cost of living go up," Reilly says. His property taxes will be $1,300 in Colorado, down from $4,300 on his three-bedroom house in Nipomo, about 80 miles up the coast from Santa Barbara.

California's obituary has been written before--"California: The Endangered Dream" was the title of a 1991 Time magazine cover story. The Golden State and its huge economy--by itself, the eighth-largest in the world--have shown resilience, weathering the aerospace bust, the dot-com crash and an energy crunch in recent years.

But this time, the news just keeps getting worse.

As the AP article noted, "The state with the next-highest net loss through migration between states was New York, which lost about 125,000 residents."

New York's governor got a sense of his state's outward migration patterns when he took office last year:

Paterson cited a number of personal friends, all former New Yorkers, who have contacted him from out of state since his ascent to the governorship. "A friend from primary school, Randy San Antonio, told me he moved to Dallas 20 years ago," Paterson began. "Another friend, Randy Watts, had moved to Reno. A friend from Syracuse, Marvin Lee Simons, said he's working in Lower Manhattan. I said we should get together . . . and he said, 'Well, I don't live in New York. I live in western Pennsylvania.' Jeff and Stacey Stackhouse wanted to start a business on Long Island. They moved two years ago--they're trying to start their business in Charlotte, North Carolina. They couldn't pay the taxes here."
Shannon Love (H/T: IP) writes that California is following "the grim path of the Great Lakes states":
Those states where once the industrial dynamo for the entire Earth, yet they destroyed that enormous economic dominance by political policies hostile to economic creativity. Likewise, California had a golden era as an economic and cultural dynamo. Well up until the late 1980s California was the place to go to make it big. People moved from other states to California. Now, internal migration has reversed. California looks less like a dreamland and more like basket case waiting to happen.

It seems that in post-New Deal America, economic and civil success sow their own seeds of destruction. When things are going good, socialist experimentation seems harmless. A booming economy can pay for increased government spending and an ever-increasing scope of government power. Eventually, however, socialism strangles the economic engine and destroys civil society.

I think Texas may be the next boom state and I hope we escape this trap. One would think that socialism would not gain a foothold in independent minded Texas, but California was once a land of rugged individualists too.

Can't say I blame people for wanting to decamp to redder ground. Or as Glenn Reynolds wrote yesterday, "It's like the whole high-tax, high-regulation thing isn't working for them."

Theodore Dalrymple is currently enraging his fellow MDs by writing that "addicts do not need any medical assistance to stop taking heroin."But to challenge Sacramento and Albany's addictions, a cultural sea change is needed--one that I can't imagine arriving to either of what Tom Wolfe once dubbed "the Parentheses States" anytime soon.

"Obama Says Recession Requires Scaling Back Promises"

Fortunately, The One was careful to under-promise during the campaign in the event of just such a contingency.

Freak Out In A Barack-Age Daydream

The Charlie Foxtrot blog looks at one possible upcoming charlie foxtrot--"The Coming Obama Bubble."

Meanwhile, James Pethokoukis explains "Why Obama is Causing a Liberal Freakout."

Finally, James Piereson notes that those on the left who are calling for a New New Deal are focusing on the half of the New Deal that largely failed, while ignoring, and in some cases condemning, the early portions that more or less worked:

Some of the most constructive and long-lasting features of the New Deal are those that today's would-be reformers ignore when calculating its achievements--most particularly, the broad financial reforms that FDR engineered during his first 100 days. FDR moved quickly in 1933 to address the failures in the financial system that were obvious sources of the continuing deflation and downward spiral in the economy, immediately declaring a bank "holiday" (to stop bank panics) and removing the United States from the gold standard to free the Federal Reserve from its deflationary restrictions. In short order, Congress approved a series of reforms that created a system of deposit insurance, brought more banks under the supervision of the Treasury and the Federal Reserve, established standards of transparency in the public sale of securities, and built the wall of separation between commercial and investment banks (in part to curtail the speculation with bank deposits that many saw as a cause of bank failures). In combination, these measures stopped the slide and reestablished the banking system on stronger and more stable foundations. Most continue to function today as pillars of the financial system (save for the split between commercial and investment banks which was repealed in 1999) and, indeed, they have been called into action recently to deal with the current financial crisis.

At the same time, many of the New Deal measures most favored by reformers today were either unhelpful or counter-productive in addressing the economic crisis. FDR's farm programs, designed to raise prices by cutting agricultural production, may have helped some farmers, but they did not promote farm exports nor did they help consumers with tight family budgets. In a misguided effort to raise prices, New Deal functionaries destroyed meat and produce and took cropland out of production even as hungry Americans stood in bread lines. The National Industrial Recovery Act (NIRA), designed to bring unions and corporations together to set prices, production levels, and working conditions, proved to be a bureaucratic tangle as businessmen tried to use it to guarantee profits, unions to drive up wages, and government officials to expand public power. Through its complex codes, NIRA succeeded not only in raising prices--a dubious achievement--but also in sowing confusion throughout the economy as to what business practices were and were not permitted. It was soon declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court and never revived.

The pillars of the so-called Second New Deal (the Social Security Act, the National Labor Relations Act, and the Revenue Act of 1935) added new burdens to business in the form of payroll taxes, higher corporate taxes, and collective bargaining for labor unions. Whatever their long-term benefits, these measures did not improve the climate for investment and job creation in the 1930s. The NLRA, predictably, led to greater union organization and to a spike in industrial strikes. The passage of these measures was accompanied by a good deal of anti-business rhetoric, which was not helpful either. Indeed, the Revenue Act, because it raised the highest marginal tax rate to 78 percent, was sometimes called the "soak the rich tax." When a severe recession followed in 1937 and 1938 that sent the unemployment rate from 14 percent to 19 percent, FDR attributed the crisis to a "capital strike" engineered by business leaders exercising "monopoly power." Such demagoguery may have succeeded as a political strategy in deflecting blame from the administration to the business community, but it failed miserably as an approach to economic growth, as Amity Shlaes argued in The Forgotten Man, her fine history of the Depression era. Unemployment remained high throughout Roosevelt's second term, never going below 14 percent until 1941 when the nation began to mobilize for war.

Definitely RTWT.™

"A Wake-Up Call In Liberal Montgomery County, Maryland"

Paul Mirengoff writes that "The leaders of Montgomery County, Maryland, where I live, have for years pledged not to enforce the nation's immigration laws. Any jurisdiction that elects such leaders deserves the consequences."

It's always curious what laws local districts arbitrarily choose to ignore. Funny, there don't seem to be any that pledge not enforce the federal tax code--otherwise, welcome to the boom town!

US Newspapers Fight For Survival

With the news of the Seattle Post-Intelligencer spotting icebergs off the port bow, this edition of Breitbart.tv's B-Cast from last month on the topic of the rocky future of newspapers in general is well worth your time:





As is our recent video on the topic if you've missed it:


Break Out The Stone Temple Pilots Records

As Don Surber writes, "Dude, here's our recession."

Unemployment hits historically high levels not seen in years--but perhaps not as many years as the Associated Press wishes.

As Ed Morrissey wrote yesterday:

Employers shed over a half-million jobs in December as the year ended in the grips of a full-blown recession. The total job loss for 2008 went over 2.6 million, mostly in the latter half of the year, as prospects for growth look dim indeed. Even with all of that truly bad news, the AP manages to add a little hyperbole:
The U.S. unemployment rate bolted to 7.2 percent in December, the highest since early 1993, as nervous employers slashed 524,000 jobs.

The Labor Department's report, released Friday, underscored the terrible toll the deepening recession is having on workers and companies, and highlights the hard task President-elect Barack Obama faces in resuscitating the flat-lined economy.

For all of 2008, the economy lost a net total of 2.6 million jobs. That was the most since 1945, when nearly 2.8 million jobs were lost. Although the number of jobs in the U.S. has more than tripled since then, losses of this magnitude are still being painfully felt.

Uh, okay, thanks for the no-context context. Job losses in 1945 were catastrophic for a nation of 132 million people. We have over 300 million today, and we have increased the workforce by a much larger factor as women have entered the workplace. Total employment in December 1945 was 39.111 million Americans. Total employment in December 2008 was 138.078 million Americans.
In other words, break out your Stone Temple Pilots, Coverdale-Page, and Pearl Jam CDs and drink in deeply the vibe of 1993.

But give incoming President Obama a few years, and Artie Shaw will safely be back in vogue.

(Via Maggie's Farm.)

Impending Deciders' Demise Incites Delight

For the past few years, I've seen a number of blogs, and particularly Ace of Spades refer to the legacy media as "The Deciders." I didn't realize its origin was this quote from David McCumber, managing editor of the Seattle Post-Intelligencer:

"I understand that people have a hard time with the concept that we get to decide what is news and what isn't, and what is fair and what isn't."
Robert places that quote into sharp context--and reminds the Seattle Post-Intelligencer who the real deciders are: consumers, i.e., the readers--or the lack thereof.

Summon the meteors--because, "Sometimes, the future shows up way sooner than anyone expected."

Stuck On Marginally Less Stupid

As Clemenceau (or maybe Stanley Kubrick) once said, the allies won the first World War because our generals were marginally less stupid than their generals. That meme still very much resonates, as Arnold Kling writes:

I was reminded of the Battle of the Somme, one of the worst policy blunders of all time. Having experienced nothing but failure using offensive tactics up to that point, the Allies decided that what they needed to try was....a really big offensive. Just as Feldstein and Stiglitz pay no attention to the on-the-ground the housing market, the British generals ignored the impact of machine guns on men advancing over open fields.

My guess is that in 1916, anyone who doubted his own ability to direct an enormous offensive involving hundreds of thousands of soldiers would never have made it to general. Similarly, today, anyone who doubts the ability of a handful of technocrats to sensibly allocate $800 billion would never make it into government or the mainstream media.

How many people will have meaningful input in determining the overall allocation of the billion stimulus? 10? 20? It won't be more than 1000. These people--let's say that in the end 500 technocrats will play a meaningful role in writing the bill--will have unimaginable power. Remember that what they are doing is taking our money and deciding for us how to spend it. Presumably, that is because they are wiser at spending our money than we are at spending it ourselves.

Lets hope today's leftwing economists are marginally less stupid than their 1930s predecessors.

Uh Oh--I Smell Yet Another Pathetic Gatsby Remake

Back in 2005, I wrote up my thoughts on the dreadful mid-'70s Robert Redford/Mia Farrow version of F. Scott's Fitzgerald's epochal novel thusly:

I think Tom Wolfe (piqued at the unauthorized usurpation of his trademark white suit by Redford's Gatsby) once dismissed the movie as "Fitzgerald as interpreted by the Garment District", and while the film did put Ralph Lauren on the map, most of the duds the actors are wearing, with their fat ties and wide lapels, seem much more 1970s than 1920s.

But that's the least of Gatsby's problems. I can't quite figure out if Mia Farrow works or not, but Redford, who's far too cinematically pretty to play the self-made Gatsby, and who sort of sleepwalks through his role, seems wildly miscast. As does Bruce Dern, who can't escape his Roger Corman-era psycho biker roles (his Freeman Lowell in Silent Running was merely an interstellar variation on that persona).

But what really sinks Gatsby is a self-conscious pacing that makes Stanley Kubrick's stately Barry Lyndon seem like an MTV video in comparison. That's also the same problem that plagues 1976's The Last Tycoon, Elia Kazan's last movie, with a young Robert DeNiro in a thinly disguised portrayal as doomed Hollywood wunderkind Irving Thalberg.

So will there ever be a decent cinematic Fitzgerald? This article on the various cinematic portrayals of Gatsby says don't bet on it.

And as the made for TV version of Gatsby a few years ago demonstrated, attempting to film Fitzgerald these days presents an additional problem.

But much like Obama reliving ancient failed history with the New New Deal, that's not going to prevent Hollywood from trying again, Tom Shillue writes over at Big Hollywood.

Unemployment In The 1930s

Found via the Corner, the Heritage Institute has produced an eye-opening graphic on unemployment in the 1930s, which notes that FDR's New Deal programs never drove unemployment under 20 percent until the US geared up for WWII. The left have been calling for a New New Deal since at least the spring of 2008 before the economic turbulence of the fall, and Obama is more than happy to oblige and spend a lot more taxpayer funds. It's never worked, but why let history stop you?

newdealunemploy.jpg



Update: It's also worth noting that the economy was "pre-socialized" by President Bush in the last months of his administration. There's often much more continuity in presidents with seemingly disparate policies than first meets the eye.

When The Legend Becomes Fact, Print The Legend

The above quote from 1962's The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance certainly explains how the legacy media operates. Which is why, when James Pethokoukis explains "Why Obama Will 'Own' the Recession", I'm not at all sure that will ultimately be true. If James is right, it will be because a majority voters understand at least the fundamentals of the financial history that Karl Rove outlines in his latest Wall Street Journal column:

Fannie and Freddie are "government-sponsored enterprises" (GSEs), chartered by Congress. As such, they had an implicit promise of taxpayer backing and could borrow money at rates well below competitors.

Because of this, the Bush administration warned in the budget it issued in April 2001 that Fannie and Freddie were too large and overleveraged. Their failure "could cause strong repercussions in financial markets, affecting federally insured entities and economic activity" well beyond housing.

Mr. Bush wanted to limit systemic risk by raising the GSEs' capital requirements, compelling preapproval of new activities, and limiting the size of their portfolios. Why should government regulate banks, credit unions and savings and loans, but not GSEs? Mr. Bush wanted the GSEs to be treated just like their private-sector competitors.

But the GSEs fought back. They didn't want to see the Bush reforms enacted, because that would level the playing field for their competitors. Congress finally did pass the Bush reforms, but in 2008, after Fannie and Freddie collapsed.

The largely unreported story is that to fend off regulation, the GSEs engaged in a lobbying frenzy. They hired high-profile Democrats and Republicans and spent $170 million on lobbying over the past decade. They also constructed an elaborate network of state and local lobbyists to pressure members of Congress.

When Republican Richard Shelby of Alabama, then chairman of the Senate Banking Committee, pushed for comprehensive GSE reform in 2005, Democrat Sen. Chris Dodd of Connecticut successfully threatened a filibuster. Later, after Fannie and Freddie collapsed, Mr. Dodd asked, "Why weren't we doing more?" He then voted for the Bush reforms that he once called "ill-advised."

But Mr. Dodd wasn't the only Democrat to heap abuse on the Bush reforms. Rep. Barney Frank of Massachusetts defended Fannie and Freddie as "fundamentally sound" and labeled the president's proposals as "inane." He later voted for the reforms. Sen. Charles Schumer of New York dismissed Mr. Bush's "safety and soundness concerns" as "a straw man." "If it ain't broke, don't fix it," was the helpful advice of both Sen. Thomas Carper of Delaware and Rep. Maxine Waters of California. Rep. Kendrick Meeks of Florida berated a Bush official at a hearing, saying, "I am just pissed off" at the administration for raising the issue.

Read the rest, and check out my recent "In Dodd We Trust?" video if you haven't seen it yet, for some further thoughts and links.

Update: More from Gateway Pundit, including video.

Wednesday Linkfest

The Anchoress' new post is your one-stop shop for linkage across the Blogosphere--though don't miss Michelle Malkin's post on the latest industry gone flaccid that's seeking a Viagra-like injection of federal capital to thrust itself back to prominence....

Jurassic Park Avenue

Blair's Law (named after the Bard Down Under, of course) refers to "the ongoing process by which the world's multiple idiocies are becoming one giant, useless force."

See also this: "CBS Buys First Front-Page Ad On New York Times":

An advertisement for CBS has become the first display ad ever to appear on the front page of the New York Times. In its own article about the appearance of the ad, the newspaper called it the "latest concession to the worst revenue slide since the Depression." It conceded that the move is "regarded by traditionalists as a commercial incursion into the most important news space in the paper." Oddly the newspaper indicated that it could not learn how much CBS had paid for the ad.
Presumably it was more than this earlier sweetheart deal demonstrating yet another example of Blair's Law in action. But yes, it's amazing how quickly aphasia affects the media when reporting on itself.

Finish Line In Sight

Having blogged quite a bit--in both print and video form--on the media's "Red Queen's Race" to bottom, it's only fair that I link to Michael Hirschorn's piece on the final lap of the race: "End Times":

Virtually all the predictions about the death of old media have assumed a comfortingly long time frame for the end of print--the moment when, amid a panoply of flashing lights, press conferences, and elegiac reminiscences, the newspaper presses stop rolling and news goes entirely digital. . . . But what if the old media dies much more quickly? What if a hurricane comes along and obliterates the dunes entirely? Specifically, what if The New York Times goes out of business--like, this May?
But as Steven Den Beste notes:
Michael Hirschorn writes (regarding the impending demise of the NYT):
If you're hearing few howls and seeing little rending of garments over the impending death of institutional, high-quality journalism, it's because the public at large has been trained to undervalue journalists and journalism.
Ah, several things spring to mind in response to this. "Undervalue"? A thing is worth what someone is willing to pay for it, and if "the public at large" considers journalism to be worth very little, then pretty much by definition they're right, because they're the ones doing the paying. The problem here is not that the public is undervaluing journalism, but that journalists have gotten into the habit of thinking that their work is worth more than it really is.

Which brings up the other point: "high-quality journalism"? It's been a hell of a long time since any of that has appeared in the NYT. And that's another reason why the NYT (and the Chicago Tribune, and the LA Times, etc.) are losing circulation and money: they abandoned any pretense to "high-quality journalism" years ago, and the public increasingly won't pay for what they're offering instead. (That being "agenda journalism" aka "propaganda".)

The big reason you aren't seeing the public shedding many tears over the demise of the NYT is that we all know that they've dug their own grave. The impending demise of the NYT isn't tragedy, it's justice.

Fortunately, the media's estate planning at least was remarkably prescient: their newly built mausoleum awaits them.

(H/T: IP)

Saving The NYT

Don Surber proffers a modest cost-cutting proposal to the Gray Lady.

(The only downside: It would wreak havoc with the denouement of the EPIC 2014 forecast.)

Mister, We're Getting A Man Like Herbert Hoover Again

Just as Virginia Postrel spotted several journalists hot for "Depression Porn", Ezra Levant reminds us that it's "Not quite the 1930s":

So we're in for another Great Depression, are we? Don't believe it.

Now that the epic U. S. presidential race is over, a caffeinated press corps is in withdrawal, so hyperventilating about a new Depression is their new fix. Just to pick one newspaper at random, Toronto's Globe and Mail used the phrase "Great Depression" over 300 times in December alone -- or about a dozen times each edition. And that's restrained compared to U. S. cable news shows.

Read the whole thing--as the aforementioned Postrel puts it, along with a link to historic annual unemployment rates, "Oh My God, It's 1993 Again!":
The recession is bad and probably will get worse, but historical context doesn't scream Great Depression. Journalists, who are like steelworkers in the 1980s, can be forgiven for thinking the economy is collapsing--we're all afraid of losing our jobs--but the rest of you should know better.
Finally, some thoughts on the media and the economy from the Blogfather, including a quote from one blogger who writes, "Compare the last 6 years (or so) of unremitting (and largely unwarranted- until recently) doom-and-gloom economic coverage, against the press' bend-over-backward efforts to avoid riling the American public after 9/11."

Glenn adds that journalists "know how to be exquisitely sensitive, when they're protecting something they care about", but it's a remarkably situational sensitivity.

Update: Why are journalists so hot for Depression Porn (and consequently led the cheers for Hoover '08)? Because of charts like this.

2008 Auto Sales Plunge

"Auto sales likely dropped a breathtaking 3 million vehicles in 2008, the largest decline since 1974, said Ford Motor's head of sales analysis Friday", according to Knoxville's WBIR.com.

As Mark Steyn wrote last week, "Hey, that's great news, isn't it?"

What was it that then Senator Obama said on the subject? "We can't just keep driving our SUVs, eating whatever we want, keeping our homes at 72 degrees at all times regardless of whether we live in the tundra or the desert and keep consuming 25 percent of the world's resources with just 4 percent of the world's population, and expect the rest of the world to say you just go ahead, we'll be fine."

And boy, we took the great man's words to heart. SUV sales have nosedived, and 72 is no longer your home's thermostat setting but its current value expressed as a percentage of what you paid for it. If I understand then Senator Obama's logic, in a just world Americans would be 4 percent of the population and consume a fair and reasonable 4 percent of the world's resources. And in these last few months we've made an excellent start toward that blessed utopia: Americans are driving smaller cars, buying smaller homes, giving smaller Christmas presents.

And yet, strangely, President-Elect Obama doesn't seem terribly happy about the Obamafication of the American economy. He's proposing some 5.7 bazillion dollar "stimulus" package or whatever it is now to "stimulate" it back into its bad old ways.

And how does the rest of the world, of whose tender sensibilities then Senator Obama was so mindful, feel about the collapse of American consumer excess? They're aghast, they're terrified, they're on a one-way express elevator down to Sub-Basement Level 37 of the abyss with no hope of putting on the brakes unless the global economy can restore aggregate demand. What does all that mumbo-jumbo about "aggregate demand" mean? Well, that's a fancy term for you -- yes, you, Joe Lardbutt, the bloated disgusting embodiment of American excess, driving around in your Chevy Behemoth, getting two blocks to the gallon as you shear the roof off the drive-thru lane to pick up your $7.93 decaf gingersnap-mocha-pepperoni-zebra mussel frappuccino, which makes for a wonderful cool refreshing thirst-quencher after you've been working up a sweat watching the plasma TV in your rec room all morning with the thermostat set to 87. The message from the European political class couldn't be more straightforward: If you crass, vulgar Americans don't ramp up the demand, we're kaput. Unless you get back to previous levels of planet-devastating consumption, the planet is screwed.

Staggeringly, the Huffington Post actually has an essay that begins:
You are probably wondering whether President-elect Obama owes the world an apology for his actions regarding global warming. The answer is, not yet. There is one person, however, who does. You have probably guessed his name: Al Gore.
Al's gaseous rhetoric did much to fuel the calls from Obama and numerous others on the left for fewer cars, higher gas prices and reduced domestic energy production. Along with Democratic tampering with the mortgage laws of the 1990s which also set the current economic slowdown in motion, the environmentally correct left should receive a fair chunk of the blame for today's economic woes.

And Speaking Of Auto Companies...

Not to mention Red Queen's Races: At the main Pajamas site, Ronnie Schreiber writes, "California Will Be Bankrupt Before General Motors:

General Motors owes billions of dollars. If GM fails and is liquidated, those creditors will end up with pennies on the dollar, but at least the automaker has assets that can be sold to fund those payouts. If California and its cities default on their obligations will they sell off the Golden Gate Bridge or Big Sur to satisfy holders of municipal and state bonds? The first installment of the loan package for GM and Chrysler crafted by the Bush administration will tide them over until March. Interestingly, March is also when California will run out of money if Sacramento can't agree on tax hikes and spending cuts. It's entirely possible that California will go bankrupt before GM.
Incoming President Obama's lucky in one sense: all of these train wrecks will be occurring very early on his watch. If he's lucky--and like Bill Clinton, has enough Republicans in Congress working to mute his craziest plans--he just might be in good shape for re-election, as the legacy media will helpfully forget all of the bad news of 2008 and 2009.

GMAC Bowl Game Sponsorship Goes On Despite $5 Billion Bailout

Which means of course, that taxpayers are funding GMAC's sponsorship of a sporting event with what was sold to the public as desperately-needed emergency cash:

GMAC may be in financial trouble, but that isn't stopping the auto lender-turned-bank holding company from maintaining its corporate sponsorships. The question is - will anyone notice?

In October, GMAC (NYSE:GKM) changed its legal status so that it would be eligible for TARP funds passed by Congress. Late last month, GMAC was approved to receive a $5 billion lifeline from the U.S. government. However, the company is still maintaining its sponsorship of a collegiate bowl game set for Jan. 6 in Mobile, Ala.

"There's about 34 bowl games, 30 of which are sponsored in one way or the other," Fox Business Network's Jenna Lee said Jan. 2 on the Fox News Channel's "Happening Now." "The lower-level, the mid-level games pull in about six figures to have your name attached to one of the games - that's the estimate. And the big games, let's say the Rose Bowl for example, or the Sugar Bowl, or the Orange Bowl - those figures go upwards of $5 to $6 million for some sort of sponsorship."

I'm pretty sure this isn't one of the ads they'll be running:





There's quite an interesting story behind the making of this mock commercial, if you haven't read it, over at Iowahawk HQ.

Reevaluating Media Regulations

In Reason magazine, Veronique de Rugy notes that--as usual--conventional leftwing wisdom regarding President Bush is wrong:

When Barack Obama was running for president, he made no secret about his plan to "restore common-sense regulation"--read: increase regulation--by closing the regulatory loopholes he thought the Republicans had opened. Deregulation, he argued repeatedly, is the source of evil. Much like Franklin Delano Roosevelt during the Great Depression, Obama offered a sweeping, ambitious agenda: new financial regulations, new labor regulations, new energy regulations, and more.

Today Obama is the president-elect of the United States. With Democratic majorities in Congress, he will have tremendous power to push his "reforms." And unlike FDR before him, President Obama won't have to create a regulatory system from scratch in order to increase government control of people's lives. His groundwork was laid by George W. Bush.

Some people still seem to think Republicans take a hands-off approach to regulation, probably because the party is always quick to criticize the burdens regulations place on businesses. But Republican rhetoric doesn't always match Republican policy. In 2007, according to Wayne Crews of the Competitive Enterprise Institute, roughly 50 regulatory agencies issued 3,595 final rules, ranging from boosting fuel economy standards for light trucks to continuing a ban on bringing torch lighters into airplane cabins. Five departments (Commerce, Agriculture, Homeland Security, Treasury, and the Environmental Protection Agency) accounted for 45 percent of the new regulations.

Since Bush took office in 2001, there has been a 13 percent decrease in the annual number of new rules. But the new regulations' cost to the economy will be much higher than it was before 2001. Of the new rules, 159 are "economically significant," meaning they will cost at least $100 million a year. That's a 10 percent increase in the number of high-cost rules since 2006, and a 70 percent increase since 2001. And at the end of 2007, another 3,882 rules were already at different stages of implementation, 757 of them targeting small businesses.

Overall, the final outcome of this Republican regulation has been a significant increase in regulatory activity and cost since 2001. The number of pages added to the Federal Register, which lists all new regulations, reached an all-time high of 78,090 in 2007, up from 64,438 in 2001.

Meanwhile, a push for deregulation comes from a surprising source--Brian Lowry of the ancient show-biz bible, Variety magazine, who writes in an essay titled, "Reevaluating media regulations" that "Tough times may call for lax restrictions":
If it takes a big man to admit he was wrong, said man needn't be quite so magnanimous to concede that changing circumstances have altered his outlook.

The perils of media consolidation have been a longstanding concern. Even during a stint working for Tribune Co. as they futilely attempted to squeeze synergies out of TV-print combinations, I banged the drum against allowing TV, radio stations and newspapers coagulate in too few hands, fearing ethical abuses or the nagging appearance of them, as well as the loss of independent voices to watchdog government and the media itself.

Today, though, amid daily waves of depressing economic news, conflicted voices sound preferable to neutered or, worse, deceased ones.

It's not a given that further relaxing restrictions on media consolidation would significantly benefit ailing broadcasters and newspapers at this late stage. Economies of scale certainly haven't kept Time Warner from shedding staff at its magazines or Tribune out of bankruptcy.

Even so, the incoming Obama administration faces difficult choices involving big media nearly as nettlesome, in their own way, as the mess it's grappling with regarding the Big Three automakers.

Jules Crittenden and Robert Stacy McCain spot one key way that regulations have significantly harmed multiple legacy media; the latter writes:
The absurd idea that a Connecticut newspaper might get a government bailout prompts Jules Crittenden to one of the few useful suggestions for saving print journalism:
Throwing out the FCC's cross-ownership ban once and for all might also help.
The FCC's obsolete prohibition on newspaper publishers owning broadcast franchises in the same markets has been bent, over the years, for a few politically-connected conglomerates -- for instance, Cox owns both the Atlanta Journal-Constitution and WSB TV/radio in Atlanta.

There was a time when, if the ban had been repealed, newspapers would have purchased broadcasting outlets. If the ban were lifted now, the buyout pattern would be the other way around. But too little attention has been paid to how the FCC, by preventing consolidation between print and broadcast media, undermined the economic viability of print journalism.

The rise of cable television in the 1980s changed the game. Cable is not "broadcast" and thus is exempt from FCC regulation, and anyone who was paying attention should have realized how the growth of this new technology invalidated the FCC's original rationale in banning cross-ownership. Newspapers could have benefitted by sharing editorial staff between print and broadcast, and using the broadcast outlet to promote the print product. But the entrenched New Deal-era mentality among regulators stifled such insights, and so the absurd wall between broadcast and print remained -- with strategic exceptions, of course, for the big conglomorates that could curry favor in Washington.

As the Red Queen's Race accelerates its velocity, newspapers lost $64 billion in share value in 2008. Which helps to explain why, as this poll notes, "Seventy-seven percent of Americans believe that the U.S. media is making the economic situation worse by projecting fear into people's minds."

Other Than That, Did You Enjoy Your Flight, Ms. Earhart?

The idea of newspapers being bailed out began as a post-election joke by P.J. O'Rourke, but since satire can never compete with reality for pure absurdity, it's rapidly gaining steam in the real world, thanks to an insane request by some Connecticut newspapers to a would-be government benefactor:

Connecticut lawmaker Frank Nicastro sees saving the local newspaper as his duty. But others think he and his colleagues are setting a worrisome precedent for government involvement in the U.S. press.

Nicastro represents Connecticut's 79th assembly district, which includes Bristol, a city of about 61,000 people outside Hartford, the state capital. Its paper, The Bristol Press, may fold within days, along with The Herald in nearby New Britain.

That is because publisher Journal Register, in danger of being crushed under hundreds of millions of dollars of debt, says it cannot afford to keep them open anymore.

Nicastro and fellow legislators want the papers to survive, and petitioned the state government to do something about it. "The media is a vitally important part of America," he said, particularly local papers that cover news ignored by big papers and television and radio stations.

To some experts, that sounds like a bailout, a word that resurfaced this year after the U.S. government agreed to give hundreds of billions of dollars to the automobile and financial sectors.

Ed Morrissey responds:
The only reason -- the only reason -- that news media is vital to a democracy is its independence from government. Think about this. Is The National Enquirer vital to democracy? [Actually, increasingly so--Ed] Will the Republic fall if Entertainment Weekly suddenly closed its doors? Not at all, not even if the entire paparazzi industry suddenly collapsed.

The need for a truly independent media is to make sure that the citizenry is fully informed of government activity and policy, and not just relying on the self-serving communications from elected officials. Without independence, newspapers and other media have as much value as press releases from Congressional offices.

Now, what happens when government suddenly takes a stake in newspapers and other media? Can they remain independent -- or will they cater themselves to those politicians who support those subsidies and target politicians who don't? In fact, the very act of asking for those bailouts has destroyed their independence and credibility on political matters, the very core of what makes a free media necessary for a democracy.

At this point, the best possible outcome would be to let the newspapers crash and burn. They're worthless now as an independent voice in Connecticut. If the market demand remains for print-and-deliver newspapers, then we will see private capital form to meet the demand. If not, then all the taxpayer subsidies in the world would not have saved them anyway.

We already know of one Connecticut newspaper that's announced publicly that it's in the tank to its region's politicians, and in the new spirit of old media -- "Comforting the Comfortable" -- it appears it will soon be joined by others.

Related thoughts from Roger Kimball, here.

2008: The Year Of The Dropped-D Scandal

Tim Graham of Newsbusters looks at the letter that was missing from most media reports of political scandal.

Perhaps the legacy media simply didn't want to risk hurting their chance to be collectivized into a sort of uber-PBS network.

Meanwhile, Tom Blumer explores the other story which quietly dropped off the legacy media's vacuum tube radar: "A Toast to Old Media's--and Old Medea's--Defeat in Iraq."

Related: "Judicial Watch Announces List of Washington's 'Ten Most Wanted Corrupt Politicians' for 2008"

"Do Not Let This Happen To Your State"

Found via Maggie's Farm, more on New Jersey's woes, from long-time resident TigerHawk.

Sustainable Growth Defined

Is it better to give or to receive? Tim Blair spots Bank of America investing tens of billions of dollars in the summer "to make their operation sustainable [and] reduce greenhouse gas emissions"--before receiving $115 billion only a few months later from the ultimate source of gaseous emissions--Congress.

Related: Definition of insanity defined, here.

New York Stories

Had dinner at the Four Seasons tonight, on the drive down from New York State to visit my mom in NJ before heading back to California. Three observations:

1. If the New York economy is hurting, you couldn't tell it tonight, as the Pool Room was nearly packed.

2. The filet of bison with foie gras and Perigord truffle sauce main course was pretty amazing.

3. The older, salt and pepper-haired gentleman and his wife sitting opposite us were a seriously class act, picking up the tab for a young Marine in his dress blues having dinner with a young woman in a strapless dress that I can only assume was his girlfriend, fiancee or wife at the other end of our row of tables. When the Marine walked over to thank him, the older gentleman and his wife both replied, "No, thank you for everything you're doing to keep us safe."

Which is an awesome note to end the year on, all around.

The Red Queen's Race Marches On

Mickey Kaus writes, "Enjoy your daily print newspaper. It's later than you think", as the "Web Blows By Papers as News Source."

So with the Red Queen's Race marching on, will the New York Times have the money to pay off--or at least settle--on this lawsuit?

Update: Roger L. Simon: "Vicki Iseman vs. the NYT could spell Big Trouble for the Grey Lady."

Sound Advice (Trust Me--I Grew Up There)

"When Barack Obama makes his New Year's resolutions, at the top of his list ought to be the following: 'I will not allow America to become New Jersey.'"

Escape From New York

Last year, when New York's incoming governor David Paterson replaced disgraced fellow Democrat Elliot Spitzer, I quoted this passage from Nicole Gelinas of City Journal:

To lay out his goals, Paterson gave a speech last week similar to the one that Codey delivered nearly three years ago. "We need to take a realistic view of New York State's budget," he said, which is "too big and too bloated." He gently warned the legislature against its usual budget-balancing tricks: overestimating revenues, issuing long-term debt or hiking taxes to cover one-year shortfalls, and trying to use "gimmicks to solve real problems." He added that the legislature's modest cuts to Spitzer's budget proposal would be eaten up by April as tax revenues continue to fall. "We have got to address these issues," he said, "and not by taxing anybody."

Paterson could have recited facts and figures from census reports on how New York ranked dead last, in both raw numbers and percentages, in net domestic population losses between 2000 and 2004, with nearly 183,000 residents leaving the state annually. While immigration from other countries more than made up for these losses, New York still lost some ground in its percentage of the nation's population. And immigration could slow precipitously with the economy's woes, as a protracted credit slowdown will lessen the state's need for Parisian investment bankers as well as Salvadoran construction workers. The governor could also have cited numbers from the Tax Foundation showing that New York's state and local tax burden is a full one-fourth higher than the national average, and significantly higher than the burden in some of the states competing most fiercely with it for jobs and residents: Pennsylvania, Florida, Texas, and most of the states in the new South.

Instead, Paterson cited a number of personal friends, all former New Yorkers, who have contacted him from out of state since his ascent to the governorship. "A friend from primary school, Randy San Antonio, told me he moved to Dallas 20 years ago," Paterson began. "Another friend, Randy Watts, had moved to Reno. A friend from Syracuse, Marvin Lee Simons, said he's working in Lower Manhattan. I said we should get together . . . and he said, 'Well, I don't live in New York. I live in western Pennsylvania.' Jeff and Stacey Stackhouse wanted to start a business on Long Island. They moved two years ago--they're trying to start their business in Charlotte, North Carolina. They couldn't pay the taxes here."

Which helps to explain one particularly bloated and malicious area of the state's government:
Without question, the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance has the most advanced residency audit program in the nation. We would hazard to guess that the department, whether out of necessity -- because so many taxpayers in the New York region have, at least allegedly, questionable residency issues -- or sheer force of will, does more auditing of taxpayers on residency issues than does any other state, and perhaps more than all states combined.
I would hazard a guess that California, the other big blue parenthesis state, is pretty effective in this department as well.

(H/T: IP, who notes sadly, "Adrienne Barbeau not included" from this particular Escape.)

A Fish Called Recession

John Hinderaker of Power Line asks:

If you seriously believe that the Earth is threatened with destruction by global warming, then the current global economic slowdown is providential. Reduced economic activity equals less energy consumption equals less carbon emitted into the atmosphere. Environmentalists have been telling us we need to reduce our energy consumption, and live more modestly, for years. Now we're doing it. So where's the celebration of the world's sharp turn Greenward?
For that, we turn to the renowned economist, Jamie Lee Curtis...

The Connecticut Post: In Dodd They Trust

When I created my recent Silicon Graffiti video on the various and sundry financial meltdowns of the past few months, I titled it "In Dodd We Trust?" It was too good a pun not to use, even though it really wasn't about the Democratic senator from Connecticut per se, but Congressional meddling in economic matters in general.

But get a load of this recent story from Dodd's hometown house organ: as one of Ace of Spades' guest bloggers writes, "Connecticut Post: we're not interested in readers bitching about Chris Dodd or Barney Frank." The paper, evidently being buried with letters from readers regarding their hometown Friend of Angelo and his race-baiting friend from Boston, actually wrote:

...All letters are welcome. But there are code words hidden in some that are signals to stop paying close attention -- "Chris Dodd" and "Barney Frank." ...
On the other hand, it's nice of the paper to let us know who they're running interference for, and dropping the increasingly outdated 20th century perception of "objectivity."

(Via Gateway Pundit.)

The Obamafication Of The U.S. Economy

As a candidate, Barack Obama was but one of many of the left in recent years who scolded Americans on their economic largesse--until they seemingly took his advice and drastically curtailed their spending, Mark Steyn writes in his newest column:

"Retail Sales Plummet," read the Christmas headline in The Wall Street Journal. "Sales plunged across most categories on shrinking consumer spending."

Hey, that's great news, isn't it? After all, everyone knows Americans consume too much. What was it that then Sen. Obama said on the subject? "We can't just keep driving our SUVs, eating whatever we want, keeping our homes at 72 degrees at all times regardless of whether we live in the tundra or the desert and keep consuming 25 percent of the world's resources with just 4 percent of the world's population, and expect the rest of the world to say, 'You just go ahead, we'll be fine.'"

And boy, we took the great man's words to heart. SUV sales have nose-dived, and 72 is no longer your home's thermostat setting but its current value expressed as a percentage of what you paid for it. If I understand then Sen. Obama's logic, in a just world Americans would be 4 percent of the population and consume 4 percent of the world's resources. And in these past few months we've made an excellent start toward that blessed utopia: Americans are driving smaller cars, buying smaller homes, giving smaller Christmas presents.

And yet, strangely, President-elect Barack Obama doesn't seem terribly happy about the Obamafication of the U.S. economy. He's proposing some 5.7 bazillion dollar "stimulus" package or whatever it is now to "stimulate" it back into its bad old ways.

On the other hand, as Tom Blumer writes, "If a recovery begins too soon, a massive 'stimulus' package might not be needed. Democrats consider that a bad thing."--hence even more negative jawboning from the incoming administration.

In Rod We Trust

Hey, glad to see that I wasn't the only one releasing previously unseen and all-too-brief material involving senatorial financial relations two days before Christmas...

Layers And Layers Of Fact Checkers

Glenn Reynolds links to James Surowiecki in the New Yorker, who asks, "Are Newspapers Doomed?"

"There's no mystery as to the source of all the trouble: advertising revenue has dried up. In the third quarter alone, it dropped eighteen per cent, or almost two billion dollars, from last year."

He also suggests something that I've noted in the past -- we may have been getting more news than we (that is, the market) actually wanted (that is, was willing to pay for) due to cross-subsidies from things like classified advertising. With those gone, we may wind up with less news. I hope not, but it's a plausible scenario.

Another reason why is that errors such as this are becoming increasingly easier for readers to spot.

To invert The Who, the Gray Lady will get fooled again, as Roger L. Simon writes:

No doubt most of you remember the Jayson Blair affair at the New York Times, when the paper jettisoned the reporter for publishing several plagiarized and, at least partially, fabricated stories on its front page. The ensuing brouhaha caused an editorial shake-up at the onetime "newspaper of record."

Well, what's the old saying about the "second time as farce"? [I think it's from Marx.-ed. So it is.] This time the paper has outdone itself by publishing a putative letter from the mayor of Paris, attacking the potential elevation of Caroline Kennedy to the US Senate:

The tipoff that it's a phony should be obvious, Allahpundit adds:
In the Times's defense, the letter does have a decidedly Frenchy tone ("Can we speak of American decline?"), but I ask you: Would the mayor of Paris, of all people, be likely to object to a big break for Jackie Kennedy's daughter?
Heh, indeed.™

Couldn't the Times have run the email past the ghost of Walter Duranty? That man knows a thing or two about phonying up foreign stories--and he's even got a blog, to boot. (Although, to be fair, it's about as quiet at the moment as the real Duranty is.)

Finally, Dan Riehl spots a giant iceberg looming off the port bow of the S.S. Sulzberger:

From 24/7 Wall St - based upon background and financials, ten major companies predicted to go away in 2009. Number 6 on the list? The New York Times. h/t An email from Pundita.

24/7 Wall St. looked at some of the largest and most well-known companies, reviewed their SEC filings if they are public, analyst reports, and media observations about their businesses and picked ten that probably won't be around at the end of next year.

6) The New York Times (NYT) has to repay $400 million in debt in the first half of 2009. It does not have the money. It plans to mortgage its headquarters, but it is uncertain what that will bring in an uncertain real estate market. The firm's Boston Globe and regional newspaper operations lose money, so they will be hard to sell. NYT is controlled by the Sulzberger family which has super-majority voting shares. That won't matter much when the company runs out of money. Another big media operation, perhaps News Corp (NWS) which owns The Wall Street Journal and The New York Post, will come in and auction off what it can and keep the flagship New York Times newspaper and NYTimes.com website.

If so, that will be one helluva an exit lap for this ever-accelerating race to the bottom:


New Silicon Graffiti Video: "In Dodd We Trust?"

In his 2001 book, The CEO of the Sofa, P.J. O'Rourke wrote:
The founding fathers, in their wisdom, devised a method by which our republic can take 100 of its most prominent numskulls and keep them out of the private sector where they might do actual harm.
But of course, with every new bailout, the Senate is becoming further and further intertwined with the public sector, and doing increasing harm. As Frank Martin noted in a recent post on his Varifrank blog, "This is how it ends. As of right now, the Senate IS the banking system":
You just try prying the banking system from the hands of the Senate now. You want a loan? Sure, lets just check your voting record, lets see what kind of car you want to buy, oh darn its not a certified government "greenmobile", well sorry Mr. Consumer, we can't give you a loan for that new Toyota Dual Axle truck for your ranch, but how about a new Chevy Cobalt Hybrid? Sure thing. Sign right here Mr. Consumer.

SNAP! That's just how easy it is for you to find that you no longer have any economic choices. No banks - then no bank loans. No bank loans - then no economy. In point of fact, your entire economy is now run by just 100 people. 100 people that if most of us were in an elevator and any one of them got on, we would then get off and walk up the rest of the building rather than risk our well being by exposed to their close proximity.

Hence the subject of my newest Silicon Graffiti, which begins with a parody of Charles Schwab's 2007 ad campaign (with a little help from the cartoon plug-in from After Effects CS4) before exploring the auto bailout, and the banking bailout. And the good old days (by comparison), when Congress would look at a giant corporation and decide the best way to break it up, not prop it up. When it was wasn't defaulting on its own debts, of course.

And along the way, a look back at some early warnings from the 1990s, and going even further back, a flashback from Vice President Elect Joe Biden to President Abraham Roosevelt Franklin Washington's early televised fireside chats from the 1860s. And a timely paraphrase of the Bard of Springfield.

This is our 23rd edition of Silicon Graffiti ,which began in January of this year--you can explore the back catalog by starting here and scrolling through. It's a mixed lot, but on the average, we hope our approval rating is on the north side of these numbers.

(Also posted at Right Wing News, where I'm one of several guest bloggers this week.)

The Clock Is Ticking On This Bailout

Congress has less than a week to act on the latest economic crisis impacting the manufacturing sector...

(Though check the photo--is that any way for a man to dress when appearing before the Senate?)

The End Of Prosperity

Plenty of economic gloom in this forecast from Wall Street Journal senior economics writer Steve Moore:


World Ends, AP Correspondents Hardest Hit

We mentioned AP's "Byline Strike" on Tuesday, but Dan Riehl does a great job of reading between the bylines:

The real kicker is that while the journalists are busy writing about the collapse of the Global economy, or the newspaper industry looking like it's going away, all in times so bad we need a new, New Deal - they went to the table asking for a 10% raise.
As Dan writes, it's obvious that even AP doesn't believe the endlessly catastrophic news they've been reading via AP.

Well, can't fault them there.

"The Great Byline Strike Of '08"

Even as newspapers are shedding staff and hemorrhaging money, Roger L. Simon spots "The Great Byline Strike Of '08" amongst journalists at the Associated Press:

I read with amusement that reporters and photographers for the Associated Press are staging (via the Newspaper Guild) a 'byline strike.' Say what? To stage a such a strike people have to have heard of you, but practically no one is more anonymous than a writer for a news service. It almost comes with the job description. You are the "Associated Press," not yourself. The AP is not exactly where you find the next Norman Mailer. News service reporters are not even as well known as bloggers. I mean whose names are more famous to the general public at his point -- Glenn Reynolds, Michelle Malkin and (yikes) Markos Moulitsas or [insert any Associated Press writer here]?

Not that I don't have some sympathy for my AP colleagues. These are trying times for all in the media. But they made a choice by joining a news service and that choice was for a form of literary facelessness. Also, they opted for a form of homogenization, since the AP and other news services are by mission supposed to be uniform in style and content.

And therein lies the rub. Of recent years the uniformity of the Associated Press in publishing a kind of bland, accepted liberalism of the most uninspired (and sometimes distorted) sort may be the root of their business woes - not the presence (or not) of bylines or even the current economic situation, although the latter certainly plays a part. I would suggest to the writers and owners of the AP that they consider opening up their company to people of different biases and opinions. They are supposed to be a news service, after all, not a ideological distribution center. People on the more extreme right love to compare them to Tass. That's not fair. The AP is nowhere near as bad as that. But they are pretty bad. And they are failing economically. And when you're failing economically, you're supposed to do something. [Maybe they're waiting for a TARP bailout.--ed. I'd rather drive a Buick.]

As that sage philosopher of Springfield, H. J. Simpson once told his daughter, "Lisa, if you don't like your job you don't strike. You just go in every day, and do it really half-assed. That's the American way."

And from that perspective, the staff at AP have been doing an exceptional job of alerting readers of poor working conditions there for years.

A Parliament Of Dunces

James Pethokoukis rounds up "The 10 Dopiest Business and Economy Leaders of 2008."

It makes a nice double-feature with this recent economic-themed top ten list.

The Return Of The Old Left

As Jonah Goldberg once quipped, "those who cannot learn from history are condemned to hear George Santayana quoted to them for the rest of their lives"--or this time around, Robert Tracinski from Real Clear Politics:

It looks as if we are going to have to relive all of the mistakes of the 20th century one more time--let's hope it is one last time--before we relearn the big lesson of that century: the moral and material superiority of capitalism and the disastrous consequences of socialism in all its forms.

I thought we had learned that lesson well enough already, but it turns out I was wrong. Given a few decades to recover from the collapse of the Soviet Union--and given an opportunity to take advantage of the ideological confusion and muddled pragmatism of the pro-free-market right--the left is making a serious attempt to reconstitute itself.

And it is not just any variant of the left. It is the Old Left, the mid-20th-century left of public-works giantism, ham-fisted labor union protests, and command-and-control central planning.

By the end of the 20th century, the failure of all of these policies had caused the Old Left to splinter into two groups. The New Left hippies rejected industrial socialism in favor of anti-industrial socialism, adopting environmentalism and holding up a neo-primitive lifestyle as the ideal, while the New Democrat centrists sought a "Third Way" compromise between capitalism and socialism.

But now the discredited Old Left seems to be making a roaring comeback. We can see the signs all around us.

Consider Barack Obama's plan for up to $700 billion in New-Deal-style "public works" boondoggles. It is a good old-fashioned Keynesian "stimulus" based on the premise that you can revive the economy by spreading paper money around at random.

Yet it is now widely acknowledged that the original New Deal did not actually revive the Depression-era economy. Even under Keynes's failed theory, the amount of FDR's spending was not enough to stimulate the economy--and neither is the amount proposed by Obama. But that hasn't fazed the revived Old Left.

Which is why, as early as May, long before the September financial meltdown that paved the way for Obama's victory in November, leftwing politicians were calling for a "New, New Deal": But, as Tracinski notes above, what if the conventional wisdom is wrong about the Old New Deal, and that Risky Tax Scheme, to borrow one of Algore's catch phrases, prolonged the Depression?


The Media's Top 10 Worst Economic Myths Of 2008

The Business & Media Institute rounds them up; a Tech Central Station column by Arnold Kling from 2006 explains their origins.

In a related vein, Ronnie Schreiber explores "Myths of Organized Labor", memes which also derive from a similar ancestry.

Red Queen's Race, Daily Show Edition

If you enjoyed my Red Queen's Race video last week, Jon Stewart (found via Jeff Jarvis and Glenn Reynolds) has a fun clip summing up the newspapers' endgame in about two minutes:



Meanwhile, Investor's Business Daily notes that "Some journalists out there seem to be actually rooting for a new economic depression--the very thing that will hurt them more than it will hurt many others":
The blogosphere has a name for this syndrome: "depression lust." Virginia Postrel, an Atlantic Monthly columnist who invented the phrase, contributed to a Boston Globe story published in November that collected ideas from various people to (allegedly) give readers some insight into what a 2009 depression would look like.

The conditions "sounded pretty damned good to some people," Postrel writes on her Dynamist blog, "a sure sign of an affluent society, or at least affluent commentators," who, we should add, appear to be operating under the illusion that things would still be rosy for them in a depression because they always have been.

Journalists "seem positively giddy with anticipation at the prospect of a return to '30s-style hardship -- without, of course, the real hardship of the 1930s," Postrel blogs.

Jim Miller, who writes a political blog, has made a similar observation. "I can't count the number of times I read hopeful pieces in the New York Times saying that a recession might be coming soon, so now that one is actually here those people have to be pleased."

Did any of those New York Times stories come from David Carr, whose "Stoking Fear Everywhere You Look" appeared Monday?

"Every modern recession includes a media seance about how horrible things are and how much worse they will be," noted Carr, who did a bit of his own communicating with the dead spirits of the Great Depression.

As Postrel notes, journalists, whose industry is teetering and "who are already the equivalent of 1980s steelworkers," should be among the most fearful of a depression.

But they can't help themselves. Their contempt for the capitalism and free markets that have made so many of them comfortable is strong enough to make them wish for economic conditions not in their best interests -- and it comes through loud and clear almost every time they report.

And of course, with the economy slowing, the AP feverishly wishes that Obama will bring it to a stop with tons of business-choking global warming regulations.

Bobos In Paradox

Dissent: It's the highest form of patriotism. But patriotism is the last refuge of a scoundrel.

As others have pointed out, two of the most popular cliches among the left form quite a paradox. The Hill reports that Jennifer Granholm, Michigan's Democratic governor called the Senate "un-American" for voting against the auto bailout. (AKA further socialization of the automobile industry.)

Back in late September, during that week's Federal bailout, Rich Lowry wrote:

Pelosi unloads on House Republicans. Why is it always OK for Democrats to call Republicans "unpatriotic"?
Ramesh Ponnuru had the perfect reply: "Because it has no sting."

Newsweek Shrugs

Or, "Journalism--The Unknown Ideal", to paraphrase a lesser known, but equally appropriate title.

"Auto-Bailout Dead As A Doornail"

...At least until next year, according to John Hawkins.

More Depression Porn

Just to follow up on our link earlier today to Virginia Postrel's post on "Depression Porn", Culture11 explores "Recession Chic" in the fashion magazine industry--"Who knew an economic collapse could be so fabulous?"

Meanwhile over at Ace of Spades, "U.S. Economy In Recession; Women, Minorities, and [B.S.] Artists Hardest Hit."

Depression Lust, And Depression Porn

Warner Todd Huston compares and contrasts 2008 and 2001:

Jonathan Alter was an early accuser of new President George W. Bush when he and VP Cheney began to try to warn the country that an economic downturn was well underway as he was taking office. As Bush tried to warn the nation, the media jumped all over him for "talking down the economy." Yet, as we watch the reporting of Obama's current down talking of the economy, the media has said nothing similar to the condemnation reigned upon Bush.

The myth that people like Alter was pushing in 2001 was that Clinton bequeathed a good economy to Bush, but the reality was that the spiral had already begun to fall into negative territory months before Bush took office. Despite that obvious downturn, the media formed a chorus of attacking Bush for being too negative in the face of the American people. On March 26, Alter unleashed his Newsweek piece headlined "Thanks Ever So Much, President Poor-Mouth." Alter called Bush's warnings "risky and unusual," and made the pronouncement that Bush was wrong to do so. "Even if Bush turns out to be right in his predictions of gloom," Alter wrote, "that doesn't mean he was right to make them."

On CNN, Lou Waters needled Bush spokesman Ari Fleischer on January 12, 2001 about the "politicalization " of the economy. "President Clinton, sort of, answered that as well today. He's talking up the economy. There are economists who say you guys are talking down the economy. What's happening here in this transition period, the whole, sort of, politicalization [of the economy]...," Waters said.

On March 19, The New York Times scolded Bush that presidents were supposed to be "cheerleaders for the nation's economy."

Yet, has anyone seen any similar scolding of the new "cheerleader" in chief, Obama? Has anyone seen an Alter sternly scolding Obama for "poor-mouthing" the economy? Has there been any hectoring from CNN over Obama's grave warnings? Where is The New York Times beating up that downcast Obama?

Why would the media complain about Obama, when they're doing a remarkable job of talking down the economy themselves, as Virginia Postrel notes:
If anyone should fear a Depression, it should be journalists, who are already the equivalent of 1980s steelworkers. But instead, they seem positively giddy with anticipation at the prospect of a return to '30s-style hardship--without, of course, the real hardship of the 1930s. (We're all yuppies now.)
Read the whole thing.

"The Lesser Of Two Evils"

Back at the Republican Convention in Minneapolis, Steve Green handed me one of these bumper stickers, which Joe the Plumber sounds like he's in full agreement with:

I'm not going to speak for the Democrats but I mean, the Republicans didn't put out a candidate for us to really vote for. It's the lesser of two evils.
As Ace's co-blogger Drew M. writes, "Ah poor Maverick, no one really liked him. Alas, I'm sure he'll spend the next 4 years getting even with those of us who voted for him."

(H/T: TV)

Dude, Where's My Depression?

"A new bull market? By one yardstick, it's here."

Where Is It Written In Stone That We Need To Have A Big Three?

What he said! A collection of soundbites from Daniel J. Ikenson of the CATO Institute on the poor financial health of the domestic auto industry, and why bailing 37 years of bad decisions (by both the automakers and Federal regulators) is a terrible idea:





Meanwhile, the 2012 Pelosi GTxi SS/Rt Sport Edition is looking more and more like it will be a reality--thus guaranteeing even lower domestic auto sales post-bailout.

Update: The Brutal Truth.

Big Journalism's Bronx Cheer For The Common Man

As that hoary old newspaper cliche goes, the goal of journalism is "comforting the afflicted and afflicting the comfortable", a statement that makes a hash of any mid-20th century claims to "objectivity." But in the past, most journalists, print or video, paid lip service to the idea of being a champion of the little guy, the working man, Joe Six Pack, or whatever that particular week's fabulously outdated and only mildly paternalistic reference to Middle America was.

But that was a long time ago. On Sunday, Tom Brokaw suggested that President Elect Obama tank the economy even more, by sticking it to commuters' wallets:

Let's talk for a moment about consumer responsibility when it comes to the auto industries. As soon as gas prices dropped, consumers moved back to the larger cars once again. The SUVs are the big gas consumers. Why not take this opportunity to put a tax on gasoline, bump it back up to $4 a gallon where people were prepared to pay for that, and use that revenue for alternative energy and as a signal to the consumers: "Those days are gone. We're not going to have gasoline that you could just fill up your tank for 20 bucks anymore."
And of course, the Washington Post is also pretty cool with that idea.

Meanwhile, rather than letting the marketplace decide who sells books and who doesn't, New York Times columnist Timothy Egan doesn't want anyone infringing on his turf:

The unlicensed pipe fitter known as Joe the Plumber is out with a book this month, just as the last seconds on his 15 minutes are slipping away. I have a question for Joe: Do you want me to fix your leaky toilet?

I didn't think so. And I don't want you writing books.

Gosh, there's a shocker; Tim Blair makes quick work of Egan's arrogance--but it's merely the latest reminder that newspapers in general really don't want any competition for their territory.

Of course, they're not alone in that department.

Update: Not surprisingly, Iowahawk has a few japes at Egan's expense: "Silly Plumber, Lit Is For Crits!"

'Cause Baby, It Ain't Over 'Til It's Over

Wow, I really wish I had seen this 2007 clip from McClatchy CEO Gary Pruitt, before I shot my "Red Queen's Race" video over the weekend.

As P.J. Gladnick of Newsbusters notes, Pruitt does a terrific Baghdad Bob impersonation--but only before invoking his heartfelt commitment to "philosophers and rock 'n' roll songs. Sometimes it's one and the same as with Lenny Kravitz's song from a few years ago, 'Dig In.'"

When Decades Collide

Hugh Hewitt notes that President Elect Obama's desire to emulate enormous 1930s-style FDR public works projects may be thwarted by very 1970s-style environmental regulations designed to ensure that nothing gets built anywhere--even if it's by the state.

And it looks like the perfect go-between who spans both worlds may not be joining Team Barack.

New Silicon Graffiti Video: "Red Queen's Race"

I hadn't planned it this way when I started working on the new video late last week, but the timing of Monday's news of fresh disaster from old media makes the latest Silicon Graffiti remarkably timely.

But first, let's define the title.

From Lewis Carroll's Through the Looking-Glass:

"Well, in our country," said Alice, still panting a little, "you'd generally get to somewhere else -- if you run very fast for a long time, as we've been doing."

"A slow sort of country!" said the Queen. "Now, here, you see, it takes all the running you can do, to keep in the same place. If you want to get somewhere else, you must run at least twice as fast as that!"

Back in early 2007, I started wondering if the accelerating decline of print newspaper readership, media advertising revenues, and the upcoming election year were creating a strange new tone in the media. And near the tail-end of an election year in which the media weren't afraid to let you know who to vote for--and who they were voting for--Michael Malone of ABC and Pajamas Media wrote:
Picture yourself in your 50s in a job where you've spent 30 years working your way to the top, to the cockpit of power . . . only to discover that you're presiding over a dying industry. The Internet and alternative media are stealing your readers, your advertisers and your top young talent. Many of your peers shrewdly took golden parachutes and disappeared. Your job doesn't have anywhere near the power and influence it did when your started your climb. The Newspaper Guild is too weak to protect you any more, and there is a very good chance you'll lose your job before you cross that finish line, ten years hence, of retirement and a pension.

In other words, you are facing career catastrophe -and desperate times call for desperate measures. Even if you have to risk everything on a single Hail Mary play. Even if you have to compromise the principles that got you here. After all, newspapers and network news are doomed anyway - all that counts is keeping them on life support until you can retire.

And then the opportunity presents itself: an attractive young candidate whose politics likely matches yours, but more important, he offers the prospect of a transformed Washington with the power to fix everything that has gone wrong in your career. With luck, this monolithic, single-party government will crush the alternative media via a revived Fairness Doctrine, re-invigorate unions by getting rid of secret votes, and just maybe, be beholden to people like you in the traditional media for getting it there.

And besides, you tell yourself, it's all for the good of the country . . .

So here's a look at how the media got there, beginning in sepia toned 1926 when mass media was born with the first radio networks, all the way to the days of the Web, the Blogosphere, and the surprising impact Craigslist has had on classified advertising revenue--and a look at declining newspaper advertising in general.

This accelerating downward spiral has completed unnerved much of old media--to the point where a newspaper in a city once known 160 years ago for its residents' spectacular success at mining for gold completely overlooked the solid gold story dropped into their laps, helping to create a remarkably holographic presidential candidate.

(For 21 or so older Silicon Graffiti videos, click here and keep scrolling. And a special thanks to my friend Jenifer Toksvig for doing such a terrific job of recording the opening narration.)

Mystery Achievement

"New York Times Baffled How a Conservative, Oil-Drilling State Isn't in Recession."

(H/T: RSM)

"Give me an S! Give me an M! Give me two O's . . . !!!"

2009: A Smoot-Hawley Odyssey: As we've noted before, two of the four horsemen of the apocalypse could gearing up for quite a ride.

Related: I'm pretty sure this is a sign of the apocalypse as well.

Also Related: " Obama as Lincoln? Obama as FDR? How about Obama as Hoover? Now there's a real story."

A Crisis Of Civility

Exploring the horrific death of Long Island Wal-Mart employee Jdimytai Damour, Kirsten Powers writes, "Incivility isn't just accepted these days--from celebrity news to TV shows--it's glorified:"

Last week, the Oxygen Network debuted the third season of "The Bad Girls Club" - like seemingly all reality shows, a toxic celebration of rude, mentally unbalanced people shrieking at each other.

Oxygen's Web site features a section hailing these "Destructive Divas": "From home break-ins to club toss-outs, these girls are bad. The girls get kicked out of three clubs - all in the premier episode!"

The show is the most-watched Oxygen original series ever.

One "bad girl" brags on the premiere: "I like to push people's buttons. I have jealousy issues, I'm very rude, conniving, and opinionated . . . I'm just a bad person to know. If someone was picking on me because I was, like, a cute blonde girl, my first instinct would be to tell them they are ugly."

I would plow over someone at a Wal-Mart to get my hands on discounted lip gloss.

P.M. Forni co-founded the Johns Hopkins Civility Project in 1997, and has rung the alarm bells on the collapse of civility. While Americans still have manners, he says, we've lost "the manners of past generations."

Big deal, some will say - those "manners" are just outdated customs. No, Forni argues in his book "Choosing Civility": They're the glue that holds society together.

Compare Long Island 2008 with Manhattan in 1939.

(Found via Kathy Shaidle, who has some thoughts on both Powers' essay and the misremembered legend of Kitty Genovese. For my own recent video look at anger in America, click here.)

One Can Only Hope

"Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid says the Democrats' plan to tap the Wall Street rescue fund to save U.S. automakers doesn't have the votes to pass."

As Steve Green adds, "Keep your fingers crossed. Chapter 11 is the only way to save GM, and probably Ford. Chrysler (except for Jeep and maybe Dodge Trucks) is a goner."

"That's Not The Way It's Supposed To Work"

As John Stossel writes, "Government Sets Us Up for the Next Bust":

We are in the mess we're in precisely because of earlier government interference. Easy mortgage terms and guarantees contrived a housing boom and irresponsible lending that could not be sustained. The consequences have shaken the foundation of the financial industry. But instead of freeing the market and allowing the errors to be corrected, the government is seducing the economy into a whole new set of errors. That will lead to the next bust.

"But doesn't the government have to act?" people ask. "We can't just let financial companies fail!"

I say, Why not?

Jim Rogers, the successful investor and author, puts it well: "Why are we bailing out Citibank? Why are 300 million Americans having to pay for Citibank's mistakes? The way the system is supposed to work [is this]: People fail. And then the competent people take over the assets from the failed people, and then you start again with a new stronger base. What we're doing this time is ... taking the assets from the competent people, giving them to the incompetent people, and saying, "OK, now you can compete with the competent people." So everybody's weakened: The whole nation is weakened, the whole economy is weakened. That's not the way it's supposed to work."

Bill Gates must have whiplash after what he went through in the late 1990s. Government and big business have devolved into quite a dysfunctional relationship--when government isn't seeking to punish businesses (marketing consultant Dan Kennedy believes he's spotted the next soft target for the same sort of raping the tobacco industry received in the mid-1990s), its representatives are literally telling another that bankruptcy is "not an option."

As Stossel writes, why the heck not?

(H/T: CG)

Related: "Poll: 61% oppose auto bailout."

The Way The World Works

With Jude Wanniski and Bob Bartley having gone off to the great accounting school in the sky, it's left to Fred Thompson to sardonically explain why the bailout, or bailouts, or whatever is the catchall name for the overall enormous reaming being applied to those same taxpayers that so offend Harry Reid won't work:





Jennifer Rubin adds:
Republicans have been struggling to find their political bearings. The Democrats are about to embark on a Keynesian spending spree the likes of which we have never seen. How to respond? How can Republicans possibly oppose the political juggernaut coming their way? They could do much worse than to send this short film by Fred Thompson to every voter in America. As political theater, it is brilliant. As economic education, it is indispensable.

The film demonstrates that Thompson is head and shoulders above the current crop of party functionaries in the essential task of communicating and educating voters about our current predicament and the course which the Democrats are pursuing. As they contemplate their political predicament, the Republicans might think about finding Thompson some permanent role as Party Explainer.

Fred may not be the Gipper, but compared to most in the GOP, he's a great communicator.

But The Buyout Sex Is Incredible

Found via a link in the comments of Ron Rosenbaum's rather vicious attack on Jeff Jarvis, Alan D. Mutter, a Silicon Valley CEO and newspaper consultant has a don't-miss-it graph of how severely newspaper advertising revenues have declined since 2006. How severely? Here's the chart in video form:




But Mutter spots the one upside: "Buyout Sex, the other severance benefit":
Mary F. Pols, a movie critic who accepted one of the scores of buyouts at the Contra Costa Times, made the best of a traumatic situation by having an affair with a fellow scribe at the California paper, she revealed in Modern Love, the most consistently delectable feature in the Sunday New York Times.

"Buyout Sex," as Mary (left) dubbed it, affords a journalist the rare opportunity to get up close and personal with a colleague without having to worry about "postcoital workplace awkwardness."

In Mary's case, the affair began with drinks with a guy from the office who also was thinking about forfeiting his position in exchange for an enriched severance benefit. After an initial, vodka-propelled rumble in the cramped back seat of the colleague's car, Mr. Buyout Sex and Mary embarked on a months-long relationship.

"In the following weeks, we continued to meet for long nights of sex and conversation, both of which were more naked than I would have expected," wrote Mary. "After years of knowing each other, we were finally getting to know each other. He didn't take the buyout after all, so he could fill me in what was going on at the paper, and the connection felt warm and cozy, especially as I confronted my own undefined future."

Of course, donning fetishwear while engaged in newspaper buyout sex is purely optional. And sheep shagging? Don't even think about it...unless you follow the apparently carefully researched advice found within the Ayatollah Khomeini's "Blue Book."

Update: Blue Crab Boulevard adds, "They confused reporting the news with editorializing on the news. These are two, very different, things. People can tell the difference, despite the media's blindness to this. I think it is coming home for them now."

Barack And Switch

Victor Davis Hanson writes, "I think Obama may do more for George Bush's reputation than anyone thinks":

Obama is a masterful politician who never has had any real ideology or persona other than his own diversity story and history, youth, and charisma that together allow him to be whatever is politically expedient at the time.

That is, there is a pattern here: public campaign financing, FISA, NAFTA, drilling, nuclear power, coal, guns, capital punishment, abortion, Iran, Iraq, the surge, etc. all were repackaged as the primary and general elections evolved. A community organizing past that once welcomed in a Wright, Pfleger, Ayers, Khalidi, became inoperative lest he meet a McGovern-like fate.

And rather than assess carefully the Bush policies, it made better sense to lump them altogether under the general rubric that Bush shredded the Constitution and, as a unilateral preemptivist, ruined the American brand over seas (while knowing privately that when Obama himself assumed office he would leave alone the homeland-security measures, Patriot Act, FISA, etc. to ensure the continuance of the 7-year hiatus from a major attack, and follow Bush/Petraeus in getting out of Iraq to preserve the unexpected victory).

Likewise, privately Obama knew the meltdown was not Bush's fault per se but a bipartisan miasma a decade in the making, fueled by Wall Street greed, wrongheaded utopian politics, and corruption at Freddie and Fannie--and thus the Bush response was largely to be followed (and this apparently may even extend to not tampering immediately with the existing tax rates.)

The result of all this?

I think we are slowly (and things of course could change) beginning in retrospect to look back at the outline of one of most profound bait-and-switch campaigns in our political history, predicated on the mass appeal of a magnetic leader rather than any principles per se.

No, there is another...

Life (As Always) Imitates P.J. O'Rourke

In the latest Weekly Standard, P.J. O'Rourke says, show me the money:

The government is bailing out Wall Street for being evil and the car companies for being stupid. But print journalism brings you Paul Krugman and Anna Quindlen. Also, in 1898 Joseph Pulitzer of the New York World and William Randolph Hearst of the New York Journal started the Spanish-American War. All of the Lehman Brothers put together couldn't cause as much evil stupidity as that.

Moreover, rescuing print journalism is a "two-fer." Not only will America's principal source of Sudoku puzzles and Doonesbury be preserved but so will an endangered species--the hard-bitten, cynical, heavy-drinking news hound with a press card in his hatband, a cigarette stub dangling from his lip, and free ringside prize fight tickets tucked into his vest pocket. These guys don't reproduce in captivity. And there are hardly any of them left in the wild. I checked the bar. Just Mike Barnicle, as usual. How's tricks, Mike? Where'd everybody go? Sun's over the yardarm. Time to pour lunch.

And right on cue, "Connecticut Legislators Want State To Subsidize Newspapers."

As the Great One (Reagan, not Jackie Gleason) said in 1986, "Government's view of the economy could be summed up in a few short phrases: If it moves, tax it. If it keeps moving, regulate it. And if it stops moving, subsidize it."

Last Train To Barackville

Well, now we know what happened to Mike Nesmith's wool hat from The Monkees.

Related: Another cheerful furry friend from a bygone era makes his own wistfully nostalgic federal bailout-related appearance here.

It's Morning In America!

Or at least the man who, along the Gipper's tax cuts, brought you Morning In America in the early 1980s: As John Hinderaker of Power Line notes, Obama has gone "Back to the Future":

Today Barack Obama named former Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker to head Obama's newly-created Economic Recovery Advisory Board. Volcker served as Chairman of the Fed from 1979 through 1987. As such, he worked closely with Ronald Reagan to tame the inflation that ravaged the American economy in the late 1970s and beginning of the 1980s. Reagan reappointed Volcker in 1983.

Change you can believe in!

I'm flipping my polo collar up and popping on my Wayfarers to celebrate the retro goodness!

Perfect Timing By The Coal Industry

Glenn Reynolds writes:

ONLY 30-DAY STOCKPILES OF COAL? "A new report from the University of Minnesota warns that an influenza pandemic could disrupt the coal industry, thereby endangering the nation's significantly coal-dependent electric power system and everything that depends on it. . . . The authors, CIDRAP research assistant Nicholas Kelley, MSPH, and CIDRAP Director Michael T. Osterholm, PhD, MPH, recommend that power plants stockpile coal to last much longer than the average 30-day supply they have now and that the nation prepare now for disruptions in the coal-supply chain and electrical service. They also urge that coal industry workers be put in the highest priority group for pandemic vaccines and antivirals."
Doesn't that work out about right? At the start of his pre-election cruise through all of America's 57 states, President-To-be Obama said he'd bankrupt the coal industry, so they really just need enough to make it through until his inauguration in January, when they can start the paper on Chapter 11.

And then once bankrupted by Obama, they can apply for their own federal bailout like every other industry.

All This And World War II

Mark Hemingway links to Barry Ritzholtz, who has crunched the numbers, adjusted for inflation of the financial bailout:

Whenever I discussed the current bailout situation with people, I find they have a hard time comprehending the actual numbers involved. That became a problem while doing the research for the Bailout Nation book. I needed some way to put this into proper historical perspective.

If we add in the Citi bailout, the total cost now exceeds $4.6165 trillion dollars. People have a hard time conceptualizing very large numbers, so let's give this some context. The current Credit Crisis bailout is now the largest outlay In American history.

Mark adds, "The only expenditure that comes close is WWII, and even that cost less."

And speaking of WWII, Jonah Goldberg notes the success of Amity Shlaes and others in reminding the public that the long grind of the Great Depression was made longer by the New Deal. So what's the rhetorical solution? Jonah writes:

As the work of Amity Shlaes and others starts to make much of the "new New Deal" propagandizing ever more difficult, many liberals are now switching to the argument that what we really need is another World War Two, minus the war part of course. Paul Krugman said a few weeks ago that WWII was just a big jobs program. And here's Robert Kuttner on ABC's This Week:
Now, on the question of whether the New Deal worked, Doris Goodwin said to me the other day, don't look at the Roosevelt of 1933, look at the Roosevelt of 1941, 1942.

The New Deal got us halfway out of the Depression, and it was Roosevelt's effort to balance the budget in 1937 that caused the downturn. But in 1941-42, we converted to a wartime footing and unemployment disappeared. And the deficit went as high as 28 percent of GDP. Now, I'm not saying the deficit has to go that high.

But Doris' point was, look at the auto conversion in 1941, 1942, when they shut the lines, they retooled, they started making planes and tanks and produced aircraft and weaponry at a rate the world had never seen. We could do that with fuel-efficient cars as the price of the auto bailout.

This is at best misleading -- and it's also an enormous "never mind" for liberals who've been worshiping the New Deal for 70s years. As Tyler Cowen noted this weekend, much of the gains from the war economy occured before we actually went to war but after we started selling all sorts of materiel to Europe. And the big gains that came after World War II were the result of the fact that Europe had been flattened and needed to buy pretty much everything from America. Investments in green technology are secondary, historical analogies are rationalizations. Kuttner simply wants a massive new industrial policy.
In the Robert Stacy McCain post I linked to over the weekend, in addition to media criticism, he suggested that "conservative spokesmen and Republican leaders in Washington need to find a safe line of attack against the new regime." Comparing the bailout to WWII offers a big ready-made talking point, for whatever few conservatives (if any) left in DC who aren't prepared to sign off on WWII Mark II.

Hey, a trillion here, a trillion there, and sooner or later you're talking about real money.

From Trust-Busting To Just Busted

Jerry Pournelle writes, "It is probably irrelevant given the election results, but my remedy is simple: any company that is too large to be allowed to fail is too large, and ought to be subject to anti-trust regulation."

Remember when the government actually used to attempt to break up behemoth corporations such as Bell Telephone, IBM, Microsoft and other business leviathans rather than prop them up, Weekend At Bernie's style with taxpayer dollars? Hard to believe we'd look back on that period as more benign than today's, but to paraphrase William Goldman, every election year you look back and realize that this year was the worst year in the history of the Federal government.

Where have you gone Senator Sherman? Our nation turns its lonely eyes to you!

If Only 1/1 Scale Was Better Detailed

Man, when Orson Welles said that a film studio was the biggest electric train set a boy could own, he never saw this!

(Via Megan McCardle and the Blogfather, who have some thoughts on Christmas shopping. That's the next holiday the left gets the vapors over, once they've recovered from Thanksgiving.)

AWOL Obama

In 1988, Teddy Kennedy famously shouted "Where was George" during the Democrat's National Convention. (To which I think it was P.J. O'Rourke who brilliantly responded: At home, in bed, with his wife, sober.) To the question of "Where is Obama" during the market's current turbulence, David Frum explains "Why Obama is AWOL on the market meltdown":

As happened in 1932, the incoming administration in 2008 has two very immediate and obvious messaging goals:

-Think how many histories of the New Deal open with the nightmare situation prevailing on Inauguration Day 1933: banks closed, breadlines extending around corners, etc. What if FDR had worked with Herbert Hoover to improve conditions starting in December? Would the "coming of the New Deal" (to borrow the title of a famous book) have resonated nearly so dramatically in March?

The persistence of emergency into January will enable the incoming Obama administration to easily enact all its legislation, including legislation unrelated to the crisis --like a big new healthcare plan.

-The worse things look in November and December, the more indelibly the new team can stamp the outgoing team with the stigma of failure. It's urgent for Barack Obama that the Republican brand remain discredited not just for a season or two, but until November 2012.

Times may remain tough for some months to come. The worse Bush looks in 2008, the longer Obama can blame him for the problems of 2009, 2010, 2011... who knows how long?

Democrats campaigned against Herbert Hoover into the 1960s. John McCain campaigned against Jimmy Carter 28 years after the failure of that presidency. George W. Bush will be a Democratic byword for a generation to come -- and if it takes one unnecessarily nasty winter to maximize the impact of the byword, that seems a price that Democrats are more than prepared to pay. Or more exactly: to have Americans and the world pay.

As Mark Steyn is fond of saying:
When the British Prime Minister Harold Macmillan dumped some of his closest cabinet colleagues to extricate himself from a political crisis, the Liberal leader Jeremy Thorpe responded: "Greater love hath no man than to lay down his friends for his life."
Obama has simply taken that aphorism to its logical conclusion.

Read More »


No, I Don't Think This Is A Scrappleface Headline

Gateway Pundit: "Obama Plans to Revive Economy With Tax Hikes & Socialized Medicine."

Related: "Can we afford all this? I guess we're going to find out. Here's the good part: There might be some pretty good poster art [We've already gotten plenty of 1930s-style poster art from Obama--Ed] and some interesting architecture. For all our sakes, I hope this pans out."

Golden State Worriers

Victor Davis Hanson writes that California "is now a valuable touchstone to the country, a warning of what not to do":

Rarely has a single generation inherited so much natural wealth and bounty from the investment and hard work of those more noble now resting in our cemeteries--and squandered that gift within a generation. Compare the vast gulf from old Governor Pat Brown to Gray Davis or Arnold Schwarzenegger. We did not invest in many dams, canals, rails, and airports (though we use them all to excess); we sued each other rather than planned; wrote impact statements rather than left behind infrastructure; we redistributed, indulged, blamed, and so managed all at once to create a state with about the highest income and sales taxes and the worst schools, roads, hospitals, and airports. A walk through downtown San Francisco, a stroll up the Fresno downtown mall, a drive along highway 101 (yes, in many places it is still a four-lane, pot-holed highway), an afternoon at LAX, a glance at the catalogue of Cal State Monterey, a visit to the park in Parlier--all that would make our forefathers weep. We can't build a new nuclear plant; can't drill a new offshore oil well; can't build an all-weather road across the Sierra; can't build a few tracts of new affordable houses in the Bay Area; can't build a dam for a water-short state; and can't create even a mediocre passenger rail system. Everything else--well, we do that well.
California's unemployment has just risen to 8.2 percent, the third highest in the nation.

Meanwhile, Patterico asks, "Is Arnold Risking a Recall?"

Update: Silicon Valley journalist Michael Malone explores the positive benefits of corporate euthanasia as a way of jumpstarting the moribund economy.

I Got Your Future Right Here, Pal!

While those toffee noses at the Daily Mail are busy bitching about when their futuristic cars will arrive, Iowahawk delivers.

But does the Congressional Motors Pelosi GTxi SS/Rt Sport Edition come in Ackerman blue?

The Party Of Privilege, The Party Of Plumbers

John Agresto writes, "In trying to resurrect conservatism and the Republican party, I fear there's a whole segment of our country we can never reach. These people, whether rich or poor, are not our natural constituents. These are the people to whom things are owed:"

We saw it after the Katrina debacle, at the other end of the socioeconomic scale: "Why are you so slow to help us? Where is our money and food? Why haven't you been here, government, rebuilding my house? I know my rights, and my rights include welfare, subsidies, support, and attention. We're not to be treated like those victims of tornadoes in the Midwest who pull themselves together, help their friends, patrol their communities, and rebuild their neighborhoods. No, life is supposed to be easy, big and easy; why aren't you here right now with the support I deserve?" And we hear it from the fat financial community who want the bailout check left at their door while they go on rich retreats to celebrate their good fortune.

This, by the way, is why Sarah Palin was so refreshing and, to be clear, so exotic to all the elites: a woman who could raise herself up by dint of hard work and self-sacrifice to be a wife, mother, mayor, and governor. She didn't do it by set-asides, by birth, by quotas, or by handouts. She did it as a woman and she did it by her efforts. She exemplified what we all once saw as America--a land of opportunity, where you could be anything you set your mind to be so long as you worked for it. She showed us something about both her character and ours, our old-fashioned American character. For all this, she had to be ridiculed--she represented a kind of American virtue that shames the privileged, whether they be rich or poor.

Meanwhile, Ramesh Ponnuru expects an "overlapping series of Republican civil wars, each with its own theme," on the painful road to 2012.

Don't Just Do Something, Stand There

Found via Power Line, Holman Jenkins of the Wall Street Journal notes that Obama's first job will be bailing out FDR:

His friends advise Barack Obama to launch a "New" New Deal. Maybe that's because the old New Deal is sinking fast.

Mr. Obama's one deeply false note during the campaign was his harping on "deregulation" as if that were the source of current troubles. His real problem is the crack-up of the world FDR built.

Fannie Mae was a New Deal creation, subsidizing the securitization of mortgage debt. FDR's successors piled on the subsidies for housing debt and incentives directed at low-income borrowers. Kaboom.

Then there's the UAW, born in 1935. For decades the UAW steadily traded away domestic auto market-share to imports and transplants to keep its aging membership toiling away toward their golden pensions and collecting wages and benefits twice those of their competitors. It worked for a while . . .

Mr. Obama must be looking around and beginning to suspect he will be pouring his political capital, along with considerable taxpayer capital, down bottomless holes for the next four years. He won't be building a legacy as the new FDR, but cleaning up after the last one.

In contrast, Jonah Goldberg channels Paul McCartney, and suggests that Obama simply Let It Be:
By all means, let's hope President Obama will project confidence. But maybe he should express less confidence in the government's ability to get people working again, and more in the ability of regular Americans to rise from the ashes of any hardship. In short, don't just do something, President Obama, stand there.
Read the whole thing.

A Feature, Not A Bug

Mark Finkelstein of Newsbusters:

Barney Frank favors bailing out the Detroit automakers over letting them go into bankruptcy. Chief among his concerns is that bankruptcy might "bust" the unions. You know, those organizations whose contract demands have put Detroit on the brink of extinction.
Exactly. In contrast, Mitt Romney recommends harsher medicine: "Let Detroit Go Bankrupt."

As a proponent of the Airplane school of laissez faire economics, I concur.

"Do We Need The Big Three?"

George Will's question is directed at America's automobile manufacturers, but it could just as soon be applied to another sclerotic triptych of dinosaurs from the mass production age: the over-the-air television networks--or at least their kultursmog-spewing news divisions.

Hey, Beats Detroit And Wall Street

The Onion: "Should The Government Stop Dumping Money Into A Giant Hole?"

Meanwhile, in a story that both indirectly involves The Onion and seems tailor made for it, a college professor has sued students who've slandered him:

After you've been called racist by some students, can you sue to get your reputation back?

Richard J. Peltz, who teaches law at the University of Arkansas at Little Rock, tried. The idea of suing students intrigued and worried many observers of the professoriate, and Peltz's case prompted much discussion about free speech and the respect that should be accorded both professors and students. Peltz has now dropped his suit -- but he did so only after the law school agreed to fully investigate the charges against him and after he received a letter affirming that, based on that investigation, he had done nothing racist or inappropriate.

The university has also agreed to discuss allowing Peltz to again teach required courses, which he was barred from offering once the complaints against him were filed.

* * *

The demands for Peltz to be punished and removed from teaching required courses came from the Black Law Student Association at Little Rock and from a local group of black lawyers -- groups whose leaders Peltz sued and who did not respond to requests for comment either now or when the suit was filed. The complaints concerned a series of class discussions in his constitutional law course that touched in some way or another on race or affirmative action. The complaints started after Peltz participated in a campus debate on affirmative action -- at the invitation of the black law students' group -- and argued against it.

The various accusations against Peltz were circulated to people at the law school in memos that Peltz cited in his defamation suit. In his own detailed accounting of the charges, now backed by the university, he answers the charges against him point by point.

One of the examples of his alleged racial insensitivity was that he used an article on the death of Rosa Parks from The Onion to prompt class discussion. The black students' memo called The Onion "a conservative based medium that uses satire" and said that the article "poked fun at the contribution Rosa Parks made" to the civil rights movement. As Peltz has noted, The Onion is not seen by most people as conservative and in fact regularly makes fun of conservatives (as well as liberals), and the article in question appears to mock, not Parks, but Republicans who think that racial discrimination is all in the past.

(Via Glenn Reynolds.)

Ending The Obama Recession

Hugh Hewitt writes:

On Friday night's Hannity & Colmes, I noted that markets had been "pricing in" the consequences of sending President-elect Obama and strong Democratic majorities, and my e-mail box filled up with outrage at the idea that the president-elect caused the market collapse.

Which goes to show that the president-elect's partisans aren't going to be listening very closely when anyone criticizes the new president. Of course the president-elect didn't cause the market collapse. But the numbers post-11/4 are tough to ignore.

With the polls still open on election day, the Dow closed at 9,625, the NASDAQ at 1,780 and the S&P 500 at 1005.

By comparison, yesterday the markets closed at 8,497, 1,516, and 873 respectively.

That's the bad news. The good news is that more and more voices are being heard noting the absurdity of the panic the economy is gripped by, and predicting that while there is a recession which will be as difficult as any recession, the underlying fundamentals are very strong indeed and that stock and commodities markets are oversold, real estate fairly priced, and bonds too rich for the real data.

As Hugh concludes, "The election of Obama didn't cause the market collapse. But worries about his policies have certainly taken it lower than it needed to go and will continue to act as an anchor on stocks until some clarity emerges about the direction he intends to head. The sooner the better on that."

Worse Than Detroit

As is obvious to many new car shoppers, Michael Barone notes that "Detroit Automakers a Relic of the Past":

The Detroit Three are taking advantage of the passage of the $700 billion financial bailout to argue that they, too, need government money to go on. But as Megan McArdle of The Atlantic argues, the finance firms are different. If credit coagulates, everyone suffers, while if the Detroit Three go bankrupt, their shareholders lose their stake, employee and retiree pay and benefits are cut, and real estate values go down in areas where the companies and their suppliers operate -- but life for most of us goes on.

McArdle, native of a similarly bedraggled industrial area (Upstate New York) and an Obama supporter, further argues that the capital invested in keeping the hulk of the Detroit Three operating pretty much as they are, unprofitably, will not be available to those whose startups could morph into the Microsofts and FedExes of the future. We don't know who today's Bill Gateses and Fred Smiths are, but markets sure have a better chance of finding them than the federal government.

My take? When in doubt, let Airplane be your guide:





Update: The governor of South Carolina also appears to espouse the epistemology of Airplane.

Sometimes His Guts Are A Little Nuts

Sorry to further invert Bill Moyers' infamous shot at Barry Goldwater, but Jim Geraghty and Ace of Spades describe a huge weakness of John McCain that proved fatal to his electoral viability. Ace writes:

There is no "McCainism" as there was a "Bushism" or "Reaganism." Those men offered fairly clear visions (well, Reagan particularly so). Not McCain. Everything with him is just his personal gut, principle-free, just an instinct, an impulse, which often takes him in wildly contradictory places (but he's always haughty about the moral superiority of his decisions).

For example, he's pro-drilling... but not in ANWR. Um, why? He's forever undercutting himself with unexplained hedges and caveats.

He's pro-business... Kinda. Except when he's making his distaste for anyone working in the private sector "for profit not patriotism" so glaringly evident.

He wants to lower taxes. Sorta. Sometimes. Maybe. In election years.

We must regard Obama as suspect because of his association with the terrorist Bill Ayers... but it's racist to mention his membership in Jeremiah Wright's Church of Hate.

Meanwhile, Jim Geraghty has perhaps the definitive example of how McCain's gut led him to the moment that cost him the election: temporarily suspending his campaign--in service of the ultimately unpopular fiscal bailout. As Karl Rove noted a couple of weeks ago in the Wall Street Journal, McCain's poll numbers never recovered.

An Echo, Not A Choice

We shared our immediate election thoughts last night on PJM Political, and Ed Morrissey has his own lengthy election postmortem, which concludes:

If the GOP wants to win 60 million votes in future national elections, it has to stand for something other than being Democrat Lite. The Republican Party needs clarity, purpose, and most importantly, an end to the hypocrisy of talking smaller government while porking up their districts. When given only a choice between real Democrats and fake Democrats, Americans will choose the former, which we found out in 2006.
Meanwhile, Dr. Helen adds, "It's the economy, stupid":
I was just watching numerous young Obama fans celebrating on the Fox News channel and read the stats scrolling across the bottom of the page. They stated that over 60% of voters who were worried about the economy voted for Obama. That, for me, summed it up in a nutshell. So many right-leaning types are trying hard to figure out what they did, what the Republicans did, and why they lost. Each election cycle, there's always a theme. For the last two elections, it was Iraq and national security.

Now those issues are in the background and this time around, it's the economic crisis, with a little (or a lot) of help from the media in pushing it to the forefront in people's minds.

Since Good News Is No News, consider this an unintentional thank you from the New York Times to the man who helped pushed the economic issue to the forefront in the media, via his success in Iraq and elsewhere in the War On Terror.

Update: With Steve Green likely recovering from the Mother Of All Hangovers, the election postmortem by Will Collier, his partner in Stoli at Vodkapundit is also well worth your time.

Well, The Market Is A Leading Economic Indicator

AP: "Stocks fall as investors ponder Obama presidency."

Related: Here's another leading indicator: "Party on, dudes!"

The Cart Before The Horse

Glenn Reynolds notes that "Obama is already preparing his transition, and having his aides read books about FDR in the hope of another 100 days."--but it's worth noting that the cries of a New New Deal came several months before the financial crisis this fall.

You And I Have A Rendezvous With Scarcity

In "A Date With Scarcity", his latest op-ed, David Brooks writes:

Nov. 4, 2008, is a historic day because it marks the end of an economic era, a political era and a generational era all at once.

Economically, it marks the end of the Long Boom, which began in 1983. Politically, it probably marks the end of conservative dominance, which began in 1980. Generationally, it marks the end of baby boomer supremacy, which began in 1968. For the past 16 years, baby boomers, who were formed by the tumult of the 1960s, occupied the White House. By Tuesday night, if the polls are to be believed, a member of a new generation will become president-elect.

So today is not only a pivot, but a confluence of pivots.

It certainly is--and I explored several of those pivots in video form, last week.

Update: Shannon Love asks, "If Obama's economic policies work so well, why isn't Detroit a paradise?" and notes, "We may soon be living in a repeat of '70s and looking back at the years 1984-2007 as a golden era."

"I Want Joe The Plumber Dead"

Whoops--sorry, that's, "I want m************ Joe the plumber dead", apparently caught on an open mic during a newsbreak at San Francisco's KGO-AM talk radio station. More Plumber Derangement Syndrome spotted here.

"Operation Investor Class Rollback"

James Pethokoukis explains "Why Democrats Will Target the Investor Class in 2009":

If Barack Obama is elected president next week, 2009 may well bring a concerted and all-out effort by the Obama administration and a Democratically dominated Congress to turn the generally pro-Republican Investor Class into an endangered class by, among other tactics, raising investment taxes and ending the tax preferences for 401(k)'s, IRAs, and other retirement accounts.
Via Betsy Newmark, who writes, "watch for it. Don't say you weren't warned."

Update: More via the Professor.

"What They're Forgetting About The Forgotten Man"

Amity Shlaes reminds us that yes indeed, FDR's policies prolonged the Depression--or as Mark Steyn wrote at the start of the month:

"Lots of other places -- from Britain to Australia -- took a hit in 1929 but, alas, they lacked an FDR to keep it going till the end of the Thirties. That's why in other countries they refer to it as "the Depression," but only in the U.S. is it 'Great.'"
For most of the 1970s, Archie and Edith sang, "Mister, we could use a man like Herbert Hoover again." It took a few decades, but at long last, their wish finally comes true.

Meanwhile, Charles Johnson spots one huge budget-busting proposal from Obama, which is troubling not just for its fiscal excess.

He Did It Live--#$%@ It!

That's a youthful, if momentarily glazed-looking Bill O'Reilly in the above YouTube clip from a news update twenty years ago (and about five years before this now-viral moment referenced in the above headline). Note the position of the Dow at the end of the segment, which provides some surprisingly reassuring contrast for where it stands today.

Head For The Gulch!

Amanda Carpenter catches a sly moment of numerical slight-of-hand as well in the Obamamercial, for those thinking of going John Galt next year.

Even Better Than The Real Thing

Biggest celebrity in the world already known for his faux-presidential seal and other self-reverential campaign graphics produces infomercial on mock-White House set. Chris Matthews' take? "It was romance. It was realism."

More human than human is our motto. But like another product of the Tyrell Corporation, does Obama see unicorns when he dreams?

Kudlow & Company

Larry Kudlow talks presidential economics on this week's edition of PJM Political, also featuring James Lileks' warm remembrance of Dean Barnett, and a round-table pre-postmortem of next week's election featuring Steve Green, Lileks, Ed Morrissey of Hot Air and myself.

And you'll never look at Five Easy Pieces the same way again!

Obama Flunks SOX

Sarbanes-Oxley? That's strictly for those Joe the Plumber-type suckers in the private sector, writes TigerHawk:

Mark Steyn has more on the hilarious and probably intentional failure of internal controls at the Obama campaign. If it were a public company it would have to disclose a material weakness, and its auditors would wonder whether its "tone from the top" had actually encouraged the practices in question. Fortunately for politicians of all parties, we do not hold government to anything like the same standard of accountability that applies to private businesses with public stockholders.
Reviewing the last weeks of a campaign that seems like it commenced "sometime during your first child's initial year in primary school", Tim Blairadds, "this is just a guess, but it could be that the rules are different for Democrats."

(Video found via Little Green Footballs.)

"The News Business Is Already In A Depression"

Certainly in terms of their collective mental health, we know that to be true from the yin and yang of the Michael Malone and Mary Mapes posts we linked to yesterday, but the Professor also spots, as he calls it, more media retrenchment:

"The Star-Ledger of Newark, N.J., will reduce its newsroom staff by nearly half through voluntary buyouts as New Jersey's largest newspaper seeks to return to profitability." Whatever happens to the rest of the world, the news business is already in a depression.
And just as it did with the economic slowdowns in the early 1990s and the period surrounding 9/11, there's little doubt the media's own woes are coloring how they report the business news outside of their industry.

The Blue Eagle--Now With Extra Sprinkles!

Echoing the slogan of the 1930s National Recovery Administration, Mickey Kaus writes that even "Baskin-Robbins is doing its part" to get their man elected.

The NRA (no relation to this NRA) gave corporations that "did their part" a blue eagle logo to display--and woe betide those who didn't cooperate. Presumably, Baskin-Robbins is hoping to be rewarded with the official "Patriot Employer" symbol for their more recent efforts.

Three Completely Unrelated Stories

Kathy Shaidle connects the dots and illustrates why the Gray Lady is in more than a Pinch of trouble.

NY's Erratic Idiosyncratic Psychosomatic Democratic Chief Of Staff

As Nicole Gelinas noted back in April, when New York's Governor David Paterson was inaugurated, he heard from a number of his old friends, now living out of state:

Paterson cited a number of personal friends, all former New Yorkers, who have contacted him from out of state since his ascent to the governorship. "A friend from primary school, Randy San Antonio, told me he moved to Dallas 20 years ago," Paterson began. "Another friend, Randy Watts, had moved to Reno. A friend from Syracuse, Marvin Lee Simons, said he's working in Lower Manhattan. I said we should get together . . . and he said, 'Well, I don't live in New York. I live in western Pennsylvania.' Jeff and Stacey Stackhouse wanted to start a business on Long Island. They moved two years ago--they're trying to start their business in Charlotte, North Carolina. They couldn't pay the taxes here."
Gov. Paterson's chief of staff has his own idiosyncratic, remarkably psychosomatic solution to the issue--a severe case of "non-filer syndrome."

(John Derbyshire writes about it here, just before being overcome with a terrible case of "non-blogger syndrome.")

Two, Two, Two Codewords In One!

I've always thought socialism was an oft-used legitimate phrase to describe a wealth-distribution scheme involving high taxes and a command and control economy that placed onerous burdens on entrepreneurs and businesses, but was considered, particularly in the first half of the 20th century, much less bloody than the alternatives further towards the left. But lately, it's apparently become a codeword--but is socialism code for being black or being Muslim?

Let me know the definitive answer and get back to me, fellas.

Update: "Biden advises GOP to focus on economy, not attacks"--and yet when they do, they're smeared by Obama's surrogates, which makes for quite a Mobius loop.

Civilians, Friendly Fire And Collateral Damage

Back in April, Obama discussed Reverend Wright with Chris Wallace:

WALLACE: Did you talk to reverend Wright recently about his decision to make a series of public appearances at this particular point?

OBAMA: You know, I didn't talk to him about that. I had talked to him after all this had happened, partly because I regretted -- I always regret people who are civilians, essentially, being dragged into these political fights.

And I expressed to him -- I said, "Look, we have very strong differences. I do not agree with the comments that you made. On the other hand, I regret that you have drawn so much attention."

Obama talking about his wife, back in July:
And I've said this before: I would never have my campaign engage in a concerted effort to make Cindy McCain an issue, and I would not expect the Democratic National Committee or people who were allied with me to do it. Because essentially, spouses are civilians. They didn't sign up for this. They're supporting their spouse.
I guess once you move beyond the inner circle, the definition of "civilian" becomes slightly hazier.

A Quick And Dirty Guide To Class War

In the Weekly Standard, Sam Schulman asks, "Why is Bill Ayers a respectable member of the upper middle class and Sarah Palin contemptible?"

Pour yourself a Johnnie Walker Black and remember. The presidential campaign was going to be about sex--the sex of the inevitable winning candidate. Then it was going to be about race. We dreamed we would atone for slavery and the Berlin Airlift, impress Europe and charm the Arab world. But the undecided voters who will determine the winner are no longer interested in race or sex. They are looking at social class. Which ticket best expresses the values and tastes of the upper-middle-class--and captivates the rest of us who follow the lead of the upper-middles?

The class argument is why the Bill Ayers strategy won't do. In the sex and race eras, it would have worked nicely. Obama's longtime working collaboration with the radical educational theorist and retired terrorist would dramatize his carefully but hastily discarded political radicalism. But no longer. The anti-Ayers publicists are quite right about Ayers's malignity and Obama's connivance. But when they try to explain what Ayers has done in the past and still wants to do--turn schools into nurseries of revolution, make leftist views a condition for becoming a teacher, promote dictatorship, and glorify violence--they injure not help their cause. Class will always trump politics. Being the first in one's family to adopt liberal political sentiments or move to New York City means a step into the middle class, for most Americans, and an increase in social status. More extreme political radicalism lifts one a step or two higher.

Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn became Sixties royalty not because of the status of the Ayers family in Chicago, but because of their relish for violence. They attempted to kill, and celebrated the killings of others (like Charles Manson's victims and the murder of any number of cops), to set an example for the less privileged. "We've known that our job is to lead white kids to armed revolution. . . . Tens of thousands have learned that protest and marches don't do it. Revolutionary violence is the only way," said the future Mrs. Ayers in 1970. On the other hand, there were the masses of students who merely marched and flashed the peace sign. Socially, they were nowhere. That was the shock of the Kent State massacre--the veteran martyrs of Harvard's University Hall and Columbia's Low Library wondered that such a terrible and authentic event could have taken place at a far-away state school to people of whom we knew nothing.

Now mainstream Chicago regards Ayers as rehabilitated--but why?

Schulman's piece appears to have written before a certain Ohio tradesman became a household name. But the blowback caused by Joe's walk-on part in the cold civil war reminds us that it is very much a class war--and specifically, the left's attempts to eviscerate the middle and working classes.

Related: Jennifer Rubin writes, "Suddenly, the race card doesn't look as important as the class warfare card."

I Am Joe

Dave Burge of Iowahawk has a rare non-satiric post in which he writes:

We've all witnessed a lot of insanity in American politics over the last few years. Up until the last few days, none of it has seriously bothered me; hey, just more grist for the satire mill. But after witnessing the media's blitzkreig on Joe 'the Plumber' Wurzelbacher, I can only muster anger, and no small amount of fear.

Politicians -- Sarah Palin, Bill Clinton, et al. -- obviously have to put up with some rude, nasty shit, but it's right there in the jobs description. Joe the Plumber is different. He was a guy tossing a football with his kid in the front yard of his $125,000 house when a politician picked him out as a prop for a 30 second newsbite for the cable news cameras. Joe simply had the temerity to speak truth (or, if you prefer, an uninformed opinion) to power, for which the politico-media axis apparently determined that he must be humiliated, harassed, smashed, destroyed. The viciousness and glee with which they set about the task ought to concern anyone who still cares about citizen participation, and freedom of speech, and all that old crap they taught in Civics class before politics turned into Narrative Deathrace 3000, and Web 2.0 turned into Berlin 1932.0.

Godwin's Law! you say? if the jackboot fits, wear it.

Or as Jim Treacher notes:
The whole "He's not a licensed plumber!" non sequitur is really fantastic. So, if you happen to be standing in front of Obama when he publicly reveals his socialism, what does the media do? Demands to see your papers. That's just delicious, is what that is.
Of course, at Matt Drudge once said:
"Roger Ailes told me early on, you don't need a license to report. You need a license to do hair".
Or be a plumber. But which job gets your hands dirtier?

(Meanwhile, Jim Lindgren spots a tax issue that doesn't involve Joe the Plumber, but an actual presidential candidate. Which is why the issue will never be raised by the media.)

"Obama's Macaca Moment"

That's Betsy Newmark's take on Joe Wurzelbacher, though it's happening in a slightly reverse fashion from George Allen's seminal gaffe in 2006. The establishment liberal media magnified Allen's own mistake a thousandfold. In this case, Obama's Kinsley-esque gaffe that demonstrates his soft socialism is undergoing a far more intense scrutiny than it otherwise would have as a byproduct of the media's declaring war on somebody who was approached by Obama to ask the candidate a question. In any case, it's a reminder that once the Two-Minute Warning sounds, strange things begin to happen:

Meanwhile, in his own video series with fellow-NRO-er Mark Hemingway, Jim Geraghty posits:

I contend we've passed a threshold in the way the media perceives their jobs; they'll never go back to paying any attention to news that is bad for their preferred candidates, and they'll never again worry about accuracy in stories that are critical of the candidates they hate.
Fortunately though, even when the media wiffs a story, the truth occasionally still wins out.

Joe's Next Gig

While he maybe the 21st century's answer to Amity Shlaes' Forgotten Man of the 1930s, as Robert Stacy McCain writes, "Frankly, I'm not worried about Joe, who can obviously take care of himself. I'll be surprised if he doesn't have a book deal and his own talk radio show by Election Day."

Say, I hear there's going to be an opening over at CNN pretty soon...

Keeping It Real

Chris Muir reminds us that plumbers often perform a pretty healthy reality check:

Wellstone Memorial Redux?

I've already linked to Glenn Reynolds' post on Joe Wurzelbacher, but this quote from one his readers is worth highlighting:

The harassment of Joe the plumber is the singular biggest mistake of the Obama campaign. The MSM is making Joe a martyr. Heck, DKos just published Joe's home address. Obama is now not only a Marxist but a Marxist bully - just another Chicago thug. America roots for the underdog and they will not take this action kindly. If Joe were a hero yesterday, wait a few days.

Obi Wan's line in Star Wars when fighting Darth Vader comes to mind - "Strike me down and I will return more powerful than you can possibly imagine." Americans will realize what happened to Joe could easily happen to them. And they will remember this come November.

Well, some will, but whether or not the politics of plumber destruction will be a game changer remains to be seen, of course. But the dynamics of the story do seem vaguely similar to the memorial for Paul Wellstone in late October of 2002. It was initially planned as a bipartisan memorial to an earnest Minnesota politician tragically killed when his private campaign plane crashed. The "memorial" became in the end, a hugely partisan pep rally, demonstrating for millions the most rapacious aspects of the far left in an election year. The back-to-back attacks by the establishment liberal press and their candidates on two conservative-appearing middle Americans, first Sarah Palin, and now Joe Wurzelbacher similarly demonstrate how craven the left can act when they smell blood in the water.

At least American blood. Terrorist blood should never be shed, of course.

Exterminate All The Brutes

Noel Sheppard writes:

Somehow I get the feeling we're going to be hearing much more from Joe...how 'bout you?

Post facto exit question: is Joe the Plumber this election's October surprise? Could he single-handedly change this entire campaign?

Think about it: regular guy wanting to advance himself without the shackles of a socialist tax plan.

Could this be a game-changer?

Not in the slightest.

As Glenn Reynolds writes, the legacy media have done "more investigations into Joe the Plumber in 24 hours than they've done on Barack Obama in two years." The media have internalized Joseph Conrad's famous aphorism from The Heart of Darkness and they're in the process of completely destroying Joe the Plumber, as an object lesson for anyone else who dares Think Different, just as they've already successfully done with Sarah Palin, just as they did 20 years ago with Dan Quayle. Occasionally, an apostate such as Ronald Reagan, Clarance Thomas, Rush Limbaugh or George W. Bush is able to survive such exposure and go on to powerful accomplishments, which is all the more reason why the media must destroy the Other, the Alien, before his message becomes too powerful.

Update: And just like that, a meme is born! Ed Morrissey (with a memetic assist from Jim Treacher) goes inside "The Tanning Bed Media."

Socialism: If You Build It--They Will Leave

As we've discussed numerous times around here, when states go from red, or even purple, to hard core blue--residents and businesses vote with their feet. (Even in the big blue states overseas.)

Ed Morrissey's latest post explores similar ground--and it focuses on a state (New Jersey) whose fiscal and gubernatorial woes were the subject of one of our very first podcasts.

Update: This comment underneath Ed's post crystallizes the opinions I've heard from several of my friends and family still in New Jersey.

"As One Republican Senator Put It, The Green Bubble Has Burst"

Tim Blair looks on the bright side of the financial crisis: "Considering that greenish economic policies would have delivered similar financial setbacks, but over a much longer period, we're ahead here. Just."

Update: If the Green Bubble has burst, the pork bubble is, as always, indestructible. But here's some good news here, more or less.

Elliot Spitzer Could Not Be Reached For Comment

Breaking financial news just in from The New York Daily News: "Prostitution has not suffered drop-off despite economic meltdown."

But is the world's oldest profession considered a leading or lagging economic indicator?

Frankin Rides Obama's Coattails

"It seems odd that the people of Minnesota would infer from an economic crisis that they should send a baggy pants comedian to the Senate, but I suppose a panic consists, in part, of irrational behavior on a large scale."

Didn't they learn their lesson from the 1980s? Is it a coincidence that the economy took off the moment that Al Franken was off network TV?

(Of course. But why take chances?)

I Am Become Soros--Destroyer Of Financial Worlds!

Mike Huckabee and blogger Frank Martin each question the timing of the markets' current meltdown.

Oracle's Larry Ellison has the right business mindset for a time like this, and as far as conspiracy theories, for the moment, I agree with one of Frank's commenters, who quotes one of Charles Krauthammer's aphorisms:

Krauthammer's razor (with apologies to Occam): In explaining any puzzling Washington phenomenon, always choose stupidity over conspiracy, incompetence over cunning. Anything else gives them too much credit.
I agree--but I also reserve the right to revise and extend my remarks at a later date, once everything shakes out, as it inevitably will.

Thank You For Smoking

Christopher Buckley (yes, Bill's son) breathes deep the cult of Obama, endorsing him, and adding:

But having a first-class temperament and a first-class intellect, President Obama will (I pray, secularly) surely understand that traditional left-politics aren't going to get us out of this pit we've dug for ourselves.
Jennifer Rubin asks, "Oh, my--where to begin?"
A first-class temperament does not consort with terrorists or lie about his affiliation with the same. A first-class temperament does not invoke the race card when presented with legitimate criticism. A first-class temperament does not seek to shed his Leftist skin for political expediency. To conclude otherwise is confuse calm with deceit.

And as for the hope that his first-class intellect will lead him away from more extreme ideas, I am not sure what biography Mr. Buckley has been reading. But Obama's is replete with identification with Left-wing causes and their practitioners. What would possibly lead him now to rethink a lifetime of political thought and action? Certainly a smashing political victory and a compliant Democratic Congress will be confirmation, if any was needed, that he has been on the correct ideological track.

On the other hand, considering how closely McCain's fortunes have tracked the S&P 500, it may all be academic, sort of like a course taught by Bill Ayers.

The Best Laid Plans...

Jonah Goldberg writes, "The simple, relevant fact is that the more detailed and extensive a plan a president proposes, the less likely it is that it will be enacted":

One basic reason for this -- often overlooked by politicians and the journalists who cover them -- is that presidents don't make laws in our system. Congress does. And Congress usually has plans of its own. Bill Clinton promised health-care reform, and his wife had a plan thicker than the New York City Yellow Pages. Congress never even voted on it.

Much like Obama, Bill Clinton barnstormed the country promising a middle-class tax cut. Once he got into the White House, that got filed under "never gonna happen." George H.W. Bush said "read my lips" about his plan to never, ever, ever raise taxes. It turned out that "never" is a term open to many interpretations.

As Jonah concludes:
I'm not saying that candidates shouldn't have platforms. But voters -- and journalists -- should look at them as mission statements, not the political equivalent of instructions that come with a disassembled bicycle.

The real hints for how to choose a candidate, at least in a general election (as opposed to a primary), reside in the realm of judgment, philosophy, track record and temperament. And, using those criteria, the choice shouldn't be hard at all.

It's also worth revisting Jesse Walker's article from this past April in Reason, which listed FDR's campaign promises as a candidate in 1932. As Jesse notes, what FDR proposed is a far cry from the monstrosities of the New Deal which wound up prolonging the Depression for seven agonizing years. (And would ultimately require something even more torturous--World War II--to jump start the American economy.)

Related: "Who Killed 'Reality'? Who But The Media?"

Hoover-Era Ghost Stories No Longer Apply

As Jonah Goldberg writes, "The specter of Herbert Hoover is conjured every time there's an economic calamity, large or small":

But you know what? Specters are ghosts. And ghosts aren't real.

The Herbert Hoover of popular imagination was a laissez-faire lickspittle of Adam Smith. But this idea began as Rooseveltian propaganda and endures as the creation myth of modern liberalism.

William Leuchtenburg, possibly the greatest authority on the FDR era, wrote some time ago, "Almost every historian now recognizes that the image of Hoover as a 'do-nothing' president is inaccurate."

After the stock market crash of 1929, Hoover browbeat business leaders to keep wages and prices high. He invested heavily in public works projects. He pushed for an international moratorium on debts. He created the Reconstruction Finance Corporation, which later became a home for many of FDR's Brain Trusters. Hoover increased farm subsidies enormously.

Some of Hoover's interventions were good but ineffectual. A few were very, very bad and very effective.

In 1932, Hoover in effect repealed Calvin Coolidge's tax cuts, increasing the rates for the poorest taxpayers by more than 100 percent and hiking the top rate from 25 percent to 63 percent. Worse, contrary to his own better instincts, Hoover signed the disastrous Smoot-Hawley trade bill that raised protectionist walls at precisely the moment the world needed trade the most.

Then there's this idea that FDR rode to the rescue, saving the day by untying the American people from the railroad tracks of runaway capitalism. Former Clinton Treasury Secretary Lawrence Summers, now a surrogate for Barack Obama, recently said on NPR: "It's very tempting to always think that the government should just stand back and let the private sector sort these problems out. That's the kind of thinking that made the Depression 'Great.'"

Summers should know better (in fact, I'm sure he does). The Great Depression was not made "Great" by government inaction. Indeed, FDR's New Deal may have been wonderful in some mytho-poetic sense, and maybe some of its reforms can be defended in some broader context, but as an effort to end the Great Depression, the New Deal was a failure. As my colleague Mark Steyn writes, "Lots of other places -- from Britain to Australia -- took a hit in 1929 but, alas, they lacked an FDR to keep it going till the end of the Thirties. That's why in other countries they refer to it as "the Depression," but only in the U.S. is it 'Great.'"

Which is why the great Amity Shlaes reminds us in her recent column that "The stock market crash of October 1929 and the Great Depression were not the same thing". The late Robert Bartley of the Wall Street Journal titled a nifty economic history of the 1980s The Seven Fat Years. FDR turned the Depression into seven very, very lean years:
Two UCLA economists say they have figured out why the Great Depression dragged on for almost 15 years, and they blame a suspect previously thought to be beyond reproach: President Franklin D. Roosevelt.

After scrutinizing Roosevelt's record for four years, Harold L. Cole and Lee E. Ohanian conclude in a new study that New Deal policies signed into law 71 years ago thwarted economic recovery for seven long years.

Read the rest, here.

Meanwhile, Hugh Hewitt brings it all up to date with the omnious-sounding, "President Barack Hoover."

Watch The Banned SNL Bailout Skit

Michelle Malkin posits why NBC has yanked one of the few Saturday Night Live sketches that's both funny (at times) and actually pokes fun at the left. (Given the overt biases of both SNL and NBC as a whole, that's no doubt a big part of the reason in and of itself that the clip was pulled from NBC's video site.) And Pat Dollard has uploaded his own copy of the video, here.

Somebody doesn't want you to watch it--isn't that reason enough to click over?

The Blue State Blues

A couple of weeks ago, Tom Blumer wrote at Pajamas, "Very Different Economic Times in Red vs. Blue States"; certainly the very blue "parentheses states", as Tom Wolfe described them, have been having a tough time making a go of it, as these two headlines on the Drudge Report indicate:

Or as a recent City Journal article put it, "Houston, New York Has a Problem."

Meanwhile, Jennifer Rubin asks, "What's The Matter With Harry?"

One of the more curious -- but not unprecedented -- incidents in the last couple of weeks involved Harry Reid. The Wall Street Journal explains:
Just as U.S. credit markets this week were close to the edge of the cliff, threatening capital-starved businesses large and small, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid stepped in front of reporters and offhandedly announced:

"One of the individuals in the caucus today talked about a major insurance company. A major insurance company -- one with a name that everyone knows that's on the verge of going bankrupt. That's what this is all about." The next day, share prices fell sharply across the insurance industry. Let us stipulate we do not think it necessary for even U.S. Senators to understand the internal mechanics of credit default swaps and collateralized debt obligations. But if we have learned anything amid the panic over Bear, Lehman, Merrill and adventures in naked short-selling, it is that rumors can obliterate economic value, instantly.

But this wasn't the only such incident:

It calls to mind Senator Chuck Schumer's public suggestion in July that troubled IndyMac Bank "could face collapse." It did, after a deposit run. Senator Schumer said criticizing his action was akin to blaming "the fire on the guy who called 911." The nation's shareholders would sleep better at night if some Members of Congress enrolled in Arsonists Anonymous.
All of this raises the question: are they trying to make things worse in the hopes of furthering their party's election prospects? Similar suspicions were raised when Nancy Pelosi seemed to inflame her partisan opponents and resist any effort to whip her own caucus on the first failed bailout bill vote. Certainly as the financial crisis has intensified their electoral prospects have brightened.

But if we assume that they "meant no harm" we are left with an equally troubling conclusion: they are reckless and ignorant about the ways in which their words and actions may impact a fragile economy. Or to put it differently, their first consideration is invariably "How do we maximize the public's perception that things are rotten?" rather than "What can we do to contain the conflagration?"

While he may lead the self-described "world's greatest deliberative body", anybody who says this...
"Coal makes us sick. Oil makes us sick. It's global warming. It's ruining our country, it's ruining our world. We've got to stop using fossil fuel."
...isn't going to get high scores in the thoughtful rhetoric department.

Related Blue State Blues: Roger Kimball plots "Data points from the Windy City".

The Repeal Of Reality

Over at the The New Criterion, James Bowman writes:

Whenever I hear anyone use the expression, "trickle-down economics," I want to reply -- though I rarely get the chance to, as it is mainly on TV or in the papers that one hears or reads the people who are using it -- "As opposed to what? Trickle-up economics?"
Much more from Michael Malone at Pajamas HQ.

Bell Bottom Blues

Live on stage--it's the return of Derek and the Domino Effect!

In case viewers did not understand the concept of a domino effect caused by the financial crisis, on Wednesday's CBS Early Show, co-host Julie Chen offered a visual representation as she declared: "What happens on Wall Street affects all of us on Main Street. It's the classic domino effect." At that point, six giant dominos where displayed in the studio, each one labeled with a different phase of the economic crisis.
Of course, in the early 1970s, when the real Derek and the Dominos were on tour, the media was telling us that domino effects were silly and outdated.

If You're Going To Bluff--Bluff

I remember reading a book on Stanley Kubrick that said that the great director wanted a large circular table in the middle of Dr. Strangelove's war room set, so that it would symbolically appear to audiences that the generals and the president were playing a very high stakes game of poker.

Here's a bluff of another sort:

You know where that very important $700-billion figure came from?

Here's a quote from that Forbes story:

"It's not based on any particular data point," a Treasury spokeswoman told Forbes.com Tuesday. "We just wanted to choose a really large number."

They made it up to be sufficiently ginormous to frighten everyone into rapid action.

And it worked.

Not yet.

Dow Drops 777 Points, More Than On 9/11

Allah Pundit has the gory details here:

House Republicans weren't willing to swallow a bitter pill today so they'll swallow a more bitter pill later this week. And guess what? They'll still get killed at the polls in November. Bill Kristol thinks McCain's only chance now is to stop campaigning (again) and come back to D.C. to try to drive through a compromise. If he succeeds, it'll prove his leadership and calm the markets. I don't see how he's supposed to pull that off, though, when the entire Democratic leadership will be primed to whine about how he's only making things worse by being there, is ruining delicate negotiations, etc. If Kristol's serious about solving the crisis and willing to sacrifice electoral gain to do so, there's an easy compromise solution: Have McCain and Obama do some sort of joint appearance, maybe a presser, urging support for a bailout. That'll swing public opinion sufficiently to remove the political incentives to voting no and give Pelosi the 10 votes she needs to pass it now. There's no gain for McCain at the polls in doing so, admittedly, but he's the guy who preaches "country first." Here's his chance.
Howard Fineman of the Obama-cheerleading Newsweek writes, "The Obama Administration began at midnight Sunday"--and at the moment, it's tough to argue with him; though hopefully Obama won't prolong the current financial malaise as long as FDR and Carter did theirs.

Heh, Indeed--Read The Whole Thing

"They told me if I voted for John Kerry we'd end up with socialism. They were right!"

The Path To $700 Billion

So Bill Clinton let Osama bin Laden go, but captured Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Now there's an awesome rep for the history books.

Sleep Tight, America

For those insomniacs checking in with us in the wee wee hours, be warned--here's a little something from Gateway Pundit guaranteed not to generate sweet dreams:

The financial crisis is real. Most people don't realize it yet, but banks, investment managers and corporate treasurers around the world all know what is going on. It started with the Freddie - Fannie collapse. They wrote loans to individuals who they shouldn't have. Government policies encouraged loans to minorities and the underwriting function of banks was no longer approving loans upon an individual's creditworthiness but their race was now a factor in the loan decision. In 1997 President Clinton's HUD secretary, Andrew Cuomo, claimed Fannie Mae had exhibited "racial discrimination" and proposed that 50 percent of the GSEs' (Fannie and Freddie) loan portfolio be made up of loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers by 2001. When individuals are given loans based on race and not their ability to pay, it is inevitable that bad loans would be written and foreclosures would come. That's what happened and in a big way.

This caused ripple effects throughout the financial services industry. Firms who consolidated loan packages or guaranteed their creditworthiness were caught in the middle. Bear Sterns, Lehman Brothers and others went under. The largest insurance company in the US by some measurements was one of the casualties (AIG). With insurance companies around the globe, AIG is hoping to have some business left when all is over. The government stepped in to rescue this giant by providing capital for the firm while it liquidates portions of its business to pay off the investment derivatives which caused it trouble and then pay off the government loan. The investments became bad when the mortgages went south.

The ripple affect continues. Putnam funds, the largest money market fund in the US and rated AAA, had to close its doors since money managers began to realize that Putnam's assets were not guaranteed by the Federal Government (unlike cash in banks and savings and loans) and began to ask for their money. Putnam had to sell securities in order to meet the demand. Although they have begun to pay their account holders, their reputation and money market accounts in general have been severely damaged.

And it only gets worse from there.

"Insert" Is A Polite Euphemism For It, I Guess

The Washington Post says, "Congressional Leaders Announce Breakthrough in Bailout Bill Negotiations":

Congressional leaders and the Bush administration last night struck a historic accord to insert the government deeply into the nation's financial markets, agreeing to spend up to $700 billion to relieve Wall Street of troubled assets backed by faltering home mortgages.
Shouldn't that be "more deeply into the nation's financial markets"? Especially since inserting the government deeply into the nation's financial markets caused all the trouble in the first place.

Question--And Answer

Rich Lowry:

Pelosi unloads on House Republicans. Why is it always OK for Democrats to call Republicans "unpatriotic"?
Ramesh Ponnuru:
Because it has no sting.
But I thought dissent itself was patriotic.

Update: "We're staring down the barrel of the worst disaster since Katrina or maybe even 9/11 and these people are playing douchebag psych-out games with each other."

The Fifth Dimension

Greg Pollowitz writes, "In the debate, Senator Obama laid out his four conditions for passing the bailout bill", "Yet 48 hours earlier, he had five conditions:"

Fifth, we both agree that this financial rescue package should move on its own without any earmarks or other measures. We have different views about the need for other action, but this must be a clean bill.
As Greg writes, "Yeah. . .can't have a clean bill now, can we? Not when there are billions for ACORN at stake."

Or as Glenn Reynolds puts it, "You know, it would be easier for me to believe this was a crisis, if the people in charge were acting like it was a crisis, instead of just an opportunity for graft. Then again, to some of these people, everything is just an opportunity for graft."

It Just Might Work!

Anti-Idiotarian Rottweiler has the change spam we need today:

Dear Sirs,

Please do not be alarmed at the way I am contacting you, and I trust God you will see your way to assisting me.

I am Mr. Henry Paulson, and I currently serve as Secretary of Treasury in a North American country, the US of A. I am due to be receiving the sum of USD700 billion (seven hundred billions), only the money seems to be held up. I got your name from the girl who runs the computer. This is where I need your help.

As soon as you can, God willing, I will need you to give me the number of your American account where I can wire this sum. For your trouble, as part of the settlement, I will give you the sum of exactly nothing.

Please be well, and I trust in God you will assist me honestly and without delay.

Yours, truly,

Mr. Henry Paulson
USA Secretary of Treasure

Via Steve Green, who also spots a New York Times parody (yes, there is a difference, believe it or not) that hits the mark quite well.

30 Years, 700 Billion, 10 Minutes

As the headline on Jim DeMint's blog says, "What Caused The Economic Crisis? Watch This!"


ACORN: The MIA Acronym

Kevin D. Williamson writes, "We've heard much from the media about CDOs, CDSs, and other previously obscure abbreviations. But we should be hearing more about this acronym: ACORN":

Imagine if the housing bubble hadn't burst, but there hadn't been all those dodgy subprime loans made and then securitized. We'd be reading stories about how America is having a wonderful housing boom but the poor and minorities are being left out. There's lots of greed and stupidity in this story, but we shouldn't ignore the fact that a big part of what is wrong comes from bad public policy designed to encourage homeownership, particularly among the poor. Unintended consequences are not to be denied.

But we're not going to hear much about ACORN's role in all this, or, by extension, Senator Obama's.

Or as Robert Stowe England wrote in 1993:
QUIETLY, behind the scenes, the Clinton Administration is preparing for the biggest regulatory crackdown of recent years. Attorney General Janet Reno is linking up with banking regulators and with HUD Secretary Henry Cisneros to end the supposed epidemic of discrimination against minorities in making home loans. The implications for society at large are ominous.
Paging Cassandra. Miss Cassandra to the red courtesy phone, please.

Update: Robert Bidinotto has a recent post chockablock with links, quotes, and updates titled, "Why the Bubble Burst."

Don't Drill. Do Nothing. Pay More

Kathryn Jean Lopez posts an update from Sen. Jim DeMint's office:

We've just been alerted that despite House Democrats relenting on extending bans on offshore drilling and oil shale in the continuing resolution (CR) appropriations bill, Democrat Senate Leader Harry Reid has decided to sneak an extension of the oil shale ban through as Congress fights over the financial bailout. Oil shale in America's West is estimated to hold be between 800 billion and 2 trillion barrels of oil -- that is more than three times the proven oil reserves in Saudi Arabia alone.

Here is the text of Reid's proposed new ban on oil shale, that he is trying to add as an amendment to the CR or move seperately as a "stimulus" package, or we should say an anti-stimulus package if this is included.

Sec 1602 continues ban on oil shale. The language follows:

SEC. 1602. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, including section 152 of division A of H.R. 2638 (110th Congress), the Consolidated Security, Disaster Assistance, and Continuing Appropriations Act, 2009, the terms and conditions contained in section 433 of division F of Public Law 110-161 shall remain in effect for the 19 fiscal year ending September 30, 2009.

It would be an insult to all Americans if Senate Democrats worked to bailout Wall Street while damaging our future prosperity by banning development of vast energy reserves in oil shale.

Which may help to explain this headline:
Liberal Democrats vow moratorium on offshore drilling to return in '09
Meanwhile, as Glenn Reynolds notes:
AND YOU THOUGHT JOE BIDEN WAS UNFRIENDLY TO COAL: "Nobel Peace Prize winner and environmental crusader Al Gore urged young people on Wednesday to engage in civil disobedience to stop the construction of coal plants without the ability to store carbon."

Will he be advising Obama on energy policy?

Certainly in spirit.

The Northeast Corridor is one giant blue state, so presumably they'll be OK with paying high energy prices come the winter.

That's Our Katie

Newsbusters' Brent Baker writes, "Couric Scolds McCain for Palin's 'Great Depression' Scare -- Which Couric Proposed to Palin."

And meanwhile, Joe Biden's Pangea of gaffes this week continues to pay dividends--as blogger "Right Wing Professor" noted, Katie never batted an eye during Joe Biden's wacky Depression-era-flashback on Monday.

Debate Strategy

Mark Levin writes, "I hope McCain and his advisors have thought this through beyond today and tomorrow, gimmick or no gimmick":

Ok, let's say the debate is suspended by both camps. Then what? Bush is pushing hard for some kind of massive bailout deal, and will do so in his speech tonight. The conservatives in Congress are resisting all of this - and good for them. McCain says we have to get something done and work together, which means some kind of massive deal that is unlikely to satisfy conservatives. I hope McCain and his advisors have thought this through beyond today and tomorrow, gimmick or no gimmick.
Jonah Goldberg adds, "Mark makes a good point. If McCain does go to Congress and helps rally reluctant Republicans (and they really are reluctant). It will in effect become the McCain bailout, at least as far as conservatives are concerned."

Meanwhile, Dan Riehl has some advice--and who amongst us doesn't, these days?--for McCain:

Let the Left laugh, with Obama saying he wants to continue campaigning and debating, I'd do two things were I McCain.

1) Say you can understand Obama's point of view as he has never been engaged in anything this serious on Capitol Hill, or anywhere else.

and 2) Volunteer to let his VP nominee sit in for him against Obama on Friday.

Yes, I realize the media is still all about Palin - who cares. I'd make the offer.

Maybe Palin would be better off debating this bitter resident of Pennsylvania.

Update: Welcome Riehl World View readers; check out this interesting chess game being played out in the Senate, with Harry Reid being forgainst John McCain returning to the Senate within the space of 24 hours, as Ed Morrissey of Hot Air notes:

[Reid] wanted McCain on the hook so that Reid could blame McCain for the political fallout. When McCain called Reid's bluff -- and that's what appears to have happened here -- Reid did what Reid always does: retreat.

I think Reid fears more than just the idea that McCain will "risk injecting presidential politics into this process or distract important talks about the future of our nation's economy." What Reid fears is that McCain will return to lead the Republican effort to reach a compromise, and the Senate and House GOP will let him do it. If McCain takes ownership of the bailout effort and manages to get his suggestions on limiting executive compensation and so on as part of the finished product, he will be able to trot McCain-Dodd on the campaign trail as yet another reform he's accomplished by working across the aisle. And in a time of crisis, no less.

And what will Obama be able to say? He gave a couple of speeches and raised cash for himself while McCain went to work for the nation.

If that's what McCain and the Republicans have in mind, this could be the coup of the entire campaign. While Obama went out and sucked up to fundraisers, McCain built the bipartisan compromise that saved the American financial system. If he succeeds, McCain will have trumped Obama on what should have been the Democrats' best issue.

This post started with a quote from Mark Levin hoping that "McCain and his advisors have thought this through beyond today and tomorrow, gimmick or no gimmick." It seems--at least to some extent--that they most certainly have.

McCain's Bet

Richard Miniter calls McCain's campaign suspension "a shrewd move for the McCain campaign", if not necessarily an example of "country first."--Read the whole thing.

McCain Suspends Campaign To Deal With Economy

Details at Hot Air; politically, it seems like an interesting move, somewhat reminiscent of this earlier time out. But how will voters--not to mention the junior senator from Illinois--respond?

Update: Well, that was fast:

However a senior Obama campaign official said Obama "intends to debate. The debate is on."

An Obama campaign official said the Democratic presidential candidate called McCain this morning to suggest a joint statement of principles.

McCain called back this afternoon and suggested returning to Washington.

Obama is willing to return to Washington "if it would be helpful." But Obama intends to debate on Friday, an official said.

And thus McCain's next YouTube ad writes itself.

"Time For Jonah Goldberg To Knock Out A New Chapter?"

With a bailout plan costing--cue the Dr. Evil voice--700 bee-llion dollars in the works (designed to prevent a meltdown that would in the neighborhood "north of $30 trillion"), The Gormogons write, "So maybe Bush is a fascist after all--Just not in the way the frothing lefties allege."

Meanwhile, (also found via Jonah's Liberal Fascism blog), Roderick Long reminds us:

There never was anything remotely like a period of laissez-faire in American history (at least not if "laissez-faire" means "let the market operate freely" as opposed to "let the rich and powerful help themselves to other people's property"). The regulatory state was deeply involved from the start, particularly in the banking and currency industries and in the assignment of property titles to land.
I think it's also worth comparing the bailout to the period in the first half of the 1970s when the Democrat-controlled Congress attempted to make the trains run on time--or at least keep them running at all--by creating Amtrak in 1971 and Conrail in 1976:

Amtrak was designed to take over passenger railroading, which was essentially rendered superfluous by commercial jet aviation almost everywhere in the US except the sprawling Northeast Corridor, where passenger trains are still viable. Conrail was designed to merge the failed Penn Central and a half dozen other smaller but also bankrupt railroads.

Amtrak is still in existence and still relying upon taxpayer dollars to survive. It may very likely never be financially independent. Conrail was designed from the start to be a profitable company, and eventually did turn a profit by the mid-1980s, when it also went went public, and was eventually merged into two different railroads in 1999. Fortunately, the federal government hasn't gone into the railroad bailout business since the 1970s, and in fact passed sweeping railroad deregulation bills in the late 1970s that helped make Conrail financially viable in the first place.

So hopefully, like the railroad bailouts of the 1970s, this is a once in a lifetime event involving the investment community.

Until the next sector of the Mentos economy fails, of course.

Update: Nick Schulz has "The Acronym We Need."

Two, Two, Two Candidates In One!

From the Obama's campaign's latest email to his supporters:

More than 600,000 Americans have lost their jobs since January. Home foreclosures are skyrocketing, and home values are plunging. Gas prices are at an all-time high, and we're still spending more than $10 billion every month on a war in Iraq that should never have been waged.
Obama, back in June:
CNBC's John Harwood: So could the (high) oil prices help us?

Barack Obama: I think that I would have preferred a gradual adjustment. The fact that this is such a shock to American pocketbooks is not a good thing. But if we take some steps right now to help people make the adjustment, first of all by putting more money in their pockets, but also by encouraging the market to adapt to these new circumstances more rapidly, particularly U.S. automakers...

Or as the president of Fredonia once said, "Those are my principles, and if you don't like them... well, I have others."

(Video of Obama being foregainst high gas prices, here.)

Economic Perception Versus Reality

Perception:

Percentage of Americans, according to Gallup, who believe we're in a recession: 38 percent.

Percentage of Americans, according to Gallup, who believe we're in an economic depression: 23 percent.

Reality:
"The second-quarter growth rate for the U.S. economy was revised upward, to 3.3 percent."

Were the preceding two quarters pretty lousy? Yeah, .9 percent in 2008's first quarter and -.2 percent in the fourth quarter of 2007. But the preceding two quarters, the economy grew 4.8 percent each.

Of course, in politics, as with the legacy media (but I repeat myself), perception invariably trumps reality.

Meanwhile, James Pethokoukis lists four ways to make bad news worse. So invariably, watch for these to begin to be implemented. Obama/Smoot '08!

Biden Goes Back To The Future

Yesterday, Roger L. Simon asked, "Is Obama the most conservative presidential candidate of our time?" Certainly the most reactionary, and his veep nominee wants to set the Wayback Machine to about 1934. But then, the day after "Markets Crash, Media Hysterical, Democrats Thrilled", Joe's far from the only person on the left who's longing for the days of FDR and breadlines. Or maybe Schumervilles.

The Death Of Equities

As I mentioned on PJTV earlier today, as much I love having 500 channels to choose from via my satellite dish and, according to Technorati, 113 million blogs out there, the amount of information and opinion and the unending pace at which it's cranked out, makes it very easy to lose perspective. In a sense, a cable channel like CNBC, as great as it can be, puts an emphasis on the rapid speed of the financial markets, when for most individual investors, they're far better off (NOTE: THIS IS NOT INVESTMENT ADVICE. CONSULT YOUR OWN FINANCIAL ADVISOR. INSERT OBLIGATORY SEC WARNINGS HERE. POST NO BILLS. DO NOT EAT PASTE, DO NOT RUN WITH SCISSORS.) essentially buying a few decent mutual funds and hanging onto them for a decade or so, rather than buying, selling, and trading like mad.

The above headline comes from a 1979 Business Week cover story which electroplated then current trends and assumed that they would run indefinitely into the future. At the time of its writing, the Dow closed at about 975, in the midst of the last days of the Jimmy Carter administration's stagflation, culminating in double digit unemployment, interest rates, and inflation, as the above ad from that era highlights.

When I was preparing for PJTV today, I came across this PBS article, which quoted from its coverage of "Black Monday", the stock market correction of October 1987. At the time, the Dow was at 2,200, and the dropped 500 points. Note the end-of-the-world tone from 20 years ago, as PBS attempted to attack the economic policies of Ronald Reagan, and perhaps in its collective subconscious, longed for the days of Jimmy Carter--if their writers even remembered the gloom of that period at all. (Of course, a decade later, President Clinton was following the basic concepts of Reaganomics--and essentially bragging about it ("We stand for lower deficits and free trade and the bond market. Isn't that great?", presumably much to PBS's chagrin.)

How long will today's economic woes last? Well, check out this CNN article quoting from Alan Greenspan, who goes from stating that Wall Street is in the midst of "a once-in-a-century type of financial crisis"--but then adds:

"Indeed, it will continue to be a corrosive force until the price of homes in the United States stabilizes," Greenspan said. He predicted that would not happen until early 2009, and said the odds of U.S. recession have gone up in recent months.
So despite the doom and destruction tone of the MSM (but then, when is it otherwise, when the GOP is in the White House, particularly during an election year?), I wouldn't start heading for the ledge just yet.

Update: Well, here's one way to liven up an otherwise gloomy day of financial reporting!

Elsewhere: "See me after class."

Houston, New York Has A Problem

Over at City Journal, Edward L. Glaeser has a tail of two cities--one whose fiscal policies invite middle class growth, another whose punitive liberalism discourages it. And of course, both cities are microcosms of the states that contain them; as Nicole Gelinas wrote in April when she profiled New York Governor David Paterson's early days in office, replacing the disgraced Eliot Spitzer:

To lay out his goals, Paterson gave a speech last week similar to the one that Codey delivered nearly three years ago. "We need to take a realistic view of New York State's budget," he said, which is "too big and too bloated." He gently warned the legislature against its usual budget-balancing tricks: overestimating revenues, issuing long-term debt or hiking taxes to cover one-year shortfalls, and trying to use "gimmicks to solve real problems." He added that the legislature's modest cuts to Spitzer's budget proposal would be eaten up by April as tax revenues continue to fall. "We have got to address these issues," he said, "and not by taxing anybody."

Paterson could have recited facts and figures from census reports on how New York ranked dead last, in both raw numbers and percentages, in net domestic population losses between 2000 and 2004, with nearly 183,000 residents leaving the state annually. While immigration from other countries more than made up for these losses, New York still lost some ground in its percentage of the nation's population. And immigration could slow precipitously with the economy's woes, as a protracted credit slowdown will lessen the state's need for Parisian investment bankers as well as Salvadoran construction workers. The governor could also have cited numbers from the Tax Foundation showing that New York's state and local tax burden is a full one-fourth higher than the national average, and significantly higher than the burden in some of the states competing most fiercely with it for jobs and residents: Pennsylvania, Florida, Texas, and most of the states in the new South.

Instead, Paterson cited a number of personal friends, all former New Yorkers, who have contacted him from out of state since his ascent to the governorship. "A friend from primary school, Randy San Antonio, told me he moved to Dallas 20 years ago," Paterson began. "Another friend, Randy Watts, had moved to Reno. A friend from Syracuse, Marvin Lee Simons, said he's working in Lower Manhattan. I said we should get together . . . and he said, 'Well, I don't live in New York. I live in western Pennsylvania.' Jeff and Stacey Stackhouse wanted to start a business on Long Island. They moved two years ago--they're trying to start their business in Charlotte, North Carolina. They couldn't pay the taxes here."

Socialism: if you build it, they will leave.

Witness The Perfect Sentence

In 1946, Whittaker Chamber managed to sum up the entire history of the 20th century in 16 perfectly chosen words:

The dominant problem of the 20th Century is the reconciliation of economic security with political liberty.
Absolutely spot on.

Has The Third Way Become The Third Rail?

Tim Cavanaugh of Reason magazine writes:

If even Bill Clinton, the gold standard of "third way" politicians, is trading in classic Democratic Party populism, it really is over for the what used to be called New Democrats.
Which is bad news for everyone, as the Democrats shifting further left in the post-Clinton years shifts the American political center of gravity with them. Read the whole thing.

Hoovering Up The New Deal

"Practically the whole New Deal was extrapolated from programs that Hoover started"--Peter Robinson, quoting FDR crony Rex Tugwell, in the latest edition of his Uncommon Knowledge video series. This week with Amity Shlaes, author of The Forgotten Man.

Boy, The Way Glenn Miller Played...

Barron's: "It's Almost as if Obama Wants to Repeat the Mistakes of Herbert Hoover."

They're not the first to notice--Orrin Judd sounded three (Bronx) cheers for Obama/Smoot '08! last month, and Amity Shlaes made the connection in March.

Speaking of Shlaes, the author of the brilliant The Forgotten Man is featured on this week's edition of Peter Robinson's "Uncommon Knowledge" video series at NRO--don't miss it.

Just A Little Bit Of History Repeating

As I noted on Friday, I'm not sure if Jennifer Rubin's description of Joe Biden, whom she described as "old school as they come and as familiar as a worn-out shoe", was an intentional reference to Adlai Stevenson--a similarly follicle-challenged Democratic senator who 50 years ago would have thought his IQ even bigger than Joe's--even if he couldn't remember to have a campaign aide pick him up a new pair of Florsheims.

Likely it isn't, if only because it's an unfair comparison to Stevenson. Peter Seller's President Muffley, clearly a Stevensonian parody, was, after all, the nominal adult voice of reason in the midst of the chaos of Stanley Kubrick's Dr. Strangelove. But this description from Jonah Goldberg's Liberal Fascism of the late 1950s, complete with its own Stevenson cameo is a reminder that while Obama was originally packaged as some sort of new and novel politician, while conservatives are thought to be old-fashioned, very little actually changes amongst so-called "progressives" and their political goals:

Kennedy's political fortune also stemmed from the fact that he seemed to be riding the waves of history. Once again, the forces of progressivism had been returned to power after a period of peace and prosperity. And despite the unprecedented wealth and leisure of the postwar years--indeed largely because of them--there was a palpable desire among the ambitious, the upwardly mobile, the intellectuals, and, above all, the activists of the progressive-liberal establishment to get "America moving again." "More than anything else", the conservative publisher Henry Luce wrote in 1960, "the people of America are asking for a clear sense of National Purpose."


* * *


Perhaps the best expression of this bipartisan-elite clamor for "social change" came in a series of essays on "the national purpose" co-published by the New York Times and Life magazine. Adlai Stevenson wrote that Americans needed to transcend the "mystique of privacy" and turn away from the "supermarket temple." Charles F. Darlington, a leading corporate executive and former State Department official, explained that America needed to recapture the collective spirit of national purpose it had enjoyed "during parts of the Administrations of Woodrow Wilson and the two Roosevelts" (you can guess which parts). Above all, a reborn America needed to stop seeing itself as a nation of individuals. Once again, "collective action" was the cure. Darlington's call for a "decreased emphasis on private enterprise" amounted to a revival of the corporatism and war socialism of the Wilson and Roosevelt administrations.

"We left corporate America, which is a lot of what we're asking young people to do--don't go into corporate America."

News From 1999

Reuters reports, "Polo Ralph Lauren to launch shopping by cell phone."

I wrote several articles for various electronics magazines about online retailers attempting to sell via cell back around 1999; if it didn't take off then, I'm not sure why it will today, though perhaps the iPhone-style platform is more conducive to shopping than the cell phones of the past. But hey, good luck, Ralph!

We Can Be Patton, If Just For One Day

Thomas Frank feverishly lets it all hang out:

The most cherished dream of conservative Washington is that liberalism can somehow be defeated, finally and irreversibly, in the way that armies are beaten and pests are exterminated. Electoral victories by Republicans are just part of the story. The larger vision is of a future in which liberalism is physically barred from the control room--of an "end of history" in which taxes and onerous regulation will never be allowed to threaten the fortunes private individuals make for themselves. This is the longing behind the former White House aide Karl Rove's talk of "permanent majority" and, 20 years previously, disgraced lobbyist Jack Abramoff's declaration to the Republican convention that it's "the job of all revolutions to make permanent their gains".

When I first moved to contemplate this peculiar utopian vision, I was struck by its apparent futility. What I did not understand was that beating liberal ideas was not the goal. The Washington conservatives aim to make liberalism irrelevant not by debating, but by erasing it. Building a majority coalition has always been a part of the programme, and conservatives have enjoyed remarkable success at it for more than 30 years. But winning elections was not a bid for permanence by itself. It was only a means.

The end was capturing the state, and using it to destroy liberalism as a practical alternative. The pattern was set by Margaret Thatcher, who used state power of the heaviest-handed sort to implant permanently the anti-state ideology.

"Economics are the method; the object is to change the soul," she said, echoing Stalin. In the 34 years before she became prime minister, Britain rode a see-saw of nationalisation, privatisation and renationalisation; Thatcher set out to end the game for good. Her plan for privatising council housing was designed not only to enthrone the market, but to encourage an ownership mentality and "change the soul" of an entire class of voters. When she sold off nationally owned industries, she took steps to ensure that workers received shares at below-market rates, leading hopefully to the same soul transformation. Her brutal suppression of the miners' strike in 1984 showed what now awaited those who resisted the new order. As a Business Week reporter summarised it in 1987: "She sees her mission as nothing less than eradicating Labour Party socialism as a political alternative."

That's the stuff! Every time I think that the right is just bumbling around in the dark and rapidly losing ground to the left, something like this from the other side truly warms my heart. As one of Charles Johnson's rotating metatags says, "please more print and distribute and get blessing!"

The Undernews--Fresh Each Week At Your Supermarket Checkout!

Brian Fitzpatrick writes that America has a "New Newspaper of Record: the National Enquirer."

The old one seems more obsessed these days with keeping the news away from the public than actually reporting it. Which is increasingly reflected in its bottom line.

Which is why the legacy media keeps rockin'!, on both coasts.

A Thousand Points Of Light

"Nothing would have more impact on the economy and the price of oil than his election as president," former Atlanta Mayor Andrew Young (no relation to this Andrew Young) said. "There would be a boost of 1,000 points on the stock market the first week after he's elected. This would be better than a chicken in every pot."

Thus ushering in a decade of blazing 1.5 percent annual growth!

By the way, note this line from Young:

More importantly, Young strongly believes that the economic future for the United States is inextricably connected to the rest of the world.

"It's technically impossible to be self-sufficient," Young said. "In order to maintain our leadership in a global economy we have to work with the rest of the world. With the transfer of technology, we either lead the world or we get trampled by it."

Obama agrees of course--depending upon which day you ask him.

Requiem For The Los Angeles Newspaper Industry

Over at Pajamas Media, Bridget Johnson tolls the death knell for L.A.'s newspaper industry.

We looked at the technological reasons why the newspaper industry is sinking in a recent Silicon Graffiti video. But L.A.'s a unique situation: if only the town's chief industry lended itself better to big, juicy stories that sold newspapers--or if only there was a big hot breaking scandal going on in the town that the town's biggest paper could sink its teeth into!

Oh well--clearly, it must be hard generating news in such a sleepy, backwater locale.

Dancing With Nancy

"Hi, Nancy! Do you really want to play chicken over energy policy?"

Let me just note something here, Madam Speaker: you have twenty or so seats that were ours in 2006. Every single one of those seats is held by a freshman Representative who will have to go home in August and campaign. Do you really want to send them out there to explain to their constituents why gas prices have doubled under their watch? Because we're planning to bring up the topic, in precisely the ways that you really, really don't want us to. And there's no reason whatsoever to assume that the above 20 point deficit can't be shrunk. A lot.

So let's dance.

Moe Lane

Nancy's response--at least for the moment--is summarized by this bumper sticker.

"Truly, We've Reached The End Of The Universe"

Lewis Black, in the above clip, witnesses the eschaton immanentized--and now with extra decaf caramel macchiato flavoring!

But as with all of man's previous attempts to build heaven on earth, the eschaton cannot sustain itself indefinitely. Sadly, the Wall Street Journal has published a list of upcoming Starbucks closings (and none in my town. So there!), and James Lileks explores the plight of the suddenly Starbucks deprived coffee drinker:

We have been bracing for the list of closings, and it was finally revealed: 27 Starbucks outlets will be shuttered in Minnesota, leaving only 45,234. Hasta barista, baby.

The effect on the Twin Cities will be light -- the average citizen will still be within six minutes of a $4 cup of coffee at all times. Productivity will not suffer as people slump over at their desks from lack of jitter-juice. The people you have to pity -- aside from the employees, who probably can't fill a bathtub now without thinking "room for cream?" and won't soon find another job requiring that question -- are the folks in the small towns who will lose a piece of the outside world.

A Strib story last week by Emma Carew told the plight of Albert Lea teens mourning the loss of their coffee shop.

And you can understand why: Starbucks was like an embassy of a country where people sat around and read foreign newspapers, like the Wall Street Journal, and discussed things.

Geez, isn't that what they invented the Internet for?

Drill Here. Drill Now. Pay Less.

House Republican Leader John Boehner on Fox News: "All We're Asking is for Nancy Pelosi, Harry Reid, and Barack Obama to Allow Congress to Vote."

Mufflernomics

Tim Blair looks at the Midas Muffler school of economics:

2001:
Senate Minority Leader Tom Daschle, D-S.D., dramatized his objections [to the Bush tax cut] ...he held up a spare part and said, "If you're a typical working person, you get $227, and that's enough to buy this muffler."
2008:
Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama's wife, Michelle, complained the government's $600 economic stimulus check was only enough to buy "a pair of earrings" ...
Or nearly three mufflers. Which, for the sake of her husband's campaign, Ms Tiffany Cartier Michelle DeBeers Obama might consider using.
No word yet on President Merkin Muffley's tax-cutting proposals, though.

Is Fannie Mae the Democrats' Enron?

That's the question that David Frum asks:

During the Enron collapse of 2002, the public and the media were persuaded that Enron was somehow a Republican scandal, based on little more than senior management's history of contributions to the Republican party.

The ties between the Fannie Mae debacle and the Democratic party are much more intimate than that. Senior Democrats chosen for their political connections - James Johnson, Franklin Raines, Jamie Gorelick - took tens of millions of dollars in compensation out of the company. The ties between the Obama campaign and Fannie Mae are especially intimate: not only did Johnson head Obama's veep-vetting operation, but we learn in this Washington Post article that the campaign that Raines is advising Obama on the mortgage crisis! Well, he should know. Let's just hope the Obama operation is able to keep Raines away from the accounting side of things. Even the amazing Obama fundraising operation could not afford that!

More seriously: Here is potentially the largest financial disaster in American history. The American taxpayer stands to lose billions; Democratic insiders have extracted tens of millions. If Enron was a party scandal ... what is this?

The offramp to Schumerville?

Drill Here. Drill Now. Pay Less.

In his latest op-ed, Hugh Hewitt writes:

The environmental lobby owns Nancy Pelosi and Harry Reid, and Barack Obama –the brave new leader—doesn’t dare take it or them on. That lobby is applauding the deindustrialization underway, and their attitude is that a depression wouldn’t be such a bad thing as a lesson in learning how to live within our environmental means. Their jobs aren’t on the line, after all, and their disdain for the impacted industries is complete.

What they and the Triple D Democrats hasn’t counted on, though, was America making the connection between the deteriorating economy and their anti-energy agenda.

Energy is freedom. Energy is prosperity. Every Democrat on the fall ballot is part of the anti-energy party which is wrecking havoc on the economy and every family’s budget. A vote for any Democrat is a vote for shortages, rising gas prices, rising unemployment, and falling production. A vote for any democrat is a vote for failing airlines and collapsing financial institutions and for the shuttering of car plants and large manufacturing.

A growing, vibrant economy needs energy. The Democrats are anti-energy.

It is that simple.

Read the whole thing, then sign the petition.

Update: Found via Instapundit, Jack Kelly writes, "it takes mighty, repeated blows" to knock through the general public's inattention and apathy towards politics. Kelly adds, "As Ronald Reagan put it, a successful candidate must paint 'with bold colors, not pale pastels'":

But Mr. McCain has been Hamlet when he needs to be Henry V. He is discarding a strong hand through mixed messages and equivocation. He supports drilling on the outer continental shelf, but opposes it in ANWR. He backs a "cap and trade" program to reduce carbon dioxide emissions that would devastate our economy. Nuance is important in policy-making, but can be disastrous in political campaigning. If the trumpet be uncertain …

Mr. McCain needs to decide, pronto, which is more important to him: Winning the election or receiving an occasional kind word from liberal pundits who will vote against him.

If he wants to win, Mr. McCain needs to demonstrate in a dramatic way he'll take every reasonable step to increase energy supplies - including drilling in ANWR.

And he needs to do it soon. The No. 2 Democrat in the Senate, Dick Durbin, who is from Barack Obama's home state of Illinois, said Wednesday: "I'm open to drilling and responsible production." Mr. Obama has altered his position on virtually every issue he campaigned on during the primaries. Could another flip-flop be in the offing?

"Durbin's comment may be a signal that Obama will pivot soon," said the Wall Street Journal's Jim Taranto.

As I wrote last month, the first man who stands up on a podium in the middle of America's Vast Pestilential Wasteland and says the equivalent of this post's headline wins the election.

"The Most Important Franchise In Western Literature"

I can't say for certain, but I'd wager a bet that Jonathan Last is mildly pumped about the upcoming new Batman movie. I'll keep hacking the Internet until I know for certain.

Another post at Galley Slaves begs the obvious question: has Starbucks announced any store closings in Gotham City yet?

A Uniter, Not A Divider!

It's safe to say that Jesse Jackson isn't Senator Barack Obama's biggest fan right at the moment. And I think it's equally safe to assume that Tom Blumer isn't enjoying Obama's preemptive strike on the economy:

Remember the grief Dick Cheney received in late 2000, and then President Bush in early 2001, when they were accused of “talking down the economy”?

In summer of 2008, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, presidential candidate Barack Obama, and Senate majority leader Harry Reid aren’t merely talking the economy down; they’re taking it down.

They have created what I am calling the POR (Pelosi-Obama-Reid) economy. Businesses and investors are responding to their total lack of seriousness by battening down the hatches and preparing for the worst.

Meanwhile, the more rarefied quadrants of the leftwing also seem to lack a universal appreciation for Obama's triangulation efforts, as he seeks to move from the far left to somewhere closer to nearby to within shouting distance of the center left:
Hope.

Change.

It was all you talked about.

Then the FISA bill you gave the telecom companies retroactive immunity - something you said you were against - and voted FOR it on the senate floor.

Third party candidates, here I come. You’re no different than McCain.

Man, can Obama's inclusiveness bring everyone together, or what?

NBC Buys The Weather Channel

Ed Morrissey writes:

The Weather Channel has been a major advocate for global-warming policies. Combining it with the Keith Olbermann/Chris Matthews network will probably result in a major release of greenhouse gases on its own. Given NBC’s inability to impose even a modicum of balance and objectivity at MS-NBC, we can expect Jeff Zucker to use this new outfit as a platform on which to push even harder for statist policies on energy production and use.
But will the lights stay on in the studio?

Mister, We Could Use A Man Like Herbert Hoover Again

Isolationism you can believe in: Obama/Smoot in '08!

In Sharp Contrast To The L.A. Times...

Matt Drudge notes:

While newspapers and traditional broadcast media are experiencing declining revenues, Limbaugh's golden microphone has turned diamond-laced:

Earnings now pace him ahead of the annual salaries for network news anchors: Katie Couric, Brian Williams, Charlie Gibson and Diane Sawyer — combined!

And this is obviously true for Matt as well:
The deal represents a stunning triumph over the establishment by an outsider who connected with and captured the spirit of the nation's heartland.
And both are absolutely hated by those still toiling exclusively in the predecessor medias.

Media to America: Disaster Seen as Catastrophe Looms

I quoted James Lileks' take on AP's feverish doomsday piece yesterday, and James Pethokoukis describes AP's screed thusly:

"I know you're just a reporter, but you used to be a person, right?" is a quote from the film Deep Impact and immediately came to mind after I read this article from the Associated Press. (It actually took two people to write it.) The "article" made me weep for my chosen profession. The absolutely disgraceful lead:
Is everything spinning out of control? Midwestern levees are bursting. Polar bears are adrift. Gas prices are skyrocketing. Home values are abysmal. Air fares, college tuition and health care border on unaffordable. Wars without end rage in Iraq, Afghanistan and against terrorism. Horatio Alger, twist in your grave. The can-do, bootstrap approach embedded in the American psyche is under assault. Eroding it is a dour powerlessness that is chipping away at the country's sturdy conviction that destiny can be commanded with sheer courage and perseverance.
I dunno, maybe contributing to our low national morale are media that 1) compare a weak economy—although one that has yet to suffer even a single negative quarter—to the disastrous economies of the 1930s and 1970s; 2) forget to mention that the average person buying a home in, say, January 2000, is still sitting on a 66 percent gain; 3) ignore the economy's sky-high productivity, which helps make it the most competitive in the world; 4) ignore a global economic boom that is pushing up gas prices but also raising hundreds of millions of people out of poverty; and 5) for the heck of it, perpetuate the myth that college is unaffordable. (Oh, and since the authors of the article brought it up, it sure looks to this Soviet politics major that Iraq is turning into a situation for al Qaeda that is exactly the reverse of Afghanistan in the 1980s: Militants take on superpower. Get annihilated along with their global brand.)

America's "can-do" attitude? We are coming off a record year for initial public offerings. I mean, I could go on and on here. I don't know anyone who is giving up, other than the AP.

As Andy McCarthy writes:
Rush talked about that article this afternoon and made the excellent observation that the AP could have just said "Vote Obama" — it would have saved them several hundred words and spared the rest of us a lot of wasted time!
But at least it's giving the Blogosphere a chance to expose the can't-do spirit that seems to permeate AP.

At least until the bill arrives.

Meanwhile, as the AP tells the nation as a whole, "Yes We Can't!", the media as a whole have gone equally silent reporting on another nation's progress.

"Another Day, Another Shipment From The Claptrap Factory"

I had meaning to comment on that ridiculous AP doomsday story that Drudge linked to recently, but there's no way I can top the fine demolition that James Lileks performs:

EVERYTHING SEEMINGLY IS SPINNING OUT OF CONTROL.

That’s the headline. First line:

Is everything spinning out of control?
No. But they go on:
Midwestern levees are bursting. Polar bears are adrift. Gas prices are skyrocketing. Home values are abysmal. Air fares, college tuition and health care border on unaffordable. Wars without end rage in Iraq, Afghanistan and against terrorism.

Horatio Alger, twist in your grave.


The can-do, bootstrap approach embedded in the American psyche is under assault. Eroding it is a dour powerlessness that is chipping away at the country's sturdy conviction that destiny can be commanded with sheer courage and perseverance.

Previous generations rolled up their sleeves and swam out there and saved those polar bears. As for “abysmal” home values, it depends where you are; I’ll admit that people who sank everything in Miami condo markets are finding their psyches chipped and dinged, but A) lower home prices mean people who want to buy one but couldn’t afford it now are sitting better – B) the authors can take heart in this story about San Francisco being unaffordable for the middle class. Thank God! There’s hope!

Cue the obligatory heartland can’t-do fella with busted bootstraps:

"It is pretty scary," said Charles Truxal, 64, a retired corporate manager in Rochester, Minn. "People are thinking things are going to get better, and they haven't been. And then you go hide in your basement because tornadoes are coming through. If you think about things, you have very little power to make it change.
Rochester has had zero tornados this year, if I recall correctly. Even if they do get one, it probably won't be as bad as the 1883 example, which was bad enough to have its own wikipedia page. But again: what has happened to America that your optimism is insufficient to turn away rotating clouds? In the old days, by jiminey-crackers, we’d hold up pictures of Roosevelt and the twisters would just melt away.

The guy’s 64 years old, and he hasn’t figured out that some things get better, some things get worse, some things stay the same, and some things to which no one’s paying attention will shape the news much more than the panic du jour in the news today? He’s 64, and can’t figure out that grown men don’t say “scary” unless describing how they felt about the Wolfman when they were nine?

It is amusing, really – after sticking people’s heads in the muck every day for years, promoting every faddish scare, fluffing the pillow beneath every yuppie worry, swapping the straight-forward adult approach to news with presenters who emote the copy with the sad face of a day-care worker telling the children that Barney is dead – in short, after decades of presenting the world through the peculiar prism that finds in every day more evidence of our rot and our failures, they wonder why people are depressed. Hang the banner, guys: Mission Accomplished.

Of course, not everyone feels this way; I’d guess that people who watch television news are more inclined to pessimism. But there’s another side to this: the pessimism among some may not stem from some impotent feeling that one is a cork toss’d in a sea of cruel destiny, that you can’t do anything, that nothing will get better – no, the pessimism may arise from the suspicion that there’s something abroad in the land that’s had a good hardy larf about “Horatio Alger” and all the other manifestations of individual initiative for 30 years. The cool kids and the clever set have always smirked at that sort of stuff. You can get them going if you make a speech about our ability to solve things, but you’d better phrase it in the form of a government initiative, or brows furrow: well, then, how do you propose to do it?

The bottom of the page says “Average rating: two out of five stars.” Our confidence in the media to undermine our happiness is being chipped away, too. We’re in worse shape than we thought.

Remember when AP helped its readers make sense of the news, instead of describing life as one long unfathomable horror? Of course, that was when AP was actually in business to report, instead of "changing the world", or these days, sending dunning notices to bloggers.

Of course, one reason why wire services might be shaking down the Blogosphere is that they could use the money:

For newspapers, the news has swiftly gone from bad to worse. This year is taking shape as their worst on record, with a double-digit drop in advertising revenue, raising serious questions about the survival of some papers and the solvency of their parent companies.

Ad revenue, the primary source of newspaper income, began sliding two years ago, and as hiring freezes turned to buyouts and then to layoffs, the decline has only accelerated.

Sort of like a Red Queen's Race, you might say.

But then, as Michael Crichton wrote 15 years ago, the newspapers brought a lot of this upon themselves:

"[T]he American media produce a product of very poor quality," he lectured. "Its information is not reliable, it has too much chrome and glitz, its doors rattle, it breaks down almost immediately, and it's sold without warranty. It's flashy but it's basically junk."
Just read the AP story at the of the post. And the media is cranking out that junk during a period when they can least afford to, as a technological sea change is devouring them:


And as I said, fortunately, their own Jurassic Park awaits:

Turn And Face The Strange

Following up on our post featuring a strangely vegetating Lou Dobbs yesterday, here's Lou, then and now:

(From Eyeblast.TV.)

Silicon Graffiti: When Waves Collide

Recently, I linked to Jack Shafer's article in Slate, declaring Advantage: Michael Crichton:

In 1993, novelist Michael Crichton riled the news business with a Wired magazine essay titled "Mediasaurus," in which he prophesied the death of the mass media--specifically the New York Times and the commercial networks. "Vanished, without a trace," he wrote.

The mediasaurs had about a decade to live, he wrote, before technological advances--"artificial intelligence agents roaming the databases, downloading stuff I am interested in, and assembling for me a front page"--swept them under. Shedding no tears, Crichton wrote that the shoddy mass media deserved its deadly fate.

"[T]he American media produce a product of very poor quality," he lectured. "Its information is not reliable, it has too much chrome and glitz, its doors rattle, it breaks down almost immediately, and it's sold without warranty. It's flashy but it's basically junk."

* * *

As we pass his prediction's 15-year anniversary, I've got to declare advantage Crichton. Rot afflicts the newspaper industry, which is shedding staff, circulation, and revenues. It's gotten so bad in newspaperville that some people want Google to buy the Times and run it as a charity! Evening news viewership continues to evaporate, and while the mass media aren't going extinct tomorrow, Crichton's original observations about the media future now ring more true than false. Ask any journalist.

Ever since dreaming up the "Silicon Graffiti" series last year, I had wanted to do a segment on Alvin & Heidi Toffler's "Third Wave" thesis; particularly since I had taped their segment on C-Span's Booknotes program in 1995. As I attempt to illustrate in the above video, the clashing of a Second Wave, industrial-era institution like Big Media with the Blogosphere, a purely Third Wave phenomenon, is one of the reasons why Old Media are slowly going the way the dinosaurs (and this is but one of many death rattles).

Fortunately, as I noted in an earlier segment, they've already built their own Jurassic Park!

(And speaking of earlier segments, click here for older editions of the show.)

Fortunately, Someone Still Rides The New Rochelle Train

Glenn Reynolds excerpts this passage by John Hinderaker of Power Line on Eric Holder, who's been tasked by the Obama campaign to the help in their veep search:

Holder is a legitimate target because of the Rich affair, I guess, but frankly I have little or no interest in who helps Obama choose a V-P. What bothers me most about these battles is the implicit assumption by some that just about any involvement in the business world is somehow suspect. . . . This is frankly stupid. Covington & Burling and O'Melveny & Myers are top-notch law firms that have represented a vast array of clients. The idea that there is something wrong with associations with companies like UBS, Exxon Mobil and Hewlitt Packard is absurd. If any connection with a top law firm or a large corporation is somehow taken as a black mark, pretty soon those who advise our Presidential candidates, or serve in their administrations, will be as inexperienced as, say, Barack Obama himself. That would be a sad outcome.
IndeedTM, as Glenn would say; we should be happy that people are still willing to ride the train into Manhattan and other major cities every day, even if their candidate considers it a scary, going through the motions existence, while his wife is advising her husbands' supporters, "Don’t go into corporate America."

Or represent them in court, apparently.

The Doomsday Machine

Glenn Reynolds quotes Gregg Easterbrook:

Democratic attacks on Mr. McCain and Republican attacks on Mr. Obama both seek to punish impermissibly positive thoughts. At a time when there exists a sense of crisis over the economy, fuel prices and many other issues, this reinforces the odd, two realities of life in the United States today: The way we are, and the way we think we are. The way we are could use some work, but overall, is pretty good. The way we think we are is terrible, horrible, awful. Possibly worse.
Well, yeah. Check out this recent doomsday riff from David Letterman, who, during the 1980s, despite the equally eeeeevil Reagan being in charge was far too cool and ironic to be this morose about life:
Guys talking about the President really can't do anything about the economy. I don't know if that's true or not, but let's give them that one, let's just say “okay, the President can't do anything about the economy.” Everything else has gone so lousy in the last eight years. I mean – and I'm a guy who doesn't pay attention to much, as long as I got wresting and a TV dinner I'm fine – but even I am perceiving now that things are horrible in ways they shouldn't be horrible. Now, we're not going to impeach the guy. Could we get our money back? Honest to God, what, I mean [audience applause], just at least something.
Dave's clinging bitterness is enough to make you change the channel...And if it's to ABC, you're confronted with more doomsday, as James Lileks notes:
"Are we living in the last century of our civilization? Is it possible that all of our technology, knowledge and wealth cannot save us from ourselves? Could our society actually be heading towards collapse?

"According to many of the world's top scientists, the answer is yes, unless we take action now."

They’re asking for readers to submit their own dystopian nightmares.

What is it with the pessimism of the overclass? If it wasn’t for doom and gloom, they wouldn’t have a reason to live. The latest example comes from ABC News, and suggests that this century may be the last one for civilization. Who says? Scientists! Ah, well, if it’s scientists, we’d best pay heed. Or perhaps you disagree; the century’s still fresh and young. It still has that new century smell. Warranty’s good for another few years, and besides, we haven’t dumped the trunk-junk accumulated in the previous century. We’ll figure something out. We always do.

But you don’t get publicity by suggesting this century might be better than its predecessor, or by asking people to envision how cool the future might be. There are dozens of websites and Flickr sets devoted to retrofuturism, to the art of describing what things might be like. If you grew up in the 60s, you’ll remember all the paintings of space – useful space full of gleaming silver ships. That all ended with “2001: A Space Odyssey” which suggested that the future of space was long, dull, and lonely, punctuated with homicidal computers, trippy FX and enormous wise space-fetuses. Great film, but from then on, something seemed different about the future. Did we really want to live there?

I'm not sure how much of a role Stanley Kubrick's opus played in causing liberalism's turn towards nihilism, but the timing is certainly right; as I noted a couple of years ago in a post titled, "1969: The Shattering of the Modernist Dream".

So is there reason to be optimistic today? Of course. But just don't expect much help in that department from the media, at least until November. They've got the double-whammy of their own industry in dire straits, and an economy to keep talking down, at least until--somehow, miraculously--it begins to turn on a dime the day after the election. (Provided the appropriate audacity and hope and change occurs, of course.)

The Sting

Over at my wife's business law blog, she looks at something called "B Corporations":

A colleague brought the concept of B Corporations to my attention. For those of you not wanting to follow the link, the idea is that corporations should benefit all "stakeholders" and actually society as a whole, not merely shareholders. And a company has been formed to not only provide road maps to being a being a better company, but also to test and approve companies with the B corporation stamp of approval.

Personally, and in the words of some teenager somewhere, this just creeps me out.

I think it's great for corporations to both make money for their shareholders AND contribute to a better society.

But I'm always a little concerned about a small (7 person) group deciding who's creating "benefit for all" and who isn't. I don't think creating benefit is something that can be objectively tested, nor should it be. And without seeing all of the testing criteria for becoming an official B Corporation, I can only guess that the founders ideas of societal benefit are going to flavor the testing criteria.

For example, nuclear power is not terribly PC among certain groups. But it could also be argued that in this day and age, it should be re-visited as a concept. Would a start up devoted to developing small, localized nuclear plants to municipalities pass the B Corporation test? As I said, i don't know, I haven't seen the test. But somehow I'm not sure it would.

Another example pops up on the B Corporation website. They offer a legal road map to becoming a B Corporation. You simply enter your type of entity and your state. I entered C Corporation and California.

I was told I should reincorporate in another state and amazingly enough their attorney will graciously help do so.

Here's what the busy little Bs say:

Your state of incorporation is among 20 states that do NOT currently have corporate statutes that explicitly allow Directors to consider the interests of Stakeholders. A team of attorneys is currently in the process of evaluating case law to determine if there are specific rulings that would support the consideration of the interests of Stakeholders by Directors.

For many prospective B Corporations, reincorporating in a state offering greater protection for B Corporations will be the best option to maximize enforceability. Though more involved than simply amending your articles, reincorporating is also a relatively straight-forward process.

The reincorporation process includes forming a "New" corporation in a stakeholder friendly state, and merging the "Old" corporation into the "New" corporation.

For further information on the status of your state, please contact us at thelab@bcorporation.net or call us at xxx-xxx-xxxx. Our attorney will be happy to speak with you.

What they don't say is that California does not DISALLOW statements of societal benefit. Furthermore, Articles of Incorporation are easily changed, so to say that putting the benefit to stakeholders in the articles ensures that the goals will survive is just incorrect.

Corporations can be encouraged to "do good" without an elitist screening panel. And people, I believe, should make their own decisions as to what sort of doing good they want to support. There are also various ways to "do good" and any group that specifies a corporation: "must amend their corporate governing documents" [emphasis added] is not talking about doing good, but doing good their way.

Hey, it takes a village to bring you the audacity of hope and change.

The Eye Of The Needle Is Getting Awfully Thin

As spotted by Jim Geraghty, David Mendell in Obama: From Promise to Power writes:

"[Obama] always talked about the New Rochelle train, the trains that took commuters to and from New York City, and he didn't want to be on one of those trains every day," said Jerry Kellman, the community organizer who enticed Obama to Chicago from his Manhattan office job. "The image of a life, not a dynamic life, of going through the motions... that was scary to him."
And as scared as he is about the daily Metro-North commuter train, we know he's not very happy about commuters driving into work.

But Obama's not too crazy about people further out in the exurbs, either, as he mentioned in April when he was talking to, as Jean Kirkpatrick would say, San Francisco Democrats:

You go into these small towns in Pennsylvania and, like a lot of small towns in the Midwest, the jobs have been gone now for 25 years and nothing’s replaced them…And they fell through the Clinton Administration, and the Bush Administration, and each successive administration has said that somehow these communities are gonna regenerate and they have not.

And it’s not surprising then they get bitter, they cling to guns or religion or antipathy to people who aren’t like them or anti-immigrant sentiment or anti-trade sentiment as a way to explain their frustrations.

And then there was this classic bit by Michelle Obama back in February:
“We left corporate America, which is a lot of what we’re asking young people to do,” she tells the women. “Don’t go into corporate America. You know, become teachers. Work for the community. Be social workers. Be a nurse. Those are the careers that we need, and we’re encouraging our young people to do that. But if you make that choice, as we did, to move out of the money-making industry into the helping industry, then your salaries respond.” Faced with that reality, she adds, “many of our bright stars are going into corporate law or hedge-fund management.”
Geez, remember when Democratic presidential candidates and their spouses actually bothered to go through the motions of appearing to support the working man?

Related: "Ludwig von Mises v. Obama??"

America's Vast Pestilential Wasteland Revisited

Back in the summer of 2001, Jonah Goldberg did something that almost no one who utters the acronym ANWR in hushed, reverent tones has actually done. He visited there:

I suspect that the majority of Americans who oppose oil exploration in ANWR would agree with me if they saw it firsthand. Indeed, they would probably agree that if America had to be struck by an asteroid, this would be the ideal impact point. Of course, I am not talking about ANWR's beautiful mountain vistas, the ones cooed over by cable-news hostesses. Not only is that stuff legally protected from oil exploration, it is far, far away from anywhere the oil companies want to drill-i.e., the thousands of football fields' worth of bog and marsh.
Today, he reminds us that it's still waiting to be put to use:
Sen. John McCain said this week he would not drill in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge for the same reason he “would not drill in the Grand Canyon ... I believe this area should be kept pristine.”

Pristine means unspoiled, virginal, in an original state.

One wonders how pristine the Grand Canyon can be if it has roughly 5 million visitors every year, rafting, hiking, picnicking, and riding mules up one side and down the other. Campfires, RVs, and motels that do not conjure the word “virginal” ring around large swaths of it.

This isn’t to say that the Grand Canyon isn’t a beautiful place; it inspires awe among those who visit it. ANWR (pronounced “AN-wahr”) inspires awe almost entirely in those who haven’t been there. It is an environmental Brigadoon or Shangri-La, a fabled land almost no one will ever see. That is its appeal. People like the idea that there are still Edens “out there” even if they will never, ever see them.

Indeed, if Americans could visit the north coast of Alaska, as I have, as easily as they can visit the Grand Canyon, the oil would be flowing by now.

ANWR is roughly the size of South Carolina, and it is spectacular. However, the area where, according to Department of Interior estimates, some 5.7 billion to 16 billion barrels of recoverable oil reside is much smaller and not necessarily as awe-inspiring. It would amount to the size of Dulles airport.

Question for McCain: Has South Carolina been ruined because it has an airport?

Most of the images of the proposed drilling area that people see on the evening news are misleading precisely because they tend to show the glorious parts of ANWR, even though that’s not where the drilling would take place. Even when they position their cameras in the right location, producers tend to point them in the wrong direction. They point them south, toward the Brooks mountain range, rather than north, across the coastal plain where the drilling would be.

As James Lileks notes, who'd have thought that, in the immediate aftermath of 9/11, that America would remain in such stasis when it comes to energy independence:
It’s not that we cannot produce any more oil; you suspect that some are motivated by the belief, perverse as it sounds, that we should not. We should not drill 50 miles off shore on the chance someone in Malibu takes a hot-air balloon up 1000 feet and uses a telephoto lens to scan the horizon for oil platforms. Also, there are ecological concerns. (The ocean is a wee place, easily disturbed.) There’s something else that may well be my imagination, but I can’t quite shake the feeling: high gas prices and shortages of oil make some people feel good. This is the way it has to be. Oil is bad. Cars are bad. Cars make suburbs possible. Suburbs are the antithesis of the way we should live, which is stacked upon one another in dense blocks tied together by happy whirring trains. So some guy who drives to work alone has to spend more money for the privilege of being alone in his car listening to hate radio?

Good.

Yes, I know, projection and demonizaton and oversimplification. But this is true: there’s a side of the domestic political structure that opposes expansion of domestic energy production, be it drilling or nukes or more refineries.

And speaking of that "hate radio":
[The MSM] called you the maverick! But guess what? Now you're not a maverick. Why, you're Bush 3! That's like the worst thing a maverick could be called, is Bush 3. Get ready, Senator. This is only the tip of the iceberg of all the ammo they have aimed and trained on you. Here's what I'm hoping, ladies and gentlemen. I'm hoping at some point relatively soon McCain gets ticked off enough about this that he comes to his senses on the issue of energy independence in this country. Do you realize that if you look at any poll out there taken of the American people, they want energy independence? They want drilling for our own energy supplies. They want nuclear. They don't want all of this Kyoto stuff. They don't want taxes to go up. They don't want the price of gas to go up even a penny by 60 some odd percent, if the purpose of the increase is to fight global warming. They want cheaper gasoline, and they know how to get it. This is an issue. It is an issue made to order.
Now, McCain has changed his mind on a couple things. This would be a goody. This would be a huge one. Somebody could get to Senator McCain and say, Senator, you want to win this election? You want to contrast who you are with Senator Obama and the leftists in the Democrat Party? Here's your issue. "Drill here. Drill now. Energy independence." Start now and get on this, and I'm telling you, he would see a miraculous thing happen in his campaign. But I don't know who can tell him these things. It's just a sitting duck.
And it's one that another senator, who may be looking to overcome what Ace accurately described as a Kinsley-esque gaffe of the first order might also be looking to exploit if he wanted to (a) get to the right of McCain on one key issue very quickly, JFK-style (Mr. President, we cannot afford a domestic oil gap!), and (b) simultaneously generate a pretty nifty Sister Souljah moment with his enviro-stasis base.

Will it happen? Probably not, but the first man who heads north to Alaska and hops on a podium in front of a phalanx of legacy journalists and an armada of cable and network cameramen in the middle of that Vast Pestilential Wasteland and does an about-face on the issue has a damn good chance of winning it all in November.*

Who wants it bad enough that he's actually willing to accede to the wishes of the American public?

Read More »


Don't Worry, He'll Walk This One Back Shortly, Too

Just as the San Francisco Chronicle op-ed writer who dubbed him a "Lightworker" also previous admitted (and he's not the only media figure to do so), Obama is also for higher gas prices. He just wishes they arrived more slowly than the Pelosi Premium did.

As John Steele Gordon noted in Commentary a few days ago, "This would seem to be an opening the size of the Grand Canyon for McCain, and Republican candidates for Congress, to exploit this year."

The latter group already has. McCain? Don't bet on it, sadly.

Update: More more at Ace of Spades.

More: Mike Bloomberg, Manhattan's favorite nanny who has been named as a potential veep to both candidates, is also cool with higher gas prices. Note this bit of Orwellian doubletalk from the mayor and his aide:

"Reducing taxes on energy consumption is the wrong way to go. We should be raising taxes on energy consumption dramatically because it's the only way you're going to force people to use less."

An aide said Bloomberg's comments shouldn't be taken as "a call to action to increase gas taxes," which would be politically explosive.

On the other hand, WWCD?

From Tiny Acorns

Dianne Feinstein, bold senatorial leadership at work! Jonah Goldberg writes:

As befits a government-run commissary, the Senate cafeteria has a decidedly Soviet attitude toward variety. It has averaged only two new menu items a year over the last decade. The food is so bad, every lunch hour Senate staffers rush to the House side of the Capitol like starving New Yorkers of the future storming the last Soylent Green vendor.

According to auditors, the chain of restaurants run by the Senate food service, including the snooty Senate Dining Room, has almost never been in the black. It’s lost more than $18 million since 1993 and has dropped about $2 million this year alone. If the food service doesn’t get an emergency bridge loan of a quarter-million dollars, it won’t be able to make payroll.

So how will the Senate fix the problem? Well, with California Sen. Dianne Feinstein taking the lead, the Democrats — that’s right, the Democrats — have called a classic Republican play: Privatize it.

The House of Representatives made the switch in the 1980s, and its food service is now better. And profitable: The House has made $1.2 million in commissions since 2003. True to the Founders’ vision of the Senate as the more slow-moving branch of government, the Senate has taken 20 years to follow suit.

This was a painful decision for many Democrats who believe that privatization cannot be justified simply because it delivers better service and higher quality for less money. “What about the workers?” they cried. Apparently, some Democrats feel that the top priority in the restaurant business is to generate paychecks for people who are bad at their jobs.

Feinstein, head of the Senate Committee on Rules and Administration, was forced to deal with reality. “It’s cratering,” the Washington Post quoted Feinstein as saying. “Candidly, I don’t think the taxpayers should be subsidizing something that doesn’t need to be. There are parts of government that can be run like a business and should be run like businesses.”

Yes, yes, go on, Dianne. Run with that thought. Explore it, as the therapists say.

Meanwhile, while Dianne has privatized the nation's most exclusive restaurant, John McCain has bigger fish to fry, Megan McArdle writes:
The campaign policy blogging starts now: apparently, McCain wants to shut down Amtrak. Liberals are predictibly (and understandably) outraged. I'm not sure, however, that this is such a terrible idea, even environmentally. The lines that actually run at a profit--those in the Virginia-Massachussetts corridor--would still be profitable, and presumably operated by some private company. The other lines are a mixed bag, environmentally; it isn't really good for the environment to run trains at low capacity. And the federal government, because of the EIS process, other procedural barriers, and a great deal of logrolling, has so far not succeeded in making sensible upgrades to the system. The Acela was announced in 1994, actually went live six years later despite the really rather minor infrastructure improvements required, and at lavish expense now gets passengers to Boston one half-hour quicker in slightly comfier seats.

Moreover, if oil prices stay high, the math changes substantially for passenger rail, making new routes more profitable. People will probably never take the train en masse from New York to Los Angeles, but a direct train from New York to Chicago could start looking good, particularly when you factor in the drive to out-of-the way airports, delays, and time spent removing your shoes in security lines.

America's freight rail system, while it needs a lot of work, is world-class. Its passenger rail should be too. But it's so far proven pretty much impossible for the government to make it that way--and not merely because we don't have enough liberal politicians who like rail. Most politicians like rail. But they like a lot of other things better, like getting re-elected.

It will never happen (if the Congressional GOP couldn't privatize PBS at the height of their powers in the mid-'90s, I doubt this will), but McCain's heart, or at least his campaign rhetoric, is certainly in the right place.

Hyperbole Much, Fellas?

Good Morning America's Chris Cuomo equates so-far non-existent recession with the Great Depression, sees rising suicides(!) on the horizon:

Elsewhere in the legacy media, Tom Brokaw talks David Letterman back from his own ledge:

DAVID LETTERMAN: Guys talking about the President really can't do anything about the economy. I don't know if that's true or not, but let's give them that one, let's just say “okay, the President can't do anything about the economy.” Everything else has gone so lousy in the last eight years. I mean – and I'm a guy who doesn't pay attention to much, as long as I got wresting and a TV dinner I'm fine – but even I am perceiving now that things are horrible in ways they shouldn't be horrible. Now, we're not going to impeach the guy. Could we get our money back? Honest to God, what, I mean [audience applause], just at least something.

TOM BROKAW: David, that's why we have elections and we're about to have an election and on January 20th he'll be out of office. In this book, I write about 1968. Let me remind you that forty years ago this year, Doctor King was killed, Bobby Kennedy was killed, we had the Chicago riots, 16,000 people were killed in Vietnam, Lyndon Johnson decided not to run for re-election, the Kerner Commission said we are two societies – one white, one black, separate and unequal – we had urban riots and in the fall we had as cantankerous and as contentious and in many way as mentally violent an election as we've ever had – with George Wallace who was part of it.

So, we've been through these difficult times before and the way you work your way out of them is you get the two parties to nominate their best candidates and then everybody re-enlists as citizens and say to themselves and their family and their friends: “Hey, it's time for us to get involved.” So that's how I feel about it.

Meanwhile, even as "The Economy Is Better Than You Think", "Adam Smith's invisible hand coldly touches its next victim."

And boy, is he in for a shock!

(Sorry, couldn't resist that last link.)

Newsweek Continues In The Tank For Obama

Betsy Newmark points readers towards Mark Hemmingway's column in NRO today:

Mark Hemingway dissects the latest effort by Newsweek to campaign for Obama in their totally unsourced Obama-friendly attempt to show that he shouldn't have any problem with Jewish voters. Newsweek thus continues their trend of pumping for Obama's campaign. If they can't put him on the cover, they'll slant stories inside. As I noted last week, they have put Obama on the cover more than any other subject in the past year. Jim Geraghty notes some more examples that are, as he puts it, allowing Newsweek to give Olbermann a run for his money. US News' James Pethokoukis ridicules their cover this week about how the recession is worse than we think.
For another example, here's a story about the U.S. economy from the latest issue of Newsweek, "Why It's Worse Than You Think." Not a surprising piece, given that the magazine made its recession call back in February, though the economy has stubbornly refused to roll over.
Newsweek is not bothered by such economic technicalities as the fact that we still aren't experiencing a recession according to the data. They'll just tell us we're in a recession and that we should be darned scared about it. Subtext: vote Democratic.
That's also the subtext of these TV network stars here and here.

Jim Geraghty spots some more fun from the folks who put the Koran in the Can, and this is an unintentional riot as well:

"Obama's Official Blog is Boring. McCain's is Enjoyable. Why That's Bad News for the GOP."
I dunno--I find the Indiana Jones-style archaeological explorations of the former pretty fascinating myself.

Spotting The Icebergs--15 Years Ago

Back in February of 2007, as old media seemed to be peddling faster and faster to stay afloat and its tone seemed to quickly become even more hysteric than usual, I asked if the media's Red Queen's Race had begun--and indeed it had. In Slate, Jack Shafer writes that Michael Crichton--who knows a thing or two about dinosaurs facing extinction--predicted its death rattle 15 years ago:

In 1993, novelist Michael Crichton riled the news business with a Wired magazine essay titled "Mediasaurus," in which he prophesied the death of the mass media—specifically the New York Times and the commercial networks. "Vanished, without a trace," he wrote.

The mediasaurs had about a decade to live, he wrote, before technological advances—"artificial intelligence agents roaming the databases, downloading stuff I am interested in, and assembling for me a front page"—swept them under. Shedding no tears, Crichton wrote that the shoddy mass media deserved its deadly fate.

"[T]he American media produce a product of very poor quality," he lectured. "Its information is not reliable, it has too much chrome and glitz, its doors rattle, it breaks down almost immediately, and it's sold without warranty. It's flashy but it's basically junk."

* * *

As we pass his prediction's 15-year anniversary, I've got to declare advantage Crichton. Rot afflicts the newspaper industry, which is shedding staff, circulation, and revenues. It's gotten so bad in newspaperville that some people want Google to buy the Times and run it as a charity! Evening news viewership continues to evaporate, and while the mass media aren't going extinct tomorrow, Crichton's original observations about the media future now ring more true than false. Ask any journalist.

Read the whole thing.

Then, much like a visit to Westworld or Jurassic Park, let's hit the museum!

A Little Bit of History Repeating

See Dubya has a nifty new video on change...that's not so much of a change, with a soundtrack courtesy of Shirley Bassey (hence the above title). Someone should redo her Goldfinger theme:

Ohbaaaahma.....He's the man, the man with the radical friends!

Meanwhile, Ed Morrissey spots some more history repeating, with someone infinitely less exciting than a SPECTRE villain: Mario Cuomo, whom Obama may have borrowed the boilerplate for his latest speech. And speaking of which, James Lileks writes:

“John McCain has spent a lot of time talking about trips to Iraq in the last few weeks, but maybe if he spent some time taking trips to the cities and towns that have been hardest hit by this economy -- cities in Michigan, and Ohio, and right here in Minnesota -- he'd understand the kind of change that people are looking for."

Right here in Minnesota? Hardest hit by this economy? What is he talking about, exactly? Is this a specific reference to a specific plight faced by specific towns, or a boilerplate remark about the dire lives of people trapped in the Bittervilles that dot the strange outlands?

Read the rest--and tune in tomorrow to PJM Political on XM, where James will have further thoughts on the topic.

An Echo, Not A Choice

At least in terms of energy policy, as Victor Davis Hanson notes:

I don't quite understand why one party or the other doesn't campaign on delivering more energy to the American people to lower costs, keep the world price down, and money out of the hands of terrorists, and to address U.S. debt and the falling dollar. There seems no contradiction between wanting nuclear power, clean coal, tar and shale, more drilling off our coasts and Alaska — and more conservation, more money for hydrogen, biofuels, more solar, wind, etc.

But unfortunately the former seems to be the more conservative position, the latter the more liberal, when in fact they hardly are incompatible, since the first is the short-term solution that ensures we don't go bankrupt and empower our enemies as we evolve toward the long-term answers. Nothing could be more populist than trying to deliver affordable energy; but it's a position that so far neither candidate is addressing — maybe because Obama's base is still anti-nuclear and against drilling; and McCain is almost indistinguishable from him on the coasts and ANWR. One otherwise would have thought that energy would be the critical issue of the campaign, and instead — relative silence from both on stump?

Related thoughts from James Pethokoukis.

The Only Thing We Have To Fear...

"Media Coverage [Of Economy] Was More Upbeat at Start of the Great Depression"--Of course, that was right around the time that FDR was campaigning as a sort of Jurassic libertarian, which illustrates how radically narratives can change over time.

But then economic coverage is far from the only example of old media's having undergone a post-1960s hardening of the attitudes. As Orrin Judd recently wrote, "What Actually Remains Of Nixonland...is just a press corps that treats everyone like the enemy and, therefore, fails at the basics of its profession."

I'm Thinking It Over

With apologies to Jack Benny for the above headline; while I'm not in the market for a new car at the moment, the timing of Honda's new sales pitch makes it an awfully appealing proposition...

Certainly better than this gaffe (at least I hope it's a gaffe--never ascribe to malice that which can be adequately explained by stupidity) by Dunkin' Donuts' latest spokesperson. In any case, mister, they could use a pitchman like Michael Vale again!

The Buttondown Mind Of James Lileks


James Lileks explores the exciting, convenient world of 21st century commercial aviation, and contrasts it with the stone knives, bearskins, and Boeing 707s of our forefathers:
"Airport" was shot during the glamorous days of air travel, when all the men wore suits and the women wore dresses and tiaras and spike heels. No one plodded down the jetway like cows on the way to the butcher's nail gun; you strolled across the tarmac, flicked your cigarette into the whirling blades of the propeller for luck, and settled down for a civilized, nine-hour flight from Chicago to Milwaukee, with a full meal service that included prime rib carved from a cart that rolled right down the aisle.

It probably wasn't that good. For one thing, people smoked on the old planes, and smoked a lot. Even the stews who knew they were flying in a pressurized tube at 25,000 feet were tempted to crack a window. The planes were loud and in-flight entertainment consisted of a Bob Newhart comedy LP, passed around from seat to seat so you could read the liner notes. But it seemed more civilized.

Ideally it was this Newhart album. To paraphrase Steven Den Beste: The Mrs. Grace L. Ferguson Airline & Storm Door Company: a user manual for cost-conscious airlines, a sneak preview of the future for the rest of us.

Related: This is probably as good a place as any to hang a link to this--Kyle Smith spots a TV viewer in England who seems to just slightly miss the point of AMC's Mad Men series, set during the New Frontier-era buttondown days of the aforementioned Mr. Newhart. Perhaps a link to my initial review of the show from last July will help ease the current delicate state of transatlantic relations.

(Or, perhaps not...)

"Spend, Borrow, Screw Over, Repeat"

In over your head with too large a mortgage? Just toss the keys to the mansion in the mail, and return it to the bank. From baseball great Jose Canseco to freshman California Democrat congresswoman Laura Richardson, Michelle Malkin looks at the growing trend of "jinglemail".

Sounds Like The Feeling Is Mutual

Michelle Obama in February: "Don't Go Into Corporate America".

Larry Kudlow, today: "Stocks Don’t Like Obama".

While we're promised that we'll wake up in 2015 to Obamatopia, it sounds like there will be lots of recurring reruns of Carter Country in the interim.

Building A Bridge To The 1930s

Father Coughlin could not be reached for comment:

"All we're doing is going into the basket and saying, 'Damn, what did they do in '32, what did they do in '34, what did they do in '36,' and we're pulling them out, dusting them off, giving them a paint job, correcting the fenders a bit, and we're using them," Congressman Paul Kanjorski (D-PA) said. "To get us through the horrendous problems we may have over the next several years, we've got to make these old programs work, and we've got to be as inventive as hell."
Nice to know that with the Dow Jones about 12,700 points higher than it was in 1932, the left still sees nothing but Hoovervilles into eternity.

"Dude, Where's My Recession?"

James Pethokoukis notes that the economy grew 0.6 percent in the first quarter of 2008, even with the drag of the Pelosi Premium around its neck:

Now that's not a robust number by any means, but it's not so bad given all the worry out there that the economy is headed off a cliff. Before you declare a recession, as many economic pundits have, shouldn't the economy, well, actually recess a bit—if only for a quarter?
But what about those rice shortages, eh?

One Notch Above Junk

Standard & Poor's cuts the bond ratings of the New York Times:

Credit-ratings agency Standard & Poor's Ratings Services on Tuesday cut its long-term rating on newspaper publisher The New York Times Co., as its advertising revenue continues to fall.

S&P cut its corporate credit rating and senior unsecured debt rating to "BBB-" from "BBB."

"BBB-" is one notch above "junk bond" status. The ratings were removed from CreditWatch, but the outlook is negative, meaning another downgrade could occur.

"The rating downgrade reflects a worsening pace of decline in advertising revenue at the company's newspaper publications," said S&P credit analyst Emile Courtney in a statement.

Despite weakening ad revenue, The New York Times has a diversified and quickly growing online revenue base. S&P expects online revenue will begin to offset print revenue declines over the next few years.

Shares fell 35 cents to $19.96 during midday trading.

In 2002, NYT stock was worth over $50 a share.

And I as mentioned in a recent video, just wait until 2014...

I've Seen This Movie Before--A Couple Of Times

Amity Shlaes, the author of The Forgotten Man, a terrific history of the Depression, brings a reminder of forgotten recent history as well, as she deflates so much recent economic doomsaying:

The gloom is so thick that it feels positively German. And that’s just our domestic press. The Brits have long since decided that doom is around the American corner. Covering Bear Stearns Cos., a reporter from the Independent wrote, “Wall Street traders said they had never experienced such fear.”

The suggestion behind such talk is that the current situation isn’t merely depressing. It is that the slowdown is like the Great Depression of the 1930s. You almost expect Senators Obama and Clinton to repeat the lines from President Roosevelt’s inaugural address of 75 years ago: “The only thing we have to fear is fear itself.”

The analogy is absurd. This economy is to the Great Depression what an April drizzle is to Hurricane Katrina. So far, the Dow has declined about 12% from its record high of last fall. In the Depression, it dropped more than 80%. Unemployment is about 5%. In the Depression it was 25%.

Maybe 2% of mortgages are in trouble, and abandoned homes line some parts of Cleveland Heights. During the Depression, more than half of Cleveland was underwater. Today, one big bank has collapsed. In 1931, 1,400 banks collapsed.

Even a comparison with more recent periods is a stretch.

Today, everyone is concerned about the consequences of the Bear Stearns rescue. On the right, critics argue that the Federal Reserve’s decision to make funds available to Bear created moral hazard on a scale that can bring down our markets. These critics forget that in 1984 Washington actually nationalized a big bank. That bank was the nation’s seventh largest, Continental Illinois. Yet the Reagan Revolution didn’t stall.

In the late 1970s and early 1980s, the Dow languished in the 800s for a period longer than it takes to collect a college degree. Unemployment in 1982 was close to 10%. Yet you didn’t hear too much talk about the New Deal or FDR’s speeches.

No--and FDR was smart enough not to suggest that a malaise had come over the nation, but you did hear his 1970s' would-be equivalent use very New Dealer-ish language when he equated reduction of foreign energy reliance with "the moral equivalent of war". And Business Week's infamous "Death Of Equities" cover in 1979 certainly had a Depression-era ring to it--only a year or two before the Dow began its rise to its current high of near 13,000.

More Shlaes:

So why so dark this time?

One reason is that last year and the year before felt so bubbly. As John Lipsky, then of JPMorgan Chase & Co., said, the market was so confident that “the only thing we have to fear is the lack of fear itself.”

Another reason for the current gloom is U.S. susceptibility to foreign wisdom. Americans tend to believe that if the Brits say something and it’s reported on Drudgereport.com, it must be so. But the Great Britain press derives some pleasure in seeing misfortune in America, and often hypes that misfortune.

Yet another problem is our addiction to Markets TV, which bears more similarity than any of us like to acknowledge to the Weather Channel. Lacking a truly dramatic winter to report, the anchors will yap about wind chill. Hear enough about wind chill, and eventually you begin to believe in it.

The most important reason for the current mood is demography. Our trouble isn’t that we have it so bad. It is that we have had it so good. Anyone who graduated college after that early 1980s’ snap hasn’t seen the Dow do much but go up.

That last point is debatable--16 years ago, another Democratic presidential nominee was also able to make great strides by transforming a temporary pause in the Dow's ascension into The Worst Economy Of 50 Years--which miraculously righted its course the very minute in November of 1992 he won the election.

Quote Of The Day

This is a riot:

"Three guys in a garage create YouTube, and we've got 800 people in Chicago who don't know their ass from a hole in the ground!"
Sam Zell, owner of the Tribune Company, which publishes the Chicago Tribune, The Los Angeles Times, Newsday, The Baltimore Sun, and other Jurassic-era publications your grandmother still reads because the thought of turning on a computer makes her knees shake.

The NPR article on Zell also includes a subhead titled, "Journalists as 'Overhead'". Which illustrates that the author can't comprehend that unlike a government-subsidized operation, the owner can't force taxpayers to bail him out if readers aren't footing the bill:

"This is the first unit of Tribune that I've talked to that doesn't generate any revenue. So all of you are overhead," Zell said during the late February meeting with editors and reporters for the company's Washington bureau.

Most reporters and editors who cover the government don't consider themselves overhead — they describe themselves as fulfilling a key role newspapers play in a democratic society.

No, reporting the news is a key function in a democratic society. But the medium in which consumers receive that news is subject to change, as other dinosaur media conglomerates are discovering the hard way.

And as that YouTube allusion from Zell highlights, news isn't exclusively a top-down business anymore.

Related: "Will there always be print newspapers? The editor of The Washington Post said he thought so, though others might think he's in denial:

In November 2007, former “NBC Nightly News” anchor Tom Brokaw predicted the print edition of The Washington Post would “probably” be dead in 10 years. But Downie disagreed.

“I can’t see that,” Downie said. “Obviously I’m of an age where I can’t see so far out into the future, but I can’t see that.

Arthur C. Clarke could...41 years ago:
Newspapers will, I think, receive their final body blow from these new communications techniques. I take a dim view of staggering home every Sunday with five pounds of wood pulp on my arm, when what I really want is information, not wastepaper. How I look forward to the day when I can press a button and get any type of news, editorials, book and theater reviews, etc., merely by dialing the right channel.

Electronic “mail” delivery is another exciting prospect of the very near future. Letters, typed or written on special forms like wartime V—mail, will be automatically read and flashed from continent to continent and reproduced at receiving stations within a few minutes of transmission.

Meanwhile, this rather less exploratory prediction from Downie is definitely a two-edged sword:
Mid-size market newspapers may be in trouble, according to Downie. The small community newspapers and the newspaper titans – like the Post and The New York Times – will in some part be immune to the evolution of media, as it makes it way in a digital age.
Yes, it seems quite reasonable to assume that the Times will be immune to the evolution of news--that was one of the predictions made in this classic multimedia presentation beamed back from 2014.

"Recession Hits Hollywood"

The Internet Movie Database reports:

The current economic downturn is drying up traditional financing for many film producers -- from those turning out low-budget indies to those making big-star vehicles, the Hollywood Reporter reported today (Thursday). "Projects that would have sailed through easily a year ago are stalled in development. Movies that are practically in preproduction are falling apart at the eleventh hour," the trade publication observed. It cited a number of projects that had been in development by established producers that have fallen apart for lack of financing, including an Oliver Stone-Antoine Fuqua biopic about Colombian drugs overlord Pablo Éscobar and a Tim Robbins-directed feature called The Heretic. William Morris agent Cassian Elwes, one of the top agents among independent filmmakers, told the Reporter: "I think as we go into a tougher economy some films won't get made." He added: "And probably shouldn't get made."
Gee, you don't think Hollywood brought any of its current bad times on itself, huh? Naaaahh.

Good Times, Bad Times

Kate of Small Dead Animals compares the glories of the economy under Bill Clinton with the dank Hoovervilles of Dubya.

The Forgotten Plan

Jesse Walker lists FDR's 1932 campaign promises, which makes the father of centralized government sound remarkably laissez faire (sorry to use a possibly NSFW word if you're working for Starbucks):

In 1932, a classical liberal could easily conclude that Roosevelt was closer to his views than Hoover, an old progressive who had displayed a lifelong love of central planning and government-enforced cartels, a man who bragged during the campaign that he had responded to the Depression with "the most gigantic program of economic defense and counterattack ever evolved in the history of the Republic." Among other things, President Hoover had jacked up spending, installed agricultural price-support programs, pressured businesses to follow Washington's wage dictates, and created the Reconstruction Finance Corporation. But by the time a cerebral hemorrhage cut short FDR's fourth term, the federal bureaucracy's power had grown so enormously that Hoover was widely remembered as the last apostle of laissez faire.
As Jesse writes, "A candidate's campaign persona: There's the true Forgotten Man.", a reference to Amity Shlaes' seminal book on the period. And as Shlaes recently wrote, with an eye towards November of 2008, "the 1930s have plenty to tell us, yes. But the real challenge isn't deciding who resembles Hoover. The challenge is for both parties to figure out how to avoid a whole era of mistakes."

The Very Definition Of Blair's Law

Tim Blair's aphorism defines "the ongoing process by which the world's multiple idiocies are becoming one giant, useless force."

In the Jurassic world of the dinosaur media, that definition exquisitely summarizes the proposal by CBS to outsource its news gathering operation to CNN, thus bringing together the news division which brought you the biggest trainwreck moment of 2004 (not to mention 1968!) with the news division that, prior to 2003, brought you long-running coverage of Iraq personally approved by Saddam Hussein and his apparatchiks.

(And note the story was broken by the New York Times, which isn't in the best of health in its dotage, either.)

"It's 3 AM: Do You Know Where Your Campaign Is?"

Mark Steyn writes:

Jeepers, will all business during the Clinton Administration be transacted at 3 AM? Is it some union-negotiated flex-time deal? “Home foreclosures mounting”? We’d better wake the President.
As Jim Geraghty, or possibly someone else at NRO recently noted, the ideal response from a prospective President McCain would be to seriously ream anyone on his staff who wakes him at 3:00 AM over a domestic financial "crisis"--there's a reason why they call the time when the sun is visible "bankers' hours". (The acceptable alternative response would be, "Call Kudlow, dammit!", but that's a whole 'nother story.)

But hey, like I said, it's always 3:00 AM somewhere...

A Funny Kind Of Hooverville

Let's see: original Depression: Dow Jones Industrial Average bottoms out at 40 as huge unemployed swatches of the country live in Dickensian hardship. Men in breadlines wear suits and ties, largely because they have no other clothes.

The 21st century New American Depression that England's Independent has stumbled across? The Dow closed today at 12,654.36, unemployment is at 4.8 percent, and Nike's stock is doing quite nicely as the firm makes a comfortable profit selling $150 basketball shoes to parents and their kids across the country who have the disposable income to afford them.

But why is a British newspaper trying to muscle in on territory that's traditionally exclusive terrain for American journalists during an election year? Shouldn't they be investigating a protracted economic malaise that's far closer to home?

Getting Poverty Wrong

Steven Malanga writes, "Barack Obama’s much-discussed speech in Philadelphia earlier this week was not only about race":

It was also about economics and, specifically, about poverty. Measures of group wealth, or the lack of it, are often used to support claims that our society is racist. Obama’s speech revealed that though he may be, to many people, a refreshingly new kind of post-racial politician and a healer, when it comes to notions of poverty and economic advancement, his ideas are right out of the 1960s and 1970s.

At one point in his speech, for instance, Obama suggested that some black poverty today can be attributed to the “legalized discrimination” that existed in America prior to the civil rights laws of the 1960s, which, in his telling, prevented black families from accumulating “wealth to bequeath to future generations.” Obama seemed to suggest that families in America escape poverty by patiently accumulating wealth and passing it on to future generations—when in fact millions of Americans of all races leap out of poverty within a single lifetime through their own initiative, not their inheritances. We are long past the time when the legacy of Jim Crow laws and other forms of official discrimination can explain black poverty rates.

* * *

Researchers estimate that the entire rise in poverty in America since the late 1970s can be attributed to “changes in family formation,” a euphemism for the decline of families headed by two married parents. The latest Census data illustrate the problem. Only one out of ten American kids living in two-married-parent families is in poverty—and about one-third of these families are recent immigrants whose poverty is temporary. By contrast, 37 percent of children living with single mothers are impoverished.

Marriage seems to be the defining characteristic of economically successful families. With out-of-wedlock birth rates in America soaring, so that many traditional families aren’t so much breaking up as never getting started, the percentage of children living with cohabiting parents is growing. Yet these kids are three times more likely to be in poverty than the children of married parents. The data actually demonstrate that poverty rates for families headed by two unmarried parents more closely resemble the poverty rates of single-parent families than those of two-married-parent ones.

Part of this shocking difference owes to what City Journal contributing editor Kay S. Hymowitz has called the “marriage gap” in America (“Marriage and Caste,” Winter 2006). Hymowitz describes how better-educated, higher-income men and women are now more likely to delay having children until they’re married, while lower-income, less-educated men and women are more likely to cohabit and have children out of wedlock.

But even these demographic facts don’t completely explain the widely varying poverty rate between married and cohabiting parents. Studies that adjust for parents’ educational levels still find that a family headed by two unmarried parents is twice as likely to wind up in poverty as one that married parents head. Something about the marriage certificate—a sense of long-term commitment, family stability, perhaps—makes an economic difference. Research shows that married workers exhibit more job stability and make greater wage gains than cohabiting parents, a sort of “marriage wage premium,” as some economists dub it.

Such factors also help to illuminate economic disparities along racial lines in America. As the latest Census statistics illustrate, family formation differs widely by race. Nearly nine in ten Asian children, for instance, live with two parents, as do 78 percent of white kids. By contrast, 68 percent of Hispanic children and only 38 percent of black children in America reside in two-parent families. A black child living with a single mother is nearly three times more likely to live in poverty than a black child living with two parents, the Census data show, yet 50 percent more black children are living with single mothers than in two-parent married families.

Given that a significant body of research now shows that children raised in two-parent, married families do better in school, are less likely to wind up in jail, and are less likely to end up on welfare, the startling racial divide in marriage tells us that a new generation of children, especially blacks, are growing up destined to struggle academically, in the job market, and in forming their own families. And policy prescriptions like a higher minimum wage or tax credits are unlikely to help many of these kids. What they mostly need is another parent—usually a father.

In contrast, as Mark Steyn noted, if you believe, as Rev. Wright clearly does, that all of life's negative forces are part of a massive conspiracy invented by The Man to keep blacks down, what incentive is there--to coin a phrase--to do the right thing?

Talk about a blown opportunity for Obama, as Mickey Kaus wrote early last week before The Speech itself:

There are plenty of potential Souljahs still around: Race preferences. Out-of-wedlock births. Three strike laws! But most of all the victim mentality that tells African Americans (in the fashion of Rev. Wright's most infamous sermons) that the important forces shaping their lives are the evil actions of others, of other races.
But then, the reason we remember the original Sister Souljah moment is because of the astounding infrequency of reoccurrence since.

Karl Rove Thinks Different

Glenn Reynolds satirically suggests "a lucrative spokesperson gig" is possibly in the Dark Lord's future from Apple; but if this even more famous Mac head--with the nation's single largest audience of listeners--couldn't get signed, Karl probably shouldn't hold his breath.

The Ghosts Of 1929

Amity Shlaes, the author of The Forgotten Man, her exceptional 2007 look at the Depression, writes, "the 1930s have plenty to tell us, yes. But the real challenge isn't deciding who resembles Hoover. The challenge is for both parties to figure out how to avoid a whole era of mistakes":

Hoover knew free trade was beneficial. But his party, the Grand Old Party, was the tariff party. So in spite of himself, he signed a big new tariff, the Smoot-Hawley act, triggering retaliation from U.S. trading partners.

For many decades now, Democrats have contrasted Hoover's concession to protectionists unfavorably with free-trade legislation written by Roosevelt and his globalization guru, Secretary of State Cordell Hull.

Today it is the Democrats who are doing wrong, and they know better. Candidates Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama are both internationalists by temperament, yet they seem to be in a race to see who can repeal the North American Free Trade Agreement first.

Read the whole thing.

New Silicon Graffiti: "Collapse Into Cliche"

While it lacks the staggering production values and stentorian dialogue readings of the finest Fred Spencer Productions, the latest edition of Silicon Graffiti, our in-house video blog, is online. It analyzes and breaks down the creepy 9/11-ish vibe of a couple of advertisements, the first a Starbucks ad that actually ran in Manhattan less than a year after September 11th (here's our concurrent blog post from our first year). And the second, a much more recent viral video for a (possibly fictitious?) Dutch travel agency with close to a million and half views on YouTube and at least one appearance on the cable news channels, which is where I first saw it at the start of this month.

(Past episodes of Silicon Graffiti can be found here.)

Eyes Wide Shut

David Weidner of Dow Jones' Market Watch writes, "The real Eliot was always there. We just averted our eyes." We, white man? Plenty of conservative and libertarian writers expressed their concerns about Spitzer's Giuliani versus Drexel Burnham with the Marshall stacks turned up to 11 approach. But in contrast, the liberal New York media were typically more than happy to roll over for someone like Spitzer, Weidner notes:

It's the editors and reporters who stepped out of their roles when it came to making Spitzer too good to be true. Big papers dutifully leaked embarrassing details about Spitzer's targets, generated by the attorney general's office, while protecting the source of the information. In most cases, reporters put careerism ahead of fairness or, at least, questioning the tactics of one of the state's leading law-enforcement officials.

At the height of his power, Spitzer was in control, and instead of challenging him, the media was part of his machine.

Doesn't this sound identical to the New York press's see-no-evil approach to Hillary Clinton, particularly when she first ran for the Senate in 2000?

One of the media's Folk Marxist tropes is a century-old line that's still trotted out to this day: "The job of the newspaper is to comfort the afflicted and afflict the comfortable." (Gee, that's the very definition of objective and clinical, huh?) No wonder the press saw Spitzer as a kindred spirit.

"Why Aren't The Vietnamese More Grateful To Tom Hayden?"

In Canada's National Post, Robert Fulford asks what to many is a fairly straightforward rhetorical question:

Why aren't the Vietnamese more grateful to Tom Hayden? Recently, he returned for the first time in 36 years to the country that he and his then-wife Jane Fonda tried to save from American domination in the Vietnam war. The trip disappointed him. As he writes in the March 10 issue of The Nation, Vietnam has turned capitalist. Was that what he fought for? Absolutely not. He remains capitalism's enemy, still the same lefty who helped found 1960s student radicalism.
In the San Jose suburb of Milpitas, the large Vietnamese population is so enamored with the current communist regime that they've gone back to flying the flag of the free former South Vietnam. And they're not alone.

Via Small Dead Animals, which notes:

Ah yes, those ungrateful Vietnamese. After Hollywood cleared their path for a worker's paradise they've decided they don't like it much after all and are abandoning it. Oh well, Hollywood still has Cuba and there's always Hugo Chavez in Venezuela to embrace.
And possibly, eventually, not even the former:
A growing underground network of young people armed with computer memory sticks, digital cameras and clandestine Internet hookups has been mounting some challenges to the Cuban government in recent months, spreading news the official state media try to suppress.

Last month, students at a prestigious computer science university videotaped an ugly confrontation they had with Ricardo Alarcón, the president of the National Assembly. Alarcón seemed flummoxed when students grilled him on why they could not travel abroad, stay at hotels, earn better wages or use search engines like Google. The video spread like wildfire through Havana, passed from person to person, and seriously damaged Alarcón's reputation in some circles.

Something similar happened in late January when officials tried to impose a tax on the tips and wages of employees of foreign companies.

Workers erupted in jeers and shouts when told about the new tax, a moment caught on a cellphone camera and passed along by memory sticks.

"It passes from flash drive to flash drive," said Ariel, 33, a computer programmer, who, like almost everyone else interviewed for this article, asked that his last name not be used for fear of political persecution. "This is going to get out of the government's hands because the technology is moving so rapidly."

This is exactly what happened in the Soviet Union in the 1980s, and Cuba has the benefit of much more modern techology, to boot.

As the Cato Institute, among many others has noted, in the 1980s:

Fax machines and photocopiers, video recorders and personal computers outside the government were no longer exotica but a sprawling, living nervous system that linked the Russian political opposition, the republican independence movements, and the burgeoning private sector. Tied informally together, this equipment constituted a network of considerable scale.
During that period, those same tools had a similar, if sadly less revolutionary impact in China. So the decision to allow possession of computers in Cuba by the new regime after Castro's six year PC blockade could have suprisingly remarkable long term consequences for that currently still-imprisoned Island.

VDH: Let's Get Serious About Energy

The great Victor Davis Hanson wonders why none of the candidates will get serious about discussing America's energy needs:

In terms of energy, we continue to delay coal plants despite our vast reserves, we dither on nuclear power, we won’t drill off the California coast or in tiny parcels in a vast Alaska, while we talk grandly of wind and solar and hydrogen and all the other solutions that are decades away from contributing in major ways to our energy needs—while our enemies in the Middle East are building trillion dollar reserves that will find their way into the hands of those who want to kill us. Do we think Nigeria or Russia is easier on the environment than we are when drilling oil, or that the Chinese have cleaner coal plants? If we really live on planet Earth, then isn’t it incumbent on us to exploit our own resources safely to ensure others less careful do less damage to our shared globe?

Can’t we find a single Presidential candidate who says: ‘Hang on. We are going to get serious. We our going to build coal, nuclear, more hydro-electric plants. We want as many Americans as possible to buy a second electric plug-in car for urban driving; we want more efficient gas and diesel engines; we are going to cut spending, radically so, to balance the budget, pay down the debt, pay off our foreign debt, and raise the value of our currency. Tighten your belts: federal spending is frozen for five years; we are going to raise the Social Security retirement age and reform the system. The borders are going to close, and citizenship is going to mean something again.’

Should McCain say that, it would trump ‘hope’ and ‘change’ and the 1960s tired old agenda, adopted by both parties, that got us in the mess we’re in.

What's really fascinating is that even a sclerotic leftwing organization such as this one is willing to engage in a more sensible conversation about America's energy needs than any of the remaining candidates on either side of the aisle.

Obama's "Naftaquiddick" Moment

Glenn Reynolds is back to blogging after a week on vacation. (So am I!) He has some thoughts on Barack Obama's "Naftaquiddick" moment:

And reader Matt Szekely observes: "If Obama can't handle a goody two shoes country like Canada how the heck is he going to deal with Iran, Syria, China, Russia, France and other countries that have a somewhat higher level of difficulty? . . . This is like watching someone get bucked off one of the coin op kiddies horses they have at the supermarket."

And reader Mike Riger comments: "The interesting thing to me about this whole episode seems to be that both the Obama and Clinton comments are, in essence, saying that they absolutely DO intend to be protectionist, anti-trade presidents if elected. And both seem to be more stridently painting themselves into this corner as the charges and counter-charges are thrown around."

Messrs. Smoot and Hawley could not be reached for comment.

Last Call For Krispy Kreme; Doritos In The Crosshairs

James Lileks links to one of the saddest videos you'll watch.

Elsewhere in the global snack food war, are Doritos next in the crosshairs?

(Or is Roger Kimball's quiet crusade being implemented incrementally?)

Quoth The Raven, "Your Ad Here!"

Product placements in novels? It could be a coming thing, writes Stefan Beck in the New Criterion's Armavirumque blog.

Quote Of The Day

"You want to save the earth? Here’s a little hint. Don’t. Buy. S***."

That's pretty much Bill's plan.

I Didn't Think Obama Was A Big NRA Supporter

Wow, this proposal by Barack Obama sounds like it's straight out of FDR's--ultimately unconstitutional--National Recovery Act of the 1930s:

So the Democrats who constantly carp that their patriotism isn’t to be questioned because they’re consistently making it easier for terrorists to plan and carry out attacks against us, want to have the legal right and authority to question the patriotism of US corporations now? Sen. Sherrod Brown (D-OH) says that he and Barack Obama want to do exactly that.
I’ve talked to Barack a lot about his Patriot Corporation Act, which is not trade per se, but it’s certainly part of the economic package around globalization. The Patriot Corporation Act has not gotten the attention that I would hope it would. But, basically it says that if you play by the rules, if you pay decent wages, health benefits, pension; do your production here; don’t resist unionization on neutral card check, then you will be designated a “Patriot Corporation” and you will get tax advantages and some [preference] on government contracts.
Here’s the bill, S.1945. Set aside the fact that so many big Democrats, including the Kennedy clan with their offshore accounts, are total hypocrites on this. They’re total hypocrites on this. And obviously they’ll exempt themselves from this as Congresscritters always do.

Setting that aside, by defining some corporations as patriotic, you’re necessarily defining others as unpatriotic, and based on economic decisions they’re making and often being forced into making by the tax and legal environment that’s forced on them by the idiots in Washington.

What gives people like Obama and Brown the idea that they have the right to do this? Certainly not the Constitution.
As the post over at the NAM says, this is a terrible, terrible idea. It has Hugo Chavez statist anti-freedom tactics written all over it.

Somebody should write a book about this stuff! Maybe two!

35 Things To Avoid At Your Job Interview

Some of our younger readers might be astonished to learn that many years ago, these tips used to be called, in less enlightened, less obssessed with counterknowledge times, common sense.

(Via the H.R. department at Maggie's Farm.)

A Picture Is Worth A Thousand Pixels

Photo technology is rapidly changing, with analog formats quickly going by the wayside: back at the start of 2006, "Nikon UK has posted a press release here indicating that they are all but ending production of their 35mm film cameras, medium- and large-format lenses and enlarging equipment", Slashdot noted.

Another shoe dropped yesterday; the AP reported, "Polaroid Corp. is dropping the technology it pioneered long before digital photography rendered instant film obsolete to all but a few nostalgia buffs."

James Garner and Mariette Hartley could not be reached for comment.

Life In The Big Blue State

Transatlantic Politics looks at "German protectionism against Nokia":

German protectionism at its best: Nokia is a "subsidy locust" and promotes "caravan capitalism" for having decided to move its 2,300 emplyees-factory from the Germany to Romania, where workers cost 10 times less - claim German politicians and trade unions.

Even the European Commission promised some help from "anti-globalization" funds for the angry German workers, backed by influential trade unions and populist politicians, while the European Parliament launched an investigation into alleged abuse of EU funds in relocating to Romania. Everyone seems to forget that Nokia is the LAST mobile phone manufacturer to leave Germany, after Motorola and BenQ Siemens did the same last year and two years ago. And Nokia is not moving to China, like everyone else, but stays in the EU and gives a fair chance of development to Romania, the poorest member of the club after Bulgaria.

Yet principles such as "freedom of goods, labor and services" within the EU are easily forgotten when it comes to German protectionism.

Socialism: if you build it, they will leave. Which is why, back in 2002, Steven Den Beste wrote, "Europe is a high-tech disaster area"; policies such as this indicate that little has changed to alter that perception.

Microsoft-Yahoo And The New Media Landscape

As a follow-up to my earlier post, which quoted a Washington Post journalist liberally (but of course) when he forlornly pondered, "Does the news matter to anyone anymore?", Kevin D. Williamson writes:

To acquire Yahoo, Microsoft is offering nine times what News Corp paid for Dow Jones and The Wall Street Journal. If you want an indicator of just how much the media business has changed in the past decade or so, that's a good one. And 500 million sets of eyeballs for a struggling No. 2? That's nearly three times the audience of the major network news programs combined.
For more on the merger, don't miss this Jeff Jarvis post, in which he perceptively notes that Yahoo is "the last old media company."

Something Else To Thank The Gipper For

Anne Applebaum asks, "Where Did All Those Gorgeous Russian Women Come From?":

There was a particular historical moment, round about 1995 or so, when anyone entering a well-appointed drawing room, dining room, or restaurant in London was sure to encounter a beautiful Russian woman. Though the word beautiful doesn't really capture the phenomenon. The women I'm remembering were extraordinarily, unbelievably, stunningly gorgeous.

These women were half-Kazakh or half-Tartar with Mongolian ancestors and perfect skin; dressed in the most tasteful, most expensive clothes; shod in soft leather boots; and perfectly coiffed. They were usually accompanied by an older man, sometimes much older, to whom they were perhaps married, or more likely not. They spoke in low, alluringly accented voices and towered over the lesser mortals in the room. I distinctly remember gazing upon one such creature while in the company of a friend, an old Russia hand who'd spent much of the previous decade in the Soviet Union. He stared, shook his head, and whispered, "But where were they all before?"

In the aftermath of the Australian Open, a tennis tournament whose final rounds featured a parade of notably stunning ex-Soviet-bloc players, it is perhaps time to make a stab at answering my friend's question. Whatever you may say about the Soviet Union in the 1970s and '80s, it was not widely known for feminine pulchritude. Whatever you may say about women's professional tennis in the 1970s or '80s, it did not feature many players who looked like Maria Sharapova, the latest Australian Open victor.

Where were they all before?

Though this is a fairly frivolous question (OK, extremely frivolous), I am convinced it has an interesting answer. To put it bluntly, in the Soviet Union there was no market for female beauty. No fashion magazines featured beautiful women, since there weren't any fashion magazines. No TV series depended upon beautiful women for high ratings, since there weren't any ratings. There weren't many men rich enough to seek out beautiful women and marry them, and foreign men couldn't get the right sort of visa. There were a few film stars, of course, but some of the most famous—I'm thinking of Lyubov Orlova, alleged to be Stalin's favorite actress—were wholesome and cheerful rather than sultry and stunning. Unusual beauty, like unusual genius, was considered highly suspicious in the Soviet Union and its satellite people's republics.

This doesn't mean there weren't any beautiful women, of course, just that they didn't have the clothes or cosmetics to enhance their looks, and, far more important, they couldn't use their faces to launch international careers. Instead of gracing London drawing rooms, they stayed in Minsk, Omsk, or Alma Ata. Instead of couture, they wore cheap polyester. They could become assembly-line forewomen, Communist Party bosses, even local femmes fatales, but not Vogue cover girls. They didn't even dream of becoming Vogue cover girls, since very few had ever seen an edition of Vogue.

As Applebaum concludes, "Beauty is a matter of luck, but the same could be said of many other talents. And what open markets do for beautiful women they also do for other sorts of genius."

This Just In

"A U.S. study suggests marketing plays a role in how often parents buy fast food for their children."

I need a study to tell me this?

News From 1955

"Obesity now a 'lifestyle' choice for Americans, expert says":

"Obesity is a natural extension of an advancing economy. As you become a First World economy and you get all these labor-saving devices and low-cost, easily accessible foods, people are going to eat more and exercise less," health economist Eric Finkelstein told AFP.
I need a "health economist" to tell me this? Fifty years ago, in those less enlightened times, less obssessed with counterknowledge, this was called "common sense."

Toyota Topples Ford--GM Next?

Flip Pidot notes a huge milestone in the automotive industry:

For the first time since the Great Depression, Ford Motor Company (F) is not the second-largest automaker in the country.

* * *

In 2007, Toyota (TM) sold roughly 2.62 million cars in the U.S., compared to Ford's 2.54 million. The company is also poised to snatch the dominant global share from long-time global share dominator General Motors (GM).

Coincidentally, Toyota is unburdened by the crippling legacy costs wrought by decades of powerful union influence on America's shrinking, unprofitable auto industry. You'd be losing share to Toyota too if you were saddled with a $1,500 per car union handicap (slightly less than Toyota's profit per car).

The good news is that as the domestic auto industry bleeds out and is forced (despite threats of massive strikes) to trim its bloated health care and pension payouts, Congress will likely step in and force the Big 3 into keeping the veins open. As additional losses force additional layoffs and the ratio of employees to pensioners continues to decline, the industry's ensuing death spiral should be mercifully swift.

In Liberal Fascism, Jonah Goldberg writes, "There's a reason liberal economists joke that General Motors is a health care provider that makes cars as an industrial byproduct."

Evidently, Toyota hasn't forgotten what business it's in.

The Ref Should Have Called This Before The First Bell

Via Copious Dissent, Milton Friedman debates far left Canadian author and econocrank Naomi Klein:

More here.

Christmas Sales Low; Women, Minorities Hardest Hit

Rob Port writes that retail sales were up 3.6 percent, or 2.4 if you discount fuel sales:

(though it seems to me that those should be included; the economic health of our gas stations is every bit as important as the economic health of our retail stores).

* * *

The New York Times is calling these retail numbers “bleak,” but I’d be willing to wager that the folks at the Times would be dancing in the streets if their stock prices had seen 3.6% growth instead of the negative growth their stock has seen for most of the year.

Indeed.TM And speaking of which, Glenn Reynolds notes that online sales were up over 22 percent. And don't miss this email from one of his readers:
The same schmuck, Michael Barbaro, wrote a similar story in 2005. He also wrote a story back in September of his year trying to say back to school sales only looked good, but really weren't:

Why do we care what the some schmuck at the New York Times writes anymore, anyway?

It's like reading something Andrew Sullivan writes and instead of saying, "Sullivan thinks....." we write, "The Blogosphere today announced that...."

Bologne. We need to get out of the habit of saying, "The New York Times....." and giving backing to these folks. Instead, we should say, "Michael Barbaro wrote....." and treat him just like we'd treat anyone in the blogosphere.

But the Times has layers of gatekeepers: Editors! Researchers! They wouldn't let an error or anything that smacks of an agenda creep into their paper, or its reporting on economic conditions, both here and abroad.

(And despite the best efforts of the MSM to throw cold water on it, we hope your Christmas was as enjoyable as ours. Watch for intermittent posting from us the rest of the week.)

Update: "Seven Year American Recession Watch Remains On High Alert", and it will for another 11 months--and maybe even another four years after that.

The Nixon Playbook

Reuters reports:

President George W. Bush is expected to outline on Thursday a plan to freeze mortgage rates for five years for many U.S. homeowners facing sharp increases in their monthly payments, industry sources said on Wednesday.
Steve Green opines:
What the "sources" didn't say is that loan-wary banks are going to become even warier, as their expected high-risk rewards vanish in a puff of unintended consequences. Now that's how you tank an economy, you big giant dummy head. I haven't seen a Republican pull an economic move this stupid since Nixon's wage/price freeze back in '72.
It's not the first time that President Bush has dipped into the 37th president's economic playbook, of course. Here's a flashback to a post written in the first week of this blog's existence, back in March of 2002.

And White House economic tinkering may only get worse in '09.

Reaganomics, We Hardly Knew Ye

In 1997, Lawrence Kudlow gave a keynote speech which began:

In terms of defending President Reagan and the economic policies he started 15 years ago, and to which I contributed, I knew I was on to something last autumn during the presidential campaign of ‘96. A lot of people in this room probably felt it was a fairly lackluster campaign and I suspect from the Republican perspective it was. For me, however, probably the most interesting aspect of it was that candidate Clinton essentially ran on a platform that emphasized smaller government, lower taxes, and traditional family values. And just like the politician who made these three issues winning issues, namely Ronald Reagan, Clinton won easily.

A lot of conservatives in Washington and other places are very resentful and angry and cranky and even pessimistic over the current state of affairs. I am not, and I am glad that Mr. Clinton continues to run and govern on what are essentially Reagan principles (admittedly Clinton's own interpretation of those principles, but imitation is the sincerest form of flattery). It shows the power and force of Reagan's ideas and vision.

Don't expect the next President Clinton, if elected, to govern in the same fashion.

Read More »


Gentlemen, Start Your Talking Points

Glenn Reynolds quotes this passage from a recent Politco article:

"Congressional Democrats are reporting a striking change in districts across the country: Voters are shifting their attention away from the Iraq war. . . . One House Democratic aide summed up the challenge for the leadership, and admitted that it may be a smart move for Democrats to focus on the economy since they haven't been able to deliver on Iraq."
Translation: it's time to really start talking the economy down even more before next November.

Oh To Be Leaving England

Found via Glenn Reynolds, John Redwood asks, "Why are so many people leaving the UK?"

Probably for many of the same reasons we explored here, here and here.

Coming Soon: Supertrain: The Next Generation!

It's time to thaw McLean Stevenson out of cryogenic suspension--because Fred Silverman's back, and he's running NBC again. That's the only way to explain these two mind-numbingly stupid peacock network fumbles occurring back-to-back.

Well, it's not the only way, but it is the only explanation that makes some sense, isn't it?

Paint it Bleak

Found via Instapundit, the New York Times' spin-off paper, The International Herald Tribune notes that the "Hollywood strike underlines bleak outlook for movie business":

As Hollywood digs in for a second week of a strike, the screenwriters might want to send a few angry picketers over to Will Smith's place. Or Steven Spielberg's.

And maybe the studio executives should think about joining them on the line.

As it turns out, the pot of money that the producers and writers are fighting over may have already been pocketed by the entertainment industry's biggest talent.

That is the conclusion of a surprisingly bleak new assessment of financial dynamics in the movie industry titled "Do Movies Make Money?" The researchers' answer: not any more.

Why, it's like The Era of Big Cinema Is Over, or something...

Awakenings: Better Late Than Never

The Financial Times writes that the Democrats "wake up to being the party of the rich":

A legislative proposal that was once on the fast track is suddenly dead. The Senate will not consider a plan to extract billions in extra taxes from megamillionaire hedge fund managers.

The decision by Senate majority leader Harry Reid, the Nevada Democrat, surprised many Washington insiders, who saw the plan as appealing to the spirit of class warfare that infuses the Democratic party. Liberal disappointment in Mr Reid was palpable at media outlets such as USA Today, where an editorial chastised: "The Democrats, who control Congress and claim to represent the middle and lower classes, ought to be embarrassed."

Far from embarrassing, this episode may reflect a dawning Democratic awareness of whom they really represent. For the demographic reality is that, in America, the Democratic party is the new "party of the rich". More and more Democrats represent areas with a high concentration of wealthy households. Using Internal Revenue Service data, the Heritage Foundation identified two categories of taxpayers - single filers with incomes of more than $100,000 and married filers with incomes of more than $200,000 - and combined them to discern where the wealthiest Americans live and who represents them.

Democrats now control the majority of the nation's wealthiest congressional jurisdictions. More than half of the wealthiest households are concentrated in the 18 states where Democrats control both Senate seats.

We wrote about this trend and some of its implications over three years ago, during the 2004 presidential election:
In many TV sit-coms and comedy movies from the 1960s through the early 1980s, you'll see the cliché of the wealthy country club Republican, ala Nelson Rockefeller. Jim Backus' blue double-breasted blazer-wearing Thurston Howell III character was an example of this; David Ogden Stiers' Major Charles Emerson Winchester on M*A*S*H (ironically, Winchester was a Boston Brahmin, like Senator Kerry) was another.

George H.W. Bush's image was very much in that mold. But he interrupted a flip-over that began with President Reagan's self-made aw-shucks folksy style and continued with George W. Bush's cowboy boots-wearing, BBQ-loving manner and the Texas twang of his voice.

It highlights an interesting trend in politics over the last 25 years:

The shift of the Republican party as now being associated with "the little guy", the average man--who might be a blue collar guy, or he might be a self-employed high tech entrepreneur. But either case, he's working hard to get by and better himself. In contrast, the Democrats are now very much the party of the elite: ambulance chasing trial lawyers (including John Edwards himself), often big business, foreign interests, the media, academia, and most dramatically, Hollywood.

Writing in the L.A. Times, Thomas Frank, himself a self-professed liberal, bemoans the Democrats' close association with Hollywood and fears (quite rightly so) that it's hurting the Democrats' image.

In a way, it's irresistible: most people wouldn't resist a chance to meet a larger-than-life celebrity, particularly when he's gushing about your political party. But the attendees at Democrats' convention last week also dropped by "lavish soirees thrown by regional telecom giants, consumed the free lunch proffered by other regional telecom giants and gotten word of '60s heroes feted by weapons manufacturers". This is an image far removed indeed from the FDR through LBJ-era Democrats, who tried to project an image of being the scrappy party of the underdog.

Of course, it also highlights the elites' love of stasis: if you're on top of the world, who wants radical change? Why bother reforming the Middle East? Why clean up Social Security or education?

As Ace writes:
It's nice to be rich enough to not care much about taxes and the economy. But it's not nice for the plutocrats to pull up the ladder of opportunity and thus protect their privileged positions.
One of many ways Blue States do just that is by city governments making it virtually impossible to build on or otherwise develop property, dramatically ratcheting up existing property values. That's a topic Virginia Postrel has been exploring in depth recently on her pioneering Dynamist blog. Start here, then just keep scrolling.

The Pitch Remains The Same

While styles of advertising have changed radically over the decades, its structures rarely do. In print, many of today's most successful direct response ads are based on concepts that date back to at least the 1920s. And regarding TV ads, Slate's ad critic Seth Stevenson has assembled the 12 "master formats" of television commercials:

Update: And speaking of advertising....

As Jon Ham has pointed out, “Except for the advertising, a newspaper reader from another planet would never know there was a private sector,” as we are subjected mostly to the daily activities of the President, Congress, and groups claiming victimhood seeking government action. Emerging New Media initiatives like Fox Business Channel, Conde Nast Portfolio, and Slate’s new venture are now rushing to fill this century-old void. Finally, news outlets will be making our business their business.
On the other hand, this is an industry-themed TV channel I could live without.

Funny Money

Last week, Jonah Goldberg and Peter Beinart had quite an interesting video debate on whether or not the US should have entered WWI. The joys of hyperinflation was one of its byproducts, and a Bauhaus-designed 1,000,000 Reichmark note from the Weimar Republic in 1923 is currently up for sale on eBay.

All We Are Saying, Is Give The Free Market A Chance

An exasperated Betsy Newmark declares, "It's enough...almost...to make one a libertarian":

Thomas Sowell puts his finger on a central cause of so many of the problems we face today.
It is remarkable how many political “solutions” today are dealing with problems created by previous political “solutions.” Three examples that come to mind immediately are the housing -market crisis, the wildfires in southern California, and the water shortages in the west.
Add in our problems with people not being able to afford health insurance, the quality of our schools, AMT bracket creep, and fears for Social Security. And, I'm sure, a whole host of other issues that I don't have the time to think of. When you trace back to the origins of the problem, there is some well-meant government decision there in the beginning that started the whole mess.

And rather than reversing that original decision, the choice always seems to be to pile on more government solutions to fix the problem that some choice decades ago created.

The history of politics post New Deal and Great Society is pretty much an endless laundry list of trying to fix, tinker with, or add onto the programs of the New Deal and Great Society, isn't it?

"Everything In The Music Industry Is Up!"

Err, "except those plastic discs", writes Chris Anderson of Wired and The Long Tail in a good follow-up to our earlier post here.

The Future Of Audio, Video...And Guitar

Libertas's "Dirty Harry" writes that the format war between competing high definition DVD formats has slowed the acceptance of the successor to the DVD, which is now in its tenth year of existence. And the film studios are shooting themselves in the foot, since the money isn't in the player, but the back catalog.

A format war merely slows--or stops--Hollywood's efforts to resell its back catalog yet again, which is where the real long term money is, anway. When I go high-def DVD, I'll be on my fourth or fith copies of some movies, having gone from VHS to 12-inch laser disc (remember those?!), to DVD. And along the way, having bought pan & scan and letterboxed LDs, and original issue and remastered DVDs of some of the titles I was more obsessive about.

Meanwhile, I just downloaded my first MP3-only only album off Amazon.com. It's a complete win-win for both consumer and Amazon: there's no physical product to be inventoried, packaged and shipped, and it downloads so quickly over broadband that it's near-instantaneous consumer gratification. The individual tunes are MP3s so there's complete portability amongst the PC and iPod-style player. It's been licensed by the record company, so there are no Napster legal issues. And the MP3s are rendered in 256 kbps format, which is, I believe the second highest quality format available via MP3. (Per XM's request, we do PJM Political as a 320 kbps MP3, which is the highest quality MP3 format.)

There's little doubt that as broadband speeds increase--and they will--video will be soon be added to the download mix, and not just teeny YouTube clips. Eventually DVD collections such as these will be a download away. I don't think bricks and morter stores will fade away anytime soon, but the Long Tail is becoming increasingly easier for savvy online retailers to implement.

Oh, what album did I buy? This.

No, really! Fooling around with Roland's new VG-99 guitar modeling system and its built-in recreation of their classic original GR-300 guitar synthesizer got me in the mood to hear 1984's version of "The Future of Guitar." (Would that that future came true, as compared to what passes for pop music on the radio today.) And speaking of the VG-99, if you're a guitar aficionado, you may enjoy my review of Roland's latest guitar modeling system, which I knocked out for Blogcritics over the weekend.

"Ideology Doesn't Pay The Rent"

Don Surber (by way of Forbes) is speculating the New York Times, much like the Wall Street Journal only a short time ago this year, might be on the market--and if it isn't, it's merely a matter of time:

I was told a long time ago what the purpose of a newspaper is by Adam Kelly, who once was the only conservative columnist in West Virginia.

The purpose of a newspaper is to make money for its publisher.

For a while their, Pinch Sulzberger understood this. He was nicknamed Pinch because that’s what he did with pennies. Then I guess he attended too many cocktail parties or whatever they have in Upper Manhattan — gallery openings? — and decided to use his newspaper to educated us dummies in America.

NYT had to sell off its TV stations to keep the newspaper going. I used this analogy before, but it is like tossing the life jackets overboard to keep the Titanic afloat.

Reported Elizabeth Corcoran of Forbes: “Beverly Hills, CA -
Dow Jones changed hands faster than anyone might have imagined. Could The New York Times be next on the takeover list?

“Forbes editor Matt Miller asked the four investors on the private equity panel at Forbes 2nd annual MEET conference whether they felt that The New York Times Co. was ripe for a takeover. Three out of four said yes.”

Knight-Ridder wasted the 1980s and 1990s chasing Pulitzers. It is now out of the newspaper business.

Someone will buy the NYT and preach local, local, local, which is the mantra of the newspaper consultants in this decade. It may work.

I doubt it.

"The purpose of a newspaper is to make money for its publisher"--I know someone who seems to understand that.

Oh--and note whom Forbes is suggesting as a possible buyer. Name ring a bell?

(For much more on the Times' woes, tune in here.)

Donald Luskin, Destroyer Of Financial Worlds

Remember the crash of 1987? Apparently, it was all Donald Luskin's fault:

Now it can be told! Twenty years after the great stock market crash of October 19, 1987, when the Dow Jones Industrial Average fell by more than 22% in a single day, the truth about why it happened can now be revealed.

And believe me, I know what really happened. Because I caused the crash myself. Yep, it was me. With a little help from some market manipulation, a lot of bad judgment and some colossal mistakes.

Back then I ran portfolio management and trading for Wells Fargo Investment Advisors. With $69 billion under management, we were then the world's largest institutional investment manager. The company is now called Barclays Global Investors, and with almost $2 trillion under management, it's still the world's largest.

In 1987 Wells Fargo was by far the largest player in the two strategies that caused the crash. One was "program trading," the simultaneous execution of hundreds of stock trades with a single electronic order. The other was "portfolio insurance," a hedging strategy that used program trading and stock index futures to hedge the downside risk in institutional stock portfolios.

According to official government reports issued in the aftermath of the crash, program trading and portfolio insurance combined to cause the crash. The portfolio insurance strategy required that Wells Fargo execute program trades, selling all 500 stocks in the S&P 500, over and over as the market declined. With every execution, the market declined even more. And that triggered the next execution.

Wells managed portfolio insurance strategies for America's largest pension plans. But other giant pension plans just used us to manage their S&P 500 index funds, managing the portfolio insurance part themselves. On the day of the crash, we were executing plenty of sell programs for our own portfolio insurance strategies all day. At the same time, clients called to say, "Sell a billion S&P, right now" -- and we did. Then they called again. And we sold again. And again.

That's why I say I caused the crash. It was my team's finger that was on the sell button. It was our job to push it, and we pushed it.

Read the whole thing.

When A Little Contrarianism Is Too Much

Stephen Spruiell interviews Neil Cavuto on the launch of the new Fox Business Channel:

Cavuto adds, however, that sometimes the controversy works in his favor. “I’ve heard it said that, particularly at Fox News Channel, a lot of people watch simply because they hate us. My response to that is, ‘Do they have a Nielson Box?’”

“So I don’t really care,” Cavuto says, “but I do think that any impartial observer would look at how we’re presenting business information on Fox Business Network and come away with [the impression that] this isn’t about elephants or donkeys. This isn’t about red or blue. This is about green, and helping people make more of it.”

Cavuto says that one reason that Fox News and now Fox Business have drawn so much scrutiny is that both networks are often willing to break from the media consensus. Of the biggest story in the business world right now, the trouble in the subprime mortgage market, he says most of the media’s hysterical coverage isn’t justified by the facts.

“I do think the media have way, way, way overstated the severity of this situation,” he says. “To hear most of the media tell it, you’d think that every mortgage was melting down. In fact, that’s a popular term, to call it ‘the mortgage meltdown.’ It’s an expression I’ve forbidden to use here at FBN, because if you’re going to say ‘meltdown,’ you’d better damn well tell me that every house in America is under lava.

In-farging-deed. More from Cavuto:
“The statistics are quite the opposite,” he says. “Ninety-six percent of all mortgages are still being paid on time. Now, I’m not saying there isn’t a great deal of pain out there. There are a lot of folks in trouble, but not all folks. The same thing applies to the subprime mortgage situation. You’d think that everyone who has a subprime mortgage is a delinquent, yet close to 9 out of 10 of them are paying their mortgages back on time. And subprime mortgages, which is a bad name for them, gave young people opportunities to buy homes that, when I was a young guy, would never have been afforded to me in my life.

“So it’s not all bad,” he says, “but the media leave that little part out, because that little inconvenient truth doesn’t fit in with the one that they want to push, which is that we’re going to hell in a handbasket… but that’s the kind of stuff I want to elicit out of my guests. I want to get a timetable of where they see things going, how big a problem this is. I let it be known that I think this issue has been overstated, but guests can come on and argue it with me. Many have. But that’s how the network serves viewers. We want to debate these issues, to get beyond the consensus views and be a little contrarian.”

And as we've seen from the overwrought reaction to its predecessor news channel, even a little contrarianism is too much for many free thinkers to stomach.

New York Times To Itself: Drop Dead

Don Surber notes that "NYT won’t talk to its own reporters".

But hey, would you?

Update: The layers and layers of editors and fact-checkers at the Times produce their own very special remake of Three Kings.

And Their Timing Is Perfect

Just in time to sway the 2008 election, Steve Green looks at a case of "Wrong Facts, Right Narrative":

It only took six years of constant, strong growth, record-low unemployment, low interest rates, several years of a housing boom, and new stock market records... for the MSM to finally convince almost half the population that we're in a recession.

Well done, guys.

To be fair though, if I worked in the MSM, I'd be pretty depressed right now, too.

In related posts, Rick Moran notes that "It’s 1980 all over again, at least if the malaise felt by Americans today is any indication". And Orrin Judd looks at the lessons from the 1987 stock market correction, a historical blip in the Dow that the MSM presented at the time as the Next Great Depression. Until the remarkably mild 1990-'91 recession, that is.

Can The Gray Lady Go Straight?

Michael Malone has a great piece on how the New York Times went off the rails in the age of the Web and the Blogosphere, culminating in Morgan Stanley metaphorically telling the Times to "DROP DEAD". (Gerald Ford could not be reached for comment.)

Michael concludes:

If you surfed the Web yesterday you couldn't miss the fact that millions of folks out there were cheering the impending End of Times. I didn't. I want the Gray Lady to straighten out, clean herself up, and regain her old dignity. America needs an honest woman as its newspaper of record.
That's a nice sentiment, but frankly, I can't ever see that happening. Her old dignity was clouded by a lot of original sin.

Fortunately though, the Times' last, best hope has emerged, as it sees the light, and enters the 21st century. About 2001, or 2002, to be exact, as they've finally discovered the blog.

Update: Across the pond, an even grayer lady, Auntie Beeb, isn't in the best of health, either.

Think And Grow Middle Class

Rob Port makes a great observation: America's high standard of living changes the definition of "poverty"; he links to a post by Philip Brewer, who writes:

In the 1950s and 1960s, a working man could support a family at a middle-class standard of living with just one income. It might surprise you to learn that one person working full-time, even at minimum wage, can still support a family of four at that standard of living. Nowadays we call that “living in poverty.”
Rob adds:
I’m sure that will surprise a lot of people, but it’s all a trick that has been played upon us by the politicians. After all, it’s sort of hard for them to levy more taxes and expand the size and power of government unless they convince a significant chunk of us that we’re victims and cannot possibly get by without government assistance.
In the 1930s, as Amity Shlaes discusses in The Forgotten Man, it was logical to assume that poverty was partially a result of geography. But these days, as Orrin Judd and Kathy Shaidle each note (and from across the pond, so does Theodore Dalrymple in vast tracts of his back catalog), it's very often much more a function of mindset than anything else.

Mister, We Could Use A Man Like Donald Draper Again

James Lileks has some advice for Home Depot, and their ad agency:

Let us repeat the idea, in case any marketers are tuning in: it is not necessary to denigrate one sex in order to appeal to the other.

Your cooperation is appreciated.

But, really, not expected.

He Is The Very Model Of A Modern Business General

The modern CEO covers all the bases, knows all the angles. He's got one eye on the bottom-line, and another looking towards the expansive globe--or globes--yet to be surveyed and conquered.

More Battlefield Prep

I've been swamped recently (for reasons which will hopefully be obvious later today or early tomorrow), but Ace has a great link and write-up to a post from Newbusters catching Good Morning America's Chris Cuomo and media critic Howard Kurtz talking rather openly about bias and the role of a media that once claimed to be objective in shaping recent events. Ace writes:

From context I'm not sure if Kurtz is saying this is a good thing or merely noting an inescapable fact, but we now have two of the MSM admitting it was news coverage, and specifically how it was "shaped," that turned the public against the war.
On Tuesday's "Good Morning America,"co-host Chris Cuomo and media critic Howard Kurtz ignored the role that liberal bias has played in the decline of ratings for the network evening newscasts. At the same time, Cuomo and the "Washington Post" reporter seemed to be proud of the media's ability to turn Americans against the war in Iraq. Kurtz, who has written a book on the subject, asserted, "I believe that these newscasts in 2005 and 2006 played the biggest single role in helping to turn public opinion against the war."

Cuomo agreed and complimented the journalist's analysis. He enthused, "It's easy to say, 'Oh, well. The war was unpopular. People were looking for the unpopularity of it. At some point, the networks gave that to them.' But you have a more penetrating look at it. You take a look at it in terms of the role of the nightly newscasts in shaping the ideas about the news..."According to Kurtz, the top three network anchors kept "framing the story in such a way" that the bad news finally had an impact. And while the two reporters wondered about the effect the iPod and internet are having on network low ratings, at no time did they discuss liberal bias or salient facts such as that journalists backed John Kerry over George Bush by a two-to-one margin.

Meanwhile, as Maria Bartiromo reminded us last night, two thirds of Americans think the country is either about to enter a recession or is already in a recession, despite 22 quarters of consecutive growth, low unemployment, surging tax receipts, and record stock prices.

I wonder if Howie and Chris have any idea how the public got this very counter-factual idea stuck in their heads.

And don't forget this moment as well; as Amity Shlaes reminded me recently in an interview regarding her exceptional book on the Depression, The Forgotten Man, floods can dramatically change political histories.

15 years ago, the battlefield in the cold civil war was prepped by the media's turning a mild recession into The Worst Economy In 50 Years. So it certainly makes sense for them to prepare for next year by talking down the current economy as much as possible. Legacy media advertising revenues have cratered in certain quarters; I'm sure they think the rest of us should suffer as well. And if enough Americans believe and delay big purchases, sell stock, et al, and we actually do go into recession, so much the better. As we saw in 1992, the economy doesn't need much of a dip before television in particular launches into dire warnings of impending Hoovervilles.

Dawn In San Francisco; Mourning In America

Gee, this progress only took self-identified "Progressives" about twenty years:

It’s progressives vs. libs in Babylon by the Bay, where they’ve finally figured out that encouraging aggressive panhandlers, squatters and junkies to come to your city is a “quality of life” problem. Warning: Graphic references to drug use, “human poop,” “throwing up,” “George Bush,” ”the Iraq war” and “law enforcement.” SF Chron:
San Francisco - the liberal, left-coast city conservatives love to mock - could be undergoing a transformation when it comes to homeless people. Although the city would still be a poor choice for a pep rally for the war in Iraq, indications are that residents have had it with aggressive panhandlers, street squatters and drug users.

“Maybe there has been an epiphany,” says David Latterman, president of Fall Line Analytics, a local market research firm. “People have realized they can hate George Bush but still not want people crapping in their doorway.”

That’s deep. But maybe people crapping in your doorway is Gaia’s way of telling you George Bush is right.
Heh. Someone alert Maria Bartiromo:
Forgive my grumpiness and general depression this morning. I still haven’t recovered from yesterday’s Republican debate. That is, I haven’t recovered from the questions CNBC’s Maria Bartiromo asked during the debate.

A sample of the sadness that’s sweeping America, as indicated by her questions:

  • “Two-thirds of the American people said that we are either in a recession or headed toward one. Do you agree with that?”
  • “Senator, you painted a very nice picture. The Dow and the S&P 500 today at new highs — tonight — record numbers. And, yet, two-thirds of the people surveyed said we are either in a recession or headed for one. Why the angst?”
  • “Here in Detroit, Michigan, alone, one in every 29 homes went into foreclosure in the first six months of the year. Whose job is it to fix this problem? The government or private enterprise?”
  • “Is London going to replace New York as the financial capital of the world?”
  • “What is the greatest, long-term threat to the U.S. economy?”
  • “Wall Street executives are making millions of dollars every year, paying tax rates of 15 percent, while the average guy out there is paying 30 percent in taxes. Is this system fair?”
  • After hearing all that, I need something to make me feel better about what’s happening in America. Maybe I’ll watch a film by Michael Moore.
    Best avoid a film produced Warner Brothers. That's twice now that they can't even say America.
    The Greatest Story Never Told

    "Are you better off now than you were four years ago?"

    Bubble, Bubble, Toil... No Trouble

    Tech Central Station's Andrew Och discusses America's tech and real estate bubbles of the last decade with Daniel Gross, the author of Pop: Why Bubbles Are Great for the Economy, and asks what next bubble is likely to burst:

    GROSS: When you look back at history, you can see these early stages to a bubble. People say there's a new technology and a new set of economic assumptions behind it. You tend to get government subsidies behind a new sector. You tend to get investor enthusiasm.

    TCS: And where do you see those things happening now?

    GROSS: We are seeing all those elements right now in alternative energy. People are saying that there are a new set of economic assumptions surrounding energy use. Oil prices are very high. There's all the concern about global warming. Therefore, they say, we need to invest more in this area.

    There's been fantastic growth in wind, solar, ethanol. We have government subsidies for all of these things, which encourages people to invest in them even at high levels. And you can see it crossing over into the popular culture. It's not just business publications. It's everywhere you look - TV, radio, newspapers, company's websites. Everybody is talking about producing alternative energy, using alternative energy.

    So, I think the stars are aligning for a bubble in alternative energy.

    It will be fun to watch the media report--or not--on that when and if it happens.

    The Cult Of Personality

    "Hitler, Mussolini, Roosevelt"--Reason's David Boaz reviews Three New Deals: Reflections on Roosevelt’s America, Mussolini’s Italy, and Hitler’s Germany, 1933–1939, by Wolfgang Schivelbusch, and explores, "What FDR had in common with the other charismatic collectivists of the 30s".

    Related thoughts here, here, and here.

    Everything Old Is New Again

    Bloomberg (the liberal news service, not the liberal nanny service):

    Former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan criticized President George W. Bush for pursuing an economic agenda driven by politics rather than sound policy, with little concern for future consequences.
    F.D.R. could not be reached for comment.

    And in California, everything old really is new again!

    The Dismal Science

    This just in: Jonathan Chait is not a trained economist; and other New Republic-related fun from Donald Luskin.

    "Print Ad Sales Hit 10-Year Low"

    In addition to understanding that they're attempting to gin-up support for their favorite candidate(s), keep this in mind when representatives of the legacy media trash the economy.

    (Earlier thoughts here; H/T: SDA.)

    Debunking The Myth Of America's Deindustrialization

    Bill Steigerwald of the Pittsburgh Tribune-Review interviews "city guru Joel Kotkin":

    Hail the working man. Another Labor Day is upon us/has come and gone. But are we still celebrating a blue-collar, industrial work force that barely exists anymore? Lots of people think so, but not city guru Joel Kotkin. As he wrote earlier this month in The Wall Street Journal, the death of manufacturing in America is a myth. In fact, in parts of the South, the Great Plains and Pacific Northwest, high-skilled workers are fueling vibrant local economies and helping America make $1.6 trillion worth of industrial stuff -- 42 percent more than in 1982. I talked to Kotkin (joelkotkin.com) Aug. 29 by phone from his home in the Los Angeles area.
    Many of the points that Kotkin makes will be somewhat old news to our regular readers (not the least of which is this), but it's great hearing them confirmed and summarized by a self-professed "Pat Brown-Harry Truman Democrat", who sounds like he's having enormous difficulty coming to grips with the fact that that version of the Democratic Party is very much in the past.

    News From 1980

    ABC reports, "The Future of the Workplace: No Office, Headquarters in Cyberspace--Some Companies Don't Care Where Workers Are as Long as They Get the Job Done".

    Geez, Toffler wrote about telecommuting in The Third Wave in 1980. Numerous businesses (not the least of which is Pajamas) rely heavily on it. Wall Street firms used telecommuting to stay afloat immediately after 9/11. Why such a breathless headline from ABC?

    Would a Bush Bailout Save the GOP?

    James Pethokoukis lists a number of reasons why President Bush bailing out homeowners would be an incredibly unfortunate idea.

    (Incidentally, at least America's housing issues don't slice the nation apart anywhere near as painfully as those in Russia.)

    U.S. Incomes Are Falling ... Nope, They're Not

    In US News & World Report, James Pethokoukis writes:

    "More Americans making ends meet with less money," was the headline atop a Boston Globe story Tuesday morning. The newspaper went on to tell its readers that Americans in 2005 earned a smaller average income, when adjusted for inflation, than in 2000, $55,238 vs. $55, 714.

    What the story notably failed to tell readers is that incomes have been on the rise since 2002, a fact I gleaned from a different version of the story on the New York Times website. (The original version of the Times story had a misleading headline "Average Incomes Fell for Most in 2000-05," but it was later changed to "2005 Incomes, on Average, Still Below 2000 Peak." The Globe story also said that Americans' total income in 2005 was $7.43 billion. I'm pretty sure it's "trillion," not "billion.")

    It might have also been nice had either story mentioned the great likelihood that the Internal Revenue Service data the newspapers relied on will show further income gains for 2006 and 2007, given the state of the economy and the continuing rise in real wages. I would have also liked to have the seen the two stories give a nod to the fact that government numbers tend to overstate inflation, and thus real incomes probably did even better than the official numbers show. How about this for a fair headline: "Incomes Grow for Third Straight Year, Though Still Below 2000 Peak"?

    More at Bizzyblog.

    Bernanke Plays A High-Risk Game With US Economy

    Some thoughts on the Fed and the economy from U.S. News & World Report's James Pethokoukis.

    Cue "Worst Economy In 50 Years" Rhetoric

    US News & World Report's James Pethokoukis: "Mortgage Meltdown May Hand 2008 to Democrats".

    (Or it may not--read the whole thing.)

    It's The Death Of Equities All Over Again!

    CNBC's Jim Cramer goes insane on Friday; the Dow responds today. Of course, it's not the first time that the media have predicted financial armegeddon. Note the date of this classic overreach, and compare the value of the Dow then and now.

    Tom Wolfe On Pirate Posers And Twinkie Wives

    In an unfortunately all-too-rare piece of non-fiction these days, Tom Wolfe spots a new status pyramid to explore: nouveau mega-riche hedge fund managers. "Everybody who cares at all knows their occupations, but what’s their problem?"

    The hedge fund managers who hold meetings with their shirttails hanging outside their jeans, like college boys—

    The former manager of Tremont Capital Group who came to meetings with the fund’s investors barefoot—

    The twinkie wives of these people who arrive at real estate offices seeking to-die-for houses and apartments wearing jeans and stiletto-heel boots, with gotta-be-blond hair streaming down to their shoulder blades, holding a baby on a cocked hip with one hand and a cell phone to the ear with the other while a limousine waits outside, motor running—

    The twinkies who have their eggs fertilized by their husbands’ sperm in a laboratory, creating embryos for implantation in the wombs of surrogate mothers who are paid to manufacture children for delivery in nine months, since why on earth should any wife whose husband is worth a billion or even $500 million have to endure the distended belly, bilious mornings, back cramps, not to mention a cramped social life, to end up with her perfect personal-trainer-sculpted boy-with-breasts body she has spent thousands of sweaty hours attaining, ruined … tempting her husband to survey all the little man-eaters out there, including those former wives who used to meet regularly at the Boxing Cat Grill until it burned down, whereas the current wives leave their husbands catatonic before the plasma TV and meet three or four times a week at one local bar or another and drive home in their Hummers and bobtail Mercedes S.U.V.’s, bombed out of their minds, while waiting for the baby to come from the factory—

    Whenever such rich gossip is repeated, somebody invariably says, “Who are these people?”

    Read the rest to find out.

    (And for a flashback to our profile of Wolfe's meeting with "the Dieter Democrats" of San Francisco shortly after the presidential election in November of 2004, click here.)

    Rush And Rosett Riff On Rupert

    In the Philadelphia Inquirer Claudia Rosett writes, "Free men and free markets have just combined to produce a buyout by Rupert Murdoch of the Wall Street Journal":

    We're now seeing a lot of hand-wringing over what might happen to a newspaper that has been for decades an American icon. Will it change?

    Sure. But the imperatives have less to do with Murdoch per se than with the ways of a fast-changing marketplace. What so often gets downplayed in discussions of the news trade is that even the fourth estate is a business, serving customers - and trying to discern what they want to buy. And both journalists and their readers inhabit a world in some ways quite different from what it was even 25 years ago.

    This is a terrific anecdote about the slow old days:
    This sale has stirred memories of the whopping changes I've witnessed since walking into the Journal's Chicago bureau in 1980 to serve a brief stint as a lowly intern.

    In those days, we banged out stories on manual typewriters, and revised them with scissors and tape (not paste). If you had an urge to communicate with people in Mali or Mongolia, you pretty much had to hope that someday you'd become a correspondent important enough that the paper would buy you a ticket. By the time I arrived at the Journal's New York headquarters, in 1984, there were computers to write on, but if you wanted to look up old news stories, you went to the in-house library - once known in news jargon as the "morgue" - and paged through folders of yellowing clips.

    In those days, whatever the scoops from Wall Street, global business news moved to a slower beat. There was no weekend edition, let alone online updates. I still prize the memory of a lunchtime conversation in 1986, when one of my colleagues leaned across the table to ask a Page One editor - it was a Friday - "So, what stories are you keeping cryogenically alive till Monday?"

    Heh. On the day of his radio show's 19th anniversary yesterday, I thought Rush Limbaugh made a surprisingly good observation about the MSM's overblown reaction to the Journal's future:
    The New York Times are having a cow. The rest of the Drive-Bys are having a cow. I'll give you some examples here as the program unfolds, some of the headlines, some of the stories. They're all worried what he's going to do to this venerable institution. Oh, no! How will he destroy it? And, of course, if these people were honest, if they really think he's going to destroy the Journal, they'd be happy, wouldn't they?
    As Rush notes, "the New York Times set the agenda" for much of the rest of the legacy media:
    in an interview in 2005, Rupert Murdoch was the asked about the New York Times, and he said, you know, the problem with the New York Times is not really the New York Times. It's the rest of the media. The rest of the media adopts the New York Times agenda. Whatever is on the front page of the New York Times is what television cable news networks decide is news -- at least the networks, CBS, NBC, CBS, the liberal networks. The New York Times always was called "the paper of record." Stories on the front page throughout the front section ,determine what the agenda is in the press. In fact, when I moved to Sacramento is the first time I learned this. When I moved to Sacramento in 1984 to begin the program there that eventually became this program, the news director out there -- consultant, actually, who had hired me, was also consulting the station. I remember my first day there, he went strolling through the newsroom one morning, and all he found was the Los Angeles Times, the Sacramento Bee, and the San Francisco Chronicle. He blew up. He started shouting, "Where's the New York Times? You can't do news anymore without the New York Times!"

    The newsroom had to have the New York Times because the New York Times set the agenda. So Murdoch was making this point. He said that means that there is a whole market out there for a different way to do news and treat news, and he started talk in this interview in 2005 about the Wall Street Journal having the infrastructure in place to do that.

    Sounds like a great way to reset the Parliament of Clocks.

    The Onion Tackles Omnipotent Tourist Syndrome

    In The Know: Is Our Wealth Hurting Africa's Feelings?


    Back in 2006, I wrote up some thoughts on what blogger Val Prieto dubbed "Omnipotent Tourist Syndrome":

    Matt Welch described a similar sentiment amongst equally leftwing and reactionary tourists to Cuba:
    this common sentiment has always irritated the hell out of me. Oh, the crumbling, no-longer-beautiful houses! Ah, the lovely two-feet-deep potholes, and rickety Chinese bicycles (because the 50-year-old Chevys and 30-year-old Ladas don't work, and at any rate there's no gas). How people can derive pleasure from evidence of the suffering of innocents is beyond me, and few sights are more unseemly to my eyes than seeing a Lonely Planet-waving travel snob whine about how some current or formerly misgoverned hellhole has been "ruined" by all that yucky reconstruction, material success, and (worst of all!) tourism. Oh how pretty! The baseball players make $20 a month, and they live on a prison, but at least there's no annoying electronic scoreboard!
    Val Prieto, who frequently blogs on Cuban issues at his own Babalu Blog dubs it "Omnipotent Tourist Syndrome".

    Sort of like the propagation of SARS, it appears to be spreading beyond travelers to one nation, into a global meme. And it's worth noting that a variation of it was the dominant theme of the 2002 U.N. Summit on Sustainable Development in Johannesburg, where numerous Gulfstream Transnationalists such as California's own Jerry Brown urged--for the sake of the global environment, if not local civilizational ruins--that the Third World remain as backward and shackled as possible.

    Found via Small Dead Animals, the Onion does a surprisingly dead-on parody of that worldview in one of their Weekend Update/Daily Show-style mock news videos, in which their panelists debate, "Would it be mean to tell Africa about the global economy?"

    And Murdoch Derangement Syndrome Goes Into Hyperdrive

    Reuters: "News Corp board OKs deal to buy Dow Jones: source":

    News Corp's (NWSa.N) board of directors has approved a deal to buy Dow Jones & Co Inc (DJ.N) for $5 billion, a source familiar with the matter said on Tuesday.

    The board met on Tuesday to consider its $60 per share offer.

    Or as the Journal itself puts it:
    A century of Bancroft-family ownership at Dow Jones & Co. is over.

    Rupert Murdoch's News Corp. sealed a $5 billion agreement to purchase the publisher of The Wall Street Journal after three months of drama in the controlling family and public debate about journalistic values.

    Maybe that explains why this synergistic partnership is being formed concurrently in the lefthand side of the news world.

    Update: And away we go!

    Though many journalists impose their views regularly in biased political coverage, and last year the New York Times publisher made clear his left-wing world view, on Tuesday night the broadcast networks framed Rupert Murdoch's acquisition of the Wall Street Journal around what agenda the “controversial” Murdoch will “impose.” That matches the “fear” expressed in online journalism forums and media magazines about Murdoch's “conservative” agenda. Leading into pro and con soundbites, CBS's Kelly Wallace described Murdoch as “a conservative who put his imprint on the New York Post and brought topless women to the Sun in London. His critics say he may not impose tabloid on the Journal, but will impose his point of view.”
    No word yet though on whether or not Maria Bartiromo will be the newspaper's first Page Three girl (in traditional Journal woodcut illustration style, of course).

    More: The Journal itself weighs in, via its editorial page:

    Editorial independence enhances the prospects for business success. The more credible a publication is, especially one that specializes in financial and economic reporting, the more readers and advertisers it is likely to have. We like to think our readers buy the Journal because of the credibility built over a century, and we believe this is the heart of the "value proposition" that Mr. Murdoch is willing to pay $5 billion to purchase. No sane businessman pays a premium of 67% over the market price for an asset he intends to ruin.

    There are nonetheless critics, especially in the journalism world, who claim this is precisely what Mr. Murdoch will proceed to do. And they have certainly had a merry time bashing him and the Journal these past few months. Some of these voices, however, are commercial or ideological competitors who have their own interest in undermining the Journal's credibility.

    Both the New York Times and the Financial Times have been especially aggressive in assailing the potential News Corp. purchase of the Journal. These also happen to be the two publications that Mr. Murdoch has explicitly said he might invest more to compete against. Readers can judge if the tears these papers and their writers claim to shed for the Journal's future are real, or of the crocodile variety.

    The nastiest attacks have come from our friends on the political left. They can't decide whose views they hate most--ours, or Mr. Murdoch's. We're especially amused by those who say Mr. Murdoch might tug us to the political left. Don't count on it. More than one liberal commentator has actually rejoiced at the takeover bid, on the perverse grounds that this will ruin the Journal's news coverage, which in turn will reduce the audience for the editorial page. Don't count on that either.

    The 1980s? More Like The 1960s

    In "1980s Redux: Hillary Clinton and Industrial Policy", James Pethokoukis of US News & World Report writes:

    Quick quiz: What does Hillary Clinton think is a "great organizing principle" for the American economy? Increasing our standard of living? Maximizing economic growth and economic freedom, maybe? Putting a chicken in every pot, perhaps? Nope, none of those. In a speech to the Chicago Economic Club last spring, she suggested that climate change would be a cool concept to organize an economy around.

    And if government is going to make climate change or energy independence or whatever an explicit "organizing principle" for an economy, it means a return to a once edgy concept from the 1980s: industrial policy—government favor and aid to certain "strategic" industries, whether through subsidies or trade barriers—in pursuit of some national goal. Democrats used to be all hot over this as their "big idea" to counter Reaganomics.

    John Kenneth Galbraith is still dead, and his top down economic policies, which date from the era of Andy Williams, should be relagated to the Branson oldies circuit alongside him.

    Austin Powers Swings Into Action

    And breaks up Dr. Evil's underground lair, apparently:

    The news reports that the billionaire founder of Broadcom is alleged to have built a secret underground suite on the grounds of his mansion, which he is alleged to have stocked with prostitutes and drugs is a titillating rumor, and obviously bad news for the man himself and his family (I won't add to the Google hits by naming him).

    But riding home from dinner tonight, it occurred to me that true or not, it is actually great news for America.

    Because today when that news broke, millions of teenage boys went "an underground lair stocked with hookers, Ecstasy and blow!! I'm gonna be a tech billionaire!!" and immediately drank a Coke, sat down and cracked their textbooks.

    Twenty years from now, there will be whole industries founded by those kids, and all of us will benefit.

    But what will happen to Scott Evil?

    (Via Pajamas HQ.)

    "All Right, Erin"

    Pigs fly on the Today show regarding the US economy; the Dow briefly entered uncharted 14,000 territory today before closing at 13,971.55.

    Glenn Reynolds writes, "Kudlow will be saying 'I told you so' again today", and he already is.

    Meanwhile, for perspective, Amity Shlaes looks back at a decade of voodoo economics at their worst, in an audio interview with Hugh Hewitt.

    The Sweet Sell Of Success

    I'd love to be proven wrong, but given its name alone, AMC's new Mad Men miniseries will probably be a sanctimonious ant-capitalist mess. And yet its 1960-era Madison Avenue production design may make it fun to watch, if you can tune out the plots.

    (Via TVCriticism.com, which was kind enough to include us in their Blogroll. Thanks!)

    Related: While there have been numerous movies, and now a TV series about advertising, sales, and the PR world, Daniel Drezner explains "Why There Will Never Be A Reality Show About Academia".

    Update: An anti-smoking episode. Ugh--who didn't see that coming?!

    Dreaming Of Mercy Street

    Jonah Goldberg writes that "our wealth is really all in our heads. Literally":

    In the United States, for example, less than a fifth of our wealth exists as material stuff like minerals, crops, and factories. In Switzerland, cuckoo clocks, ski chalets, cheese, Rolex watches, timber and every other tangible asset amount to a mere 16 percent of that country’s wealth. The rest is captured by the expertise, culture, laws, and traditions of the Swiss themselves.

    These numbers come from Kirk Hamilton, a World Bank environmental economist and lead author of a new study, “Where is the Wealth of Nations?” In a fascinating interview in Reason magazine, Hamilton explains how, when measured properly, “natural capital” (croplands, oil, etc.) and “produced capital” (factories, iPods, roads, etc.) are the smallest slices of the economic pie. What Hamilton calls “intangible capital,” which includes the rule of law, education and the like, is by far the biggest slice. The entire planet’s “natural capital accounts for 5 percent of total wealth, produced capital 18 percent and intangible capital 77 percent.

    This makes some intuitive sense. We’d all rather be the man who knows how to fish than the man given a fish. Or think of it this way: The Malthusian thinks only about hardware, when the money is in software and design. China makes America’s iPods; America collects the profits.

    Also, the richer a country gets, the less it needs to live off its natural resources. Therefore, it becomes cheaper — and more popular — to protect the environment. This has been the trend in Europe and America, and hopefully it will be around the world.

    This sea change in economic thinking doesn’t cut easily along the left-right political axis, and its implications could be profound. “Root-causes” liberals can find a great deal of satisfaction in the emphasis “Where is the Wealth of Nations?” places on education. According to Hamilton, education explains about 36 percent of a country’s intangible wealth. Conservatives can find solace in the importance of property rights and, moreover, in the confirmation that not all cultures are equal — at least when measured on their ability to produce and sustain wealth. And both right and left will agree that the rule of law — including fair courts and government transparency — is the single most important contributor to a nation’s wealth.

    A potential lesson for the World Bank may be that building roads, dams, and factories in the third world is a fool’s errand until those nations have the intangible capital required to maintain such things. The Marshall Plan’s success in rebuilding Europe after World War II stemmed not from the U.S. footing the bill for concrete and bulldozers but from the intangible capital locked in the hearts and minds of everyday Europeans.

    In an odd way, I think this complements Weisman’s depiction of a post-human future. The greatest symbols of our civilization — from skyscrapers to libraries — not only count for a mere fraction of our wealth, they would turn to dust and rubble if we disappeared. The hardware is nothing; the software, everything. All that civilization is and can become exists within us. If we forget that, we forget literally everything.

    Read the whole thing, and for more Fourth of July Jonah, don't miss his thoughts on preserving a national identity.

    Update: Speaking of the role that brain power plays in building wealth and national greatness, City Journal asks, "Why have we stopped naming schools after great public figures?"

    Fly The Friendly Skies

    In a recent "Happy Warrior" essay on the back page of National Review, Mark Steyn wrote (subscription required):

    When I first came to America on my own, as a teenager, I thought the airports were the height of supersonic cool. Now the planes are dingy and decrepit. Have you had that exchange where the stewardess asks you to bring your seat to its full upright position and you say unfortunately the button’s not working and you’re trying not to lean on it because every time you do it falls straight back on the guy behind you and she looks at you as if it’s your fault?

    When those Guyanans and Trinidadians were interrupted in their plot to blow up JFK, they understood something very basic: that the transportation network is one of the most potent symbols of national health. If freedom of movement is a basic right, then the ease with which one can move around says something about the health of the nation. (Britain’s choked roads are instructive in this regard.) But we seem to have accepted the idea that the seized-up air-traffic system is some kind of unrepresentative outlier of no broader significance.

    National Journal had one of those big cover stories the other week that’s designed to get everyone buzzing around the big question, Is America over? Nobody did get buzzing about it, because it was mostly a lame roundup of the usual experts — Fukuyama, Brzezinski, Scowcroft — bemoaning the passing of their own heyday.

    National decline is always inconceivable because the illusion of permanence is so strong: It would have seemed incredible to any five-year-old English boy watching Queen Victoria’s Golden Jubilee parade that he would be passing his twilight years in a strike-ridden basketcase shorn of empire and reduced to begging from the IMF.

    But it seems to me that the state of the air-travel network is symbolic of something. So is America’s decision to surrender to the illegal immigrants — to say that the undocumented insurgents have ensnared us in a quagmire in which victory is not an option. In different ways, both are revealing of structural decay. Not yet fatal, but decay nonetheless.

    It's a staggeringly safe bet that after his flight from hell on Delta (following Glenn Reynolds' similar experience in March) Dean Barnett agrees.

    Update: Full text of Steyn's "Happy Warrior" column here.

    Consumed By The New Puritanism

    In City Journal, Nicole Gelinas reviews Consumed: How Markets Corrupt Children, Infantilize Adults, and Swallow Citizens Whole, by Benjamin R. Barber:

    Somewhere in Consumed, Benjamin Barber, a civil-society professor at the University of Maryland and the author of the 1995 book Jihad vs. McWorld, has a serious point to make: many Americans have opted out of a common civic culture based on shared values and have turned inward instead, to a relentless, infantile narcissism that free markets only encourage. But Barber can never quite grasp this point in his own book, or make practical suggestions on how to deal with the problem. Instead, he wildly overreaches and couches everything he writes in apocalyptic terms.
    For the flipside of Barber's argument, one that has been made frequently by a surprisingly puritanical left probably even before Peter Seeger and Malvina Reynolds' ticky-tacky-screedy "Little Boxes" singalong, it's worth rereading Virginia Postrel's The Substance of Style.

    Voodoo Economics

    The bad news is that the superb article by Amity Shlaes on the New Deal (don't miss her new book on the topic, it's also a terrific read) that Jonah Goldberg linked to here is unfortunately behind the Wall Street Journal's pay-to-play firewall. The good news is that it's also available for free on the American Enterprise Institute's Website.

    The Incredible Shrinking New York Times--And NBC

    Thomas Lifeson has some thoughts on the Times' business model, such as it is:

    Like some robber baron capitalist of yore, the New York Times is telling the remaining full price readers of its print product that they will pay more and get less, the same message it has been sending advertisers for years. But far from a sign of strength, this move is an indicator that the slow motion business collapse of the New York Times Company may be picking up its pace.
    Yet another sign of the industry's Red Queen's Race?

    And speaking of the Red Queen's Race:

    All the attention paid to Couric's tough start at CBS has overshadowed what's been going on at NBC. In Couric's first 39 weeks at CBS, she's lost 287,000 viewers from the average of a year ago, a drop of 4 percent from predecessor Bob Schieffer's audience. At the same time, "Nightly News" lost 533,000 viewers, or 5 percent, Nielsen said.

    In [anchorman Brian Williams'] first three months after taking over from Tom Brokaw in December 2004, "Nightly News" averaged 10.79 million viewers. In the past three months, it's been 7.66 million. To be fair, the nightly news audience traditionally drops when warm weather arrives, and it has been a slow news period.

    Still, that's a lot of missing viewers.

    Or as Drudge breathlessly puts it: "NBC Brian Williams loses more viewers than CBS Couric!"

    That's not the sort of comparison that Brian is used to--this sort of equivalence is much more his pace. And curiously, the AP piece that Drudge links to doesn't suggest that perhaps the two stories back April in which NBC personalities played a pivotal role might also be impacting their current ratings: the Imus scandal and, much more significantly, NBC's dreadfully ill-conceived decision to run photos mailed in by the horrific VT gunman, Cho Seung-Hui. As Mickey Kaus said back then, "Who Did More Damage, Brian Williams Or Don Imus?"

    Update: Welcome InstaReaders! Glenn Reynolds writes that there may be a further connection (which actually ties both of the above items together) to be found here, and I'm inclined to agree.

    More: Greg Pollowitz of NRO's media blog concurs:

    What the AP leaves out as a possible reason for the lost audience is the Virginia Tech shooting and NBC's horrible pimping and airing of the gunman's video suicide note. The Tech massacre, like NBC's ratings slump, happened about two months ago.
    I wonder if this (a) never occurred to AP's writer or (B) the idea was cut from the article by his editor? In any case, it's certainly a curious omission.

    Also, welcome readers of TV Week, tuning from the site's "Buzztracker" page!

    All Podcasts is Global

    Austin Bay was particularly keen to interview Daniel Drezner on his new book All Politics is Global for the latest Blog Week In Review podcast. You can hear the results here--as Pajamas HQ notes, "Get out your notebooks and pay close attention to this one. There’s a lot to learn".

    Stone Knives And Bearskins

    Arnold Kling reviews Amity Shlaes' new book, The Forgotten Man (which sounds like something I really need to pick up), and ponders, "How Depressing Was the Depression?"

    I would have thought that 1929 should have looked pretty good to people living in the depths of the Depression. But one of the many interesting lessons of Amity Shlaes' new history of the Great Depression and Franklin Roosevelt's New Deal is that many Americans, both inside and outside the Roosevelt Administration, thought of prosperity as an aberration. Instead, they saw hard times as the new norm.

    The Forgotten Man (TFM for short) is not a polemic. It is not an argument for a particular theory or economic interpretation of the Depression. Instead, the author steps back and lets the story tell itself. She has sifted through memoirs and contemporaneous accounts in order to carry the reader back into the mindset of the 1930's. She focuses on a diverse selection of protagonists from that period, including opponents of Roosevelt like Andrew Mellon and Wendell Wilkie as well as members of Roosevelt's "brain trust" like Paul Douglas and Rexford Tugwell. Note that in the context of that time, "trust" meant the same thing as cartel (as in anti-trust laws). Roosevelt was claiming that with his advisers he had cornered the market on brains. If so, then after reading TFM, my sense is that there was not much value in this particular monopoly.

    I came away with three major conclusions.

    1. For better or worse, much of the country saw the Depression as something akin to a natural disaster, and people accordingly lowered their expectations for their standard of living.

    2. Economic ignorance among policymakers was much worse than I had realized. I was steeped in the myth that the reason the Depression was so bad was that only Keynes had the answer, and he had to overcome the resistance of "the classical economists," such as Irving Fisher. But the differences between Fisher and Keynes seem small when compared to the differences between the policymakers and both economists. In physics, it would be like watching an academic debate over the meaning of quantum mechanics while policymakers are unable to grasp the simple concept of gravity.

    3. The struggle over economic policy in the 1930's was really an episode in the long, historical conflict between business participants in the market and anti-business academics. Roosevelt gave free rein to the professors, until the start of the Second World War led him to realize that he would need the tycoons to help mobilize to defeat Hitler. I suspect that one reason that Roosevelt and the New Deal come off so well in the conventional wisdom is that history books are written by professors, not by entrepreneurs.

    Don't miss Kling's charts of the unemployment rates and Dow Jones Industrial Average closings from 1927 to 1940. And for a revisionist look at the Roosevelt administration's imperfect handling of the events of 1941 to 1945, check out Thomas Fleming's The New Dealers' War, which is also a fascinating read.

    Wash And Rinse

    “Terrorist financing is much trickier to crack down on than conventional money laundering. Because conventional money laundering is when you’re trying to take illicit assets and convert them into assets that are clean, that can be exchanged throughout the financial system. Whereas terrorist financing is often taking thoroughly legal assets and then using them for illegal purposes.”

    --Daniel Drezner, on the next Blog Week In Review, coming soon to PJ HQ.

    Kudlow: "Do We Really Need The World Bank?"

    As President Bush taps Robert Zoellick to be president of the World Bank, Larry Kudlow writes, "both the IMF and the World Bank are unnecessary artifacts from a bygone, post-WWII reconstruction era", and asks, "do we really need the World Bank?"

    Meanwhile, Wired's "Danger Room" blog wonders why the U.S. needs embassies in the Middle East, noting that they're essentially hardened concrete bunkers, designed much more to keep terrorists out, than to foster goodwill with the people at large of those countries.

    Piercing The Corporate Veil

    Over on my wife's Bizlawblog, some potentially significant business news:

    The 2nd Circuit Court of Appeals in McNamee v. IRS, No. 05-6151 just affirmed a federal trial courts determination that the owner of an LLC (limited liability company) can be held personally liable for unpaid payroll taxes. This is a significant decision, which may well be appealed to the Supreme Court. But meanwhile, let's look at its significance.
    Read the rest.

    Big Recreation Update

    Like I said on Sunday:

    What's especially fun is watching members of "Big Recreation" tie themselves up in knots when they feel the need for self-persecution over the eeeeevils of so-called manmade Gerbil Worming or Glowball Warmening, as Tim Blair is wont to malaprop.
    "Air Canada offers carbon-offset ticket".

    (Via Relapsed Catholic.)

    Rising Tides Alert

    The poor get richer--and the rich become more numerous.

    But who will get credit?

    SF Chronicle To Cut A Quarter Of Its Newsroom Staff

    The Red Queen's Race continues to march on.

    Springtime In New York

    Spring is normally a lovely time to be in Manhattan, but it couldn't have been much fun inside the Grey Lady's offices last month--reader Dart Montgomery writes in with a link to an AP report that notes, "New York Times Revenue Slips 2.2 Percent in April on Weakness in Print Media Groups".

    So when will the inevitable reshuffling occur that reassigns Maureen Dowd to covering the Jets and Giants, and puts Paul Krugman on Con-Ed hearings?

    Octopus's Garden

    Newsbusters reports:

    Katie Couric, was not warning parents about sexual predators when she said "They're after your children and grandchildren." No, the “Evening News” anchor was talking about corporations “spending nearly $17 billion a year trying to sell their products to our kids.”

    The one-sided May 14 segment blamed “far-reaching tentacles” of business for obesity and youth sexual activity, among other problems.

    CBS Corporation, which has revenues estimated to be $14.536 billion, saw its share price close at 32.04 on the New York Stock Exchange today.

    Related: "Dan Rather Makes Acting Debut". Umm, didn't he do that around 1959?

    Wall Of Sound

    Years ago, I remember hearing about an up-and-coming business consultant who would call his clients back on his cell phone--from the parking lot of his local airport, so that they would hear all the jet noise, and think he was incredibly in-demand, and about to parachute in to troubleshoot a business halfway across the globe.

    TechCrunch has an even simpler idea to make your business sound like it's thriving, and you don't even need to leave your office, or rev up Laurie David's private plane.

    (Via Pajamas HQ, where the joint's jumping enough, even without this CD.)

    The Doomsday Machine

    Over at TCS Daily, Jerry Bowyer explores "Apocalypse Not"--the doomsday-obsessed segment of financial forecasters and journalists who constantly predict that the stock market is just this close to near-total collapse.

    I'm Not Sure If Moe Greene Sees It That Way

    Ilya Somin of The Volokh Conspiracy sees several libertarian themes intertwined in Mario Puzo's original novel of The Godfather.

    (Via Betsy Newmark.)

    New Technologies Whip Up Newspapers' Perfect Storm

    While this is cold comfort for the people who work there, the Minneapolis Star-Tribune's downsizing, particularly since, hopefully, this fellow will be documenting it, affords a unique opportunity to observe the reshaping of a mid-sized newspaper to meet 21st century demands. And if that doesn't work, its "Eardrum-Shattering Death Rattles", as Dean Barnett writes:

    The print media has been endurably clueless regarding the advent of the new media. Business schools of the future will someday devote endless symposia to studying how an entire industry could be so hidebound, paralyzed, arrogant and clueless.

    Don’t get me wrong – even if capitalistic geniuses led the old media, they’d still be up the creek. The advent of new technologies has whipped up a perfect storm that even good businessmen would have trouble handling. The biggest problem the newspapers face, and the least talked about, is the hit the internet has made on their classified revenues. Craig’s List works better and costs less than the classifieds. This stream of revenue, which was huge, is gone and won’t be coming back. Even if the newspapers revamped their classified departments to go virtual and battle Craig’s List on their home turf, they still couldn’t come out even.

    And then there are the more widely noted problems. A couple of decades ago, you got your news from the morning paper. For a large and rapidly growing segment of society, that’s no longer the case. For reasons everyone reading this site knows, the best way to stay informed is not to cloister yourself in ignorance until tomorrow morning and then get ink all over your fingers while you read headlines that have already grown stale.

    Lastly, we have clueless management. Newspapers are a dying industry. There’s a gold rush afoot to create the virtual enterprise that will take their place. Some entities like the Politico, Pajamas Media and Townhall have seized a head start in becoming the mainstream media of the future, but no one yet knows what the MSM of the future will look like. Some us think we know, but the precise formula remains unhatched.

    The weird thing about the newspapers is they’ve decided not to play. Other than putting an exact replica of their dying product out there on the internet, they’ve shown nothing but intellectual paralysis. We all know the virtual edition of the Minneapolis Star Tribune is not the MSM portal of the future, but the people running papers like the Strib have apparently quit trying. Other than commissioning the occasional blog (which virtually no one reads), their efforts to boldly step into the future have been lackluster and decrepit.

    The Red Queen's Race marches on, something that this possible media consolidation also illustrates.

    The Shortest of Honeymoons?

    In The New York Sun, Mark Steyn asks, "Is the French election a belated acknowledgment of reality or the latest attempt to dodge it?"

    In other words, is it Britain voting for Mrs. Thatcher in 1979 and America for Ronald Reagan the following year? That's to say, the electorate understands the status quo is exhausted and unsustainable and that unless catastrophe is to be avoided radical course correction is required. Or is it Germany voting tepidly and tentatively to give Angela Merkel the narrowest of victories in 2005? In other words, the electorate was irritated with the incumbents but recoiled from any meaningful change, with the result that Frau Merkel found herself presiding over a nominally fresh government with no agenda and no mandate for reform.

    I'd bet on the latter. Just as Frau Merkel proved not to be Germany's Thatcher, I would be surprised if Nicolas Sarkozy turned out to be France's Reagan. Not because he doesn't have Reaganite tendencies but because the French electorate, like the Germans, aren't there yet.

    It may or may not be time to pass around the Friendship Fries, but it's rare, positive news coming out of France, and that's something, at least.

    Did You Hear About Napoleon? He Had A Time Magazine Complex

    Kathryn Jean Lopez puts five years of the New York Times into perspective with a single image, and Don Surber has some thoughts on the Napoleonic Time magazine:

    The 1,363rd most visited Web site in the world tried to diss the president of the United States as not being among the world’s 100 most influential people.

    The AP reported that No. 1363 thinks that the lives of the people of Afghanistan are more influenced by an heiress who starred in Blue Movies (OK, peagreen) than they are by the president of the United States.

    No. 1363 also asserted that an actress in an American sitcom about an American TV show that is not shown outside the United States is more influential than the leader of the free world.

    No. 1363 also said a woman best known for her feud with a billionaire landlord who has bad hair is more influential on the lives of Africans than the man who had Congress appropriate more money to fight AIDS on that continent.

    Apparently, this is No. 1363’s entire world.

    Don't miss the map that follows Don's post--it's quite a tight little cocoon that Time exists in.

    Loose Change: What Was Virgin Thinking?

    This story broke yesterday, so I'll cut directly to the denouement, but after praising Southwest recently for understanding their clientele, but all I can ask at this point, what was Virgin thinking?

    If Virgin is smart (well, smarter than doing this in the first place), they'll blame it on some low level employee in Sector 7-G who rents in-flight entertainment who truly screwed up. But shouldn't one of his higher-ups have thought, "Hey, this doesn't sound like enjoyable transatlantic in-flight entertainment to me"?

    Red Queen's Race--The Cat Fight

    Henry Kissinger is reported to have once said, "Academic politics is so vicious because the stakes are so small".

    As the legacy media continues to bleed readers, watch for stories like this (via Hugh Hewitt) to become more and more common.

    Meanwhile, as the L.A. Timesmen fight over who's in charge of the deckchairs as the icebergs approach, Rupert Murdoch sees a Big Picture acquisition in his sights.

    Update: Well, that didn't long:

    ABC News reports that Murdoch's offer has been rejected. Nevertheless, the deal brought up some serious issues that Americans should paying more attention to. A small but vocal cadre in Congress does want to use the FCC and the Fairness Doctrine to target conservative influence in the media, most especially in the medium of talk radio.
    As Stephen Spruiell notes, "The News Corp.-Dow Jones deal might be off the table, but left-wing efforts to curtail media freedom aren't going anywhere."

    Media Economics Versus Macro Economics

    Ed Morrissey explores the gloomy numbers for traditional (i.e. hard copy) newspapers:

    How badly have newspapers declined? The Dallas Morning News suffered a catastrophic collapse, losing more than 14% of its subscribers during the reporting period. The Miami Herald lost 10% of its Sunday subscribers and 5.5% of its daily readers. Its competitor, the South Florida Sun-Sentinel in Ft. Lauderdale, didn't fare any better, losing 8.6% of its subscribers. Many newspapers found themselves in the 4-5% loss range, including the LA Times and its chief competitor, the Orange County Register; the Minneapolis Star-Tribune; the San Jose Mercury News; and the Washington Post lost 3.4%.
    As he notes:
    In a growing economy, entire industries should not show such consistent decline. In the case of newspapers, though, they have never benefitted from the economic boom that started in 2003 and continues to this day. Perhaps that might account for the coverage, or lack thereof, that the expansion has received.
    Indeed it could--back in December of 2002, Virginia Postrel noted the disconnect between a remarkably mild (considering what had just happened in September of 2001) recession and how it was being reported by the legacy media:
    In today's NYT, Dan Akst puts the current economic gloominess in perspective, reminding us that even in the current slump the economy looks more like an earlier era's dream than the nightmare too often portrayed in media account. By historical standards, things are looking awfully good: "low interest rates, affordable energy, full employment without inflation and broad access to home ownership." We've even learned to compete with the Japanese. Why the disconnect? One reason "may be the sharp advertising downturn that started in early 2001. The resulting media recession, including layoffs and other cutbacks, has produced a grimmer-than-usual attitude in the perennially gloomy fourth estate. The industry's concentration in New York and Washington, both of which were struck by terrorists last year, has further darkened the industry's outlook." Dan is no outsider taking cheap shots at reporters. He's a long-time journalist acknowledging a psychological truth: We all grant more salience to facts we experience directly. And journalists know lots and lots of people who've lost jobs in this recession.
    That also helps to explain why journalists were so eager to nod their heads and report as a fact when their candidate in 1992 described what was also a mild recession by historical standards as "The worst economy in 50 years".

    "You Are Now Free To Move About The Blogosphere"

    To borrow from the Apple campaign of a few years ago, Southwest proves that it's possible to "Think Different", even in a field as staid and heavily-regulated as domestic commercial aviation. They’re not only sympathetic to their core market’s Red State sensibilities; the airline understands the Blogosphere as well. And in an age of increasingly morose stewardesses, their flight crews are some the friendliest I've encountered.

    As Hugh Hewitt suggests, perhaps a much older mass industry could learn something from Southwest's ability to prosper in a tightly competitive marketplace.

    "An Age Of Mass Alienation From Mass Media"

  • AP: "Newspaper Circulation Falls 2.1 Percent"
  • NY Post: "Network Execs Face Hard Sell After Dismal Year"
  • Some thoughts from NRO's Matthew Sheffield, from whose post our title derives, and Stephen Spruiell.

    Meanwhile, based upon the old ioke about the Gray Lady, this New York Times piece could easily have been titled, "Hollywood Box Office Flat, Women Hardest Hit".

    Update: Hugh Hewitt spots "The Los Angeles Times and The Minneapolis Star Tribune Bleeding Out".

    The Greatest Story Never Told

    With the Dow topping 13,000 yesterday, Larry Kudlow writes:

    We are in the midst of the longest uninterrupted bull market run in memory. We have record low tax rates on capital, a benign inflation rate, and recent economic releases suggesting the Goldilocks soft landing scenario remains very much in place.

    But in the end, it all boils down to two simple things—two stock market locomotives that have created enormous, still untapped, value in equities. Viewers have heard talk about them night after night:

    High earnings, low interest rates.

    Mark my words, it ain't over yet.

    Will George W. Bush ever get any credit for this?

    I would tend to doubt it. At least, not while he's in office.

    Shorting Mayor Mike

    Robert Bidinotto, editor of the Objectivist New Individualist magazine agrees with my take from Saturday on Michael Bloomberg and (original inner circle member) Nathaniel Branden's "Stolen Concept" concept.

    Speaking of Bloomberg, I was going to comment on his recent fashion faux pas, but the photo of Val Kilmer that Tammy Bruce found today makes Mayor Mike seem like the very definition of sybaritic elegance.

    Update: City Journal's Nicole Gelinas has more on Bloomberg's public and private transportation woes.

    Bloomberg Drives Into The Stolen Concept

    Here's the latest proposal to overtax New Yorkers from Nurse Mayor Bloomberg, who says he'll "fight like heck" to pass it before leaving office:

    Mayor Bloomberg defended his plan to charge motorists $8 to enter the most congested parts of Manhattan - laying the groundwork yesterday for a fierce battle with Albany.

    "You know, it sounds like a lot of money, but you go to a movie, it's $12," Bloomberg said on his weekly WABC-AM radio show. "So, let's, you know, put some of this stuff in perspective here."

    [Gee, I'm not I'd want to compare the city I govern to an industry in longterm decline--Ed]

    Bloomberg said motorists who drive into Manhattan tend to be the "people who can afford it," and he suggested he would "fight like heck" to get the Legislature to approve the plan before he leaves office in December 2009.

    "Using economics to influence public behavior is something this country is built on," he declared. "It's called capitalism."

    That last quote sounds like a textbook example of what Nathaniel Branden dubbed "The Stolen Concept" forty years ago: in this case using capitalism, which describes a voluntary exchange of money for goods and services in a wide-open free market. They'll be nothing voluntary for motorists who wish to enter the Big Apple if Mayor Bloomberg's proposal becomes law.

    With One Breath, With One Flow

    You will know Synchronicity! Reader Stephen Shields sends this amusing juxtaposition on Memeorandum earlier today.

    I Blame Haliburton

    "Super-rich population surges in 2006: survey", Reuters reports:

    The survey by Chicago-based Spectrem Group found that the number of U.S. households with more than $5 million rose from 930,000 in 2005. In 1996, there were only 250,000 U.S. households in the "ultra-rich" category, Spectrem said.

    "The past few years have been nothing but astounding for wealthy Americans," said Catherine McBreen, managing director of Spectrem, a consulting group that researches the affluent and retirement markets.

    McBreen said the surge in household growth is underpinned by economic growth in recent years, which has fueled both stock market gains and also the market for private companies. She also ascribed gains to rising real estate valuations and favorable tax policies.

    "The wealthiest households are the business owners," said McBreen. She also said broader ownership of stocks has helped overall household wealth.

    Shocka!* I need Reuters to tell me that broad stock and business ownership has helped to grow the economy?

    Read More »


    Turning NASA Into NASCAR

    Glenn Reynolds writes that space is "the next frontier for advertising", linking to this Wall Street Journal report:

    California Rep. Ken Calvert, ranking Republican on a House Science subcommittee overseeing NASA programs, surprised an industry conference in Colorado Springs, Colo., by announcing plans to introduce a bill that would make “NASA space assets available for commercial advertising and marketing opportunities.” If that ever becomes law, companies and universities might be able to market themselves by plastering logos on equipment or sponsoring equipment such as cameras on the International Space Station.

    The revenues, ultimately reaching perhaps $100 million, would be used to build up a self-sustaining prize fund to honor space innovations by entrepreneurs. Calvert said his aim is to increase public awareness of manned space exploration programs without spending taxpayer money. The congressman suggested it could evolve into “an advertising system” similar to those used by public radio and the Smithsonian Institution “which have long-term, dedicated and tasteful sponsorship” arrangements.

    Why worry about tasteful? Like the side of a stock car, there's plenty of room for advertising on the Space Shuttle's booster tank, and it's disposable.

    Right from the start, Star Trek always has had plenty of commercials, hasn't it? And there were numerous brand names visible in 2001: A Space Odyssey.

    Ironic Irony Alerted Ironically

    Don Surber writes:

    Irony alert. The Washington Examiner pointed out: Under Bush, unemployment dropped to numbers seldom seen — far below the Clinton years. Clinton’s people counter with well, the stock market took off when he was prez. Wait a second, aren’t Republicans supposed to be the Wall Street guys while Democrats are the blue collar guys?
    Not necessarily; just ask John Kerry and Elizabeth Edwards.

    A Pinch Of A Plunge

    "The Gawker report notes that the share price of the New York Times Co. has slipped a whopping 54.56% since June of 2002 from its high of $51.50 to Tuesday's close of $23.40."

    Chart here, for those who aren't afraid of vertigo during the roller coaster-like supersonic drop.

    I Was Told That There Would Be No Math

    Mark Krikorian ponders mathematically challenged journalists:

    At a time when more and more policy advocacy and policymaking is based on the assessment of data, the English majors who become reporters and editors are as bad as ever at discussing numbers. The WaPost had some cute stories on teenage entrepreneurs with a couple real howlers: "Last year, he sold 10 of his photographs, netting about $1,000 in gross sales." (Last time I checked, "net" and "gross" were different concepts.)

    And this one in a story about a girl who bakes gourmet dog treats: "According to a survey by the American Pet Products Manufacturing Association, people in the United States spent $34.4 billion on their pets in 2004. The bulk of that — $14.2 billion — was spent on food." (How can the "bulk" be less than half of something?) And then a graphic in the Business section, of all places, (it accompanied this story, but isn't online) had a caption saying the volume of first-class mail has been declining since 1999, when the graph clearly shows volume declining since 1990.

    Sure, these are trivial examples, but if newspapers can't get "net" and "gross" right, how are they going to write about the federal budget intelligently?

    God is in the details, as Mies is always quoted as saying, and it’s these little things that demonstrate the superiority of elite journalists over the pajama-clad masses. Thankfully, unlike bloggers, they have an army of editors just offstage to help them get these crucial details right.

    In business journalism, these skills are even more crucial, risking The Death of Equities.

    O'Reilly Will Have Kittens

    The parent companies of Fox and NBC are teaming up to battle YouTube.

    California: A Much Better Business Atmosphere?

    During his interview with "the irrelevant Rush Limbaugh", Gov. Schwarzenegger said, "I would say a huge amount of businesses are coming back here because we are creating a much better business atmosphere".

    For all sorts of reasons, I find that rather hard to believe. And certainly, individuals continue to vote with their feet, according to this December report from the Pacific Research Institute:

    Last week, the California Department of Finance released figures showing that the number of California residents moving out of the state exceeded the number of individuals moving in. While the overall population increased due to foreign immigration, domestic migrants on net left the Golden State. This is hardly a surprise given that California continues to foster an economic climate that’s unfriendly to entrepreneurship.
    "I heard Humphrey saying things that sounded like socialism, which I had just left..."

    If You Can't Make It There, You Can't Make It Anywhere

    Betsy Newmark writes that socialism's last gasp is rapidly coming to an end:

    When Israel was founded, socialists idealists thought that founding collective farms - kibbutzim - would be a foundation on which to build their economies. Now, decades later, they're finding that socialism just didn't work out. One by one, those kibbutzim are being privatized.
    As Betsy writes, "They can't reform human nature. People found that they didn't like it that they got the same financial reward as people who worked less and so they worked less. Adam Smith wins again".

    As he always does--but sometimes it takes longer than others.

    Do Corporate Androids Dream Of Electric Sheep?

    CBS does, as Reuters notes:

    CBS Corp. will invest in virtual world content developer Electric Sheep Co., the U.S. television broadcaster said on Monday. hoping to expand its reach beyond the living room.

    CBS will participate in a $7 million round of financing, which includes existing investors Gladwyne Partners.

    Electric Sheep develops 3-D properties in virtual worlds like Second Life, an online society that allows players to create characters that exist in a world they help create.

    "We believe that all these virtual worlds represent next generation communications platforms," CBS Interactive President Quincy Smith said in a phone interview last week.

    Corporate interest in tapping virtual worlds to market brands and products have surged in recent months as marketers test new technologies to reach consumers who now split their leisure TV-viewing time with the Internet.

    Electric Sheep, consultants and designers of properties in 3-dimensional virtual worlds such as Linden Lab's Second Life, have accumulated a portfolio of Fortune 500 clients that include Time Warner Inc.'s AOL, General Electric's NBC and Viacom Inc..

    Reuters Group Plc is an Electric Sheep client.

    Of course. How could they not be?

    Let Me Cogitate On That

    The Washington Post's Howard Kurtz writes:

    The reason these two [satellite radio] companies have 13 million subscribers willing to cough up $12.95 a month for something we all grew up thinking should be free is that commercial radio has self-destructed. . . . Really, can you think of an industry (okay, maybe American automakers) that has frittered away such huge advantages and sent its customers scrambling for alternatives?
    Give me a second...it'll come to me...oh yeah, that industry!

    Update: Hugh Hewitt agrees: "Howard is writing about radio but his critique is really applicable to all old media companies".

    Meanwhile, Michelle Malkin and Tony Snow each note that new media formats have some inherent pitfalls as well.

    All For Philip Morris

    Jacob Sullum writes:

    "The days of Congress doing the bidding of the tobacco industry are over," Rep. Henry Waxman, D-Calif., recently declared. "This long overdue legislation would give FDA broad powers to regulate tobacco products and protect Philip Morris."

    Actually, Waxman said "protect public health," but I've taken the liberty of decoding the phrase for you.

    Read the whole thing.

    "Day Of The Grocery Clerk Is Over; Union Murdered Them"

    Steve Frank writes, "I would not be surprised if the stores had a special surcharge for having real people check you out for your bread and milk":

    A few years ago the grocery industry [in California] went on a 20 week strike. It was a lose for everybody, most especially for the strikers, some of whom went into bankruptcy and many others who still work in the industry, but get fewer hours and less pay and benefits.

    It was inevitable, before reality set in.

    Since then Albertsons have been installing self check out stands, with one employee helping 4-8 counters at the same time—fewer workers. There was no way Von’s, Ralph’s and Albertson’s could pay the high wages and benefits, without raising prices. Even today, there is resentment by customers for the slashed tires, the yelling and name calling by the union strikers.

    Last November, the people of California voted $10 billion for schools. LAUSD just gave a 6% raise to the teachers—so most of the money for new facilities is actually going to go in wages, in the end, The grocers don’t have the luxury of raising taxes or bonding to pay for increased pay or benefits.

    Should there be another grocery strike, they will lose even more customers, workers will have even fewer hours to work, and those self check out stands will be in the majority. I would not be surprised if the stores had a special surcharge for having real people check you out for your bread and milk. The day of the grocery clerk is over, the union murdered them.

    My local Albertson's supermarket has an aisle consisting of four self-serve machines, which each combine a barcode scanner, credit/debit card processing machine, and bagging dispenser. It seems to work reasonably well, despite the inevitable 20-point IQ drop that each customer faces when confronted by the self-serve's GUI (even here in bleeding-edge high tech Silicon Valley). As the programming of these relatively new machines improves over time and they become increasingly user-friendly, I think Frank is right: more and more, clerks will become the province of both higher-end boutique stores, and smaller, non-union businesses.

    Standing Athwart History Yelling "Regulate!"

    Ed Morrissey writes:

    Imagine my surprise when the New York Times ran an op-ed yesterday on the evils of an overly large federal government and the wisdom of following the Constitutional framework for sovereign states united in common defense.
    Given the trends amongst the left over the last decade, I'm not as surprised as Ed seems to be. Of course, the federalism of early America was also combined with a remarkably laissez faire approach to the markets and capitalism, which began to ebb with the development of the first truly big businesses, the railroads. That half of the equation will of course be completely ignored by a left that wants to strangle business growth--and if the snail darter (remember him?) couldn't do it, they can only pray--seemingly almost literally--that "another 30 Kyotos" will.

    Red Queen's Race--The Advertising Campaign!

    AP reports that "Newspapers start $75 million campaign to fight image of decline". Gee, whatever led to that impression?

    The newspaper industry this week announced a $75 million marketing campaign to declare its relevance in the Internet age as advertising revenues were flat, buffeted by major mergers and a wounded domestic auto industry.

    It's the second year in a row that the Newspaper Association of America has advertised directly to its advertisers, trying to change the perception that the industry is on the decline, executives said.

    "I am sick and tired of all the doom and gloom reports out there about the death of this industry," said Earl Cox, chief strategic officer of The Martin Agency, the marketing group in charge of the campaign. The perception is "inaccurate and it's unfair and it's unacceptable." [If you say so--Ed]

    Ad revenue at its member papers in the third quarter of last year declined 1.5 percent from a year earlier to $11.79 billion, according to the NAA. Traditional print ads fell 2.6 percent to about $11.2 billion while online ads rose 23 percent to $638 million. Total ad revenues were slightly up for the first two quarters of the year.

    The campaign attempts to attack the notion that newspapers are being left behind in the battle to attract consumer "eyeballs."

    One campaign slogan reads: "The Internet is the best thing to happen to newspapers since the paper boy."

    As James Lileks told Hugh Hewitt yesterday:
    That's great--you want to reduce the greatest technological achievement of our age down to some seven year old urchin from the orphanage shouting "Wuxtry! Wuxtry!" on the corner. You know, there aren't any paper boys anymore, and the things are being delivered by 45-year old guys who are now delivering the newspaper because they've lost their jobs at the newspaper!
    Personally, I think Lileks contributed a far better--or at least far hipper--slogan in 2005:
    The Newspaper. A Viable Alternative to Staring Into Space.
    When jet aviation took off (so to speak) in the mid-1950s, railroads began numerous ad campaigns to remind all those former rail passengers that train travel was still around, and still equally viable, until Congress created Amtrak in 1972 to stop the hemorrhaging--or at least pass it off from the shareholder to the taxpayer. Perhaps a half century prior, advertising extolled the leisurely pace of horse and buggies over that new-fangled horseless carriage. Of course, like the railroads themselves, that doesn't mean that any of the legacy information sources are going away anytime soon.

    In theory though, they could be morphing into something new. As I wrote about another media once declared past its prime last fall in a profile of David Sarnoff:

    After a century that has seen the rise of motion pictures, radio, television, the Internet, and other media, we now know that no media fully destroys another. While most believed that the one-two punch of first television and then FM radio would bulldoze AM into obsolescence, it didn’t quite happen, did it? Just ask Rush Limbaugh, Al Franken and the other talkers making their own fortunes from a technology that David Sarnoff popularized nearly a century ago, and still going strong.
    But something tells me that this massive newspaper ad campaign, coupled with the equally massive meltdowns in journalistic credibility that accompany it, portends an increasing amount of turbulence in the newspaper world.

    Here's one possible way it might shake out. Something tells me that the real future of the news industry will less dramatic, if even stranger.

    Hmmm, Which Industry Shall I Cripple Next?

    In the early 1990s, Hillarycare attempted to give America all of the benefits of England's socialized medicine--and cripple the healthcare industry in the process. Now she's proposing to confiscate oil industry profits and put them in “strategic energy fund”, ala Hugo Chavez.

    Or as she said in 2004, “We’re going to take things away from you on behalf of the common good.”

    One possible reason that Hillary's presidential efforts might be doomed? Dick Morris says it's in the bag.

    Carblogging Kaus

    Mickey Kaus writes:

    Is it really an accident that all the UAW-organized auto companies are in deep trouble while all the non-union Japanese "transplants" building cars in America are doing fine? Detroit's designs are inferior for a reason, even when they're well built. And that reason probably as more to do with the impediments to productivity imposed by the UAW--or, rather, by legalistic, Wagner-Act unionism--than with slick and unhip Detroit corporate "culture."

    P.S.: If Detroit can only be competititive when the UAW makes grudging concessions, isn't it likely the UAW will only concede enough to make GM and Ford survive, but never enough to let them actually beat the Japanese manufactures? I try to make this point here.

    Read, and/or watch the whole thing; related thoughts here.

    Stocks And The Surge

    Larry Kudlow notes that the markets have reacted quite favorably to yesterday's speech. (The DJIA ended today up 72.82 points to close at 12,514.98.)

    Blue Mobius Loop

    To add to former Times-ombudsman Daniel Okrent's famous 2004 article opening:

    Is The New York Times a Liberal Newspaper?

    Of course it is.

    Just ask Blue Investment Management, which the Times notes is "a New York fund company that is less than a year old, will limit their holdings to companies that donate the majority of their political contributions to Democrats", including--wait for it--the New York Times!

    Update: Bill Hobbs has further thoughts.

    Creative Destruction In The Newspaper Industry

    Democracy Project writes:

    Back when I was an exec at Crown Zellerbach, a Fortune 100 company, I told others that a buy-out artist could scoop up the company for pennies on the dollar of assets and cash-flow, break it up for sale, and pocket a hefty profit. I was poo-poo’d. After all, CZ was a 100-year old leader in the pulp & paper industry, although lately a laggard. In 1984, Sir James Goldsmith did what I predicted, to large gains. This was typical of the wake-up call delivered throughout American industry in the ‘80’s.

    Today, the same tide of creative destruction is beginning to reach the shores of newspaper beaches.

    They conclude:
    Most newspapers are between the rock and the hard place: Keep churning out unreliable reporting that readers increasingly don’t buy, in order to maintain their ideological stranglehold on American news, or be bought out and otherwise be consigned to capitalism’s ash heap.
    As I mentioned in the last post, it's not like nobody knew this day was going to arrive.

    (Via the Manspace that is Maggie's Farm.)

    "Which Way To Las Vegas?"

    This ran while I was on Christmas vacation, but it's still worth mentioning:

    Last week, the California Department of Finance released figures showing that the number of California residents moving out of the state exceeded the number of individuals moving in. While the overall population increased due to foreign immigration, domestic migrants on net left the Golden State. This is hardly a surprise given that California continues to foster an economic climate that’s unfriendly to entrepreneurship.
    Indeed it does.

    Sadly, No Martha Quinn References Here

    More Top Ten mania, but sadly, no video, or MTV, MKH or Martha Quinn references here: "The Media’s Top 10 Economic Myths of 2006".

    The Village, Revisited

    "Corbusier" of Architecture And Morality explores the growing popularity of what he calls "Lifestyle Centers":

    Ironically enough, my town is investing lots of its own resources to build a brand new town-center along its waterfront, far from its historic town square. Why do our city leaders think this a good idea? For one thing, the new town center, while looking and feeling like a traditional urban street, is in reality more optimally planned for accomodating major commercial anchors. There is a cineplex at one end of the development and a brand new hotel and conference center at the opposite end, with "blocks" of retail, chain restaurants with views of the lake, and elegant fountains and walkways. There's even a landscaped amphitheatre for open-air concerts, and the new town center has recently proved to be effective in gathering large numbers of people to watch fireworks.

    Such "lifestyle centers" are growing in propularity in suburbs across the country. They are basically un-enclosed shopping malls, and their thematic architecture makes little attempt to relate the authentic vernacular of histor areas of the towns near which they are located. Our new instant town center by the lake resembles an Italian fishing village with cardboard cutout detailing, instead of the much more native Texas lakehouse style found in nearby rural area. Still, they manage to restore a sense of place, regardless of how instantaneously they are conceived. Older, and often more tastefully built town centers could apply lessons from the success of lifestyle centers.

    I think Santana Row in San Jose would definitely qualify as a lifestyle center; I blogged about it last year--complete with cheesecake poster!

    Building The Perfect Beast

    In Opinion Journal, Om Malick explores the importance of software platforms:

    A couple of years ago, in the days before YouTube, a short video clip spread like wildfire on the Internet. It showed the fourth richest man on the planet, Steve Ballmer, the chief executive of Microsoft, doing a crazy jig onstage at a conference, screaming "developers, developers, developers." Truer words have never been spoken--or repeated. Without "developers," Microsoft would not possess its desktop monopoly or billions of dollars in profits.

    Those developers are the little platoons of software programmers and product-inventors who turn operating systems (like Microsoft's Windows), Internet browsers (Firefox), game devices (PlayStation) and much else into something more than themselves--into "platforms" upon which a whole economic ecosystem rests. It is impossible to imagine Dell Computer's success, or that of Intuit Corp. or even Electronic Arts (the videogame company) without the platform that Windows constructed with the help, so to speak, of Microsoft. Windows is but one example of many software engines that have propelled mega-billion-dollar industries and created wealth beyond compare. Just as the internal combustion engine led to the formation of the modern automobile industry and ended up driving so much else in the economy (think only of steel and gasoline), invisible engines are now powering the vast postindustrial economies in which we live and work.

    Such is the persuasive thesis of "Invisible Engines," by David S. Evans, Andrei Hagiu and Richard Schmalensee. The authors document the rise of platforms, outline the strategies by which they are developed and marketed, and offer little-known details about popular devices--Sony's PlayStation, Apple's iPod, Palm Treo--that have become essential aspects of our modern lives.

    No wonder the American left and the EU want/wanted to topple Microsoft and long for the 1950s--or at least the 1970s, when things were so much simpler at the tail end of the industrial revolution rather than its information-based demassified successor.

    Bing Crosby's Dead

    And The Road To Utopia was pulled from theaters some time in 1946. But, as Michael Barone writes, all of the "Progressive" economic plans of the incoming Democrat-controlled Congress head Back To The Future. Whether the final destination is Europe of the 1970s, or the American "Rust Belt" economy of Ike and Truman's years is what's being debated.

    But as Barone writes, there is a Third Way (to coin a phrase) available to them:

    One interesting proposal by [Clinton aide Gene Sperling] is for a "universal 401(k)," which would give all workers tax-sheltered savings accounts, funded by employers and employees. One option is to give low earners tax credits, perhaps even refundable tax credits, for their contributions to the accounts. Over time, this would increase low earners' wealth accumulation -- progressive redistribution. But it would also tend to transfer funds from the federal treasury to individuals, from the public sector to the private sector -- not the direction Democrats usually want to go.

    It's a proposal that looks a lot like the Social Security individual investment accounts George W. Bush called for, and Democrats scorned. It would be ironic if this turns out to be the major progressive achievement of this Democratic Congress.

    And it may just be the most viable.

    Update: Rowan Callick explores how the election is playing overseas.

    The Holiday That A Few Cautiously Dare To Name

    The Chicago Tribune notes, "Stores revert to 'Merry Christmas'--Wal-Mart leads way, backing off from 'happy holidays'".

    That's great to see, and it's a direct response to the amount of complaints that filtered up through the Blogosphere and online forums last year. It's also further proof of something that Jonah Goldberg wrote last year, which the midterms confirmed:

    Galloping toward the center is nothing new in American politics. The parties have always regressed to the mean. The center of gravity is in the, uh, center. What's changed is that the center has — finally — been moving an eensy bit to the right.
    And perhaps it's also a small sign that the 1970s might be slowly--ever, ever so slowly--be receding into the distance.

    Hopefully many more brick and mortar chains will follow suit. As I wrote last year, there's absolutely no excuse for any large Internet retailer for not doing this, of course.

    Update: Mary Katharine Ham spots another difference between Christmas retailing this year and last.

    China Syndrome Debunked By Man Down Under

    Tim Blair waits until halfway through an essay on the glowing, err, growing demand for nuclear reactors, and writes:

    Hey, we're 400 words gone here and still no mention of Chernobyl.

    For nuclear energy opponents, the Chernobyl meltdown is an argument ender - who could possibly argue that nuclear energy is safe following the radiation-caused deaths of so many people?

    (Not so many as you'd think, by the way - according to the UN's International Atomic Energy Agency, only 50 deaths can be directly attributed to the 1986 Chernobyl disaster.)

    Of course, Chernobyl was more an example of Soviet blundering than of nuclear dangers.

    If we relied on Soviet-era data as a general safety guide, we'd probably be forced to outlaw flight.

    Aeroflot wasn't exactly a typical example of a modern airline. Between 1953 and 1994 the Soviet national carrier managed to kill 6895 people in 127 accidents.

    If you've got the risk-taking gene, you won't get off on living next door to a Western nuclear reactor; you'll get off by getting on an Aeroflot Tupolev Tu-154, scheduled to arrive nose-first in the frozen dirt outside Moscow.

    Please enjoy the terrified screams of your fellow passengers.

    Never mind nuclear power - communism turns even simple construction work into a festival of blood.

    When Australian racing driver Glenn Seton visited the new Formula One track built a few years ago in Shanghai, he was alarmed by the stories he kept hearing of how many workers had been killed during its construction.

    Many more, it goes without saying, than were killed at Chernobyl. If Chernobyl is a warning regarding nuclear energy, why isn't Shanghai a warning not to build grandstands and chicanes?

    Well, it probably is, for someone like former Vice President Gore, who view the internal combustion engine as merely one cog in a new Final Solution, after having spent the bulk of the 1990s riding behind a fleet of black Secret Service Suburbans inside his own White House limo.

    As for the rest of us who aren't immediately horrified by the thought of nuclear power's increasingly viable future, don't miss this recent Popular Mechanics article on the topic.

    Update: Steven Den Beste emails:

    Admiral Rickover was given a tour of a Soviet nuclear submarine. He happened to be carrying a film dosimeter. Later when it was developed it showed that he'd been exposed to more radiation during that brief tour than he had been in all the years he led the American nuclear submarine program.
    Meanwhile, Jim Geraghty writes that the more things change in Russia, the more they stay the same.

    The Color Of Money

    Milton Friedman: tennis hustler.

    An Atari Democrat For The 21st Century!

    "John Edwards buys Playstation 3 from Wal-Mart...after bashing Wal-Mart"!

    Milton Friedman Has Passed Away

    Glenn Reynolds has lots of links; economist Larry Kudlow has some thoughts.

    As Glenn writes, "It's hard to say that someone has been plucked untimely at the age of 94, but it feels that way."

    Update: Mark Steyn, who was scheduled to share a National Review panel with Friedman this week, adds:

    He was the principal economic influence on President Reagan, Mrs Thatcher and other leaders determined to reverse the ill-effects of Keynesianism in the west, and through them he became equally influential in post-Soviet eastern Europe. He was one of the most important figures of the age, and, had the Republican Congress understood why, they might still be in power.
    Exactly.

    Hollywood Puts The Squeeze On Talent

    The New York Times reports:

    On a recent trip to New York City, Russell Crowe was asked by reporters why he had dropped out of negotiations to star in a new movie being directed by Baz Luhrmann and produced by 20th Century Fox.

    A rally in September sought benefits for TV writers. The squeeze is also affecting actors and producers.
    The Academy Award winner, never one to mince words, suggested it was, in part, the money. “I do charity work, but I don’t do charity work for major studios,” Mr. Crowe said.

    It seems the needy are not the only ones in Hollywood with their hands out. Movie and television studios, facing escalating budgets, rampant piracy and the uncertain future of new media, are demanding concessions from talent. But as actors, directors and writers feel the squeeze, many are not happy about it.

    Worse, the tension is not likely to ease soon. As studios are set to begin contract negotiations with talent in January, all sides are girding for battle.

    Hollywood is in the midst of a strategic shift. The average cost to make and market a movie has skyrocketed — to $96.2 million last year, from $54.1 million in 1995 — while lucrative DVD sales have flattened. Major film studios are fending off illegal piracy, which industry executives say accounted for $1.3 billion in lost revenue in the United States last year.

    The growth of new media threatens to undermine traditional businesses, while studios are flummoxed about how to take advantage of the new opportunities they represent. And movies and TV also face tough new competition from video games and online social networking sites. Even cellphones have become a favorite diversion among the young.

    Why, it's like The Era of Big Cinema Is Over, or something!

    Safe Bets

    Both of these media predictions seem like relatively safe bets in the coming year.

    Update: As does this.

    Another Update: This seems a bit of a stretch, though.

    Why Silicon Valley Persists

    California is one of the least business-friendly states in the union, yet somehow, Silicon Valley still exists as a hub of entrepreneurship. Virginia Postrel explains why.

    The Era Of Big Television Is Looking Shaky Too

    This article in the Denver Post (H/T: OJ) sounds much like the piece I wrote for TCS Daily last week, except that the screen size is quite a bit smaller. But, then, just like the movie industry, so is the content, these days:

    They're not firing, they're "rightsizing." They're not cost-cutting, they're inventing fabulous user-generated programming.

    In the euphemistic world of network TV, executives make cutbacks sound like boldly progressive new ventures. The fact is, nobody knows whether today's cutback will yield tomorrow's creative, fantastically successful breakthrough program.

    Last week NBC slashed jobs and put an end to expensive early-evening dramas, alerting viewers that, in the future, we should expect "Deal or No Deal" rather than "Friday Night Lights" in the 7 p.m. time slot. Cheaper to produce and more reliable in the ratings, quiz shows are one economical answer to NBC's current woes.

    Wait - it gets cheaper.

    The networks are launching do-it-yourself video sites, inviting amateur filmmakers to contribute content. They hail these new ventures as the wave of the techno-future.

    Fox's "On the Lot," due early next year from Mark Burnett and Steven Spielberg (online at thelot.com), offers would-be filmmakers the chance to work with the master. NBC-bound "It's Your Show," backed by Carson Daly (itsyourshowtv.com), offers cash prizes for the best homemade videos.

    CBS is inviting user submissions to its "channel" on YouTube, hoping that partnership will strike gold. Eventually this may go beyond audition tapes for the next "Amazing Race."

    Late-night host Daly recently talked about his online experiment, which eventually will be reshaped into a primetime show for NBC. Cashing in on the popularity of YouTube, Daly's "It's Your Show" is the viral video equivalent of "America's Funniest Home Videos," intended to entice amateur videomakers. Complete with a helpful production tool kit, it picks up where lonelygirl15 and lip-synching videos leave off.

    "It's a sharing portal, but it does come with some structure," Daly said on a telephone conference call. The network provides a laugh track, for instance, sound effects, cartoon footage, music and a production framework. The tool kit can be applied to whatever mini-masterpiece contributors choose -from "Operation Grandma," where contenders teach a senior how to use new technology, to faux magic tricks pulled off with video editing.

    Most appealing to the NBC brass is the fact that the content is practically free (not counting the weekly $1,000 award and a $100,000 challenge), because it's user-generated. The most expensive part of the whole enterprise must be the lawyers' fees for vetting copyright and clearance issues.

    Fox's outlay is steeper: The winner gets a $1 million development deal at DreamWorks. Sixteen contestants will be split into teams and given resources to produce a short film. Each week they'll focus on a different genre (comedy, drama, romance, sci-fi) with a studio executive and a film critic among the judges, "American Idol"- style. The result could be a TV show rather than a movie, in which case 20th Century Fox TV has the rights.

    Daly's gig is more modest. "The content will define the nature of the TV show," he said. Judging by the submissions online, that means a range from dumb to dumber.

    The most popular challenge Daly's site has offered so far is called, "We shut up and you show us how it's done." Industry experts are convinced that air of turning over control to users is crucial. If you believe the hype, entertainment won't flow from a top-down hierarchy anymore; in the future, it will be up for grabs. Let a thousand stu- pid-pet-tricks bloom.

    Just wait until audiences figure out that it takes more than a cellphone and a cute idea to create entertainment that can be sustained beyond two minutes.

    Previously in this vein, NBC staged a contest for promotional spots for "The Office." The results were "genius," Daly said. In the same way, "It's Your Show" pushes tie-ins to various NBC Universal properties, to keep the corporate business in the forefront.

    "Soon everybody's going to be videomaking," Daly predicted. He thinks viral video production will be a teenage rite of passage, like driving a car.

    At least until Hollywood says, "You f***ed up--you trusted us", as Universal's lawyers recently said to viral fans of the cult series-turned-cult movie, Firefly.

    But then that's far from the first time that the software producers in Southern California have been at war with the products created via the hardware and software producers in Northern California, of course.

    "EMI Music CEO Says The CD Is 'Dead'"

    Hey, no fair stealing my shtick! But still, he's got a point:

    EMI Music Chairman and Chief Executive Alain Levy Friday told an audience at the London Business School that the CD is dead, saying music companies will no longer be able to sell CDs without offering "value-added" material.

    "The CD as it is right now is dead," Levy said, adding that 60% of consumers put CDs into home computers in order to transfer material to digital music players.

    EMI Music is part of EMI Group PLC (EMI.LN).

    But there remains a place for physical media, Levy said.

    "You're not going to offer your mother-in-law iTunes downloads for Christmas," he said. "But we have to be much more innovative in the way we sell physical content."

    Record companies will need to make CDs more attractive to the consumer, he said.

    "By the beginning of next year, none of our content will come without any additional material," Levy said.

    Actually, let's flip that around: how 'bout packaging some content with your additional material? There's a reason why awards shows such as the Grammys are perrenial ratings losers.

    A Tasty Question To Ponder

    When you call The Left Bank, a Bay Area of chain of high end French restaurants, and they put you on hold (as I found out today when I made a reservation), a recording of a woman with a beautiful Gallic accent says, "Bonjour, and thank you for calling! In France, good food is a right. That's why here at the Left Bank..."

    I'm not up on the current state of government benefits in France, so who knows--maybe truffles and foie gras really are the right of every Frenchman on the dole. (After all, you can work up quite an appetite after a hard day's night of torching Citroens.) But found via TCS, The Christian Science Monitor asks some great questions: If healthcare is a human right, as the average New York Times reader thinks it is, then why isn't food? And what would happen if it were?

    Read the whole thing--but pour a nice glass of Lillet Blonde on the rocks before you do.

    Hoovervilles Would Have Been Painted In Miami Vice Pastels

    TigerHawk catches a detail that I missed--today's date in which the Dow cracked 12,000 is also the anniversary of its crash in 1987:

    As the Dow today closes at a new record high of 12,011+, I can't help but recall October 19, 1987, a very tough day in the market. It was a very big crash [508 points, or 22.6 percent of its value--Ed], with the market closing in the mid 1700s. Imagine that folks. I remember it all too well.
    Me too. Given who occupied the White House at the time, the press was all-too-eager to portray that temporary correction as the onset of The New Depression. Obviously, it didn't quite happen, but then, the media has always demonstrated an enormous flexibility in how they report the economy based on who would get the credit for its success or failure.

    "A Bad Day For Old Media Gets Worse"

    In addition to the bad news reported in this post (on a day when the Dow did indeed close over 12,000), Stephen Spruiell links to this Editor & Publisher story:

    The New York Times Co. reported Thursday that its third-quarter 2006 profit from continuing operations plunged 39.2% on costs related to its job cuts and a loss on its sale of its 50% stake in the Discovery Times Channel.
    Glad to see them paying a price for their arrogance.

    No Wonder They Can't Praise The Economy

    While the American economy is roaring away (the Dow is just over 12,000 as I type this), the legacy media is seeing red in certain quarters. AP notes that "NBC Universal makes $750M in cuts by reducing staff, scripted shows, news budget".

    And Pajamas' own Cathy Seipp looks at the L.A. Times' "Manhattan Project" (their name), which, paradoxically, is designed to dismantle a bomb of a newspaper. Good luck to that.

    Elsewhere, Patterico writes, "You Read the Most Interesting Things Sometimes in the Business Section"--like the New York Times admitting, yet again, its liberal bias.

    Update: Related thoughts from Betsy Newmark and George Will, and Jonah Goldberg.

    Another Update: Wow that was fast--a reader with a GE email address writes in:

    Amongst us GE engineers, we like to point out that what happened to NBC News is what happens to GE divisions that can't (or won't) follow our internal Six Sigma quality programs.

    The moral is that if one can't deliver customer value with a quality product, one might lose one's job.
    Do media elites generally believe they're doing a quality job? In one of Bernard Goldberg's books (I forget if it was Bias or Arrogance), he mentions that he's heard television producers make widely disparaging references to their audiences in Middle America. Are they equally cynical about the quality of the product they put out to them? Or do they naively think it's great stuff? I honestly don't know.

    More: "Katie Couric quickly slips down news ratings slope"--to the point where she now trails a VH-1 music show starring rapper Flavor Fav.

    InstaUpdate: Just to tie in with my title above, Glenn Reynolds writes, "No wonder the Big Media are acting as if the economy is in dreadful shape. For them, it is".

    Prominent PC Maker Trapped In P.C. Mobius Loop

    Via its advertising and board of directors, Apple goes out of its way to be the computer for the politically correct crowd. So it should be fun to watch to watch the layers of P.C. insanity involved with this unravel and implode.

    (The Mobius loop that Apple is about to enter very much reminds me of an incident Ikea faced last year, which Ed Morrissey described--accurately--as PC madness doubling in on itself.)

    The Cinema of Self-Congratulation

    From the 1950s through the 1970s, when the Hollywood left released agitprop, it was sold to moviegoing audiences under the theory of telling America The Truth--the Dark Underbelly of Life As It Truly Is Today.

    Ironically, the messages of these films were often buried deep within their subtext: if you listen to the commentary track of The Hustler, its filmmakers saw it as a parable on the Blacklist, one of the first of what would become a staple industry of Hollywood. But the vast majority of audience members simply took the movie for its surface plot, and saw it as a nifty flick about cutthroat pool sharks. Dr. Strangelove's nihilism and moral equivalence was buried under layers of blackout humor, brilliant dialogue, and incredible performances. And most anti-war movies like Apocalypse Now also deliver loads of hard-hitting action along the way.

    Somehow though, Hollywood decided that it didn't care about burying a film's message of a movie in its subtext. Eventually, the industry decided to concentrate on films that are little more than fodder for a like-minded echo chamber. Roger L. Simon has the right name for these movies: "the growing trend of Cinema of Self-Congratulation":

    These movies are not so much about art or even entertainment as they are about the audience and filmmakers feeling good about themselves, in the sense that both are right-thinking or of the "correct" sort. Great art abhors this of course. It is all about wildness and complexity - from Medea to The Godfather, nothing is simple ... or perhaps I should say "Nothing is written" (until, as Lawrence of Arabia tells us, it is).
    The Oscar Awards this year seem to mark a tipping point of sorts for the industry, as it seems increasingly capable of producing little more than these sorts of films, a cycle which is only likely to increase, as moviegoing audiences continue to shrink. (And of course, thanks to political correctness, so do acceptable plot lines.)

    George Lucas essentially believes that "The Era Of Big Cinema Is Over", to coin a blog post title. But does the industry understand how much its product has increasingly turned off those of us who still love movies, but don't dwell within the echo chamber?

    The Era Of Big Cinema Is Over

    That's the gist of this Variety profile of George Lucas:

    Lucas said he believes Americans are abandoning the moviegoing habit for good.

    "I don't think anything's going to be a habit anymore. I think people are going to be drawn to a certain medium in their leisure time and they're going to do it because there is a desire to do it at that particular moment in time. Everything is going to be a matter of choice. I think that's going to be a huge revolution in the industry."

    Two of those sentences are tautologies of course. I've read dozens and dozens of books on Hollywood, and I guess I missed the chapters on the era when movie watching was forced upon the American people. As if in 1935 Irving Thalberg declared marshal law in the U.S. and ordered all moviegoers on a forced march to the Roxy.

    Setting that aside, it's not like this is an entirely unforeseen development. When Jack Valenti retired in 2004, Michael Medved asked him a great question:

    With all the gratitude and acclaim surrounding Jack Valenti's recently announced retirement, no one dares confront the long-time president of the Motion Picture Association of America over the chief mystery of his 38-year reign: What happened, Jack, to all those missing moviegoers?

    Despite his unquestioned eloquence, elegance and charm, Mr. Valenti presided over history's most disastrous decline in the audience for feature films. In 1965, the year before he left the Johnson administration to assume his plush position as chief mouthpiece for the entertainment industry, 44 million Americans went out to the movies every week. A mere four years later, that number had collapsed to 17.5 million.

    In other words, some potent, puzzling force drove more than half of the nation's film fans to break the habit of movie going. That same mystical power served to suppress attendance for the next 20 years, with figures on ticket sales remaining flat until they began to rise moderately in the 1990s, reflecting the construction of thousands of new movie screens at multiplex theaters. Most recent figures (from 2003) show weekly attendance today at just over 30 million. As a percentage of the nation's population, however, the numbers on movie attendance remain only slightly improved from the devastating trough of 1970 (10.3% vs. 8.6%) and still vastly lower than the robust box-office years of 1965 (44%) or 1960 (45%).

    It's amazing how many movie professionals remain altogether unaware of this long-term decline in film going--or, when informed about the depressing but undeniable figures, wrongly attribute them to the advent of television. TV sets began appearing in living rooms in the late 1940s, of course, and by the time the audience for feature films started its sharpest slump in 1966, the tube had already arrived in nearly all American homes.

    Medved blames the loss of viewers to the transition from the more rigorous Hays Code to Valenti's G/PG/R/X ratings system:
    The resulting changes in the industry showed up with startling clarity at the Academy Awards. In 1965, with the Production Code still in force, "The Sound of Music" won Best Picture of the Year; in 1969, under the new rating system, an X-rated offering about a homeless male hustler, "Midnight Cowboy," earned the Oscar as the year's finest film. Most critics, then as now, welcomed the aesthetic shift and hailed the fresh latitude in cinematic expression, but the audience voted with its feet.
    And of course, in the post-9/11 era, a similar shift has been occurring. While Chris Anderson's Long Tail of media choices is definitely a factor, so is Hollywood's hard-line doctrinaire liberalism, which flared up dramatically during the 2004 election season, and shows little sign of abating. The result is that while outspoken activists such as Sean Penn have enormous clout within Hollywood, 2005 became "A Big Year For Films Nobody Will See", as blogger Charlie Richards wrote. (So far, Penn's most recent film has grossed a miniscule $6,501,727 on a $55,000,000 budget).

    As a result, during this year's Oscar season, Lucas claimed that Hollywood's future was a spate of small $15 million dollar movies, as opposed to a dozen or so $200 million summertime blockbusters. But it looks as though Lucas is thinking even smaller:

    He gave $175 million -- $100 million for endowment and $75 million for buildings -- to his alma mater. But he said that kind of money is too much to put into a film.

    Spending $100 million on production costs and another $100 million on P&A makes no sense, he said.

    "For that same $200 million I can make 50-60 two-hour movies. That's 120 hours as opposed to two hours. In the future market, that's where it's going to land, because it's going to be all pay-per-view and downloadable.

    $200 million divided by 50=$4 million. In other words, Lucas expects Hollywood films to eventually average four million dollars a pop, so that the industry survives on an excess of quantity, rather than pure excess itself. That's a far cry from films such as Titanic and Lucas's recent Star Wars prequels, all of which had gynormous, nine-figure budgets.

    Fifty years ago, Norma Desmond had no idea how small the pictures were really going to get. Or that her industry would become just another niche market.

    Don't Blame Me, I Just Live Here

    If the sticker price of your next car seem astronomical, it's partially because auto manufacturers will need to hire a fresh army of lawyers to defend themselves against this:

    California sued six of the world's largest automakers over global warming on Wednesday, charging that greenhouse gases from their vehicles have caused billions of dollars in damages.

    The lawsuit is the first of its kind to seek to hold manufacturers liable for the damages caused by their vehicles' emissions, state Attorney General Bill Lockyer said.

    Lockyer of course, is a man who was driven mad last year with one of the more virulent cases of BDS; no wonder Nissan is decamping to saner ground.

    Update: Ian Murray writes:

    The shakedown of the industries that have done the most to contribute to American freedom and prosperity is beginning. This'll make the tobacco suits look like Judge Judy.
    Swell.

    Another Update: Environmental Republican has some thoughts as well.

    Cracking Kaus-ian Conspiracies

    Mickey Kaus has a great theory on Katie Couric's hiring by CBS:

    As Katie Couric's newscast sinks back into third place, here's a thought: Maybe CBS isn't disappointed. Maybe the hiring of Couric had nothing to do with boosting the ratings for the CBS Evening News, attracting new demographics, blah, blah, blah. Maybe Couric was hired by CBS solely to screw NBC's highly-profitable Today Show! After all, CBS's Les Moonves could somehow get his network back into the lucrative morning-show game--by depriving the dominant competitor of its star--wouldn't that mean a lot more to CBS' bottom line than whether it gets an extra point or two in the shrinking evening news market? ... Wait and see how the Couric-less Today does before you decide whether she was worth $15 million to CBS.
    In an earlier Kaus File, Mickey suggested that Oliver Stone was a dreadful choice by Paramount to direct World Trade Center, due to his endless conspiratorial utterings--some of which have actually been about 9/11. While Paramount was able to keep a lid on Stone for a time, he's back to doing what he does best:
    Stone, who surprised many with the patriotic flavour of his new film World Trade Center, hinted in Moscow yesterday that he is considering a more controversial follow-up investigating the “conspiracy” around 9/11.

    “There is a great story in a movie, a conspiracy by a group of people in the American administration who have an agenda and who used 9/11 to further that agenda,” he told journalists in Russia. There could be a “fascinating project [on] what happened after Sept. 11,” the director said at his packed press conference on the fifth anniversary of the attacks.

    Stone accused U.S. President George W. Bush of mishandling the fight against Osama bin Laden’s militants and using the crisis to stoke fear and bolster his own power at home in a way that was “right out of George Orwell.”

    But given Stone's unbankable post-JFK track record, why would any studio fund the project?

    (And incidentally, Bjørn Stærk's theory on those who only quote from Orwell's fiction versus his non-fiction remains intact.)

    Update: Be sure to scroll to the end of the Libertas post on Stone, to see a textbook example of the sort of photo that newspaper photographers live to compose.

    The Solution Here Is Obvious

    The Professor writes:

    DANIEL DREZNER LOOKS AT THE LATEST SALVO in The New York Times' jihad against Wal-Mart, and is deeply unimpressed: "This leads to a fundamental question -- what on earth motivated the New York Times to put this article on the front page of its Business section? Properly headlined, an article that blares, 'Little Money Flowing Between Wal-Mart and Washington Think Tanks' wouldn't even have run, much less on the front page."
    Wal-Mart should buy the ground that the Augusta National Golf Club sits on, build a new "big box", hire plenty of women to work there--and maybe an otherwise currently unemployed Howell Raines to manage the store.

    And watch the good vibes start to flow from the Mean Ole Gray Lady!

    Update: Stephen Spruiell hits the road towards The Path To Sam Walton:

    I don't get it. In the run-up to what might be the most important election in their party's history, the Democrats are campaigning against... Wal-Mart and Walt Disney? What's next? Kittens? Grandma?
    That's for 2008.

    This Is Your Captain Speaking: Thank You For Smoking

    I don't smoke, but I've never been anti-smoking; and in era where our freedoms are being dramatically curtailed in the skies, this seems like an exceptional idea:

    PARIS If Alexander Schoppmann is right, then where there's smoke, there's a flier.

    As more countries ban smoking in public places, his idea might seem malapropos. But Schoppmann, a German entrepreneur, is hoping to turn smokers' umbrage at ever-expanding efforts to stub out their habit into a highflying business proposal: Smoker's International Airways.

    As the name suggests, the airline, known as Smintair for short, will probably not be for the faint of lung. The carrier, expected to begin luxury service with only business and first-class seats early next year, plans daily flights between Schoppmann's hometown of Düsseldorf and Tokyo - a 12-hour journey that, for some inveterate smokers, is simply not worth the nicotine-withdrawal headache.

    "Many people simply don't travel long distances anymore because they can't smoke," said Schoppmann, 55, who admits to a 30-a-day cigarette habit as well as the occasional cigar. "That has to be why they invented videoconferencing."
    Ironically though, as the author of article suggests, Schoppmann's airline is far more likely to be permitted by regulators in Europe, the bluest blue state of them all, than in America.

    Star Trek Boldly Goes Where Lucas Has Gone Before

    Life really does imitate South Park:

    Voiceover: Coming, this summer! It's the digitally enhanced re-release of the very first pilot episode of South Park! Yes, the classic, rough, hand-made first episode is getting a make-over for 2002! The simple, funny aliens are now super badass and cool! Flying saucer? No longer cheap construction paper, but a 4.0 megapixel constructed through a masterpiece of technology! Everything's new! New is better!

    Trey Parker: When we first made South Park, we didn't wanna use construction paper. We just had to because it was cheap.

    Matt Stone: And now with new technology we can finally remaster South Park, make it look sharp, clean and focused.

    Trey Parker: Expensive.

    Voiceover: Yes, all the charm of a simple little cartoon will melt before your eyes as it is replaced by newer and more standardized animation!

    Trey Parker: For instance, in the scene at the bus stop, we always meant to have Imperial walkers and giant dewback lizards in the background, but simply couldn't afford it.

    Voiceover: Get this special enhanced version quick, because another enhanced version will likely be coming out for 2003!

    Paramount has decided to jump into what is sure to become an endless George Lucas-style retrofitting of their own sci-fi mega-franchise:
    CBS has just informed TV Guide's Insider that all 79 episodes of Gene Roddenberry's classic Star Trek: The Original Series are being given a special effects upgrade with new CG effects. Longtime Trek veterans Michael Okuda, Denise Okuda and David Rossi are apparently involved in the process to ensure that this is a class effort, as opposed to some kind of 'Where's Jar-Jar' operation. Says Mike in the Insider report: "We're taking great pains to respect the integrity and style of the original. Our goal is to always ask ourselves: What would Roddenberry have done with today's technology?" The ships will now have more detail, backgrounds will be more lively with people and activity, landscapes will now feature moving clouds, etc. The show's opening will be overhauled too, and the theme music has been re-recorded with a larger orchestra. What's more, technical goofs in the original production will apparently be fixed.
    I realize that a prime way that studios make money these days is by churning their archives as much as possible, but how often do you go back to the same well? I'm afraid that we're witnessing the birth of a Hollywood equivalent of Andy & Bill's Law. Every time new chips and software are designed that allow more powerful special effects, both Lucas and Paramount will now feel obligated to airbrush their franchises. Sadly, the dilution of mass culture seems to compel Hollywood to mine its best-known commodities as frequently as possible, as no equivalent cash cows are on the immediate horizon.

    Labor Day Stats--Stat!

    Found via Instapundit, the National Association of Manufacturers (which has a blog--but then, doesn't everyone?) has some statistics worth perusing today:

    This Labor Day, workers actually have something to celebrate, though you'll detect precious little of it in the mainstream media coverage today:
    -- 1.7 million new jobs have been created over the past year;

    -- Employment has increased in 48 of the 50 states;

    -- Manufacturing output is at an all-time high and production employment in manufacturing has increased by 117,000 over the past year -- the largest annual increase in over 8 years;

    -- The economy has grown at 3.5% over the past year, while productivity has grown at 2.4%;

    -- Real per capita disposable income has risen 9.2% since 2001;

    -- Real compensation has risen 1.7%.

    Labor for its part laments the state of the US economy -- again -- and points in its new study to how great things are in Europe. This is almost comical, considering the per capita US Gross Domestic Product (also known as the standard of living) is almost 50% higher than Europe's. The 3.5% GDP growth noted above is 35% faster than the EU's. The current 4.6% unemployment rate is half Europe's rate. US workers unemployed for over a year account for just 12% of the total, while in Europe, some 43% of all unemployed have been so for over a year. Finally, the percent of people starting new businesses is five times higher in the US than in France. Ask yourself this question: If you open the borders, which way will people flow -- toward Europe or toward the good ol' US of A? We think we know the answer.

    So today, as you read all the wistful comparisons with Europe and read all the grim news about the US economy, just remember that this economy has come up off the economic mat from September 11 with a vengeance. We remain the largest economy in the world and the economic envy of the world.

    And that gives us all something to celebrate this Labor Day.

    Unless you're The New York Times of course--though even there, the gray mood isn't entirely universal.

    Update: One more stat: Betsy Newmark writes that "A new poll shows that labor unions are at their lowest approval rating since 1981", adding:

    Perhaps if unions addressed some of this negative image rather than spending their members' high-priced dues in partisan activities, they'd recover some some respect.

    Actually, it's a great success for labor that unions are regarded so negatively. It's an indication that the major battles that led to the formation of unions in the 19th century have been won. For example, they have safety standards, a living wage with benefits, and the ability to complain without losing their jobs. If workers were still feeling the same tyranny that they used to feel, workers would still be looking to unions for support. But those battles have largely been won and unions now are perceived as selfishly doing everything they can for workers without concern of the effect they have on businesses. Teacher unions and their stranglehold on public schools are not helping that public image.

    Labor Day, Then And Now

    Mark Steyn writes, "If you want to see what 'the masses' are meant to look like, buy a DVD of Metropolis, Fritz Lang's 1926 'expressionist masterpiece':

    As futuristic nightmares go, it's hilarious: The workers are slaves, living underground, chained to the levers, wheels, cranks and cogs of a vast machine, dehumanized by the crushing anonymity of their servitude, etc., etc.

    Alas, nothing dates faster than a futuristic vision: Today, the nightmare that beckons is quite the opposite. Instead of a world in which the workers are forced to operate huge, clanking machines below the Earth all day long, the machines are small and silent and so computerized no manpower is required and the masses have to be sedated by shallow distractions like supersized shakes and Wal-Mart and 24-hour lesbian wrestling channels on Premium Cable.

    It took the workers' tribunes a while to catch on: Even today, when your average union leader issues his annual Labour Day address, you can tell at heart he still thinks it's 1926 and Metropolis is just around the corner. But the intellectual left has been scrambling for decades to come up with explanations as to why, if everything's so bad, everything's so good: Noam Chomsky's theory of media manipulation - "manufactured consent" - can stand for an entire school of philosophers who believe a subtler breed of capitalist overlords are maintaining the workers in some sort of fools' illusion of content.

    But, inevitably, this was only going to be an intermediate stage, given that the shimmering mirage seems to be holding up pretty well. The new received wisdom - forcefully articulated by, among others, Maude Barlow's Council of Canadians at the laugh-a-minute Johannesburg "Earth Summit" - is that the masses themselves are the problem. The oppressed masses refuse to stay oppressed. If they were down in the basement chained to the great turbines, all would be well. But, instead, they insist on moving out of their tenements, getting homes with non-communal bathrooms, giving up the trolley car, putting a deposit down on a Honda Civic and driving to the mall. When it was just medieval dukes swanking about like that, things were fine: That was "sustainable" prosperity. But now, everyone wants in. And, once you do that, there goes the global neighbourhood.

    Thus, Simon Fairlie, in his new pamphlet The Prospect Of Cornutopia, ponders the consequence of a 3% "sustainable" growth rate and immediately spots the catch: by the year 2100 we'll be 18 times wealthier than we are today.

    That's the problem? Of course!

    Just ask Jerry Brown.

    Californication--Of Health Care

    Ed Morrissey writes that Hillarycare-style healthcare is coming to California:

    Previous California legislation on workers-comp protection and workplace regulation helped start an exodus of corporate headquarters for better business environments. Creating a whole new bureaucracy for health management and putting rationing decisions in the hands of bureaucrats may start a new exodus of healthy people looking for less-intrusive and less-costly tax regimes. Despite the long wait times for anything but primary care issues in single-payer nations such as Canada and the UK -- the latter of which has to destroy organs for lack of doctors to transplant them -- California wants to add to its already top-heavy bureaucracies and add more budget-busting entitlements to a budget that resembles science fiction.

    Hillary Clinton tried to foist the same system onto the entire country, and the nation reacted by ending forty years of Democratic domination in the House. Perhaps the same result could come from this irresponsible social engineering project. When people start to understand that they just created a DMV for health care, California voters may just revolt against the entrenched Democratic power structure. Even the Democratic nominee for goverrnor won't endorse the Kuehl bill. Phil Angelides wanted to push more health-care mandates onto the private sector instead, a bad idea but nowhere near as disastrous as this.

    Will the last business out of California please turn out the lights? Besides, another rolling blackout is due in.

    "Americans Hate their Fabulous Economy"

    How did Bill Clinton defeat President Bush #41 only a year after #41's poll numbers were briefly through the roof after the lighting-quick liberation of Kuwait? The media took a mild recession in 1990/91 and made it out to be The End Of The World--"The worst economy in 50 years". Bush #41's raising of taxes, breaking his "read my lips" promise on the campaign trail in 1988 didn't help matters, and created an atmosphere of distrust that led directly to Ross Perot entering the scene, creating the three-way race that allowed Bill Clinton to win the presidency without a plurality of the vote. Lorie Byrd remembers, as did I, the flipover in economic reporting that happened immediately afterwards:

    in 1992...the Bush recovery was described as the worst economy in 50 years until the day after the election, when it became known as the Clinton recovery.
    Bush #43 learned from his father's most obvious economic mistake and has cut taxes, leading to numerous years of ecomomic growth, once the post-NASDAQ bubble and 9/11-related downturn passed. But as Back Talk notes, once again....
    You can learn more from a few informative charts than you can from reading the words of a reporter who has an agenda that is advanced, not by showing you the actual numbers, but by using bumper-sticker slogans to create the impression that things are "spiraling out of control." Oh wait, that's the phrase reporters use to characterize Iraq. Well, they don't use charts for that purpose, either (and for the same reason).
    Gee, wonder why?

    WMDS Found

    Betsy Newmark, Jonah Goldberg and Thomas Sowell diagram the clinical symptoms that make up Wal-Mart Derangement Syndrome, and how it's impacted Andrew Young--along with many others on the left.

    Hollywood's Annual Summer Of Discontent

    The New York Times runs its now seemingly annual article on Hollywood's summer of discontent. While the growth of the Long Tail will tend to decrease the number of blockbusters, it's not like Hollywood is without fault itself, as Mickey Kaus notes about Paramount's odd--to say the least--decision to hire Oliver Stone to be their director on World Trade Center:

    But Stone apparently stuck to the script and didn't indulge in wacky-left conspiracizing--ed. Maybe they shouldn't have hired a director so wacky-left-conspiratorial he had to be tied down to a mediocre script lest he blame 9/11 on Michael Eisner!
    No kidding.

    Elsewhere, conservative film blog Libertas has a great moment in headlines: "Snakes on a Plane--the Howard Dean of Movies?"

    In one sense, though, that's an incredibly cheap shot: with well over 1.5 million ticket buyers this past weekend, that's more than double the number of people who were constituents of Dean in Vermont!

    Update: In contrast to Mickey Kaus, Hugh Hewitt is singing World Trade Center's praises. Just keep scrolling.

    The Long Tail Of The Long Tail

    You've read the book. You've seen the Website. You've heard the podcasts (including mine). Now check out the video, which does a pretty nifty job of explaining the central thesis behind Chris Anderson's new book, in a minute and 29 seconds:

    Bad Company

    The Media Research Center has just released a report on why Hollywood invariably portrays businessmen as heavies in its movies and TV shows--despite the fact that Hollywood is one of the largest, most financially successful industries on the planet. While the obvious and cliched answer is "because the writers, directors and actors are all lefties who hate capitalism, even as it allows them to purchase another Porsche Prius to park in front of their mansion", there's much more to it than that, of course.

    This past December, we looked at "The Ever-Shrinking Cinematic Storytelling Complex", in which political correctness and special interest groups have severely limited Hollywood's choices for bad guys, lest they risk an assault of negative press releases, bad PR and violate the politically correct Prime Directive. Or as Edward Jay Epstein wrote at the time:

    Why don't the movies have plausible, real-world villains anymore? One reason is that a plethora of stereotype-sensitive advocacy groups, representing everyone from hyphenated ethnic minorities and the physically handicapped to Army and CIA veterans, now maintain liaisons in Hollywood to protect their images. The studios themselves often have "outreach programs" in which executives review scripts and characters with representatives from these groups, evaluate their complaints, and attempt to avoid potential brouhahas.

    Finding evil villains is not as easy as it was in the days when a director could choose among Nazis, Communists, KGB, and Mafiosi. Still, in a pinch, these old enemies will serve. For example, the 2002 apocalyptic thriller Sum of All Fears, based on the Tom Clancy novel, originally had Muslim extremists exploding a nuclear bomb in Baltimore. Paramount decided, however, to change the villains to Nazis residing in South Africa to avoid offending Arab-American and Islamic groups. Yet, even if aging Nazis lack any credible "outreach program" in Hollywood, they can no longer be credibly fit into many contemporary movies. "The list [of non-offensive villains] narrows quickly once you get past the tired clichés of Nazis," a top talent agency executive pointed out in an e-mail. "You'd be surprised at how short the list is."

    For sci-fi and horror movies, there are always invaders from alien universes and zombies from another dimension, but for politico-thrillers, the safest remaining characters are lily-white, impeccably dressed American corporate executives. They are especially useful as evildoers in foreign-based thrillers, since their demonization does not run the risk of gratuitously offending officials in countries either hosting the filming or supplying tax and production subsidies. The "Mission Impossible" franchise replaced the Russian and Chinese heavies that populated the TV series with, in Mission Impossible 2, a WASPish-looking financier who controlled a pharmaceutical company that unleashed a horrific virus on the world in the hopes of cashing in on the antidote. Here, as in other movies in this genre, businessmen's killings are not just figurative. Unlike other stereotype-challenged groups, CEOs and financiers, lacking a connection with the studios' outreach programs, have become an essential part of Hollywood's new version of the axis of evil.

    If you're in a multimedia sort of mood, this exceptional TCS Daily video podcast on "The Creative Class vs. Capitalism", featuring Michael Medved, Lanny Davis, James Pinkerton, Dan Gainor and TCS editor Nick Schulz is well worth your time. As I wrote when it first went online, if you do choose to watch it, do not miss Michael Medved's Grand Unified Theory of Hollywood, about an hour into the program.

    The Theocrats Have Won!

    Found via the Professor, Madison Avenue adjusts to the new reality: brutal opression of women, the sudden crushing of 80 years of growing equality that has been the sine qua non of the Bush-Cheney White House.

    We can only assume that burkas will be next.

    (White cotton burkas. And Clorox will get their stains out as well...)

    We're Gonna Turn It On! We're Gonna Bring You The Power!

    ...Or not. My wife and I spent most of last week without power to our Silicon Valley home--and its home offices. This post by Bill "No, I'm not the former Senator" Bradley over Pajamas' new Politics Central is a might too "green" for my tastes, but it makes a great point:

    Weathering what may have been California’s worst ever heat wave, Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger survived the very issue that began his recalled predecessor’s downward spiral. In doing so, the Governor grappled with issues that may afflict the rest of the nation. It was a perfect energy storm. And it may prove not to be uncommon.

    Democratic Governor Gray Davis was flying high five years ago when rolling blackouts hit California, kicking him into a tailspin from which he never recovered. Those blackouts, later shown to have been partly manipulated by Enron and other power generators, occurred when electric power demand from the state’s regulated utilities was 41,000 megawatts. This week Schwarzenegger narrowly managed to avert blackouts with the peak power demand at 52,000 megawatts.

    However, it fails to mention that for much of the 1980s and '90s, while California business boomed, environmentalism and NIMBY-ism kept electric utilities from keeping up with demand. It makes the Silicon Valley region feel a bit like Blade Runner or Max Headroom: an ultra high-tech computer industry running on an infrastructure that's been little updated in decades. Back in 2001, during the state's last power crisis, Michael W. Lynch of Reason wrote:
    Times have been good in California over the past few years; industry has been working at capacity; more people have moved into the state; folks have been buying and air-conditioning larger homes; golf carts have been filling up the state’s fairways. Everything, in short, has been expanding in California since the "deregulation."

    Except power plants. It’s extremely difficult to get a permit and a site for a power plant in California. Residents love electricity, but they also love such things as clean air, pristine beaches, unobstructed views, and critters such as the Kangaroo Rat. Since the early 1990s, not a single plant has been built in California. From 1996 to 1999, electricity demand grew by 12 percent while supply grew by less than 2 percent, according to the California Utilities Commission.

    In the latest City Journal, Nicole Gelinas writes that a similar situation exists in the other big blue "parenthesis state", as Tom Wolfe once dubbed New York and California:
    Over the past 10 years, Con Ed says, electricity demand in Gotham has risen 20 percent. It’s no mystery why: over that time period, New York developers have built 160,000 new homes—equivalent to a Boston-sized city.

    While most media attention centers on the need to build new power plants to meet this demand, independent power producers do a reasonable job on this task themselves. During the Bloomberg years, competing power generation companies have quietly built, or begun work on, five new plants to serve New York City, enough to meet about two-thirds of projected demand through the end of the decade.

    Why? Because competition works: despite permitting and environmental obstacles that politicians and community activists have thrown up, power generators want to build in New York, since they know they can make money here.

    But competition doesn’t work at Con Ed. Since 1990s-era deregulation, Con Ed produces little power itself. Instead, it buys the power from the independent generators and distributes it to New Yorkers. Con Ed, as a monopoly, faces none of the competitive pressures that the independent generators face. So it must operate under close supervision by New York City and State to ensure that it’s doing a good job.

    Con Ed, for example, isn’t free to set its own power rates—New York State sets them. And it isn’t free to earn unlimited profits, as most companies can: over a certain threshold, New York demands that some extra profits be returned to ratepayers.

    Most important, Con Ed must depend on state officials to allow it to “pass through” to its customers the cost of investments that it makes in its underground transmission network. The company said earlier this year that it would spend $1.2 billion this year, and $5.3 billion over three years, to improve its transmission and distribution networks (some of that money goes to counties outside New York City). But clearly, it wasn’t enough, or fast enough.

    Because Con Ed doesn’t face competitive pressures to do what’s best for New York City, it’s the mayor who must ensure that the company does so, or New York’s growth suffers. Due to the Queens blackout, one of the borough’s largest employers, Citigroup, lacked a reliable supply of electricity. Next time, it might be Midtown Manhattan without power for a week. Faced with such a crisis, what would a responsible CEO conclude about his company’s future in Gotham?

    He'd probably reach much the same conclusion as Nissan CEO Carlos Ghosn did late last year about his company's future in Los Angeles:
    Nissan Motor Co. announced Thursday it is moving its North American headquarters and nearly 1,300 jobs from California to the Nashville area to take advantage of the lower cost of doing business in the Southeast.

    "The board of Nissan decided to relocate our North American headquarters, and we're coming to Tennessee," Nissan CEO Carlos Ghosn said at a news conference at the state Capitol attended by Gov. Phil Bredesen and other top state officials.

    The headquarters, which has been based in Gardena, Calif., will relocate to Williamson County, a suburban area south of Nashville. . . .

    Ghosn cited lower real estate and business taxes as major reasons for the move.

    "The costs of doing business in Southern California are much higher than the costs of doing business in Tennessee," he said.

    Faced with headlines such as this in today's New York papers, what business owner wouldn't want to decamp towards a more business-friendly environment--which, not coincidentally, is bound to have more reliable utilities?

    "An Invitation To An Audit"

    My wife is an expert at California's independent contractor issues. (She literally wrote the book on the subject for the California bar.) Over at her new Bizblog, she looks at the IRS's form SS-8 and dubs it "An Invitation to an IRS Audit".

    The L.A. Times: Can't Fault 'Em For Hypocrisy

    Here's an L.A. Times review of the latest example of its hometown industry's product:

    “Little Miss Sunshine” hilariously punctures the grotesque bubble of the competitive American spirit in which “winners” are recognized by their rigorous ability to conform to the standards imposed by the market, and “losers” include anyone who won’t bow to its mighty will.
    Kind of like the newspaper itself, I guess.

    All Will Be Revealed

    The truth is out there--way out there, as Bill Smith explains the real reason behind the New York Times' seemingly perpetual post-9/11 stock slide.

    (Via Armavirumque.)

    Standing Athwart Commercial Redevelopment, Yelling "Stop!"

    Back in 2004, I linked to a Radley Balko post on what he dubbed "the conservative left". Balko wrote:

    You know, you sometimes get the feeling the day after the polio vaccine was invented, today's left would have run editorials lamenting the good ol' days, when we were a little more cautious about what swimming pools we jumped into, and expressing sadness that we'd now have no new stories about the afflicted overcoming their disability to inspire the rest of us.

    I'm not kidding. They're that resistant to change. Every mill that shuts down is a "sign of our sad times." No matter that the new mill will do things better, faster and cheaper than the old one. New farming techniques grow more food on less land. But dammit, if there wasn't something romantic about the old-stye "family farm" that's deserving of government protection. Innovation isn't celebrated, it's excoriated for displacing some idealized vision of the way things once were. In matters of progress and dyanmism, the left is far more conservative than the conservatives are.

    Or as Jonah Goldberg wrote in 2000, "Well, look who is standing athwart history now". Here's but one of an endless number of examples, as An Englishman In New York photoblogs a protest with C-list celebrities to block commercial redevelopment in Brooklyn.

    (Via the Pajamas motherblog.)

    Scrappy Local Newspaper Struggles For Survival


    Yesterday, we had a brief post written from the point of view of how CBS's 60 Minutes would breathlessly cover a corporate PR stunt--if it didn't involve CBS itself. Meanwhile, Thomas Lifson looks at how the New York Times would cover a recent business cutback...:

    A profitable company is to shutter a factory it built in 1992 as part of a much-hailed visionary strategy to take advantage of technology. But now it is just a cost to be cut. Eight hundred jobs, many of them well-paying blue collar positions (supposedly an endangered species) will disappear, while managerial and professional jobs are being protected.

    Normally, this would be a juicy target for series of articles on the front and business pages of the New York Times. You know the drill: a parade of blue collar people victimized by the Bush administration, and now facing a bleak future. Meanwhile the insiders make out fine. There’s even a fat cat CEO whose compensation package has done a whole lot better than its profits or stock. If Howell Raines still were editor, he’d get at least 40 stories out of it.

    ...If the company in question wasn't the New York Times. As Lifson writes:
    Family shareholders control the New York Times Company through a dual class shareholding system. When Arthur Ochs (“Pinch”) Sulzberger became assistant publisher of the family business in 1987, and then deputy publisher in 1988, he led the investing of hundreds of millions of dollars in modern printing technology. This would mean eventually closing the historic printing presses in Manhattan, where people could pick up the latest news “hot off the press.” The company would build one plant for the east metro in New Jersey and a second plant in Queens. Pinch’s strategy, as he took over more responsibility for the company, anticipated growing circulation and built up the capacity to handle it. But under his leadership, local circulation has plunged.

    When it opened in 1992, the new Edison, NJ printing plant featured modern color printing presses able to run color pictures, charts and graphs. More importantly, however, it could print color advertising, which sells for a sizable premium over black & white.

    But the Times editorial side was not able to go with color until the company built a second modern printing plant in Queens, on the other side of Manhattan. When that plant came on-stream, the Times silenced its old Manhattan presses, and the physical newspaper was able to enter the wonderful world of color in 1996, only a decade ago.

    It was a bold bet on the future of the print medium, just as the internet was getting going. That bet is now being liquidated.

    Ed Morrissey adds, "I guess that Times Select idea hasn't panned out too well, has it?":
    The Times, and apparently also the Wall Street Journal, will find themselves no different than any other newspaper in the country. As more consumers turn to the Internet for the news, the need for newsprint will drop accordingly. Newspapers will have to rethink their business process. Eventually, they will find themselves in the news-delivery service, and that the medium (newsprint) has less importance than the news itself.

    Will that change be painful? Of course. However, those who adopt this paradigm early will have the easier transition. Newsprint will probably always be around, or at least for a long while, but the daily delivery process has been eclipsed by the new news cycle. Stories do not break at deadline any more -- and the concept of deadlines and putting the paper to bed will be the first casualties. The Times still holds almost all of its stories until midnight, when they release them on the Internet. Competition with the wire services will eventually mean that papers like the Times will have to release stories as they get approved -- meaning their websites will continually update all through the 24-hour day.

    That will eliminate the daily delivery, and as more homes get broadband access to the Internet, that paper on the doorstep becomes increasingly anachronistic. It will get the same slow death that afflicted encyclopedias on the bookshelf: it's out of date as soon as it's received. Consumers demand up-to-the-moment news, and the paper is a museum of yesterday's headlines.

    This announcement from the Times is just another step along that process. It's not unique to the Times and doesn't reflect its egregious editorial policies. Newsprint will continue to shrink, and in this case, the process has become literal.

    I think Iowahawk said it best last year: "In New York, Scrappy Local Newspaper Struggles For Survival".

    It's Just A Lot Harder To Put Baseball Cards In The Spokes

    Frank Martin thanks United for delaying his flight--and there's no snark involved.

    It's The Pictures That Got Smaller

    Last December, when I interviewed Andrew Breitbart for TCS Daily, the proprietor of the Breitbart.com newswire and co-author of Hollywood, Interrupted told me that the star-driven production system that Hollywood's movies are built around is long overdue for a change. After last year's hemorrhaging at the box office, and this year's so-so box office, England's The Independent says that economics may force that change sooner rather than later:

    Hollywood stars are being forced to take pay cuts as the major studios are pulling the plug on big-budget projects.

    With last year's box office takings down 5.2 per cent and the cost of making movies ballooning because of added expenses for digital enhancement and global marketing, studios are refusing to meet stars' financial demands. In addition, several high-profile films due to go into production have suddenly disappeared from view.

    Studios have taken note of the fact that only three of the 10 highest-grossing films last year - War of the Worlds, Charlie and the Chocolate Factory and Mr and Mrs Smith - were star-driven. The rest of the major hits - such as Star Wars: Episode III - Revenge of the Sith, Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire and The Chronicles of Narnia - had no stellar names, or fat salaries, to speak of.

    In addition, all of this year's Oscar nominees for best actor - Philip Seymour Hoffman (Capote), Terence Howard (Hustle and Flow), David Strathairn (Good Night, and Good Luck), Joaquin Phoenix (Walk the Line) and Heath Ledger (Brokeback Mountain) - worked for rock-bottom wages. The last of the big paydays went to Lord of the Rings director Peter Jackson, who was paid a reported $20m plus 20 per cent of the gross for King Kong, made by Universal.

    Now studios are making sure that before any stars or directors take money from the film, they get their cut. Sony refused to give the green light for the upcoming romantic comedy The Holiday until Cameron Diaz agreed to a "cash break-even" deal. Even Tom Cruise, who normally collects around 25 per cent of his films' gross profits, agreed to take a much lower cut for Mission: Impossible 3 when Paramount was faced with a massively bloated budget and at one stage threatened to cancel the project.

    Brad Pitt is another one who has taken a big cut in pay, from his customary fee of up to $30m down to just £750,000 for his latest, The Assassination of Jesse James.

    Former Twentieth Century Fox chairman Bill Mechanic describes it as a long overdue rationalisation of the business: "In the past you paid someone a lot of money to star in a movie and then you spent a lot of money to make a movie and then you lost money."

    Another studio executive said: "Movies no longer need big star names to make money. With most studios having to answer to larger parent companies their main aim now is to assess financial risk and that means making movies that cost less."

    In March, immediately after what seemed to most to be a trainwreck of an Academy Awards show, Jason Apuzzo of Libertas wrote that the politically-obsessed awards show actually pointed the way towards one likely scenario for Hollywood's immediate future. I think Jason calls it it the Fahrenheit 9/11 model:

    Built around lower budget politically-themed agitprop, this business model abandons Red State audiences, except to generate controversy sufficient to whip your smaller but enthusiastic core audience in Blue urban alcoves into enough of a frenzy to attend. (For one example of this strategy at work, check of Mickey Kaus's debunking of what he calls "The Plano Con".)

    "These Guys Rock"

    Tim Blair writes:

    Indians stand up to terrorism:
    "Terrorists can do anything they like,” 52-year-old businessman Dilip Khadaria said. “We are businessmen, we will be going back to work. It won’t hamper our business, it won’t stop our work."
    Businessmen as idealists. These guys rock.
    Absolutely.

    Twilight Of The Blockbuster?

    Between the rise of the Long Tail of the Internet, DIY-video, and Tinseltown's BDS-driven shorting of Red State values, Hollywood's finding, much to its chagrin, that blockbuster domestic grosses are in short supply these days:

    From Superman and the X-Men to Caribbean pirate Jack Sparrow and M:I's Ethan Hunt, it's the year of the return for everything in Hollywood - except the blockbuster movie.

    And with increased audience fragmentation, soaring production budgets and more entertainment choices than ever, it looks as though the blockbuster movie may go the way of the drive-in.

    Only eight films this year have grossed more than $100 million, the traditional barometer for a breakout hit, and industry insiders believe the rest of this year's slate doesn't have the muscle to match the 19 films that topped that figure in 2005, even though that was the lowest total to reach $100 million since 1998.

    "Nothing is standing out like a 'Lord of the Rings' or 'Harry Potter' as a surefire blockbuster for the fall or holiday season," said Exhibitor Relations president Paul Dergarabedian.

    The picture is even bleaker when considering that the new standard for a blockbuster is $200 million. "We have to redefine the notion of what a blockbuster is," said Bruce Snyder, Twentieth Century Fox's president of domestic distribution. "You can make $100 million on a film nowadays and still lose a fortune." (Twentieth Century Fox is owned by News Corp., which also owns The Post.)

    The $100 million blockbuster benchmark came about during the 1980s. For a film to gross $100 million in 1980, it had to sell 37 million tickets at the average price of $2.69. At today's average price of $6.41, selling 37 million tickets amounts to $238 million.

    Given that, BoxOfficeMojo. com's Brandon Gray said $200 million is a more accurate threshold for blockbuster status. And by that measure, 2006 is shaping up to be the worst year for blockbusters in a half-decade.

    Color me unsurprised.

    Disaster Averted

    Orrin Judd on Ken Lay's passing:

    Just as the CIA closed the unit it had searching for [Osama bin Laden], so too can the Times close it's Lay-hunting unit.
    Well, this former Enron advisor is probably jumping for joy right now. Because it's safe to say that a national crisis worse than 9/11 itself has concluded.

    Update: Pajamas looks at Lay's strange "Death By Wiki".

    Another Update: "Not Beyond Our Ken": Mark Steyn flashes back to the early days of the Enron Crisis and writes, "Enron is about Enron, not about Bush", no matter how badly the press tried to conflate them.

    The Mob That Whacked Jersey's Casinos

    OK, let me get this straight: Jon Corzine, New Jersey's governor, spots a revenue shortage and wants to raise sales taxes. If there's a revenue shortage, why is he doing this?

    New Jersey's casinos ushered the last of the gamblers away from slot machines and tables Wednesday, and janitors locked the doors behind them as a state government shutdown claimed its latest victims.

    In the first mass closure in the 28-year history of Atlantic City's legalized gambling trade, all 12 casinos were under state orders to lock up.

    Atlantic City's casinos are lucrative for New Jersey. They have a $1.1 billion payroll, and the state takes an 8 percent cut - an estimated $1.3 million a day. But as a stalemate over the state budget entered its fifth day Wednesday with no deal in sight, even they had to shut down.

    With no state budget, New Jersey can't pay its state employees, meaning the casino inspectors who keep tabs on the money and whose presence is required at casinos are off the job.

    State parks and beaches were also closed Wednesday because of the lack of staff.

    "It's like last call at a bar. It's a little bit eerie," said Michael Trager, 36, of Cincinnati, was playing a video poker machine at 10 minutes to 8 a.m. when an attendant told him to conclude his bet. "They said, 'That's it, you gotta cash out. We're closing.'"

    The doors to the Boardwalk side of Caesar's were locked by janitors. An announcement came over the public address system telling gamblers the casino was closing.

    "It's history," said Andy Trechock, 41, of Depford, as he stepped away from a slot machine at Bally's Wild Wild West casino.

    The problem started when the Legislature missed its July 1 constitutional deadline to pass the budget amid a fight with Gov. Jon S. Corzine over his proposed boost in the state sales tax.

    Without a spending plan, Corzine ordered state offices shut down Saturday and all non-essential state government operations closed, and he furloughed more than half the state's employees. Only about 36,000 people in vital roles such as child welfare, state police and mental hospitals remained on the job, and they were working without pay.

    Corzine planned to address all 120 state lawmakers to discuss the impasse Wednesday morning.

    The dispute between the governor and his fellow Democrats who control the Legislature centers on his plan to increase the state sales tax from 6 percent to 7 percent to help overcome a $4.5 billion budget deficit in his $31 billion spending plan. Experts say the proposal would cost the average New Jersey family $275 per year.

    Atlantic City Police Chief John Mooney worried that the sudden evacuation of the casinos could lead to problems in the streets and to labor unrest. If the shutdown continues, casino workers who aren't being paid could make trouble, he said.

    "This is a state-created disaster," Mooney said.

    Indeed. In addition to payroll taxes, how much revenue is generated in sales taxes via goods sold in the casinos? How many goods and services are bought in the casinos and nearby shops by high rollers--and just everyday folks on vacation? What about the revenue from their hotel rooms?

    And why do liberal politicians only spot revenue shortages that require tax hikes after they get into office? With the exception of Walter Mondale of course. Oh wait, that answers that question!

    If you haven't heard it yet, for some thoughts on how New Jersey got to this point, tune into my recent podcast with Steven Malanga, the author of the authoritative City Journal article, "The Mob That Whacked Jersey".

    Update: More here. In my podcast with Steven, we discussed New Jersey becoming increasingly like California, with its never-ending fiscal crises and spiraling taxes. Much of what Limbaugh discusses gives that impression as well.

    Another Update: In a press release in Adobe Acrobat Format, Americans For Tax Reform notes:

    Read More »


    "All The Times That's Fit To Sell"

    On CNN/Money's Website, media analyst Paul R. La Monica suggests that it wedding bells may be in order for the Gray Lady, if she wants to survive:

    Some day, hopefully sooner rather than later for New York Times investors, the controlling shareholders will figure out that it would be better off swallowing family pride and selling out.
    And karmic justice and I know who the appropriate suitor would be!

    (Yes, he already owns one New York City newspaper. If he added the Times to his Gotham stable, which paper would he chose to fold? Now that would be a fun decision to have to make. But either way, it's a win for New York!)

    Update: Hey, a Wonkette-lanchette! For those of you clicking through, I hope you're not as satirically challenged as the writer of this post seems to have been.

    Incidentally, here's someone else who's proposing a suitor for the Times. There's a very, very slight chance he's kidding as well.

    20 Minutes Into The Future

    Life imitates Max Headroom: Max exposed the dangers of Blipverts 20 years ago. Today's headline, "Clear Channel Eyes One-Second Radio Spots".

    Edison Carter could not be reached for comment.

    The Creative Class vs. Capitalism

    TCS Daily (where I contribute from time to time), has streaming video of a terrific roundtable discussion from earlier this week on Hollywood versus capitalism. I'm just in the process of watching the first 15 minutes, which features an energetic Michael Medved discussing why Hollywood and its modern-day product is invariably anti-business.

    Update: Do not miss Medved's Grand Unified Theory of Hollywood, about an hour into the program.

    General Motors Thought They Were Invulnerable, Too

    Last month, when I profiled Alvin Toffler's new book, Revolutionary Wealth, I wrote in TCS Daily:

    The death late last month of John Kenneth Galbraith helps to illustrate just how much the American economy -- and indeed the world's -- has changed over the last four decades. Galbraith could plausibly write in 1967's The New Industrial State, that large corporations were immune to market forces.
    To some extent, the Internet has restored that feeling amongst its biggest players. Drudge, Amazon, Google, eBay and a few others got there early, and each built unique business models that kept their customers more or less pretty happy over an extended period. And while the Long Tail is a growing phenomenon, by and large, the Internet has rewarded the early adopters who both got in before the dot.com boom/bust of 1999-2000, and weathered the storm. But lately, as Glenn Reynolds notes in his MSNBC blog, Google appears to believe it's as invulnerable to market forces as General Motors did in 1973:
    Google has been a huge deal — its founders have become rich, its name has become a verb, and its influence is international.

    Lately, though, I've been wondering if Google has peaked. The reason is that, for lots of different groups of people, Google's reputation as good guys has been stained. And I'm not sure what Google really has to bank on, besides a good reputation.

    Google has come under criticism from people on the left — and right — for its cave-in to Chinese demands for censorship. From "don't be evil," Google's motto has seemed to be "don't be evil unless there's a really big market at stake."

    They've also come in for criticism from people on the right for alleged censorship in Google News, with charges that Google is purging itself of conservative news sites. And many people complained that Google, which puts up special logos for all sorts of other holidays, didn't do anything to recognize Memorial Day.

    That last point seems minor, but for some people it seems to have been the last straw. And it made me wonder if Google's position isn't rather vulnerable. People like Google and use it, but its competition — sites like Ask.com, Dogpile.com, and Clusty.com — is just a mouseclick away. Ask.com even has a pretty good substitute for Google News.

    Lots of people don't like Microsoft — I like 'em fine, but then, I get a check from them every month — but if you want to switch from Microsoft to OSX or Linux you need a bunch of new software, and maybe a new computer. To switch from Google to Ask, you just type different letters (and fewer!).

    Of course, it's not just search engines. Jeff Jarvis notes that Google's ad business isn't doing especially well, and says that the reason is trust. So what, exactly, does Google have that will protect it from a sudden shift in consumer sentiments? Is it a brand, or a fad?

    Like New Shimmer, it could be both! It's a brand that, like a fad that has peaked, could very well find itself in number two--or worse--if a smarter competitor comes along.

    Just ask Yahoo.

    Private Investigations

    Why are more and more publicly-held businesses going private? As the Journal explains, "Imagine: No Reg FD, no 10Ks, no Sarbox, no . . . ":

    Sarbanes-Oxley has been the last straw for some, with its auditing and reporting requirements imposing major new costs, especially on smaller companies. This has already played a part in the remarkable slowdown in U.S. initial public offerings. Today's largest IPOs are taking place mainly on foreign markets, away from the reach of U.S. regulators. New York Stock Exchange CEO John Thain understands this as well as anyone, which is one reason for his $20 billion EuroNext purchase.

    The Securities and Exchange Commission is promising Sarbox reform, though its recent noises suggest it won't exempt smaller companies from the rules. It might want to consider International Strategy & Investment Group data showing that 191 public companies--worth $146 billion in deal value--have gone private since June 30, 2002, shortly before Sarbox went into effect. Daniel Clifton, executive director of the American Shareholders Association, notes that the big spike came right after Sarbox's implementation, yet the dollar amount of the deals didn't rise equivalently--suggesting it was mainly smaller firms doing the exiting.

    Mr. Clifton has also been studying the surging costs of regulation for public companies and has found that while in 1999 regulatory costs were about 4.8% of market capitalization, by 2002 the ratio was 9.9%. It has fallen some since. But these costs are a double whammy for smaller companies, which have fewer resources to devote to compliance costs. "It is also money that they can't use for the investments that they need to make to grow," says Mr. Clifton.

    The relentless pressure of quarterly earnings is also a tyranny that some managers would prefer to avoid. Such targets have their uses in holding managers accountable. But even capable executives who fail to meet Wall Street expectations, or suffer an unexpected bump in the road, have to worry that they'll get hit with shareholder suits for even a temporary stock-price dip. It may not be a coincidence that, according to a recent survey from Booz Allen Hamilton, 15.3% of CEOs at the world's 2,500 largest public companies left office in 2005, many of them fleeing to private companies that can afford the luxury of a longer-run view.

    Why should anyone care? All things being equal, it shouldn't matter whether corporations are choosing private or public equity; the more choice, the better. But it's troubling that the current trend is being driven as much by regulatory excess as market opportunity. U.S. capital markets have long been a national strength and a source of wealth creation. To the extent that broad shareholder ownership has also spread the wealth, it has been good for social mobility and boosted public support for free markets.
    Whatever its other virtues, the private-equity boom is a signal that the regulatory pendulum has swung too far post-Enron. Congress might consider whether it really wants to turn U.S. public markets--long the envy of the world--into a second- or third-rate destination.

    Sorry, I've used my quota of "Indeeds" today before having to pay royalties to the Professor. So...exactly.

    Sometimes Less Is More

    This version of The King James Bible is 2,208 pages long, and contains the foundation of western civilization's wisdom. The IRS's rules required General Electric to file a 24,000-page tax return, and presumably, next year's will be just as long, if not longer.

    Sabanes-Oxley Not NYSE For New York

    In late 2004, we noted that some economists believe that the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2001 has caused a growing number of businesses to register with foreign stock exchanges rather than the New York Stock Exchange to avoid its onerous enforcement procedures. City Journal's, Nicole Gelinas writes that Sarbanes-Oxley could have negative consequences for the city of New York as well:

    The New York Stock Exchange’s proposed merger with Paris-based Euronext, which runs four electronic stock exchanges in Europe, may seem like positive news for New York’s economy. Wouldn’t it be great for Gotham to have the world’s first global stock exchange headquartered right on Wall Street, as the NYSE intends? But in fact one of the NYSE’s key reasons for initiating the merger carries troubling implications for New York’s economic future.

    Many corporate executives, particularly those heading up-and-coming entrepreneurial companies at home and abroad, now consider the New York market an obsolete place to do business, and they are flocking to exchanges in Europe instead. In 2005, the NYSE and the Nasdaq won only 28 new international listings, a modest 16 percent increase from the year before; by contrast, the two major European exchanges, the London and the Luxembourg Stock Exchanges, won 50 listings between them, more than double their new listings in 2004. The NYSE is reaching across the Atlantic just to stay competitive.

    Europe is winning business that once went automatically to New York largely because companies find that the burdensome requirements imposed by America’s four-year-old Sarbanes-Oxley law simply aren’t worth the trouble. Sarbanes-Oxley (SOx), enacted in haste by Congress and signed by President Bush just months after Enron’s 2001 demise shook the financial markets, requires companies to jump through numerous hoops each year at the behest of government regulators. Companies of all sizes now must spend millions of extra dollars annually to ensure that they have adequate “internal controls” in place if they want a listing on a U.S.-based stock exchange. The Chicago-based Foley & Lardner law firm has estimated that for medium-sized companies, the “cost of being public” has risen 223 percent since 2002, due to these new rules.

    SOx’s purpose is to minimize the risk of improper and inconsistent accounting practices, especially those that some managers employ to smooth over volatile quarterly numbers or to paint a falsely positive picture of their companies to investors. But because regulators haven’t spelled out exactly what they mean by good “internal controls,” company executives must guess, adding massive uncertainty to the cost of doing business. The law also forces companies’ chief financial officers to spend inordinate amounts of time shuffling through bureaucratic paperwork, instead of helping to map corporate strategy.

    European and Asian companies that, like the vast majority of their American counterparts, already boasted rational accounting and auditing policies long before SOx understandably aren’t interested in spending all that extra money just to list in New York. And they’re finding plenty of willing investors abroad anyway. “Five years ago, most big companies seeking public financing felt compelled to list their shares in New York. Today, non-U.S. companies are finding markets like London and Hong Kong equal to the capital-raising task,” the Wall Street Journal reported Monday.

    As Gelinas writes, "Chuck Schumer, call your office", and work to fix this law.

    An Economy Of Davids

    There's much in Alvin and Heidi Toffler's new book, Revolutionary Wealth to reccomend it to regular readers of the Blogosphere, as I explain in my latest TCS Daily article.

    And don't miss my recent podcast with Alvin Toffler, also at TCS.

    Update: Nick Gillespie of Reason has a review of the Toffler's new book in The New York Times that's also well worth reading.

    An Unholy Alliance

    The American Spectator quotes a consulting lobbyist for a broadcast network who says, "This is how poisonous it's gotten in Washington":

    "You have Republicans taking money from companies and firms working to end their control of Congress, and even worse, working with outfits like MoveOn.org. And they are taking this money to not only help groups dedicated to defeating Republicans, but also for legislation that would regulate the Internet."

    * * *

    "You have to wonder when conservatives will wake up and realize what is happening here," says a House Republican leadership aide. "You have this unholy alliance between Google and MoveOn and groups like the Christian Coalition. I mean how is it the Christian Coalition can help a company like Google, which makes money off of online pornography? Conservatives ought to be very concerned about this situation, but they don't seem to get it. And perhaps by the time they do, it will be too late."

    Of course, as Mark Steyn quotes (or at least paraphrases) Newt Gingrich, 11 years after the Contract With America, "Well, you must remember Republicans are still pretty new at this, we’re not used to being in the majority".

    Keep this up boys, and the pain of leadership will go away.

    Update: Speaking of which, "Tonight could be the first fully televised political suicide in history. I don't even want to watch."

    Update 5/24/06: On the HuffPost, Eli Pariser of Moveon.org denies the Google connection.

    Paging Steve Forbes To The White Courtesy Phone, Please

    Mark Steyn writes, "there are now two basic templates in terrorism media coverage:

    Template A (note to editors: to be used after every terrorist atrocity): "Angry family members, experts and opposition politicians demand to know why complacent government didn't connect the dots."

    Template B (note to editors: to be used in the run-up to the next terrorist atrocity): "Shocking new report leaked to New York Times for Pulitzer Prize Leak Of The Year Award nomination reveals that paranoid government officials are trying to connect the dots! See pages 3,4,6,7,8, 13-37."

    How do you connect the dots? To take one example of what we're up against, two days before 9/11, a very brave man, the anti-Taliban resistance leader Ahmed Shah Massoud, was assassinated in Afghanistan by killers posing as journalists. His murderers were Algerians traveling on Belgian passports who'd arrived in that part of the world on visas issued by the Pakistani High Commission in the United Kingdom. That's three more countries than many Americans have visited. The jihadists are not "primitives". They're part of a sophisticated network: They travel the world, see interesting places, meet interesting people -- and kill them. They're as globalized as McDonald's -- but, on the whole, they fill in less paperwork. They're very good at compartmentalizing operations: They don't leave footprints, just a toeprint in Country A in Time Zone B and another toe in Country E in Time Zone K. You have to sift through millions of dots to discern two that might be worth connecting.

    I'm a strong believer in privacy rights. I don't see why Americans are obligated to give the government their bank account details and the holdings therein. Other revenue agencies in other free societies don't require that level of disclosure. But, given that the people of the United States are apparently entirely cool with that, it's hard to see why lists of phone numbers (i.e., your monthly statement) with no identifying information attached to them is of such a vastly different order of magnitude. By definition, "connecting the dots" involves getting to see the dots in the first place

    If an enterprising conservative politician wanted to watch a few heads (figuratively) explode, this would be the perfect time to re-introduce discussions of a flat or consumption tax, and when the inevitable shrieks against it are raised, simply reply, "Oh, I'm sorry--I thought you wanted to get the government out of the data collection business. Isn't the IRS as good a place to start as any?"

    Dirty Little Secret No More

    Back in late April, the Wall Street Journal had an op-ed piece that noted that "The dirty little secret about oil politics is that today's high gas price is precisely the policy result that Mr. Schumer and other liberals have long desired":

    High prices have been the prod that the left has favored to persuade Americans to abandon their SUVs and minivans, use mass transit, turn the thermostat down, produce less consumer goods and services, and stop emitting those satanic greenhouse gases. "Why isn't the left dancing in the streets over $3 a gallon gas?" asks Sam Kazman, an analyst at the Competitive Enterprise Institute who's followed the gasoline wars for years.

    Scan the Web sites of the major environmental groups and you will find long tracts on the evils of fossil fuels and how wonderful it would be if only selfish Americans were more like the enlightened and eco-friendly Europeans. You will find plenty of articles with titles such as: "More Taxes Please: Why the Price of Gas Is too Low." Just last weekend Tia Nelson, the daughter of the founder of Earth Day, declared that even at $3 a gallon she wants gas prices to go higher.

    The subtitle of the essay was "Don't liberals like sky-high fuel prices?". Well, here's one who does, as he screedily writes in his gloriously stuck-in-the-seventies op-ed in the San Francisco Chronicle:
    No wait, not 6. To hell with that. Make it 10. Ten bucks a gallon, no matter what the going rate for a barrel of light, sweet crude. That would so completely, violently, brilliantly do it. Revolutionize the country. Firebomb our pungent stasis. Change everything. Don't you agree?

    Here's what we could do: Give gas discounts to cabdrivers (at least initially), metro transit systems and low-income folks, those who have to drive their busted-up '78 Honda Civics to their jobs scrubbing restaurant toilets and flipping burgers and vacuuming the residual cocaine from the seat cushions of numb SUV owners. Everyone else, 10 bucks a gallon, across the board. Eleven for premium.

    It would take some finessing. Maybe also give a price break to some truckers and trucking companies (so vital to the economy), but not so much to global delivery companies (FedEx, DSL, et al), because that would force them to raise shipping rates and force you (and me) to reconsider buying everything online and hence encourage you to shop locally, thus reviving a stagnant local economy.

    Voila -- gas crisis, oil crisis, warmongering agenda, pollution issues, road rage, traffic congestion, urban decay, oil profiteering -- all completely, almost totally, somewhat solved. Or at the very least, dramatically, gloriously shifted toward ... I don't know what. Something better. Something more humane, less greedy, more sustainable.

    The Carter years.

    "A Jibe Called Qwest"

    Confederate Yankee suggests a new ad campaign for Qwest Communications...

    Sue Me, Sue You Blues

    AP reports that "a British judge ruled that Apple Computer Inc. is entitled to use the apple logo on its iTunes Music Store":

    Apple Corps, the guardian of the Beatles' commercial interests, contended that the U.S. company's use of the logo on its popular online music store had broken a 1991 agreement in which each side agreed not to enter into the other's field of business.

    But High Court Judge Anthony Mann disagreed, saying that the computer company's logo is used in association with the store — not the music — and so did not breach the agreement.

    "I conclude that the use of the apple logo ... does not suggest a relevant connection with the creative work," Mann said in his written judgment. "I think that the use of the apple logo is a fair and reasonable use of the mark in connection with the service, which does not go further and unfairly or unreasonably suggest an additional association with the creative works themselves."

    Though Apple Computer CEO Steve Jobs said he was "glad to put this disagreement behind us," the dispute appears far from over. Neil Aspinall, the manager of Apple Corps, said his company would immediately take the case to Britain's Court of Appeal.

    * * *

    The 1991 agreement ended previous lengthy litigation over the logo. Apple Computer told the court that it paid Apple Corps $26.5 million as part of that out-of-court settlement, and in turn had received "a considerably expanded field of use." The terms of the deal were kept confidential at the time.

    Always fun to see how aggressively two companies with utopian visions are willing to agressively duke it out in court. All you need is love--and an Apple Corps of lawyers and millions of dollars to pay their legal fees.

    Future Chat

    As I mentioned a couple of weeks ago, I spoke with Alvin Toffler, the author of 1970's mega-seller, Future Shock, on his new book, Revolutionary Wealth, and his enduring 1980 classic, The Third Wave. My podcast interview is now up, over at TCS Daily.

    (Note that no iPod is required; virtually any computer can download and play this MP3 file.)

    Update: Blogcritics has a review of Revolutionary Wealth.

    Louis Rukeyser Died

    Michelle Malkin notes that the genial, longtime host of PBS's Wall $treet Week passed away yesterday at age 73.

    I used to really love Wall $treet Week in the late 1980s (until I became an investment advisor myself for a spell, and eventually dreaded taking my work home with me). James Lileks wrote a piece for the American Enterprise Magazine last year on how swanky and sophisticated the panel of What's My Line seemed in the early 1960s. Wall $treet Week was one of the last shows to maintain anything approaching that sort of atmosphere--the group discussion that followed Rukeyser's wry monologues felt more like sophisticated after-dinner conversations (albeit around a single theme, hence the title) than what passes for discourse on most cable talk shows these days. When Austin Bay first described his roundtable Pajamas Media podcast concept to me last month, Wall $treet Week was one of the models he specifically mentioned as a prototype.

    The obituary that Michelle links to quotes a fund manager and frequent guest as saying that "No one can replace" Rukeyser, which is sentimental nonsense: on television, everyone is replaceable. But few will describe common stock, convertible debentures, and closed-end REIT mutual funds with as much class as Rukeyser did.

    Meet The Pumps

    I tend to think of Tim Russert as being smarter than this--unless he was simply trying to toss a softball:

    Watching Meet the Press roundtable on the gas price kerfuffle.

    Russert, challenging Energy Secretary Sam Bodman: "Oil demand is up. Supply is down. So why are prices rising?"

    Er...........

    On Friday's Pajamas Podcast, Tammy Bruce did a terrific job of defending the profits made by oil companies, reminding listeners that millions of individual investors also benefit from them. Meanwhile,Thomas Bray notes they're much a smaller margin than many who seek to demonize oil companies--and business in general--assume:
    "From 1986 to 2003, using 2004 dollars, the real national annual average price for gasoline, including taxes, generally has been below $2 per gallon," noted the Federal Trade Commission in a 2005 report absolving the industry of collusion. "By contrast, between 1919 and 1985, real national annual average retail gasoline prices were above $2 per gallon more often than not."

    In other words, gasoline prices were lower than at anytime since 1919 for much of recent history. Some conspiracy! Maybe somebody should have been investigating consumers for "gouging" the oil companies.

    And just who is the profiteer here? While the average profit on the sale of a gallon of gasoline is nine cents, the average state and federal tax on that same gallon of gasoline is about 45 cents (and 52 cents in Michigan). And if we must have an investigation, how about investigating the extent to which government regulations drive up prices and block new production?

    Management guru Peter Drucker once remarked, with his usual drollery, that profit is "whatever government lets a company keep." But most folks have a vastly inflated view of corporate profits. One regular survey of Americans found that the majority believes the average corporate profit is between 30 percent and 40 percent of sales, while the real figure is closer to 4 percent.

    The Professor adds, "As I've noted before, a lot of the people commenting on this stuff need some remedial education.

    Not the least of which is this fellow.

    Update: A Wall Street Journal op-ed asks, "Don't liberals like sky-high fuel prices?". Well, a lot of them do:

    The dirty little secret about oil politics is that today's high gas price is precisely the policy result that Mr. Schumer and other liberals have long desired. High prices have been the prod that the left has favored to persuade Americans to abandon their SUVs and minivans, use mass transit, turn the thermostat down, produce less consumer goods and services, and stop emitting those satanic greenhouse gases. "Why isn't the left dancing in the streets over $3 a gallon gas?" asks Sam Kazman, an analyst at the Competitive Enterprise Institute who's followed the gasoline wars for years.

    Scan the Web sites of the major environmental groups and you will find long tracts on the evils of fossil fuels and how wonderful it would be if only selfish Americans were more like the enlightened and eco-friendly Europeans. You will find plenty of articles with titles such as: "More Taxes Please: Why the Price of Gas Is too Low." Just last weekend Tia Nelson, the daughter of the founder of Earth Day, declared that even at $3 a gallon she wants gas prices to go higher.

    At least Ms. Nelson is honest about wanting European-level gas taxes. We doubt that many American voters would be as enthusiastic. If you think $3 a gallon is pinching your pocketbook, fill up in Paris or Amsterdam, where motorists have the high privilege of paying nearly $6 a gallon thanks to these nations' "progressive" energy policies. (See nearby chart.)

    However, you can be sure you won't hear that from Democrats or Northeastern Republicans on Capitol Hill--at least not in public. Far from it. They're suddenly all for cutting gasoline prices, just as long as that doesn't require producing a single additional barrel of oil. We haven't seen this much insincerity since the last Major League Baseball meeting on steroid abuse.

    Or as Mark Steyn told Hugh Hewitt this past week:
    I thought the Senate bill, that the Senate Republicans proposed on energy, is completely preposterous. If the Republicans cave in on energy, which is a national security issue, and which is something where the Democrats are even more witless than usual, because they're not in favor of any kind of energy. If you were to say we should all go back to wood-fired steam trains on the Atchison, Topeka and the Sante Fe, they'd say oh, no, sorry. We're opposed to logging. We can't even have that.

    The Ultimate Stasist Passes Away

    Top-down, central planning-oriented economist John Kenneth Galbraith, the very definition of the latter half of Virginia Postrel's terminology of dynamists and stasists, passed away on Saturday at age 97, UPI reports:

    CAMBRIDGE, Apr. 29 (UPI) — John Kenneth Galbraith, whose popular books made him one of the most famous economists in the United States, died Saturday at 97.

    Galbraith's son confirmed his father's death at a hospital in Cambridge, Massa., where he lived, The New York Times reported.

    In addition to his years as a Harvard professor and his books, Galbraith served as an adviser to Democratic political candidates and presidents -- notably Adlai Stevenson and John F. Kennedy. Kennedy named him ambassador to India.

    In books like "The Affluent Society" and "The New Industrial State," Galbraith argued that large corporations -- because of their size and ability to plan -- were not governed by the free market.

    Galbraith was born on a farm in Dunwich Township, Ontario, and studied at Ontario Agricultural College before transferring to the University of Toronto. He received a doctorate from the University of California at Berkeley in 1934 and was hired by Harvard the same year as an instructor.

    After a brief stint at Princeton, Galbraith spent the World War II years and immediate post-war period in a series of government jobs and a stretch at Fortune Magazine. He returned to Harvard in 1949.

    A breezy 1999 Reason review of one of Galbraith's more recent books provides a pretty good capsule summary of his life and worldview:
    There's a right way to be wrong and a wrong way to be wrong. Some supporters of big, intrusive government manage to be witty, erudite, and tolerant of opposing views. If we must have statists, they're the ones to have. Alas, too many others are crabby, smug, and dogmatic--the kind who'd serve as the bad guys in an Ayn Rand novel.

    John Kenneth Galbraith is of the first type, a sterling model of how to err in style. At the age of 91, he can look back on a rewarding life as a university professor, political adviser, ambassador to India, and debating partner of such conservatives as William F. Buckley Jr. Though he's seldom been right, he's always been a gentleman.

    * * *

    Although Galbraith is wrong in the right way, he is still wrong. He acknowledges JFK's health problems and extramarital affairs but dismisses them as irrelevant to his presidency. Many historians would disagree. Before his 1961 summit with Khrushchev, JFK took medications that may have impaired his judgment. And his personal misbehavior constituted a wild security risk, exposing him to tacit blackmail by J. Edgar Hoover. He may have been just as charming as Galbraith describes, but charm is no excuse for recklessness.

    There is a quaint frozen-in-time quality to Galbraith's thought--sort of Austin Powers without the bad teeth and mojo. Looking at Great Society welfare programs, he maintains that the solution to poverty is simply to give money to poor people, without necessarily expecting them to do work. In the decades since LBJ's War on Poverty, all but the staunchest statists have surrendered to reality and abandoned such notions. Oddly, Galbraith vents inordinate anger about America's effort to defeat Soviet communism in the Cold War. Austin--I mean, Mr. Galbraith...we won.

    This past February, former Federal Reserve Board economist Arnold Kling called Galbraith "the quintessential statist":
    If we were literally stuck on 1968, then Galbraith's The New Industrial State would still be on the best-seller list. In that work, Galbraith correctly pointed out that bureaucratic organizations are averse to risk and uncertainty. However, nearly every other major thesis in his book was wrong. Yet his view of the economy, like much of the conventional wisdom of 1968, has remained embedded in the folk beliefs of the Left.

    For Galbraith, the concept of an entrepreneur was a quaint myth. As he saw it, all of the important economic activity takes place within giant corporations. Their challenge is to manage large capital investments in complex projects, like a nuclear power plant or a new passenger jet. This in turn requires a thick bureaucracy, which Galbraith dubbed the "technostructure."

    Propositions that followed from this thesis include:

    -- The United States is not really a market economy, but a planned economy.
    -- Wages and prices are artificial, so that the government is right to intervene to control them.
    -- Because we are a planned economy, the ideology of free enterprise serves only to "starve" the public sector, which could invest resources more wisely.
    -- Consumers are passively manipulated by the "technostructure" into serving the needs of big corporations, rather than the other way around.
    -- The classical economic concept of competitive struggle is an anachronism, because firms control their environment and are immune to competitive pressure.

    The Internet Revival

    The death of the entrepreneur was greatly exaggerated. Over the past two decades, the strength of entrepreneurialism has been unmistakable. The economy has been much more dynamic than Galbraith would have predicted. Many of the industrial giants, which in Galbraith's view were self-perpetuating, have fallen. The steel companies, chemical firms, and aerospace firms of yesteryear have shrunk, with most of them merged out of existence. On the other hand, companies like Microsoft, Intel, and Wal-Mart, which were not part of the economic landscape in 1968, are now more important than the old industrial base.

    More important, the Internet has brought about the revival of the entrepreneur. Mixing metaphors with abandon, the Net has fostered a Free Agent Nation, in which an Army of Davids representing The Long Tail is operating Under the Radar.

    Galbraith will be wildly praised in the coming weeks by an ideologically similar legacy media, seemingly equally resistant to change. In terms of his long life and center stage career, he certainly deserves it.

    And not coincidentally, as outmoded as Galbraith's actual theories were, long before he passed away, they will be taught widely in the academy for decades to come. As Alvin Toffler notes in Revolutionary Wealth, the rate of change moves at radically different speeds these days: for entrepreneurs--and business in general--change moves much faster than Galbraith could have ever predicted. For government, traditional media and schools, change comes at a much, much slower pace--sometimes, seemingly, never at all.

    Update: Orrin Judd dubs Galbraith the Anti-Jane Jacobs.

    Another Update: Pajamas has more reaction from the Blogosphere

    Every Rate You Change: CNBC Meets MTV!

    Ever wonder what it would look like if a bunch of Columbia B-School students decided to create a parody of the classic black & white music video of The Police's "Every Breath You Take", to parody their dean being turned down as Alan Greenspan's replacement?

    No, of course you didn't. At least, I hope you never did. And neither did I.

    But as Michelle Malkin notes, this is the "Best take-off of The Police’s 'Every Breath You Take.' Ever". In other words, just Press To Play.

    (That's Paul McCartney--and nowhere near as good a video, either--Ed. Hey, same era....)

    I'll Second--Or Third--That Emotion

    Jim Geraghty is right on the money:

    Dear Republican lawmakers,

    Please take this idea (eliminating the federal tax on gas and diesel for sixty days) and run with it. Take the support of Democratic Sen. Bob Menendez of New Jersey and argue that this is bipartisan and make the Democrats vote for or against temporary tax relief for American drivers. If everyone votes for it, then great. Let the Democrats argue that they thought of it first. All the voters will remember in November is that gas prices dropped 18 cents a gallon (unleaded) and 24 cents a gallon (leaded) and that a GOP Congress and a GOP president got it done.

    Just some free advice.

    Hugh Hewitt also agrees that this is an idea that truly needs to be implemented--let's see the left put their cards on the table.

    Ed Meets The Godfather

    In his introduction to the published script of Full Metal Jacket, Michael Herr wrote of Stanley Kubrick, "It's nice to get a call from a culture hero, especially when you have so few".

    Never got to interview Kubrick, but I just got off the phone after a great 45-minute interview with Alvin Toffler, for a future TCS article and podcast. It was the first time I spoke with him since the week after 9/11, several months before this blog went up.

    In 1980's The Third Wave, Toffler predicted so many of the trends that impact the Blogosphere: the break-up of the mass media and the assembly line, the inability of the education system (not to mention government itself) to keep pace with changes in the private sector, and the whole prosumption movement, aka The Army of Davids. His new book, due out next week is Revolutionary Wealth; don't miss it.

    Spurlock Supersizes McDonald's Sales

    Tim Blair writes that Morgan Spurlock's idiotarian classic has supersized McDonald's business:

    Since 2003, according to the NY Times, revenue for McDonald’s “has increased by 33 percent and its shares have rocketed 170 percent.”
    Maybe the Times should hire Spurlock and pray for the same results...

    NYT Freelancers: Guilty Until Proven Innocent

    Virginia Postrel looks at the New York Times' assumption of guilt--or at least graft--towards their freelancers, and writes, "Wow, I'm Glad I Quit the Times"

    "The Times should just quit using freelancers if they hate us so much. After all, they have a building full of people making much more money.

    * * *

    Besides, my brand is, if considerably less financially valuable, then also less sullied than the Times's. I don't act ethically for their sake, but for mine. Their assumption that they're ethically slumming when they use freelancers is insulting.

    She has a reprint of the Times' questionnaire.

    Given the Times' ever sinking earnings reports and stock price, it sounds like she's getting out just in time.

    The Podcast That Whacked Oceania

    For the podcast I recorded on this week before taxes are due, I interviewed City Journal's Steven Malanga about a state whose taxes and spending seemed out control.

    But for his podcast this week, James Lileks takes The Diner where no Outer Party member has gone before: to the very terminus ad quem of the confiscatory state.

    Don't Be Evil

    In his latest Impromptu, Jay Nordlinger writes:

    The CEO of Google, Eric Schmidt, is defending his decision to kowtow to the Red Chinese. According to this article, he said, "We believe that the decision that we made to follow the law in China was absolutely the right one."

    A nice line: "to follow the law." I wonder whether Schmidt considers some laws too brutal or unjust to be worth the trouble. And I wonder whether he considers any lawmaking body — e.g., the PRC — unworthy of respect.

    Schmidt also said, "I think it's arrogant for us to walk into a country where we are just beginning to operate and tell that country how to operate."

    Oh, is that it? It's arrogant not to bless the oppression by some people of other people? Is there any regime Schmidt would feel unarrogant about criticizing? And even if you can't do anything about oppression — do you have to cooperate with it?

    I also love these particular words: "tell that country how to operate." We're not talking about a "country"; we're talking about a Communist dictatorship that seized power 60 years ago and has hung on ruthlessly.

    Finally, Schmidt said, "There are many cases where certain information is not available due to local law or local custom."

    I really love that "local law or local custom." When I hear the words "local custom," I think of native dress or dancing, or perhaps arranged marriages. Schmidt is talking about a vicious police state!

    Beautiful. Just beautiful. And here am I, a booster of business (and incessant user of Google).

    Aren't we all?

    The Podcast That Whacked New Jersey

    As I mentioned last week, I thought that Steven Malanga's article, "The Mob That Whacked Jersey", on the Garden State's run-away tax and spend fever was a surprisingly universal cautionary tale. It does a terrific job describing what can happen when a state loses its bearings and fiscal discipline, and it's remarkably timely, as April 17 looms ever closer. And it builds on the material in his recent book, The New New Left: How American Politics Works Today.

    I had a great interview with Steve on Tuesday, and after a little editing, it's become our latest podcast.

    (No iPod required of course; virtually any PC media player will play an MP3 file. And yes, it's entirely coincidental that our first two podcasts are with guys named Steve. We'll do everything we can to break this cycle with the next one...)

    Speaking of the Economy

    Mary Katharine Ham writes:

    I recently had a conversation with a liberal friend about the economy. I noted the many, many straight months of job growth despite natural disasters and high energy prices, to which my liberal friend replied, "yeah, but what kind of jobs are they?"

    This is what kind of jobs they are.

    Of course, one of the huge drags on the economy is out of control taxes and spending, especially by Blue State governments. I just had a great telephone interview with Steven Malanga of City Journal about his new article on New Jersey's fiscal profligacy. Watch for that podcast to go online, later this week.

    Economy Showing Signs Of Strength

    After a rough period in the mid-"naughts", the economy is coming back to life, showing signs of strength. But for a reason that I just can't fathom, the American media stubbornly refuses to report the details...

    ...Of the Iraqi economy, that is. (As well as America's own, of course.)

    The Gift That Keeps On Giving--To The Lawyers

    Jennifer Roback Morse looks at Bush #41's gift that keeps on giving, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), the ramifications of which continue to spiral out of control, especially for small business owners:

    Alpine, California, is a peaceful rural community that lies at the foothills of the Viejas Mountains, east of San Diego. Bordering the Cleveland National Forest, this friendly village hardly seems a likely setting for a show-down over free enterprise, disabled rights and lawsuit abuse.

    Mike McKany, owner of Alpine Liquor, received a letter informing him that he was being sued for three counts of violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). He was informed that three different aggrieved customers were suing him for damages of $10,500 each. The letter, from attorney Theodore Pinnock, offered him the option of settling if he called that day. The attorney offered to begin negotiating down from the $10,500 for each count, as long as the first payment was received by the following Monday.

    McKany was puzzled by the alleged violations. Two years ago, California Lottery officials had assured him that he met the requirements of the ADA. His business had to be in compliance with ADA as a precondition of being allowed to sell California lottery tickets. The suit alleged that Alpine Liquor’s restrooms were not handicapped accessible. The liquor store doesn’t even have a public restroom. Pinnock’s letter claimed that McKany’s business did not provide disabled parking. But his parking lot does have disabled parking.

    But Mike told me by phone that his disabled customers don’t even use the designated handicapped parking spot. Instead, they pull right up in front of the store, where Mike, his father Joe, or another employee can easily see them. Doing business in such a small town as Alpine, Mike knows his regular customers. Most of his disabled customers never have to get out of the car, since somebody usually hops out of the store to help them.

    So Mike wondered about these customers who were complaining that his business was inhospitable to disabled people. He looked up their names on the Internet. He found that at least one of them had an address in El Cajon, 15 miles away. Kind of a long way to go to the liquor store.

    As it happens, at least thirty other Alpine businesses received identical letters from the same attorney with equally inapplicable complaints. This particular attorney, Theodore Pinnock, who has cerebral palsy and uses a wheelchair, has a reputation around San Diego County. Last year, he sent 67 letters to businesses in the historic town of Julian, alleging violations of ADA accessibility requirements. At that time, he demanded between $2,500 and $4,000 in attorneys fees from each of the businesses. Business owners in Julian got to the point that they dreaded the approach of anybody in a wheelchair.

    The business owners of Alpine have decided that they aren’t going to take it lying down. But they have discovered that complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act is not a black and white issue. Businesses often don’t know whether they are in compliance. Besides, the state of California has its own accessibility rules, which are not always consistent with the federal requirements.

    This uncertainty creates a loophole large enough for disability lawyers like Theodore Pinnock to drive their motorized wheelchairs through. Vague legal requirements leaves every business owner vulnerable to the threat of a lawsuit. For many small businesses, settling is more cost-effective than fighting, even if they are really in compliance.

    This is banana republic governance. Make laws no one can comply with. Enforce the laws at random. Favor your friends by selectively looking the other way.

    As Virginia Postrel wrote in 2004:
    Bush's fiscal legacy is expanding Medicare, just as his father's regulatory legacy was the Americans With Disabilities Act. It's amazing how much damage those Bushes can do by being nice.
    There's a lot about both men to be admired, but governmental restraint, unfortunately, isn't one of their better traits.

    And the gaming of the ADA by trial lawyers lends further credence to Michael Barone's warning that America risks a slow--and seemingly inevitable at times--decent into an economy that seems more like French socialism than American dynamism.

    "New Jersey Has Caught A Bad Case Of The Blue-State Blues"

    Steven Malanga paints a grim, but I think accurate portrait of New Jersey's woes:

    For more than a century and a half, New Jersey, nestled between New York City and Philadelphia, offered commuters like Thannikary affordable living in pleasant communities. Wall Street tycoons, middle managers fleeing high-priced Gotham once they’d married and had kids, and immigrants who settled first in New York but quickly discovered that they could pursue the American dream more easily across the Hudson—all flocked into the Garden State. Eventually, New Jersey’s congenial living attracted even corporations escaping New York’s rising crime and taxes. The state flourished.

    But today Jersey is a cautionary example of how to cripple a thriving state. Increasingly muscular public-sector unions have won billions in outlandish benefits and wages from compliant officeholders. A powerful public education cartel has driven school spending skyward, making Jersey among the nation’s biggest education spenders, even as student achievement lags. Inept, often corrupt, politicians have squandered yet more billions wrung from suburban taxpayers, supposedly to uplift the poor in the state’s troubled cities, which have nevertheless continued to crumble despite the record spending. To fund this extravagance, the state has relentlessly raised taxes on both residents and businesses, while localities have jacked up property taxes furiously. Jersey’s cost advantage over its free-spending neighbors has vanished: it is now among the nation’s most heavily taxed places. And despite the extra levies, new governor Jon Corzine faces a $4.5 billion deficit and a stagnant economy during a national boom.

    Unless Garden State leaders can stand up to entrenched interests—and the signs aren’t promising—the state may find itself permanently relegated to second-class economic status. New Jersey “could become the next California, with budget problems too big to solve without a lot of pain,” warns former Jersey City mayor Bret Schundler. “The old way of raising taxes to solve budget problems has been tried, and it’s done nothing but make things worse.”

    It's a long-ish article, but well worth reading in its entirety as a cautionary tale.

    Blogging 9 To 5

    The San Jose Mercury (via the WaPo) notes that "Blogging's rise causes workplace issues":

    The number of bloggers continues to grow, but the number of workplace policies explaining the company's rules on blogging remains anemic. And that can cause a lot of workplace angst for both management and workers.

    Although there are no real statistics on how many people have been fired for something they wrote on their personal Weblogs, the stories keep coming:

    A reporter in Dover, Del., was fired earlier this month for offensive postings on his personal blog.

    He was just added to the list. Remember ``Washingtonienne,'' the intern who embarrassed her bosses on Capitol Hill when she described sexcapades with unnamed staffers? There was also ``QueenofSky,'' a Delta flight attendant who was fired after she posed provocatively (she meant for it to be funny, she said) in her uniform. A Microsoft employee was canned after he posted a picture that included Macs the company had purchased. And of course there is blogger Heather Armstrong, who was fired in 2002 from her Web design job for writing about work and colleagues on her site, Dooce.com. That's where bloggers get the now-popular term, to be ``dooced'': to be fired because of one's blog.

    According to a survey done by the Society for Human Resource Management in July, 85 percent of companies do not have a written policy that provides employees with guidelines on what is acceptable to write about in a personal blog, while 8 percent do.

    I asked my wife to jot down some very easy to follow rules to avoid problems in the workplace. (Please note that this isn't legal advice, merely the blogging equivalent of jotting on a cocktail napkin):
    1. Remember that your work computer belongs to your employer, your work time belongs to your employer i.e., don't blog from work.

    2. Read your employment agreement. Morality clauses or non-disparagement clauses etc. might limit what you might otherwise say.

    3. Know what is confidential information and don't post it. In some states theft of a trade secret is a crime, in addition to being just plain wrong.

    4. Ask your employer what their policy is about blogging that in no way reflects on the company. Double edged sword. It is the most professional and upfront thing to do. But if you are told that they do consider what you write outside the work area to be relevant to your employment (which I doubt they would) then you can't claim "who knew"

    5. Remember that in most states employees owe their employer a "duty of loyalty" Can't you think of something else to blog about other than whining about work?
    And as Jonah Goldberg might say, remember to keep all nudity tasteful and essential to the blog. What employer can complain about that...?

    "High Noon at the Borders"

    Robert Bidinotto channels the ghost of Gary Cooper and observes:

    Thanks to these traitors to the First Amendment, America is fast becoming Will Kane's Hadleyville. They more and more resemble the cringing, "civilized" town fathers in that corrupt fictional crossroads: prostrate in spineless supplication before the town bullies, projecting shameful resentment against the Will Kanes whose bravery shows them up for the cowards that they are.
    As I wrote yesterday, "pretty much all of the talk from the anointed (to borrow from a book title by Thomas Sowell) on the importance of epatering the bourgeois, shocking the masses, breaking down barriers, et al, has been shown to be hypocritical."

    Avant-garde artists used to pride themselves on being fearless. But that was back when their primary targets simply turned the other cheek. We've already seen how quickly Hollywood caves to an enemy that doesn't; now we're seeing a host of other institutions join them.

    Down The Memory Crater

    Two years ago, as the presidential election year kicked off, Andrew Sullivan wrote:

    For the Clintonites, 9/11 didn't really happen. Everything the Bush administration has tried to do in foreign policy is perverse, neocon imperialism - despite the fact that Bush ran as less interventionist than Al Gore in 2000. It doesn't seem to have occurred to them that this administration's hard line against terror-sponsoring regimes and those developing WMDs was not some ideological plot - but a reaction to events.
    Van Wallach of Kesher Talk writes that the Borders chain seems to be doing a pretty good job of draining those memories from their collective minds as well.

    Although to be fair, Van notes that the stores did have a couple of books, including at least one "on a top shelf, where I could barely reach it".

    I'm sure it's purely coincidental synchronicity, but there could be a rather unwise association for Borders to make with that location.

    Revolutionary Health

    If Glenn Reynolds' new An Army of Davids reflects what Alvin Toffler would call the coming “prosumer” society, then Toffler’s own Revolutionary Wealth, due out in late April, is about how “prosumption” will radically transform the world’s economy. Chapter Eight of my galley copy begins with this passage, which might ring a few bells to regular readers of the Blogosphere:

    The American Airlines 757 was approaching the Rocky Mountains on a flight from Boston to Los Angeles when suddenly passenger Michael Tighe’s arm and head lurched into the aisle. His wife, a nurse, who was sitting alongside him, immediately knew something terrible was about to happen. Tighe’s heart had begun beating erratically, failing to send an adequate blood supply to his brain. Tighe, sixty-two, was at the edge of death when flight personnel appeared with a laptop-sized device.

    Attaching electrical leads to his body, they shocked him--once, twice, several times--and literally brought him back to life, making him the first person to be saved in-flight by a defibrillator. It had been installed on the plane only two days earlier.

    Like the human heart, societies and economies, too, are subject to premature beats, local tachycardias, fibrillations and flutters, as well as “chaotic” irregularities and paroxysms…

    And thus, Toffler deftly increases the chances that his book will receive a plug from the Blogfather. Now that’s great marketing in action!

    No Sex, No Drugs, No Wine, No Women

    Orrin Judd writes that Japan has "the immigration limits, trade protection, and isolation that our Left and far Right dream of". The consequences of which include a cratered-out stock market, household assets down 11% from '99, and the enticing prospect of a 22 percent sales tax by 2015.

    It's enough to give one The Vapors...

    "Moody's May Downgrade New York Times Ratings"

    The New York Times' stock value has certainly taken a beating since 9/11 and the rise of the Blogosphere. (And from both sides: the left views the Times as not being leftwing enough, conservatives view it as the liberal newspaper its then-ombudsman declared it to be in 2004.)

    Given the hits the Times' equity prices have suffered, it seems consistent that the ratings on its debt should suffer as well.

    In his interview with Hugh Hewitt yesterday, Mark Steyn said:

    Well you know, one of the things I find, and I'm sure you do, too, you travel a lot around the country. And the thing about American newspapers in particular, but it's also true of Canada and certain others, is that if you get off the plane at almost any airport on the continent, and you'll pick up the local paper which will be a monopoly daily, published by Gannett or some other similar company, and it will just have like the world's dullest comment page, the world's dullest op-ed page. This is a great riveting time of war, and say what you like about crazy folks on left or right, but there's a lot to say about it. And in fact, the newspapers, and their monopolies, have made them dull, and that's the danger, I think, in much of the United States, that you want someone, whether you agree with him or not, that you want something that will be riveting and thought-provoking. And some of these guys have been just holding down prime op-ed real estate for decades. It's amazing to me.
    The Times has long been the model for other newspapers in America (not to mention network TV news as well). And unless they want to follow the Gray Lady into similar red ink territory, they'd be very wise to consider adopting a new tone to their coverage. Certainly, from the Howell Raines era until today, they can look to the Times as an example of what not to do.

    Update: Welcome Michelle Malkin readers! If this is your first time here, please look around--we think you'll find lots to enjoy. Meanwhile, the Professor lists more reasons for the Gray Lady to feel Kind of Blue.

    Return With Us Now To The Days Of "Japanophobia"

    That's what Ronald Bailey of Reason dubs a virus that gripped America in the late 1980s and early 1990s (and caused several so-so movies to be released as well, including Black Rain and Rising Sun):

    Looking back, the most wrong-headed foreign policy phenomenon of the time was Japanophobia. Japanophobia was the unreasoning fear that Japanese companies were about to buy up everything in sight in America. The iconic event that focused the public's fears on an imminent Japanese buyout of America was Mitsubishi's purchase of a majority holding in New York City's Rockefeller Center in 1989.
    Bailey demonstrates how easy it was this year for this long-dormant condition to morph into Dubai-aphobia.

    Paying The Cost To Short The Boss, Revisited

    In August, we linked to an American Prowler article on Warren Buffett, who was gleefully shorting the dollar on the foreign exchange markets:

    Warren Buffett is bearish on the United States, and he's bullish on Europe. For the first time in his life, starting in 2002, Mr. Buffett entered the foreign exchange markets and shorted the dollar. This rare macro-economic bet was based on a belief that U.S. consumers and the U.S. government were spending beyond their means, and that the trade deficit was a sign of economic weakness.

    While his short position was profitable in 2004, he has lost more than half a billion dollars so far in 2005. Some Wall Street sources suggest that his breakeven exchange rate is $1.22/euro, so with the euro trading near $1.21 in mid-June, his short position was seriously in the red.

    Buffett's anti-American investment sentiment has cost Berkshire Hathaway shareholders dearly. During the 12 months ending in mid-June, his stock price was down roughly 7 percent, while the S&P 500 was up 5 percent. The stock market voted "non" on this Berkshire investment strategy, just like the French and Dutch voted against the European constitution.

    The result? Orrin Judd links to a quote in Human Events from Buffett's latest annual letter to the shareholders in Berkshire Hathaway:
    Warren Buffett acknowledged that his bet against U.S. currency had collectively cost them almost $1 billion. Buffet wrote, "My views on America’s long-term problem in respect to trade imbalances, which I have laid out in previous reports, remain unchanged. My conviction, however, cost Berkshire $955 million pre-tax in 2005. ..."
    As Orrin writes, at least Buffett "put his money where his BDS is".

    Stocks Hit Five Year Highs, Reuters Yawns

    Reuters' article begins:

    U.S. stocks rose sharply on Tuesday, with the Dow and S&P 500 indexes hitting their highest in nearly five years as U.S. Treasury yields fell and record profit from Goldman Sachs Group Inc. boosted shares of financial companies.
    I wonder why their editor chose the headline of "Stocks rise on lower bond yields, Goldman profit", instead of the first five words of what I wrote above?

    Of course, as I wrote back in December, if you're an investor, there's an upside to the media's reluctance to pop the cork and celebrate the economy's success.

    Update: Newsbusters has some related thoughts.

    Just 'Cause They're Number 3, Don't Expect Them To Try Harder

    Found via Bizzy Blog, Thomas Lifson and Jack Risko of The American Thinker go deep inside the New York Times' financial numbers. This factoid is particularly intriguing:

    The Times has seen its comparable core metropolitan circulation decline by 27% since 1993 (the first year that such figures were available online), when it had a circulation of 758,000. Its current 556,000 circulation places it a dismal number three in its home market behind the New York Daily News (689,000) and the New York Post (663,000).
    As for the rest of the Times' financials, Lifson and Risko notes, "No fraud exists in the 10-K reports of the New York Times Company. But there is certainly spin":
    The New York Times Company’s common shares are divided into separate classes, with the holdings of the founding Sulzberger clan able to elect a majority of directors, despite accounting for a single digit share of total equity. The family gets to call the shots, and so far they are sticking with Pinch Sulzberger, who dreamed up the national circulation strategy, along with some other growth and diversification moves (buying the Boston Globe and investing in the widely unwatched Discovery Times cable channel) which have not exactly set the world on fire.

    The way that the Times reports its numbers – so obliquely as to draw attention away from its decline – shows that it does not run itself for shareholders as a normal public corporation should.

    But the way the Times reports its business risk does bear a certain uncanny resemblance to the way the Times reports many political issues on which it has a party line. Facts are presented, but in ways intended to persuade the reader to swallow a partial or even misleading truth, because management wants them to believe something dubious.

    One man, Arthur Ochs Sulzberger, Jr, chooses those who write the editorial content and 10-K reports. Consistency in approach between the news and business sides of the enterprise is not really surprising, and likely reflects his personal leadership.

    Read the whole thing--and don't miss the graph on Bizzy Blog.

    P.J. O'Rourke On The Tenth Commandment

    Here's a fun 1997 essay on Cato's Website by P.J. O'Rourke on the dangers of redistributionism:

    The Bible might seem to be a strange place to be doing economic research, but I have been thinking, from a political economy point of view, about the Tenth Commandment. Now the first nine commandments concern theological principles--thou shall not steal and kill and so forth. Fair enough. Then there's the Tenth Commandment: "Thou shall not covet they neighbor's wife. Thou shall not covet thy neighbor's house, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy neighbor's." I mean, here are God's basic rules for how we should live, a very brief list of sacred obligations and solemn moral precepts, and right at the end of it is: "Don't envy your buddy his cow." What is that doing there? Why would God, with just 10 things to tell Moses, choose jealousy about the stuff the guy next door has? Well, think about how important to the well-being of a community that commandment actually is. What that commandment says is that if you want a donkey, if you want a pot roast, if you want a cleaning lady, don't bitch about it, go get your own!

    The Bible might seem to be a strange place to be doing economic research, but I have been thinking, from a political economy point of view, about the Tenth Commandment. Now the first nine commandments concern theological principles--thou shall not steal and kill and so forth. Fair enough. Then there's the Tenth Commandment: "Thou shall not covet they neighbor's wife. Thou shall not covet thy neighbor's house, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy neighbor's." I mean, here are God's basic rules for how we should live, a very brief list of sacred obligations and solemn moral precepts, and right at the end of it is: "Don't envy your buddy his cow." What is that doing there? Why would God, with just 10 things to tell Moses, choose jealousy about the stuff the guy next door has? Well, think about how important to the well-being of a community that commandment actually is. What that commandment says is that if you want a donkey, if you want a pot roast, if you want a cleaning lady, don't bitch about it, go get your own!

    The Tenth Commandment sends a message to socialists, to collectivists, to people who believe that wealth is best obtained by redistribution, and that message is clear and concise: Go to hell! It's as simple as that.

    All of which ties into the lead essay on Cato's Unbound blog: "When Does Inequality Matter?"

    Where's Carnac When You Need Him?

    According to Betsy Newmark, the L.A. Times is only just noticing that Santa Barbara's slow growth policies have had disastrous economic and social consequences. The Times writes, "Many of these ripple effects could not have been foreseen 30 years ago". But as Betsy notes:

    Well, maybe the geniuses in the Santa Barbara and at the L.A. Times couldn't have predicted it, but anyone with the slightest acquaintance with economics could have told them what would happen.
    It really does seem sometimes that newspaper men are absolutely incapable of extrapolating the future from current trends though--especially when it clashes with their worldview.

    What's Wrong With Being Sexy?

    No, not sexy--sexist, as the great Spinal Tap riff goes: Riding Sun and Newsweek document how Europe's economic policies are holding women back.

    Which seems only fair--Europe's economic policies are holding everyone there back.

    I'll Have a Decaf Vente Toffler, Please

    Smelling the Coffee looks at the three waves of America's coffee love, along with the small but growing backlash against Starbucks.

    The Gray Lady Versus The Big Box Mart

    The Pundit Guy writes that the New York Times "Lobs Another Airball at WalMart".

    My take? As I wrote a few years ago, any store that carries Citizen Kane on DVD can't be all bad.

    Businesses, Individuals Vote With Their Feet

    Last December, I looked at Nissan's decision to relocate their headquarters from Los Angeles to Nashville, and wrote:

    Beyond Nissan--and the 79 other corporations that have decamped from L.A. alone since 2002, when a company as deeply associated with California as Fender Guitars relocates to neighboring Arizona, you know the state isn't exactly business-friendly. (Just ask my wife, who frequently intercedes on behalf of business owners.) These problems have accumulated over the several decades of California's exponentially growing hard left tilt, and can't be blamed entirely on Governor Schwarzenegger, but what is Arnold doing to help reduce them? Hiring a former aide to Gray "Rolling Blackouts" Davis as his new chief of staff.

    Will the last person out of California please turn out the lights?

    In a post titled, "Voting With Your Feet", Larry Kudlow writes that it's not just businesses who are relocating out of high-tax states:
    In case you didn’t see it, Barron’s published a great story called,“Revolution on Wheels”. Basically it makes the point that taxes matter to folks in choosing where to live.

    “Quietly, without banners or raised fists, they are packing up their families and belongings and moving from high tax states like California and New York to lower-tax locales like Florida, Nevada and Texas.”

    Ohio University economics professor Richard Vedder says over the past five years, 1.2 million people moved out of the ten highest taxed states, while an almost equal number, 1.3 million, moved into the low tax states. “It’s a stealth migration, and it’s one of the biggest, most significant yet least recognized movements of the population in American history,” says Vedder. “People are voting with their feet to say that taxes do matter.”

    This trend has been going on for a long time. It has been chronicled by Art Laffer, Victor Canto, Steve Moore as well as Richard Vedder. Among the lowest taxed states are New Hampshire, Delaware, Tennessee, Alabama, both Dakotas, Florida, Texas and Missouri. Among the highest taxed states are Maine, New York, Hawaii, Rhode Island, Wisconsin, Vermont, Ohio, Nebraska and Utah, as well as Washington D.C. New York and New Jersey have huge tax bites on estates.

    This is why our New York State Tax Reform Commission proposed a “five percent solution” for personal and corporate income taxes, with elimination of taxes on capital gains, estates and dividends. We noted that whether regionally, nationally or internationally, smart money and smart people move to where the tax and business environment is most hospitable.

    Which is just common sense--but then that's something that's long been lacking in Sacramento.

    Is Sarbanes-Oxley Unconstitutional?

    UCLA Professor Stephen Bainbridge has an interesting take, over at TCS Daily.

    Stuck On Galbraith, Stuck In The Past

    In TCS Daily, Arnold Kling looks at the continued popularity of John Kenneth Galbraith amongst leftwing economists, despite how antiquated his theories are:

    The role of entrepreneurs is one of those issues that divides people politically. If you value entrepreneurship, then it is difficult to be a statist. If you are a statist, then it is difficult to value entrepreneurship.

    John Kenneth Galbraith represents the quintessential statist. If we were literally stuck on 1968, then Galbraith's The New Industrial State would still be on the best-seller list. In that work, Galbraith correctly pointed out that bureaucratic organizations are averse to risk and uncertainty. However, nearly every other major thesis in his book was wrong. Yet his view of the economy, like much of the conventional wisdom of 1968, has remained embedded in the folk beliefs of the Left.

    Read the whole thing.

    In another economic-related essay in TCS today, Meg Kreikemeier looks at a wide range of data pointing to robust economic growth and asks, "where were the glowing headlines about the economy"?

    The Dionne Amnesia

    Ed Morrissey looks at E.J. Dionne's latest column and writes that "either Dionne has a bad memory or has slipped into uncharacteristic disingenuity" in his recounting Bush #41's raising taxes in 1990:

    Dionne leaves out two important points. The first fact omitted is that the tax increase in 1990 resulted in a sudden recession, which the Gulf War made worse by driving up oil costs temporarily. In fact, the increased rates flattened tax receipts; it did not result in any significant increase to the Treasury.

    Second and more to the point, the Democrats with whom the President consulted and compromised used his efforts to castigate him as unfaithful to his promises in the 1992 general election. I find it hard to imagine that Dionne cannot recall the "Read My Lips" commercials that the Clinton campaign used to devastating effect in that election, which showed Bush promising to hold the line on taxes -- and blamed him entirely for raising them later. The Democrats stabbed Bush 41 in the back for working with them, and that's the lesson that 43 learned from the experience. Compromise with Democrats, and they will use it to attack at the first opportunity.

    Read the rest.

    Update: More thoughts on Dionne, here.

    That '70s Show

    On their op-ed page, The Wall Street Journal writes:

    President Bush has seen the energy future, and he has two words of advice: wood chips. Somewhere in his cardigan sweater next to a fireplace, Jimmy Carter is smiling.
    The Journal sees it as a case of Karl Rove triangulating in anticipation of the November races. But as TCS Daily has been noting for months, it's part of a much larger trend: That '70s Energy Policy.

    Hooverville

    Here's a statistic guaranteed to be underreported: unemployment has fallen to 4.7 percent:

    The unemployment rate has fallen to 4.7%, the lowest level since July 2001, as employers added 193,000 payroll jobs in January and totals for prior months were raised as well.
    As Larry Kudlow writes, "Salesman-in-Chief George W. Bush" should "Set Up the Microphones Already".

    Update: Over at The Brothers Judd, Matt Murphy links to a Reuters piece which posits that the low unemployment rate could trigger inflation fears. In response, Matt writes:

    One of the interesting things about the reported trade-off between inflation and unemployment is seeing which side of the issue biased reporters emphasize due to political circumstances.
    Exactly.

    Just A Buck, You Can Change Their Luck

    John Hawkins has a graph comparing the cost of Operation Iraqi Freedom as a percentage of GDP with previous wars America has fought:

    The chart was prepared by Robert Whaples, professor of economics at Wake Forest University. Bowyer then calculates the cost of the Iraq war as a percentage of America's GDP and finds it to be the second cheapest war we've ever fought -- 2% GDP cost-to-date versus 1% GDP for the 1st Iraq war. You remember that one - the one we didn't finish.
    IndeedTM.

    "Oogling My Googling"

    In his latest syndicated column, Jonah Goldberg writes:

    A wave of pious indignation and table-thumping has spread across the nation's editorial pages over the freedom to search for Internet porn. Don't get me wrong: I think you do have the right to search for porn. But it is interesting to see what gets people's First Amendment gag reflex going. The Baltimore Sun, for example, warns that a "witch-hunt" for search-engine abusers might be around the corner if Google cooperates with the government.

    Maureen Dowd, the reigning scribe of unthinking liberalism, recently wrote in the New York Times that Dick Cheney — whom she calls "The Grim Peeper" — is trying to turn America into a "police state." "I don't like the thought of Dick Cheney ogling my Googling," Dowd writes without rhyme or reason.

    It was a silly column, even for Dowd, but it does capture a certain level of both the legitimate fear and the outright paranoia out there.

    Partisanship is obviously part of the equation. For instance, the heretofore-unknown disease of Cheneyphobia seems to be reaching epidemic proportions. It seems to cause some people to believe that the vice president of the United States has superhuman powers and that he is capable of personally reading hundreds of millions of e-mails while listening to thousands of hours of phone conversations and — simultaneously — scanning trillions of web searches.

    Robert Kuttner, writing about a different controversy in the Boston Globe, shows serious symptoms of the affliction when he writes, "Google plus Dick Cheney is a recipe for undoing the liberties for which the original patriots of the American Revolution bled and died."

    On the narrow point about Dick Cheney, this is all a bunch of nonsense. The Department of Justice is in a lawsuit with the ACLU over the Child Online Protection Act, which is designed to help prevent kids from being exposed to online porn. The law ran afoul of the First Amendment, according to a lower court, and the Supreme Court asked for additional information pending its final decision on the matter. The Department of Justice asked Google, as well as MSN, Yahoo!, and Time Warner (AOL's parent), to provide data on their search engines from a one-week period. (The Associated Press scarily refers to the request as a "White House subpoena," as if the White House could actually issue subpoenas.) No personal information was asked for and none has been given. Everyone but Google complied, because there's really no reason not to. Google, however, sees itself in a very idealistic light and has decided to stand on principle against the government, prompting huzzahs from all the predictable sources.

    But the same crowd celebrating Google's decision has generally been quiet about, for example, public health surveys that ask doctors to report all sorts of really private information (anonymous, of course) for epidemiological purposes. If you're going to consider it a grotesque infringement on personal liberty for the government to find out that some anonymous person Google-searched "lesbian love goats," [nice self-reference for us old school G-File fans--Ed] you'd think you'd also be upset by the National Institutes of Health cataloging how many people fitting your description have had prostate exams in the last year. The intrusion is at least as serious, but because no one imagines that Dick Cheney cares about your prostate — yet! — the First Amendment thumpers don't offer a peep.

    But there is a larger issue here worth considering. It has become something of an article of faith that technology is always on the side of liberty. In the old Soviet Union, the Xerox machines were chained up at night in order to prevent unauthorized photocopying. (Of course, they weren't called "Xerox machines" but "Glorious People's Photostatic Replicator" or "Trabant Machine" or some such.) The Soviet authorities recognized that information technology was the enemy of totalitarianism. Freedom of the photocopier was not only freedom of the press, but freedom to communicate, which lies at the core of all liberty.

    The Internet age has seemingly confirmed this. In China, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and other oppressive regimes, Internet usage is severely policed because the free-flow of information is seen as a threat to the regime.

    And ironically, companies such as Google are more than willing to cooperate. Google's original corporate motto was famously "Don't Be Evil". But as Publius writes:
    It looks as if there is a limit to that. Google will resist the U.S. government, but won’t stand up in any way to China? Judging by its actions at home, one would think Google to be a pioneer in bringing access to information and resisting attempts from governments to repress it or monitor it. This says that isn’t the case, and it makes me wonder — just a little — what its motivation is to resisting the U.S. government and giving in to the Chinese. Perhaps they should change their motto to, “It’s just business.”
    As I wrote back in October, when Google was more than happy to shaft Taiwan on behalf of China:
    Half the cars in Google's parking lots probably have the ubiquitous Silicon Valley "FREE TIBET!!" bumper stickers. Too bad that Google's current ozone layer of management doesn't seem to want to symbolically free Taiwan.
    Or, most damning of all, China itself.

    Much more, here, including a few contrarian views, as well.

    "Are Newspapers Doomed?"

    In a recent essay in Commentary, Joseph Epstein asks, "Are Newspapers Doomed?", and proceeds to list a whole host of reasons why things are looking grim for the Fourth Estate these days.

    As does this post by Mark Tapscott:

    Judging by the results of the non-scientific survey that has been running in the right-hand column of this blog for several weeks, it looks like The New York Times will be the big circulation loser for 2006 with 46 percent of the respondents checking the Gotham paper's box.

    Second is The Los Angeles Times at 22 percent , while running third is The Philadelphia Inquirer at 11 percent. Biggest surprise is the low number of survey takers giving the nod to The San Francisco Chronicle, which lost an amazing 16 percent of its subscribers last year.

    My personal pick is the Knight-Ridder Newspapers-owned Inquirer, which, along with the Philadelphia Daily News, has suffered staggering circulation, advertising and editorial staff losses for several years. The weakness of these two dailies is a major reason why Knight-Ridder is viewed by many industry observers as a prime takeover target.

    Of course, there's one very obvious cost-cutting method available to them, but it'll take activating the industry's equivalent of the Doomsday Machine: take the paper out of the newspaper business.

    Monty Python And The Meaning Of Canada

    In The Australian, Mark Steyn explains yesterday's Canadian election results and Stephen Harper, Canada's new Tory prime minister to those readers Down Under:

    John O'Sullivan, a former editor of National Review and Thatcher's long-time adviser, observed that post-war Canadian history is summed up by the old Monty Python song, "I'm a lumberjack and I'm OK", which begins as a robust paean to the manly virtues of a rugged life in the north woods but ends with the lumberjack having gradually morphed into some transvestite pick-up singing that he likes to "wear high heels, suspenders and a bra" and "dress in women's clothing and hang around in bars".

    I'm not saying Canadian men are literally cross-dressers - certainly no more than 35, 40 per cent of us are - but nonetheless a nation that in 1945 had the fourth-largest armed forces in the world has undergone such a total makeover that it's now a country that prioritises the secondary impulses of society - government health care, government day care, rights and entitlements from cradle to grave - over all the primary ones.

    As I said, Scary Stephen's no Ron or Maggie. But as a young man in the '80s he was spurred into politics by his clear understanding - unlike most so-called Canadian "conservatives" - that his country had missed out on Thatcher-Reagan economic liberalisation. Essentially, he's a political economist with a libertarian streak: he thinks that if you leave taxpayers with more of their money they're more likely to spend it in ways that do more social good than letting the government disburse it.

    My kind of guy--though I don't want to know what he wears under his Brooks Brothers suit!

    The Biggest Blue States Of 'Em All

    Betsy Newmark writes, "Uh oh! The EU is discovering some basics of economics - if you pass a lot of regulations and make it difficult for companies to operate, they will leave and go elsewhere".

    California's learning that lesson the hard way as well.

    Update: Power Line has more.

    Another Update: Ed Morrissey writes that even in the Great Blue North, anti-Americanism has its limits.

    The Trend Is Not Their Friend

    Michelle Malkin delivers the bad news to the L.A. Times. Their namesake on the east coast isn't exactly catching fire in the stock market, either.

    As Michelle writes, Jeff Jarvis has a series of excellent strategies for newspapers who'd like to begin turning things around. Will either paper listen before the path to 2014 becomes a reality?

    (Nahh, probably not. But economics may force them to eventually implement much of the Jarvis Plan.)

    The Adaptive Corporation

    In an op-ed in the New York Post, Nicole Gelinas, City Journal's contributing editor, writes that New York City--and State--needs Wall Street these days far more than Wall Street needs New York:

    For most of its 213-year history, the NYSE didn't have to worry about the competition. Much like the city itself, it drew strength from its role as a central meeting place for the exchange of information. But today information is everywhere — and much that was once done on an exchange floor is now done faster and cheaper over computer networks.

    New competitors to the NYSE spent the 1990s and early 2000s investing in technology that puts intense pressure on traditional markets. The NYSE had much to lose if it failed to adjust radically.

    But it had one option available to it that's not available to New York City or the state: buying a piece of the competition. Its members have approved a merger with one of those upstart electronic trading firms, Chicago-based Archipelago.

    What will happen to the 1,000 NYSE employees and the 3,000 people who work on the exchange floor for other firms? NYSE evolution means more cost-cutting automation — and that means fewer middle-class jobs in New York. Indeed, the NYSE recently announced a layoff of 60 middle-income staffers.

    The NYSE's merger isn't the beginning of a trend — just another milepost in an ongoing one. Over more than two decades, a diverse array of business lines on Wall Street, from stock brokerage to stock trading to debt and equity underwriting, have had their profits ground down to razor-thin margins by technology, competition and regulation. What's left are just a few spectacularly profitable lines and many low-margin businesses — and an industry that can no longer afford armies of mid-level employees in Gotham.

    Wall Street's first cost-cutting target, back in the '80s, was the back office. Today, it's moving higher-end jobs out of town. Investment banks now headquarter some sophisticated trading operations in northern New Jersey — staffed by employees who earn mid-six figures and more.

    Worse, more of these jobs are moving farther away. Where Wall Street created thousands of jobs in Jersey in the '90s, now investment firms are moving further afield in their bid to keep costs down.

    JPMorgan Chase announced in early December that it would create 4,500 new securities-industry jobs in Bangalore, India, by 2007, joining UBS (with 500 jobs there) and Goldman Sachs (750). Twenty-five years ago, most of those jobs would have been created in New York; 15 years ago, perhaps half, with the rest going to places like New Jersey and Florida.

    What's left on Wall Street? Mainly the highest-level, highest-paid industry stars. In Manhattan, the securities industry has fewer workers, each of whom earns more money — because ones left are mostly those whose productivity can justify the high cost of being here.

    This evolution is in part good for New York. The city is a perpetual magnet for top global talent, and the securities industry is increasingly dependent on that talent as it jockeys to create and trade exotic new products.

    But even when profits are up spectacularly in New York, middle-class jobs won't be — meaning fewer openings for New Yorkers in an industry that once offered vast opportunities to those who wanted to work their way up from the bottom.

    New York City and the state, like the NYSE, must work harder to keep much of the business they once took for granted — and attract new business.

    Gelinas has some suggestions for Mayor Bloomberg and Gov. Pataki in this regard that are well worth reading. As her article hints, as the years progress, technology and telecommuting could become an increasingly powerful tool for businesses wishing to keep local governments somewhat more at bay. I did a piece for TCS Daily on the first anniversary of 9/11 about how quickly Moody's, the bond ratings firm, was able to leverage technology to get back to work after 9/11, when their headquarters building, located just a few blocks from the WTC, became uninhabitable. If such a business can change gears so quickly under those kinds of conditions, imagine what they could do if they wanted to relocate during a non-emergency.

    Last fall, Nissan announced they were leaving Los Angeles for a more hospitable business climate in Nashville, Tennessee. Technology now allows almost any business to relocate pretty much anywhere its executives wish. This will begin to create new opportunities for those regions wishing to spur growth through low taxes and favorable business environments--and provide additional incentives for confiscatory cities and states to rethink their strategies, lest they risk additional loses.

    Goody Don't Got It Anymore

    In Part III of his series on how the Long Tail has caused the death of the blockbuster album, Chris Anderson writes that on Friday, Musicland, which operates more than 800 stores under the names Sam Goody and MediaPlay, filed for bankruptcy.

    Musicland blames their woes on "a diminishing music and movies marketplace, growing competition from big box retailers and the increase of music downloading". And I think they've got a point. I find I've been buying the vast majority of my music either from Amazon, which combines low prices, no taxes, and no shipping costs with their "all you can eat" shipping plan, or the local Borders, where I'll often pickup a CD, a book, and/or a magazine. It's much more inviting shopping experience than any Sam Goody's I've ever been in. And unlike any Sam Goody's, its coffee bar and WiFi makes it a great Third Place.

    Goody was a great model from the late '70s to the early '90s, which, perhaps not coincidentally, was when I did the bulk of my shopping there. But both retailing in general and the music industry specifically changed radically in the ensuing years, and Goody didn't.

    The Automobiles That Dare Not Speak Their Names

    Pretty amusing essay in TCS Daily which looks at "The Lure of Crap Cars":

    Crappy Renault Fuegos and barely creeping General Motors EV1s are fascinating affronts to our own common sense. How, we ask ourselves, could so many engineers, designers and decision makers spend so many hours, so much money and so much mental capital and still make such horrendous mistakes?

    Sometimes it’s because of a kind of blind, desperate pride. Thus, Cadillac, over-reacting to an “energy crisis” and down-sizing like hell in the early 1980s, really thought it could blow one past the consumer by infusing the rapidly diminishing prestige of the Caddy name into a lowly Chevy Cavalier. Beginning in 1982, Cadillac “management” stuffed the “Cimarron” with leather, festooned it with “gold packages,” hung it with “driving lights” and luggage racks and vinyl cladding, and tried to sell it at twice the price of the pedestrian Chevy it so closely resembled. It took Cadillac until 1988 to finally give up in embarrassment.

    Or as a Forbes journalist once dubbed reports from General Motors, "And now, news of fresh disaster".

    Best Public Service, Ever

    Gerard Vanderleun lists Amazon.com's#800-numbers, which are seemingly impossible to find on Amazon's own Website.

    A commenter on Gerard's blog points to this site, which documents how to find a human at otherwise almost entirely-automated #800-customer support lines.

    Blue Horseshoe Loves Anacot Steel

    Nice way to start the year: the Dow Jones hits 11,000 today for the first time since prior to 9/11.

    This could be something to keep in mind this year.

    Pop The Corks!

    James Glassman (who beneficently publishes my articles at TCS Daily) writes that despite what the MSM would have you believe, "overall, 2005 was a damn good year. Celebrate!"

    When the final figures are in, it is almost certain that our Gross Domestic Product -- the single best indicator of economic progress -- grew by more than 3.5 percent once again in 2005, compared with about 1.5 percent for the Euro Zone (the part of Europe, mainly Germany, France and Italy, that uses the euro as currency). U.S unemployment is 5 percent, compared with rates twice that high in Europe.

    We are creating net new jobs (that is jobs gained minus jobs lost) at a rate of 2 million a year. Inflation is low, and the stock market -- unless something dire happens this week -- will rise for the third year in a row.

    Further good news is that, Europe excepted, the rest of the world has enjoyed superb growth this year, and the U.S. has provided much of steam for the global engine. Yes, this means that we have a large trade deficit, but we can afford it. Our economic strength has boosted the value of dollar, and we’re attracting gouts of investment cash from around the world.

    Globally, 2004 and 2005 were the two best years in a row since the 1970s. Latin America will grow more than 4 percent; China, about 9 percent; India, nearly 8 percent. Even Japan, which has been in the doldrums for more than a decade, is back on track.

    “This sustained and broad-based economic growth is a pleasure,” writes Martin Wolf in the Financial Times. “It is also something of a surprise.”

    After all, hurricanes in 2005 caused $100 billion in damage in the United States. There was a terrible terrorist attack on the London subway. Iraq has been rough going--though not as bad as we are led to think. A recent pre-election survey in Time magazine found 71 percent of Iraqis saying that “things are going very well” or “quite well” in their lives and that, by a margin of 6-1, next year will be better for their country.

    There are threats in America: imminent investment tax hikes, a looming crisis with Social Security and Medicare, terrorism and protectionism. But overall, 2005 was a damn good year. Celebrate!

    Meanwhile, Mark Trumbull of The Christian Science Monitor writes that "what the Census Bureau calls 'material well-being' abounds for regular folks today in ways that Louis XIV--for all his palaces, silk stockings, and ruffled finery--could barely have imagined":
    In case there was any doubt, a study has confirmed that Americans have a lot of what economists know, technically, as stuff.

    The computer has surpassed the dishwasher as a standard household appliance. The poorest Americans have posted a sharp rise in access to air conditioning. The richest Americans still own the most cars, but they are choosing to own slightly fewer of them than they used to.

    These census findings, released earlier this month, were true even before gifts piled up under trees this past week.

    These nuggets provide a glimpse of American lifestyles that isn't captured in the raw data of monthly economic reports. At a time of concern about the standard of living for future generations, the study offers hopeful signs of tangible progress, even as the pace of income growth has slowed in recent years.

    It's only one piece of the overall picture of economic progress and doesn't resolve the question about future generations. But it confirms that what the Census Bureau calls "material well-being" abounds for regular folks today in ways that Louis XIV - for all his palaces, silk stockings, and ruffled finery - could barely have imagined.

    True, most of us don't have an entourage of fawning servants, and while US homes have expanded in square footage they hardly rival Versailles. But modern appliances, in many ways, are robotic servants who sometimes break down but have yet to stage an organized revolt.

    Or as Thomas Sowell wrote a few years ago, it's "Hard Times for Envy".

    The Contrarian of Narnia

    Chris Weinkopf has a great profile of Philip Anschutz, the man who brought you The Chronicles of Narnia this Christmas:

    Anschutz is a spectacularly successful oil/railroad/fiber-optic/sports/entertainment magnate. He is also an evangelical Christian and father of three children who got so fed up with the tawdry state of Hollywood fare that he decided to get into the business himself by launching two film companies. He has spent a reported $150 million to $200 million to turn the first book in Lewis’s beloved Chronicles of Narnia series into one of the biggest film releases of this holiday season. The plan is to eventually translate all seven books into high-quality films.

    * * *

    A few years ago, Anschutz started gobbling up movie-theater chains, a move that had industry analysts baffled. Cinema attendance had been in steady decline for years, and the survivors were in cutthroat competition with each other, as well as with cheap DVDs and digital cable that had audiences staying home. Experts had declared the business all but dead.

    Anschutz disagreed. During the 1990s, he had bought old railroads cheaply, then coaxed a golden new revenue stream out of them by selling rights-of-way for new fiber-optic lines alongside his trackbeds. Now he saw the same technological innovation—fiber optics—giving movie houses a fresh hold on profitability. He poured more than $700 million into buying three theater chains that had filed for bankruptcy: United Artists, Regal, and Edwards, giving him control of 6,273 screens, or 18 percent of the market, the country’s largest string of cinemas.

    Anschutz’s master plan is to convert all of his theaters to digital technology—eliminating the cumbersome celluloid film reels that have to be shipped across the country, manually operated, then shipped back. If theaters could simply download their films as computer files and then project them through computer-controlled routers, there could be large cost savings. This scenario is especially practical for Anschutz, given that his company, Qwest, already owns a significant chunk of America’s backbone of fiber-optic lines. (High-resolution films require large telecom “pipes” to travel from locale to locale.)

    Taking a higher road

    But Anschutz’s big movie gamble is based on more than just fresh technology. The cause of declining ticket sales, Anschutz reasons, isn’t just the ease and convenience of home viewing. It’s also the deteriorating content of Hollywood’s products—which are too often vulgar, violent, sexualized, dark, and depressing. For many American families, especially religious ones (who are a much bigger fraction of the population than entertainment executives have ever acknowledged), the movie theater is no longer a pleasant or even safe place to bring children. This major bloc of the market has been ignored by Hollywood.

    Producers have “misread what audiences want,” says Craig Detweiler, professor of mass communications at Southern California’s Biola University. “Audiences have proved more discerning of quality than Hollywood expected.” Thus, the repeated syndrome of movie elites underestimating the public appetite for higher quality and family-friendly entertainment, while overestimating the appeal of R-rated dross. (See “Stupid Hollywood,” SCAN, TAE, July/August 2005.)

    Enter Anschutz, the man who’s made billions by spotting missed economic potential. In his Hillsdale speech, he asked: “Is this preponderance of R-rated films simply—as we hear so often—a response to the market? I would say not, considering that of the top 20 moneymaking films of all time, not a single one is rated R, and of the top 50, only five are rated R—with the remainder being G or PG.”

    While conservatives have groused about Hollywood’s cultural pollution for decades, Anschutz is putting his money where his convictions are. “You need to bring your own money and be willing to spend it,” he told the audience at Hillsdale. “Otherwise, Hollywood doesn’t see you as a serious player.”

    Anschutz’s aim is not to promote a political agenda, but to make good movies. His two film companies are “not political in any way,” concludes Govindini Murty, an actress, screenwriter, and co-director of the Liberty Film Festival. “They hire liberals and conservatives. Art is their foremost priority, making movies that everyone in the public can enjoy—not niche movies only for young males, or people on the extreme left or right.”

    In other words, Anschutz’s companies are targeting the vast mainstream audience that Hollywood has increasingly alienated over the last four decades. This is no charity exercise. Anschutz is looking to make a buck—lots of bucks, actually. As author and film critic Michael Medved puts it, he’s “testing in a wonderful way…the theory that it is possible in Hollywood to do well while doing good.”

    Worldwide, Narnia has grossed $261,978,192, according to Box Office Mojo. Meanwhile, Mary Catherine Ham looks at the box office returns of what, for Hollywood, qualifies as more traditional, conservative fare.

    AOLTimeWarnerGoogle?

    AP reports that Time Warner has entered into talks with Google:

    Time Warner Inc. ended talks with Microsoft Corp. Friday and entered into exclusive negotiations with Google Inc. over a $1 billion investment and a broader advertising partnership with America Online, executives close to the talks said.

    Shutting out Microsoft sets the stage for a high-profile agreement between two titans of the Internet. Under the deal, expected to be announced as early as next week, Google would pay Time Warner $1 billion for a 5 percent stake in AOL, said one official with direct knowledge of Time Warner's negotiating position.

    Google, which operates the Internet's dominant search tools, also agreed to highlight AOL's Web properties as sponsored links and integrate AOL's video clips in its fledgling Google Video service. In exchange, AOL will continue providing Google's search engine to its subscribers.

    Officials described the negotiations on condition of anonymity because no agreement has yet been formalized. The deal could be finalized next week, when Time Warner's board meets in New York.

    Hopefully I'll eventually be proven wrong, but my initial impressions of this deal aren't leaving me with a warm fuzzy feeling.

    The War Rooming of America

    In The New York Sun and his blog at National Review Online, Jim Geraghty writes that Wal-Mart now has what he describes as "a presidential-campaign-style war room":

    Various unions want to organize Wal-Mart workers. They’re welcome to try, just as the corporation is welcome to try to persuade its workers that it’s a bad deal for them in the long run.

    But the anti-Wal-Mart forces have been, depending on your point of view, remarkably innovative, remarkably below-the-belt, or perhaps both. And the company has responded with its own public relations effort to defend its reputation, a presidential-campaign-style war room.

    Geraghty adds:
    If every big and/or controversial company in America isn’t looking at this p.r. strategy, they ought to be – Halliburton, Microsoft, pharmaceutical companies, the oil industry, health care providers. Traditional p.r. methods may not be up to the challenge of a world of the blogosphere, attack documentaries, talk radio, bookshelves groaning under the weight of angry tomes, etc. When there isn’t a political campaign going on, there will be these surrogate campaigns – except in these, there are no election days, just a continuing cycle of attack and counterattack.
    How do you know if your business needs a war room?

    If you think you're big enough to warrant one...take it as a sign to start setting up shop.

    Toto, We're Not In Taylorite America Anymore

    On his spiffy new Weblog, Michael Barone compares and contrasts the hiring practices of Wal-Mart and General Motors. He finds Wal-Mart coming out ahead because it's not stuck in a 1930s-era labor model:

    [Back in the 1930s] management micromanaged workers according to the work-study principles of Frederick W. Taylor, who saw workers as mechanical cogs who should have zero initiative and instead should perform their jobs in the way that time-study experts determined was most efficient. (On Taylor, see the excellent biography by Robert Kanigel, The One Best Way: Frederick Winslow Taylor and the Enigma of Efficiency.) Workers and union representatives argued, plausibly, that these experts were demanding too much work per hour or minute. The workers, union leaders argued, again plausibly, needed someone to represent their interests against the demands of the efficiency experts.

    But as Wal-Mart executives might argue, Toto, we're not in Taylorite America anymore. Wal-Mart certainly isn't. Wal-Mart does a superb job of keeping track of inventory and sales and putting on its shelves products consumers want. But it also encourages employees to go out of their way to help customers—to show initiative in their work. Those who do a good job can hope to get management jobs.

    Wal-Mart critics look back to post-World War II America and express nostalgia for what they call the family wage. It was assumed that all workers were men who were the heads of families, who needed and wanted a job that would pay enough to raise their families, who sought to retire as soon as possible (remember, workers hated those Taylorite jobs) on a decent pension. A much smaller percentage of working-age Americans were in the labor force in those days, and very few of them were women. At the same time, the divorce rate was much lower, and so there were very few women in need of a job to support their families. Also, much lower percentages of those above 65 worked or wanted to work. There were many more jobs involving hard physical labor, and many men were physically worn out even before reaching 65.

    We live in a different America today. Many men in their older years and many women of all ages want part-time work; Wal-Mart has jobs for them. Many adults have not done particularly well in our schools but still want a chance to rise in their jobs; Wal-Mart has opportunities for them. Many workers don't need expensive health insurance, because their spouses have it, or because they're eligible for Medicare; Wal-Mart doesn't force them to forgo wages in order to pay for an expensive healthcare package.

    So the Wal-Mart flexible model is more responsive to the needs and desires of the work force than the one-size-fits-all General Motors model. Certainly, Wal-Mart provides a lot more jobs than General Motors does. And, of course, Wal-Mart has done yeoman work of providing low prices for consumers—and especially for low-income consumers. You may not like Wal-Mart—and, remember, no one can force anyone to shop there—but it does seem more in sync with the way America works today than does General Motors.

    Via Betsy Newmark, who writes that "most of the activity against Wal-Mart is sponsored by the unions that are upset about not being able to unionize Wal-Mart's work".

    The Ever-Shrinking Cinematic Storytelling Complex, Part Deux

    Last week, we linked to essays by Mark Steyn and Brian Anderson on Hollywood's ever-shrinking ability tell stories that don't involve stock baddies such as Neo-Nazis and eeeeeevil businessmen.

    With a few notable exceptions, Hollywood has been making businessmen and corporations villains since the leftwing Young Turks took over in the late '60s. Those young turks are now establishment old men themselves these days (Spielberg, Lucas, Scorsese, Coppola, et al), but that doesn't mean that their thinking has changed in any way shape or form since those Medium Cool radical chic days.

    Edward Jay Epstein writes that these days, there's another reason why businessmen are typically Hollywood badies:

    Why don't the movies have plausible, real-world villains anymore? One reason is that a plethora of stereotype-sensitive advocacy groups, representing everyone from hyphenated ethnic minorities and the physically handicapped to Army and CIA veterans, now maintain liaisons in Hollywood to protect their images. The studios themselves often have "outreach programs" in which executives review scripts and characters with representatives from these groups, evaluate their complaints, and attempt to avoid potential brouhahas.

    Finding evil villains is not as easy as it was in the days when a director could choose among Nazis, Communists, KGB, and Mafiosi. Still, in a pinch, these old enemies will serve. For example, the 2002 apocalyptic thriller Sum of All Fears, based on the Tom Clancy novel, originally had Muslim extremists exploding a nuclear bomb in Baltimore. Paramount decided, however, to change the villains to Nazis residing in South Africa to avoid offending Arab-American and Islamic groups. Yet, even if aging Nazis lack any credible "outreach program" in Hollywood, they can no longer be credibly fit into many contemporary movies. "The list [of non-offensive villains] narrows quickly once you get past the tired clichés of Nazis," a top talent agency executive pointed out in an e-mail. "You'd be surprised at how short the list is."

    For sci-fi and horror movies, there are always invaders from alien universes and zombies from another dimension, but for politico-thrillers, the safest remaining characters are lily-white, impeccably dressed American corporate executives. They are especially useful as evildoers in foreign-based thrillers, since their demonization does not run the risk of gratuitously offending officials in countries either hosting the filming or supplying tax and production subsidies. The "Mission Impossible" franchise replaced the Russian and Chinese heavies that populated the TV series with, in Mission Impossible 2, a WASPish-looking financier who controlled a pharmaceutical company that unleashed a horrific virus on the world in the hopes of cashing in on the antidote. Here, as in other movies in this genre, businessmen's killings are not just figurative. Unlike other stereotype-challenged groups, CEOs and financiers, lacking a connection with the studios' outreach programs, have become an essential part of Hollywood's new version of the axis of evil.

    As Steyn wrote last week, "the movies are now so constrained by political correctness the very act of storytelling is itself endangered. That's something slightly more ominous than the feeble limousine liberalism many conservatives blame for the alleged box-office slump".

    This Probably Isn't A Bad Thing

    In spite of California's deep, structural problems, America's economy as a whole is chugging along nicely, though you probably wouldn't know it from the mainstream media. Which is why business-oriented Bizzy Blog has a post headlined, "43% of the Country Believes We’re in a Recession".

    As a former financial planner, I've long been astonished at how so many Americans can be ill-informed on basic economic issues. But on the other hand, if the reverse of this headline is true--if say, 86 percent of the country believes we're not in a recession, then it might be a good idea to check your calendar. It probably says 1987 or 2000 on it, with an economy--or at least a stock market--that's just about to peak.

    (H/T: Roger L. Simon.)

    California Quagmire

    Tim Blair writes:

    It’s a quagmire in California:
    Recently released crime statistics show the homicide rate in California is 265 percent higher than the death rate suffered by U.S. and British military personnel in Iraq.

    Whoa! Things aren’t so good business-wise, either. Nissan has decided to cut and run:
    When one little company like Nissan North America pulls out of a great big city like Los Angeles, does anyone even notice?

    They do when Nissan is the 80th corporation to do so since 2002.

    Nissan’s headed for Nashville.
    A few weeks ago, Glenn Reynolds linked to an article that quoted Nissan's CEO on the move:
    Nissan Motor Co. announced Thursday it is moving its North American headquarters and nearly 1,300 jobs from California to the Nashville area to take advantage of the lower cost of doing business in the Southeast.

    "The board of Nissan decided to relocate our North American headquarters, and we're coming to Tennessee," Nissan CEO Carlos Ghosn said at a news conference at the state Capitol attended by Gov. Phil Bredesen and other top state officials.

    The headquarters, which has been based in Gardena, Calif., will relocate to Williamson County, a suburban area south of Nashville. . . .

    Ghosn cited lower real estate and business taxes as major reasons for the move.

    "The costs of doing business in Southern California are much higher than the costs of doing business in Tennessee," he said.

    As Glenn added, "plus, housing is much cheaper for employees, and there's no state income tax".

    Beyond Nissan--and the 79 other corporations that have decamped from L.A. alone since 2002, when a company as deeply associated with California as Fender Guitars relocates to neighboring Arizona, you know the state isn't exactly business-friendly. (Just ask my wife, who frequently intercedes on behalf of business owners.) These problems have accumulated over the several decades of California's exponentially growing hard left tilt, and can't be blamed entirely on Governor Schwarzenegger, but what is Arnold doing to help reduce them? Hiring a former aide to Gray "Rolling Blackouts" Davis as his new chief of staff.

    Will the last person out of California please turn out the lights?

    Bringing New Meaning To The Phrase "Gold Bug"

    Steve Green reminds the MSM about this pesky little thing called inflation:

    Oooooh, it must be time to panic:
    The price of gold rose above 500 dollars an ounce for the first time for 18 years, propelled by strong buying from investment funds.

    Gold hit 502.30 US dollars in overnight Asian trade before staging a retreat during European trading hours. The price was the highest since December 14, 1987 when it had touched 502.97 dollars.

    Well, not really. Adjusted for inflation, gold today would have to cost over $830 an ounce, in order to match 1987 prices.

    But remember: Just because the story is fake, doesn't mean it isn't accurate. A 60% difference is practically a rounding error to most people, right?

    I don't have a problem with folks who like to keep a small portion of their portfolio in a gold fund for diversity sake. But serious gold bugs are in a perpetual Chicken Little mode.

    Either that, or they've bought into the talk radio cliche that it's always a good time to buy gold. As James Lileks once wrote:

    I’ve been listening to talk radio for 15 years, and I can now tell you the sum total of what I’ve learned:

    This is an excellent time to buy gold.

    Market’s up? An excellent time to buy gold. Market’s down? An excellent time to buy gold. Mars Rover discovers that the red planet is composed mostly of gold? A wonderful time to buy gold.

    Well, it rounds out your stable long term conservative slow growth investment in home heating oil futures, another talk radio favorite.

    Don't Believe The Hype

    Business Week looks at "Cyber Monday, Marketing Myth":

    Do a Google search on "Cyber Monday," and you get as many as 779,000 results. Not a bad haul for a term that was created just a week and a half ago to describe the jump in online shopping activity following the U.S. Thanksgiving holiday. While Black Friday is the official kickoff of the traditional retail season, the story goes, online retail really takes off the following Monday.

    Just one problem: It's not true, at least for many online retailers. Contrary to what the recent blitz of media coverage implies, Cyber Monday isn't nearly the biggest online shopping or spending day of the year. It ranks only as the 12th-biggest day historically, according to market researcher comScore Networks. It's not even the first big day of the season.

    For most online retailers, the bigger spending day of the season to date was way back on Nov. 22, three days before Black Friday. What's more, most e-tailers say the season's top spending day comes much later, between around Dec. 5 and Dec. 15.

    Maybe someday Business Week can also tell me what day marks the end of what it describes as "the traditional retail season"--it's nowhere to be found in this article.

    They Bought Their Tickets, They Knew What They Were Getting Into. I Say--Let 'Em Crash!

    The L.A. Times calls for--surprise!--a mammoth government bailout of America's Big Three auto manufacturers. In contrast, Bill Quick says market forces should be left to do their thing:

    No, you must let them collapse. They are the automotive equivalent of Terry Schaivo - dead husks that need to be buried, not embalmed in a living death. One of the reasons that the American auto industry is in such sad state is that decisions are influenced by the moral hazard generated by a governmental policy of "too big to fail."

    This sort of thing emboldened the automakers to accede to outrageously exorbitant union demands, particularly in the area of pensions, because they knew that these monumental unfunded liabilities would be picked up by a politically sensitized government unwilling to accept the sort of awful publicity that involves taking money out of the mouths - or retirement accounts - of seniors and other pensioners.

    The business of capitalist business in productivity engendered by creative destruction. Nature's law of tooth and fang has nothing at all on capitalism's law that the market will destroy the weak and clear the way for newer, stronger businesses to take their place.

    If Ford and GM are too weak to survive without government help, let them fail. Something newer, better, and stronger will replace them. Count on it.

    I agree.

    Calvin Coolidge will be eternally misquoted as saying that "The business of America is business", but one thing he actually did say, when asked, near the end of his administration, about its greatest accomplishment, "I think it would have to be, minding our own business."

    Would that modern politicians thought the same way when it came to meddling with the marketplace.

    Voodoo Economics

    Stephen Moore profiles the man who just might be the next president of the United States, and finds--not surprisingly--some disconcerting elements in his worldview:

    On a broader range of economic issues, though, Mr. McCain readily departs from Reaganomics. His philosophy is best described as a work in progress. He is refreshingly blunt when he tell me: "I'm going to be honest: I know a lot less about economics than I do about military and foreign policy issues. I still need to be educated." OK, so who does he turn to for advice? His answer is reassuring. His foremost economic guru is former Texas Sen. Phil Gramm (who would almost certainly be Treasury secretary in a McCain administration). He's also friendly with the godfather of supply-side economics, Arthur Laffer.

    But Mr. McCain is no antitax supply-sider himself. He grandstanded against the Bush capital-gains and dividend tax cuts and even co-sponsored an amendment with Tom Daschle to scuttle the reduction in the highest income-tax rates. Why? "I just thought it was too tilted to the wealthy and I still do. I want to cut the taxes on the middle class." Even when I confront him with emphatic evidence that those tax cuts have been an economic triumph and have increased revenues, he is unrepentant and defends his "no" vote by falling back on class-warfare type thinking: "We have a wealth gap in this country, and that worries me."

    It is here in my conversation with the senator that the McCain economic philosophy starts to come into vivid focus. Throughout our chat he has referred to Theodore Roosevelt in almost reverential terms and glows when I ask about him. He calls TR "my hero . . . and one of our greatest presidents," and at one point he excitedly searches through his briefcase and pulls out a book that he is reading on the famously tumultuous election of 1912. That was when TR bolted from the Republican Party (which Mr. McCain concedes was "a mistake") and formed the Bull Moose Party to dethrone William Taft. When I mention TR's trust-busting (which was mostly counterproductive economically), Mr. McCain really comes to life, exultantly points his finger in the air, smiles and cries out: "He called the trusts 'the malefactors of wealth.' "

    And in this very moment it becomes clear to me that John McCain aspires to be a modern-day TR. The similarities are unmistakable: Both were war heroes, mavericks within their own party, reformers and defenders of the little guy.

    But here in a nutshell lies the danger of the McCain view of the world. Where some see the vast virtue of entrepreneurial wealth-generators and job-producers, he too often sees "robber barons." He seems forever in search of the next Joe Camel, Charles Keating, Ken Lay or Jose Canseco (Mr. McCain has been a prominent crusader against steroids in baseball).

    * * *

    He views himself, I believe, as a kind of modern-day Robin Hood, a defender of the downtrodden and tormentor of the bullying special interests, which is endearing and unquestionably a big part of his broad political appeal, but often leads to populist and parasitic economic policy conclusions like higher taxes on the rich and attacks on "huge oil profits." He wants to be the caped crusader against corruption. The buzzword for the McCain Straight Talk Express in 2008 will be reform: "I want to reform education, reform Medicare and Social Security, reform lobbying and campaigns. Reform immigration. Reform. Reform. Reform."

    When I ask him about America's remarkable income mobility, he responds, "Yes, but I keep seeing the thousands of faces of those poor people who were left behind in New Orleans," as if this was a failure of capitalism, not a failure of government. And with this, he gobbles down the last bite of his unpretentious lunch--a hot dog and chips--shakes my hand warmly, and sprints off to his next appointment to clean up whatever the latest mess is in Washington.

    I come away believing that if I'm ever in a knife fight or in a foxhole, there is no one I'd rather have next to me than John McCain. Whether he's someone who should be steering the rudders of the American economy is a different issue altogether.

    IndeedTM--although hopefully with Gramm and Laffer as advisors, he wouldn't screw things up too badly.

    The 166-Year War

    Found via Power Line, Midge Decter (whom I briefly met earlier this year in Washington, DC) has some thoughts on the beginnings of America's culture war:

    The first and most important thing of all for any real understanding of the nature of America’s cul­tural war is the fact that it has been going on not merely since the period identified by the name of “Vietnam” but for about a century and a half. That clash of ideas and attitudes that made such a deal of noise in the 1960s and 1970s—and which has con­tinued more quietly and more deeply in recent years—is in fact no more than a particularly gaudy episode in a very old conflict.

    I like to say that this conflict began on July 8, 1839. Why that day in that year? Obviously, histor­ical developments can never really be dated quite so neatly, or neatly at all, especially where such developments have to do with culture. Anyway, I am, of course, being somewhat facetious.

    Still, a date is sometimes helpful in giving one per­spective, and I have picked the date of July 8, 1839, because that was the day that witnessed the birth of one John Davison Rockefeller, Sr. And some time around that year, too, an already 45-year-old gentle­man named Cornelius Vanderbilt was planning how he would become the owner of a certain public util­ity that would before long prove to be of major importance to the economic development of the United States, namely, the New York Central Rail­road. I could go on and on: a list of John D. Rock­efeller’s and Cornelius Vanderbilt’s contemporaries who were responsible for the explosive creation and expansion of American industry, for business inno­vation, for the newly creative exploitation of natural resources—such a list could keep us here all after­noon, sunk in envy for these men’s visions and the sheer moxie with which they converted their visions into a reality. The government of course helped, but mostly by keeping out of their way.

    An Economic Miracle

    The result, as we know and experience for our­selves down to this day, was a positive explosion of wealth: the private wealth of Rockefeller, Vander­bilt, and their fellow adventurers, to be sure, but way beyond that, there was the wealth, the belief in self, the venturesomeness, inventiveness, openness to the new that before too long came to be charac­teristic of the country as a whole. Of course, they did not do it all, this band of adventurers, but they led the way and helped to give anyone who was enterprising, on however large or small a scale, the faith to take his future into his own hands.

    Moreover, while these men were preparing their economic miracle, the country was going through the bitter bloodletting of the Civil War—the kind of national catastrophe from which, without their kind of faith in a future of wealth and vitality, a society might never quite recover. And in the end, the United States grew to be rich and powerful beyond the dreams of the most murderously avari­cious emperor.

    So now we come to the question that bears on my unhappy subject—culture: Were these men in their own time blessed, celebrated, honored for their achievement by America’s thinkers and writ­ers? Need I ask? Look in any history book; and look at the writings of the time: These men were then, and have continued to be, designated the “Robber Barons”—with no admiration, let alone gratitude, intended.

    It is true that many of these men tended to revel in, and make a great and not necessarily attractive public show of, their wealth. Although, in addition to living like emperors, some of them were also, as we know, very civic-minded—throughout the land there are cities with libraries, opera houses, settle­ment houses, museums that are owed entirely to their largesse. And some of them (though most def­initely not, I regret to say, Cornelius Vanderbilt) were also, in one way or another, charitable toward their less favored fellow citizens.

    But if it is also true that the kind of generous public and patriotic spirit that is so vividly on dis­play in this room today was rare, or even simply absent, among these men, they did set a course that would in the end, whether they willed it or not, prove to be indispensable to the country’s welfare.

    So—and now we come to the question of the day—were they honored, appreciated, or let us even say forgiven by the keepers of the country’s social and intellectual authority? Need I ask? The term “Robber Barons” says it all.

    Read the whole thing, as Decter takes the impact of the culture war up to the present day, along with its impact on the Vietnam War. And be sure to check out Edward J. Renehan Jr.'s recent essay in Tech Central Station, which focuses on the orgins of that "Robber Barons" opprobrium.

    When Cyber Monday Comes

    Reuters looks at the online retailers' equivilent of Black Friday: "Cyber Monday":

    LOS ANGELES (Reuters) - U.S. online holiday sales are expected to hit nearly $20 billion this year and should take off on Monday, when consumers return to work and their fast Internet connections after the long Thanksgiving weekend.

    "Cyber Monday," the term coined for the Monday after Thanksgiving, comes on the heels of the busy "Black Friday" shopping day when many brick-and-mortar retailers begin turning a profit.

    The good news for online shoppers this year, is that "Cyber Monday" is becoming the Web shopping equivalent to "Black Friday" when retailers launch major sales and discounts to drive traffic, analysts said.

    When Black Friday Comes

    Pajamas Media has a round-up of action from the official kick-off of the Christmas shopping season.

    Meanwhile, Virginia Postrel looks at--to coin a phrase--the Substance of Style:

    The great thing about fashion markets today is how diverse they are, even outside of major metro areas. Many different styles coexist and there isn't a simple, price-based status hierarchy. You can buy trendy but disposable clothes--"fast fashion"--or classic, enduring pieces. Basic jeans, sweaters, and T-shirts cost about the same, in nominal dollars, as they did when I was a teenager in the late 1970s, and their materials and construction are generally much better. Those cheap clothes are also helping a billion Chinese climb out of abject poverty.

    The bad thing about fashion markets today is how many empire-waist tops and dresses they sell. I don't care how cute, young, and skinny you are. Those things make you look pregnant.

    The other bad thing about fashion markets is that they give The Decade That Taste Forgot a feeling of permanence it in no way deserves.

    The Anti-Galbraith: Or Yet Another Vote Against Centrally-Planned Economies

    Economist John Kenneth Galbraith has long been admired by the left because of his love of top-down, centrally-planned economies. But as Joel Kotkin (whom Glenn Reynolds notes was one of the few economists who saw past the "Rising Sun" conventional wisdom of the early 1990s) notes, France's own top-down, centrally-planned economy is actually a key cause of their riots:

    Read More »


    The Station Is Ray-Shielded, So You'll Have To Use Proton Torpedoes

    Found via Virginia Postrel, Michael Bierut looks at the last days of a corporate icon: legendary graphic designer Saul Bass's "Death Star" logo for AT&T. Here are a couple of excerpts from Bierut's great post:

    SBC Communications Inc. today announced it will adopt AT&T, Inc. as its name following completion of its acquisition of AT&T, which is expected in late 2005.

    The decision is a milestone in the history of telecommunications, extending the reign of a global icon. AT&T is inextricably linked to the birth and growth of the communications industry, delivering ground-breaking innovations that enabled modern computers and electronic devices, wireless phones and Voice over IP (VoIP). The brand also has represented quality service, integrity and reliability for more than 120 years.

    At close, the new company will unveil a fresh, new logo. After completion of the merger, the transition to the new brand will be heavily promoted with the largest multimedia advertising and marketing campaign in either company's history, as well as through other promotional initiatives.

    So take a long, last look at Saul Bass's finest moment. AT&T will live on, but its logo is about to disappear.

    * * *

    In 1968, Saul Bass was hired to bring order to the system, and created a classic modern identity program. In Nixon-era America, Bass's simplified bell-in-circle logo, rigorous Helvetica-based typographic system and ochre-and-process blue color scheme became as familiar as the Coca-Cola signature. It was the ideal graphic analog for a phone system that was hailed as the best in the world, a virtually indestructable monopoly posing as a public utility: Ma Bell, utterly reliable and as ubiquitous as air.

    But nothing lasts forever, even notionally benevolent monopolies. So everything changed in 1982, when AT&T and the U.S. Justice Department agreed to settle an antitrust suit that had been filed against the company eight years before. AT&T agreed to divest itself of its local telephone operations, and seven independent "baby Bells" came into place. This was a gold rush for identity designers. Gone were the Bell logo, the ochre-and-blue stripes, and familiar names like Ohio Bell and Wisconsin Telephone, names as sturdy and plainspoken as the telephones that Henry Dreyfus had designed for Bell since 1930. On New Year's Day, 1984, Americans awoke to a world in which their telephone service would be provided by newly-minted entities with fanciful monikers like Ameritech, USWest, and Pacific Telesis.

    AT&T did not cease to exist. On the contrary, not only would it continue its traditional activities as a long-distance service provider, it was now at liberty to pursue business that had been off-limits in its quasi-monopolistic days. Saul Bass was called back to design the identity that would represent AT&T in this post-divestiture new world order.

    And Bass was ready. I've heard from more than one person that Bass had tried without success to sell a striped globe logo to several previous clients (or even "every client that came along" as one insider told me). This may not be true, but there is no doubt that Bass liked round logos with horizontal stripes: witness Continental Airlines and Minolta, to name two. But with the new AT&T, he had at last the big client ready for the big idea. Their logo would be nothing but a sphere, a circle crossed with lines modulated in width to create the illusion of dimensionality. And this client bought it, perhaps because like the bell, this new, seemingly abstract image had a reassuringly literal meaning; at AT&T's online brand center, the logo is described as "a world circled by electronic communications." It's not just a logo, it's a picture of a globe girded by wires and cables. Some people saw even more: in some circles, the sphere was nicknamed the "The Death Star."

    I have a friend who's a veteran advertising consultant for some huge (Rollerball-sized, dude!) corporations; she's the first person I heard call AT&T's logo "The Death Star" years ago, and the name always stuck with me since.

    Read the rest of Bierut's post; for most people, the loss of the AT&T logo, as with AT&T itself will go relatively unnoticed, but it is a reminder that nothing is permanent--especially graphic design.

    The Silver Anniversary

    In Tech Central Station, James Pinkerton writes, "Happy Anniversary, Reaganites!", for it was on this day 25 years ago that America's impotent stagflation-dominated stuck-on-stupid malaise of the Jimmy Carter-seventies began to come to an end:

    Can you imagine the Dow Jones Industrial Average at, say, 3000? Can you visualize inflation and interests in double digits? And per capita income maybe two-thirds of what it is now? It's not so difficult to see those things in your mind's eye -- provided you can also visualize the American people re-electing the 39th president, Jimmy Carter.

    Instead, 25 years ago today, on November 4, 1980, the voters in 44 states chose Ronald Reagan. So this day, like any happy anniversary, is worth celebrating. But in addition, we should remember that while Reagan demonstrated the importance of optimism, another conservative immortal, Barry Goldwater, offered us a sterner injunction: There are no final victories. And so on this day, and on all days henceforth, we must recommit ourselves to the maintenance, and the furtherance, of the Reaganaut agenda -- because if we don't, we could lose it all.

    As Pinkerton writes, there's still much to be done:
    What would the Gipper be telling us if he were still with us?

    Having shaken his hand a half-dozen times, I feel empowered to make three points, just on the tax issue.

    First, Reagan Redux would say that taxes are still too high. Although the Laffer Curve is a bit too radical -- radical in its simplicity and profundity -- for most economists to subscribe to, at least when their colleagues are looking, no credible economist today would want to return to the bad old ideas of pre-Lafferite tax policy, when tax rates went as high as 94 percent. Interestingly, one of the first Americans to argue that such high tax rates were not only socially punitive, but also economically counter-productive, was a young actor who asked himself, "Why bother making another movie if I take home just six cents on the dollar?" And when Ronald Reagan applied that insight beyond his own situation, to the economy as a whole, his long romance with the Laffer Curve began.

    Today, the top rate is 35 percent. And while the new tax reform commission has its heart in the right place, its recommendations are a jumble of poorly articulate "alternatives," none of which seem destined to capture the national imagination -- or a place on the political agenda.

    But such neo-Reaganites as Steve Forbes, former House Majority Leader Dick Armey, and former George W. Bush economic adviser Larry Lindsey all say that the top rate should be half that. If we could accomplish such a feat, then maybe America's economic growth wouldn't merely exceed that of Western Europe and Japan; it might rival that of China and the other Asian tigers.

    Second, the Gipper would remind us that tax rates aside, the overall burden of taxation -- federal, state, and local -- is too high. The data on Tax Freedom Day show a lot more sideways sidling than forward progress. And Tuesday's rollback of the Taxpayer's Bill of Rights in Colorado is hardly an encouraging sign. And while there's plenty of fight left in fans of limited governments, the Colorado vote underscores Goldwater's wisdom: No Final Victories.

    Third, as if to underscore Goldwater's wisdom, one of the worst ideas of the 70s is today making a comeback: a "windfall profits tax" on the oil industry. Yes, it's maddening to see liberal Democrats decrying shortages of oil -- shortages that they helped create through restrictions on drilling and refining -- and thus proposing to "solve" those shortages through demagogic polices. But it's even more maddening to see Republicans joining in. As the Gipper reminded us, "If you tax something, you get less of it." Thus the question to the oil-taxers of today: Is this the time for less oil production?

    So while the news of late has been mixed, Reagan Redux would never give in to counsels of despair. As he would say, amidst all this manure, there's gotta be a pony in here somewhere!

    And so that's our challenge today, 25 years after Reagan changed American history -- and all of our lives. We should pick up the mantle of his optimistic can-do spirit and wear it around our shoulders. That can be our armor, our protecting shield. And then we should seize upon new ideas, and new thinking, just as the Gipper did in the late 70s, when he turned the Laffer Curve into a mighty sword. Such ideas can be our sword, too, because the best weapon is a theory that's proven itself as policy. If we come up with even better ideas, fine. But if we merely re-interpret the Reagan tax agenda for the 21st century, then the next 25 years will be even better than the last 25 years.

    For some additional thoughts on Reaganomics in action, click here and here.

    ANWR Passes

    This is good news for beleaguered motorists, especially if it's part of a trend that also includes building additional refineries. But it's obviously going to be a while before an oil is actually extracted from America's Vast Pestilential Wasteland.

    Now That's What I Call Short-Selling!

    Don Surber looks at the investments of Michael Moore:

    Well, it turns out millionaire schlockumentary director Michael Moore owns 2,000 shares of Halliburton. World Net Daily reports Moore's holdings include "nearly 2,000 shares of Boeing, nearly 1,000 of Sonoco, more than 4,000 of Best Foods, more than 3,000 of Eli Lilly, more than 8,000 of Bank One and more than 2,000 of Halliburton ... "
    Wonder if shorts his stock whenever he releaes a new documentary?

    Pump It Up, Until You Can Feel It

    PoliPundit looks at the nation's desperate need for additional oil refineries, and reminds us that the last such facility was opened in the US in 1976.

    Hugh Hewitt reminds us that the ANWR vote is today in the Senate:

    Democrats slam George Bush over high gas prices, but they won't let us look for where oil might be, won't let us drill where we know it is, and won't let us build more refineries for the oil we do have.

    Watch the Dems vote in the Senate tomorrow on ANWR exploration. A vote against exploration is a vote of indifference to the cost of gas.

    Exactly.

    Civil Rights & iPods For Everyone!

    ...And not necessarily in that order, N.Z. Bear notes, as he catches Apple using Rosa Parks' image on their homepage and asks:

    If you want to commemorate her life and achievements, fine, I guess. But slapping your corporate logo and slogan on the image is a bit over the top, no?

    Apple's about the only company I can think of that can get away with this stuff...

    Certainly two days after someone died, it seems a mite tacky.

    Atlas' Successor

    Alan Greenspan is scheduled to retire on January 31, after serving 18 years as chairman of the Federal Reserve. Larry Kudlow sounds happy about the man President Bush nominated today to be his successor:

    CEA chair and former Fed governor Ben Bernanke is about to be nominated to succeed Alan Greenspan as Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board.

    In my view it is a good choice. Though Mr. Bernanke is not a hardcore advocate of the price rule, he does favor an inflation target, which is the second best option. Noteworthy is the fact that in recent speeches he has emphasized the slow and steady 2 percent zone of core inflation and inflation less energy. So he is not as militant as some of the crazed Fed presidents.

    Bernanke does watch financial market indicators such as the inflation-adjusted Treasury bond and the TIPS spread.

    Bernanke will also support an extension of Bush’s tax cuts for capital gains and dividends, and he has told me in the past that raising tax rates would only harm the economy.

    He is widely respected in the economics profession as a former chairman of the Princeton Economics Department.

    Orrin Judd adds, "Mr. Bernake's most important credential is that he's the first Chairman ever to comprehend the danger of deflation".

    Meanwhile, Steve Green writes:

    I've been reading up on Bush's pick to replace Alan Greenspan at the Fed. From what I've read this morning, Ben Bernanke seems like a sharp guy with real concern for price stability.

    There are, of course, some naysayers, but Bernanke is more of a John Roberts than a Harriet Miers.

    That's a relief!

    Ahead Of The Curve By 15 Minutes, Part Deux

    Yesterday, we looked at Europe's long-running malaise and then pondered whether or not "a similarly European worldview percolates amongst America's left". We linked to a Jonah Goldberg essay from May, in which he wrote that the answer is yes indeed, it does. "The ideas, assumptions and prejudices held by the statistically typical Democratic voter, according to [a recent] Pew study, are quite simply, European".

    On Tech Central Station tonight, James Glassman wonders if America as a whole is becoming too European, adding, "don't expect much soon in the way of European economic transformation":

    . This is the life they have chosen -- one in which, they believe, the state relieves them of the stress of a market society. But the price is very high. Surveys show rampant European unhappiness and pessimism. European birth rates have fallen so sharply that populations are headed for steep declines. Why? Sadly, couples don't place a high priority on bringing children into the paradise they've created.

    But Europeans will have to find their own path. My concern is with Americans. Is it inevitable that, as we grow more prosperous, we will become more like Europe -- losing initiative, insisting that our governments coddle us?

    I worry that we are beginning to see the initial signs of just such a turn for the worse. A distinguished 20-member panel of experts convened by the National Academies, America's top science advisory group, has warned in a new study that the U.S. "could soon lose its privileged position" as the world's top innovator and growth engine. With competitors "who live just a mouse click away," we stand to lose high-paying jobs, especially to Asia.

    Key statistics: The number of U.S. doctorates in science and engineering peaked in 1998. In 1970, the U.S. accounted for more than half such degrees; by 2010, just 15 percent. By 2010, China will produce more science and engineering doctoral graduates that we will.

    The whiners think that we can opt out of a globalized world, cocoon ourselves in protectionism. In fact, if we take that course, the crack-up will come sooner.

    The Academies panel takes a more constructive course, with a list of that focuses on science teaching in high school and college and on more government spending on basic research in science. I agree. It's also imperative that we cut our lofty corporate tax rates, which are sending thousands of good jobs abroad.

    But government action is only part of the solution. The personal counts more. America has a choice: more like Europe, or more like Asia. Actually, Asia has become more like America in recent years, so the real choice is whether we want to be complacent Europeans or to our hard-working, compassionate, imaginative American selves.

    In other words, over the long run, whose values will win? Red or Blue America? Also known as, Hard or Soft America.

    Cherry Garcia And The Merlot Democrats

    Stephen Moore takes a tour of the Vermont factory which produces the left's favorite ice cream:

    Our guide is almost apologetic when he tells us that back in 2000 our lovable heroes got filthy rich by selling out to corporate food giant Unilever. But never fear: In the tour video, the new, aptly named CEO, Walt Freese, assures us that "our commitment to social and economic justice and the environment is as important to us as profitability. It's our heritage." I nearly have to wipe away tears streaming down my cheeks.
    It is fortuitous that I am here the very week Ben & Jerry's announced that, for the first time in 10 years, it will get back to "leading with its values" by spending $5 million on a social awareness TV ad campaign. More than one analyst has wondered aloud whether this is just a slick Madison Avenue advertising gimmick to hike profits. After all, corporate responsibility has become the chic new marketing theme for Fortune 500 companies like British Petroleum, Starbucks and even GE. But Mr. Freese assures us that "this isn't a short-term strategy to drive up sales. These are issues that are important for our society to address."

    And just what are those issues? Here our earnest tour guide raises his chin a bit and proudly declares that the first ads are dedicated to saving the family farm. When I burst out laughing, 22 sets of angry eyes glared at me. For the past 100 years, as the productivity of the American farmer has surged to unprecedented heights, the number of Americans working in agriculture to feed the world has fallen from 35 workers per 100 to two.

    This is called progress. What is Ben & Jerry's proposed solution, anyway? To turn back the clock and abolish the tractor? Many Americans seem to be under the illusion that the small family farmer has lived a carefree idyllic lifestyle. In truth, this livelihood has traditionally involved backbreaking toil, work-days that last from sun-up to sundown, and monotony--which is why sons and daughters have been fleeing the farm for five generations. The only people who actually want to save small farms are people who've never worked on a farm.

    The Ben & Jerry's ads moan that the corporatization of farming is a horrid trend. I couldn't help asking our tour guide during the Q-&-A why, if corporatization of farming is such a bad thing, that isn't also true of the corporatization of ice cream.

    Heh. Moore also wonders why the trial lawyers haven't pursued Ben & Jerry's yet and ponders a potential case of schadenfreude if they ever do:
    Although this company touts its "wholesome and natural ingredients mixed with euphoric concoctions," the truth is that Ben & Jerry's ice cream mostly contains two hazardous ingredients: fatty cream and sugar.

    Herein lies a second irony: This product is probably about as good for your health as a pack of Camel cigarettes--and at least cigarettes carry the Surgeon General's warning labels. At Ben & Jerry's, the saying goes "if you can't eat a whole pint . . . in one sitting, you aren't really trying." But if you do, you might as well be injecting your arteries with Elmer's glue. And they have no qualms about marketing this dangerous product to children. If you want to know the definition of a liberal's dilemma, just wait till the trial lawyers slap Ben & Jerry's with a billion-dollar lawsuit.


    Meanwhile, Jonah Goldberg looks at another of Vermont's favorite sons and his new catchphrase:
    "No longer will the Democratic Party allow itself to be defined by the Republican Party," Dean thundered recently at a Nevada confab.

    So, after years of denouncing the GOP for unfairly labeling Democrats as effete, coastal liberals out of touch with heartland America, what label does Dean think best describes the Democrats? What cuts to their core? One word: Merlot.

    He described the contest as "Merlot Democrats" vs. "Reliable Republicans." Ah, yes, that's a term that will rally the lunch-bucket crowd. That'll put steel in Dean's prediction that the "The South will rise again, and when it does, it will have a 'D' after its name!"

    Now, in fairness, "Merlot Democrats" is an analytical label, not a rallying cry. But for those of us who believe in labels, it's a telling one, demonstrating that Democrats remain right where they've been stuck for decades.

    And that's why the GOP has cause to cheer. It may have it's problems, but they are the problems of success. The Democrats' problems are the problems of failure. Of course, Dean might call them the "challenges of conviction" or some such - but that's old wine in a new bottle.

    And it's just the ticket to drive a verbal stake through heart of the left's increasingly elitist image!

    (It's also prompted Betsy Newmark to ask, "Couldn't they have picked a wine other than the one so skewered in the movie Sideways?")

    Shaking Out The Second Wave

    In his MSNBC column the other day, Glenn Reynolds wrote:

    I've written here before about GM's problems, and Thomas Bray notes that it's a case of the bankruptcy of the industrial welfare state. He's right, and the problem isn't limited to GM. Enterprises based on similar models -- bloated pension costs, lots of perks for managers, little concern with competition or delivering value to the alleged customer -- are failing all over. In fact, the serious structural problems facing the Western European nations, as their huge pension and healthcare liabilities, and their political inability to do much about those, sap budgets and lead to crushing levels of taxation, are just another example of the same problem, as are the problems of the other two Big Three automakers.
    I've mentioned Alvin Toffler's Waves Theory from his 1980 book, The Third Wave a few times--and it's fascinating to watch how long it takes for a wave to complete its cycle. Toffler's theory was that the Third Wave--the information, or post-industrial age--began with little notice in the mid-1950s when white collar workers first began to outnumber their blue collared counterparts. Given the then-recent contractions America's steel industry was suffering in the 1970s, he also used them as an example of a second wave (or industrial) institution forced to change or die by the coming of the Third Wave--which began gathering steam in the 1970s, and arrived in spades during the following decade, when computers, cable and satellite TV and the Internet began to gather steam, which the coming of the World Wide Web in the 1990s only accelerated.

    The challenge is for the remaining sclerotic Second Wave institutions to try and survive in this era--along with governments whose men know only Second Wave-style solutions to problems. There's an alternative, of course, which Glenn suggests later in his post:

    we should be modeling our policies around dynamic approaches rather than trying to save Old Economy behemoths that were never very good at competing. (Indeed, the notion that we could help the "working man" at GM do well by making sure that other workers paid too much for inadequate cars was always a bit iffy, wasn't it? That's not expanding the pie, just taking a bigger share for some at the expense of others.)

    I certainly don't mean to suggest that there's no role for government -- things like more health-insurance portability, for example, would go a long way toward facilitating the growth of small businesses -- but I do think that we should be looking at things differently. In a dynamic economy, we should probably be trying to embrace dynamism, rather than -- as the UAW and auto executives did with notable lack of success -- trying to stop change.

    That's far easier said than done of course. Both conservatives and the left have taken turns "standing athwart history yelling stop"; currently, it's the left, as Radly Balko noted a couple of years ago:
    You know, you sometimes get the feeling the day after the polio vaccine was invented, today's left would have run editorials lamenting the good ol' days, when we were a little more cautious about what swimming pools we jumped into, and expressing sadness that we'd now have no new stories about the afflicted overcoming their disability to inspire the rest of us.

    I'm not kidding. They're that resistant to change. Every mill that shuts down is a "sign of our sad times." No matter that the new mill will do things better, faster and cheaper than the old one. New farming techniques grow more food on less land. But dammit, if there wasn't something romantic about the old-stye "family farm" that's deserving of government protection. Innovation isn't celebrated, it's excoriated for displacing some idealized vision of the way things once were. In matters of progress and dynamism, the left is far more conservative than the conservatives are.

    And unions, who provide much of their funding don't have much incentive to see the Second Wave fully roll into history, either.

    There's Something About A Train That's Magic

    Except for the enormous maintenance costs. UPI notes that Amtrak may--if such a thing is possible--quietly divest itself of ownership of the Northeast Corridor. The corridor is an asset that Amtrak has maintained since it was given to them by Congress, back when Conrail was launched in 1976:

    The Amtrak Board of Directors has quietly approved a plan to create a subsidiary to maintain track and stations in the Northeast Corridor.

    The national rail passenger agency did not announce the proposal, which was adopted Sept. 22. It became public Wednesday in the newsletter of United Rail Passenger Alliance, a Jacksonville, Fla., advocacy group.

    In most of the country, Amtrak trains operate on track owned and maintained by long-distance freight railroads. In the Northeast Corridor, between Boston and Washington, Amtrak owns and maintains the track, which is also used for freight and by state-subsidized commuter lines.

    The alliance supports the proposal, saying Amtrak "will finally be able to be run as it was originally intended, without the millstone of the NEC around its corporate neck." The group believes Amtrak executives have been able to play financial games while forcing rail passengers in California to subsidize commuter service in the northeast.

    But the plan has its critics.

    "The Bush administration wants to hold a fire sale on Amtrak and dump its best asset, the Northeast Corridor," Sen. Frank Lautenberg, D-N.J., said in a statement reported by the New York Times.

    Why not do the reverse? Hold the fire sale and dump everything else but the corridor? It's the only place where Amtrak has a shot at turning a profit.

    Incidentally, if this proposal goes forward, what will this do to Amtrak's ownership of the current underground dive version of Penn Station? Will it give them the opportunity to put the NASA-style "ABANDON IN PLACE" sign on the door and move in to the swanky new Penn Station being built across the street?

    The War Over the Robber Barons

    Ever use the phrase "Robber Barons" to refer to the great capitalists who transformed America (to borrow lingo from Alvin Toffler's "Wave Theory" from its First Wave agrarian-based economy to a Second Wave industrial powerhouse? Ever hear someone else use them? It's a phrase that's become synonymous with men like Jay Gould, Andrew Carnegie, J.P. Morgan, and John D. Rockefeller. Edward J. Renehan Jr., author of The Dark Genius of Wall Street explains its origins:

    During the bleak days of the Depression, Matthew Josephson -- at that time a self-proclaimed Marxist - published a biased and mistake-packed economic history of the Gilded Age. Josephson's The Robber Barons: The Great American Capitalists, 1861 - 1901 hit bookstores in 1934. At the time -- in the midst of massive unemployment, historically-high industrial malaise, and all the human suffering attendant to those realities -- critics and pundits seemed eager to praise a book that damned Wall Street magnates, bankers, and millionaires generally. Thus Josephson's treatise became an influential bestseller. Thus also did men such as Jay Gould, Andrew Carnegie, J.P. Morgan, and John D. Rockefeller -- the industrialists, investors and entrepreneurs who defined their era -- become robber barons. (The term was not one with which any of the moguls had been acquainted. Rockefeller -- the last of them, destined to die in 1937 at the age of 97 -- most likely never read Josephson's book.) Through the following decades, Josephson's volume became the bedrock for nearly all further considerations of the Gilded Age, forming the misguided track upon which several generations of scholars drove their trains.

    Josephson was an unlikely Wall Street historian. Born in Brooklyn in 1899, he studied literature at Columbia University, graduating 1920. Immediately thereafter, Josephson and his bride, Hannah Geffen, went to Paris to join the then-thriving community of American expatriate writers. We find no hint of Josephson in Hemingway's letters of the period, or in Hem's memoir of those days, A Moveable Feast. Still, Josephson seems to have been somewhat prominent on the Left Bank, where he edited the literary magazine Broom (1922-1924), and wrote poetry and criticism for other small but respected journals. (Josephson chronicled these years in Life Among the Surrealists, published 1962.)

    Josephson's first two books were biographies: Zola and His Time (1928) and Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1932). By Josephson's own account, his consideration of the muck-raking novelist Zola -- whose fictions sought to document the plight of France's underclass -- is what that turned him toward his own personal exploration of "America's vast history of economic injustice."

    In The Robber Barons, Josephson presented a quintessentially Marxian analysis of enterprise. Quoting Honore de Balzac's catchy but baseless aphorism that "behind every great fortune lies a great crime," Josephson painted Gilded Age capitalism simplistically as a zero-sum game where a dollar acquired by one person was necessarily one stolen from another. As Maury Klein has observed, Josephson was at heart "a moralist who cared less about the accuracy of the story than about the ideological message he saw in it." In shaping his facts to backup his ideology, Josephson completely missed one elemental truth: The leading entrepreneurs of the Gilded Age were to the modern American economy what the founding fathers were to the Bill of Rights. These men built the infrastructure upon which the whole of their country's 20th century prosperity was based. The Carnegies, Goulds, Rockefellers and Morgans created -- and that is a key word here, created -- capacity and jobs, thus enabling the rise of that most radical and democratic of things: a strong, stable, educated middle class. By being visionaries and taking business risks that served their own ends, the Gilded Age industrialists generated new wealth not only for themselves, but for their emerging nation-state.

    During the forty years that followed the Civil War, the United States amazed European investors and observers with the speed at which it morphed from a relatively backward agricultural republic to the most powerful industrial nation on the face of the planet. During the "robber baron" years, the United States outstripped other nations by far when it came to growth in per capita income, industrial production, and rising values generally. As well, the Gilded Age saw, for the first time, full economic participation by numerous previously disenfranchised constituencies. But one has a hard time gleaning these facts from Josephson's book, or from any of its numerous descendants.

    That's not entirely surprising, to be honest.

    DirecTV Adds XM Satellite Radio To Its Lineup

    DirecTV has long had audio-only music channels in its ozone layer of 800-level channels. This sounds like a pretty cool addition:

    If you eye your dish with loathing every time the signal slips--DirecTV Group wants to rekindle the romance. The No. 1 U.S. direct-broadcast satellite TV provider said Thursday it will start offering its customers 72 radio channels from fellow orbiter XM Satellite Radio Holdings.

    Led by Chief Executive Hugh Panero, XM is the clear market leader in orbital radio: On Tuesday, it announced it crossed the 5-million subscriber mark, auguring 6 big ones by year's end--versus closest rival Sirius Satellite Radio's 2.1 million.

    DirecTV, which boasts more than 14 million customers nationwide, said the XM broadcasts will begin in mid-November. The deal nearly doubles the TV purveyor's current aural programming lineup without an additional fee for customers, it said. The new offerings will include music channels, children's programming and "Home Plate," XM's Major League Baseball talk-radio channel. Unfortunately, the latter comes a tad late in the season.

    Satellite radio may be the current next big thing, but it probably can't hurt to have some connections who are already entrenched. DirectTV just might be that well-established friend, as it's nearly 34%-owned by Rupert Murdoch's News Corp. And if the Aussie-born Forbes 400 Richest Americans member doesn't know media--and how to sell it to people--who does?

    Besides Panero, that is.

    As the Forbes article notes, satellite radio is scheduled to come satellite TV in mid-November.

    These Are The Good Old Days

    Well, in many respects, at least. (And allow me to apologize in advance for any Carly Simon flashbacks the above title causes.) Glenn Reynolds links to this post on Slashdot:

    Rewind your brain 15 years and imagine what you'd think if I told you:
    Your computer will be roughly 1,000 faster than what you're using today. You will probably have more than 4,000 times the memory, and a fast hard drive that stores over 100,000 times as much as that floppy you're using. You can buy these supercomputers for less than $500 at Wal-Mart.

    That computer will be hooked into a self-directed network that was designed by the Department of Defense and various universities - along with nearly 400,000,000 other machines. Your connection to this network will be 10,000 times faster than the 300 baud modem you're using. In fact, it will be fast enough to download high-quality sound and video files in better than realtime.

    There will be a good chance that your computer's operating system will have been written by a global team of volunteers, some of them paid by their employers to implement specific parts. Free copies of this system will be available for download over the hyperfast network. You will have free access to the tools required to make your own changes, should you want to.

    You will use this mind-bendingly powerful system to view corporate sponsored, community driven messages boards where people will bitch about having to drive cars that are almost unimaginably luxurious compared to what you have today.

    Remember: in some fields, the singularity has already happened.

    Meanwhile, Orrin Judd links to a recent essay by Michael Barone, titled "The 'good news' we are missing":
    Lebanon's "Cedar Revolution" was as inspiring an example of people power as the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989. Libya has dismantled its weapons of mass destruction. Egypt, by far the largest Arab nation, had its first contested election this month, and, as the Washington Post's David Ignatius writes from Cairo, "the power of the reform movement in the Arab world today ... is potent because it's coming from the Arab societies themselves and not just from democracy enthusiasts in Washington."

    Which is evidence that Mr. Bush was right: Muslims and Arabs, like people everywhere, want liberty and self-rule. Afghanistan has just voted, and Iraq is about to vote a second time this year. Violence continues, but the more important story is that democracy and freedom are advancing. [...]

    Polls show that most Americans think the economy is in dreadful shape, even though almost all the numbers are good: Inflation and unemployment are low, and growth is robust despite the exogenous shocks of Sept. 11 and Katrina. After a generation of almost constant low-inflation economic growth, perhaps we Americans are only satisfied when we have bubble growth, as in the late 1990s, and are unimpressed when the American economy proves once again to be amazingly resilient.

    This is all the more astonishing when you consider that we are going through a time of increased competition and change, as China and India, with 37 percent of the world's population, are transforming their economies from third world to first world. Such a large proportion of mankind moving rapidly upward has never happened before and will never happen again.

    Couple this with the facts that Japan seems to be growing again, after 15 years of deflation, that East Asia and Eastern Europe continue to grow robustly, and that major Latin countries like Mexico and Brazil are growing as well, and the economic picture around the world looks pretty good, despite nongrowth in Western Europe and continued poverty in Africa.

    Try telling the workaday press that.

    The New Reactionaries

    Wondering why gasoline is $3.00 or more a gallon?

    The fault of our high energy prices lies not in ourselves, but in the stars--of the left.

    Incidentally, Power Line notes that Senator Clinton is "Bemoaning the fate of the porcupine caribou resident in ANWR", A.K.A., America's Vast Pestilential Wasteland.

    Update: Here's some advice for government on what not to do, courtesy of James Glassman, Tech Central Station's head honcho.

    Update (9/22/05): Welcome readers from The Political Teen!

    An Echo, Not A Choice

    In his Happy Warrior column for National Review (registration required), Mark Steyn writes that when it comes to Europe's rightwing politicians, they're "Rimbauds, Not Rambos":

    At the moment, Europe is governed largely by politicians of “the right.” Jacques Chirac, for example, is in French terms a “conservative.” Granted, “conservative” is an elastic designation, and, in the hands of the media, it’s usually shorthand for the side you’re not meant to like. Thus, George W. Bush is “conservative,” and so are unreconstructed Marxists in the Chinese politburo and the more hardline ayatollahs. But even under those expansive rules of admission, I find it difficult to encompass President Chirac within the definition. If he’s “center-right,” where the center is doesn’t bear thinking about. Still, the fact remains that the transatlantic estrangement of the Bush era has occurred during a period of supposed political convergence between Washington and chancelleries of Europe — the end result of which is that the president’s closest ally is the center-left survivor Tony Blair.

    That’s why I’m unpersuaded by those Europhiles in Washington who are pinning their hopes on a Euro-American realignment under Frau Merkel and France’s Nicolas Sarkozy. The differences between Europe and America are so profound that political labels are simply lost in translation. You know those showers where the merest nudge of the dial turns the water from freezing to scalding? Mainstream European politics is the opposite of that. You can turn the dial all the way from “left” to “right” and it makes no difference.

    Over the last half-century, Continental politics evolved to the point where almost any issue worth talking about was ruled beyond the bounds of polite society. Austria was the classic example: Year in, year out, whether you voted for the center-left party or the center-right party, you wound up with the same center-left/center-right coalition presiding over what was in essence a two-party one-party state. In France, M. Chirac isn’t really “center-right” so much as ever so slightly left-of-right-of-left-of-center — and even that distinction applies only when he’s standing next to his former prime minister, the right-of-left-of-right-of-left-of-center Lionel Jospin. Though supposedly from opposite ends of the political spectrum, in the 2002 presidential election they wound up running against each other on identical platforms, both passionately committed to high taxes, high unemployment, and high crime.

    Americans often make the same criticism of their own system — the “Republicrats,” etc. — but take it from me, the U.S. still has a more genuinely responsive politics with more ideological diversity than anywhere in western Europe. On the Continent, the Eurodee and Eurodum mainstream parties are boxed into a consensus politics that’s no longer sustainable. The people are weary of certain aspects of this postwar settlement — permanent double-digit unemployment and the Islamification of their cities — but they’re not yet ready to give up the social programs, the short work weeks, long vacations, and jobs for life. They’re voting against the center-left consensus but there’s little sign they’re willing to vote for any medicine tougher than a modest tweak toward a right-of-left-of-right-of-center consensus.

    No wonder Europe seems perpetually trapped in a Jimmy Carter-style malaise.

    Bell Bottom Blues

    Nick Schulz, my editor at Tech Central Station, borrows the title from a classic number by Derek & The Dominoes, and reminds us that when it comes to energy policy, That Seventies Show is back:

    If you closed your eyes tight -- to ignore the fashion differences -- and merely listened to news broadcasts, you'd swear you were in the 1970s. [Actually, waaaay too much of fashion these days is stuck in the seventies as well--Ed]

    On Capitol Hill last week, debate swirled around the Supreme Court and a woman's constitutional right to abortion. Anti-war protesters continue to bleat about U.S. soldiers being mired in a "quagmire." And just this summer, George Lucas once again saw a "Star Wars" film go boffo at the box office.

    What's more -- and more troubling -- economic policies from the disco era are being raised from the dead.

    In response to recent increased prices at the pump, the Hawaii legislature imposed caps on the wholesale cost of gasoline. Say aloha to an economic disaster. Energy price controls, embraced in the 1970s by Presidents Nixon and Carter, were a bipartisan failure. The Maui News editorialized against its state legislature's decision, remarking, "In the early 1970s, President Richard M. Nixon pushed a program of price controls. Economists credit the effort as the reason for nearly a decade of nationwide stagflation." Despite this history, Massachusetts is also considering such a move, as is Utah.

    Adding economic insult to the injury of higher prices, Sen. Byron Dorgan, D-ND, is calling for, of all things, a tax increase. The tax would apply to what he dubs "windfall profits" for the energy industry. The windfall profits tax is another brainchild of the 1970s fever for micromanaging energy markets. It was implemented back in 1980, partly as a political trade-off to get rid of the price controls. The respected Congressional Research Service concluded the tax simply replaced one harmful economic policy with another and increased American dependence on foreign oil. Congress had the good sense to jettison the tax in the late 1980s. And yet Sen. Dorgan joins the chorus of enthusiasts for '70s-era energy policy by calling for its reinstatement.

    David Frum's brilliant How We Got Here does a thorough job of analyzing the disparate trends of the 1970s, which, as Frum observes, far more than the 1960s, shaped how we live today. For a time, it appeared that the '80s managed to put a stake in the heart of the worst of them. But sadly, like bell bottoms themselves, sometimes it seems like there's no escape from the excesses of That Seventies Show.

    "FEMA Is Never Going To Operate With The Agility Of FedEx"

    The Wall Street Journal explains how the private sector ran rings around government (in all its levels) before and during the early days of Katrina:

    Wal-Mart mined its vast databases of past purchases to compile lists of goods most desired after a hurricane. (Among the top items? Strawberry pop tarts.) Because of its advance logistics planning, the big retail chain was able to quickly move in to devastated areas with mini Wal-Marts to hand out goods. Other firms leveraged similar supply-chain capabilities; Pfizer dispensed pharmaceuticals via Wal-Mart and other retailers. "What companies do is solve problems," says Johanna Schneider, an executive director at the Business Roundtable.

    Granted, a FEMA is never going to operate with the agility of a FedEx. FedEx and the others perform at this level 24/7; that's the nature of competition. That said, surely there are lessons here worth learning and attempting to transfer to the public sector. And we don't mean three years from now after another round of reassessment and performance reviews. The challenge of reconstruction is now. It wouldn't hurt if the responsible public agencies asked the private participants in the rescue operation for some pointers on getting the next job done on budget and on time.

    Last week, Professor Bainbridge had a post on outsourcing disaster relief; certainly sounds worth trying.

    Yahoo Learns To Love Big Brother

    At the end of 1984, George Orwell wrote:

    He gazed up at the enormous face. Forty years it had taken him to learn what kind of smile was hidden beneath the dark moustache. O cruel, needless misunderstanding! O stubborn, self-willed exile from the loving breast! Two gin-scented tears trickled down the sides of his nose. But it was all right, everything was all right, the struggle was finished. He had won the victory over himself. He loved Big Brother.
    Yahoo first went online in 1995--which means it took them 30 years less time than Winston Smith to come to love Big Brother as well.

    No word yet if any gin-scented tears are trickling down the faces of its employees, though.

    eBay="JobBay"

    In August of 2001, when I was writing pieces for the newly launched National Review Online Financial section, I naturally did an article on the state of the dot.com industry, which was then just recovering from a series of spectacular dot.busts. The consensus of the folks that I interviewed for the article was the obvious exception to the Silicon Valley wreckage was eBay, which looked like it had a strong future ahead of it.

    Well, as the late George Allen was fond of saying when he coached the Washington Redskins, the future is now. So let's flash-forward four years to today: James Glassman writes that not only is eBay doing well itself, it's also become a haven for budding entrepreneurs:

    A remarkable new survey by ACNielsen International Research finds that 724,000 Americans use eBay, the online auctioneer and general marketplace, for their primary or secondary income. That figure is up from 430,000 in a similar 2004 survey. In other words, about 300,000 people have started businesses on eBay in the past year. So eBay can properly be viewed as America's No. 1 generator of, not just businesses, but jobs.

    As David Faber of CNBC said recently, "If eBay employed the . . . people who earn an income selling on its site, it would be the nation's No. 2 private employer, behind Wal-Mart."

    But the point is that eBay doesn't employ them. They employ themselves. Their own cash and reputations are on the line. They innovate, they compete, they work hard. What eBay and other online sites provide is the platform: a storefront that's electronic, not brick and mortar; a market of 157 million registered users worldwide; plus help in expediting payments, shipping packages and detecting fraud.

    Marketplace sites -- and eBay, with $83,000 worth of goods traded every minute, is the largest -- offer a simple way, not just to sell the occasional used tie or baseball trading card, but to start and maintain a small business, allowing the entrepreneurs themselves to concentrate on the important stuff: merchandizing and marketing.

    Consider Sarah Davis of San Antonio, who graduated from the University of Maryland Law School and passed the Texas bar exam but then began having children (three now) and wanted to be with them. "I started selling on eBay about six years ago with one Louis Vuitton purse and a dream," she says.

    Her business of selling high-end purses became so successful that she moved into office space and hired three employees.

    Davis is a typical American entrepreneur. An extensive government study, released by the Census Bureau in July and covering 2002 data, found that small businesses owned by women rose 20 percent over five years while the number of all U.S. businesses rose by 10 percent. Black-owned businesses were up by 45 percent, Hispanic-owned by 31 percent.

    Small businesses produce a little more than half of all U.S. employment and sales of goods and services. More important, these businesses now account for virtually all the net new jobs created by the economy and, says the White House, "are most likely to generate jobs for young workers, older workers and women." In addition, the Disabled Businessman's Association estimates that 40 percent of home-based businesses are operated by people with disabilities.

    These trends can only intensify with the growth of the online marketplace and the spread of Internet connections throughout the world. The Federal Reserve reports that the majority of small businesses are based in the home. All you need is a desk, a computer, a connection to the greater wired world and a place to store your inventory.

    Online entrepreneurship is so attractive that 14 percent of eBay sellers are people who retired early or quit their jobs to sell full-time on eBay, and another 12 percent are considering doing so.

    eBay is also fueling a trend that Glenn Reynolds recently wrote about: new ruralism, rural gentrification, and homesourcing.

    Wanniski, Warts And All

    James Glassman, Tech Central Station's publisher (and prior to that, The New Republic's), has a warts and all look at Jude Wanniski, who, as we noted earlier, died today:

    Eventually, as Bloomberg.com noted in an obituary on Tuesday, Wanniski persuaded "then-California Gov. Reagan to make supply-side economics the centerpiece of his 1980 campaign for the presidency." Today, classical or supply-side ideas are taken for granted, even by economists and politicians on the left.

    One of the reasons I was drawn to Wanniski was his faith in the innate intelligence of average citizens, both American and otherwise. Here too, he was ahead of his time. The left wing, which has turned more and more elitist, now rejects ideas like Social Security personal accounts because, it believes, most people won't be able to invest reasonably.

    By contrast, Wanniski understood that common folks comprise an army of capitalists. He started Chapter 4 of his book [The Way The World Works] this way:

    "The global electorate is, and always has been, striving toward an ideal system of political economics that can maximize welfare for all its component parts. More specifically, the driving force of civilization is a quest for a system that will maximize capital, for only when capital is maximized can welfare be maximized."
    Another of Wanniski's accomplishments was to highlight the role played by the Smoot-Hawley Tariff in the Crash of 1929 and the Great Depression. Now, it is widely believed that the tariff, which touched off a trade war that throttled commerce among nations, at the very least prolonged the global Depression.
    Read the rest, particularly the cautionary message that was Wanniski's later career.

    There At The Beginning

    Jude Wanniski, a Wall Street Journal associate editor in the 1970s, who coined the phrase "Supply-Side Economics", and then wrote an eminently readable (and modestly-titled) book on the subject, The Way The World Works, died of a heart attack yesterday at age 69.

    As the late Robert Bartley of the Journal (who released a very good book of his own on the subject) wrote in 1989:

    Read More »


    Paying The Cost To Short The Boss

    Via PoliPundit, the American Prowler notes that Warren Buffett bet against America--and it cost him:

    Warren Buffett is bearish on the United States, and he's bullish on Europe. For the first time in his life, starting in 2002, Mr. Buffett entered the foreign exchange markets and shorted the dollar. This rare macro-economic bet was based on a belief that U.S. consumers and the U.S. government were spending beyond their means, and that the trade deficit was a sign of economic weakness.

    While his short position was profitable in 2004, he has lost more than half a billion dollars so far in 2005. Some Wall Street sources suggest that his breakeven exchange rate is $1.22/euro, so with the euro trading near $1.21 in mid-June, his short position was seriously in the red.

    Buffett's anti-American investment sentiment has cost Berkshire Hathaway shareholders dearly. During the 12 months ending in mid-June, his stock price was down roughly 7 percent, while the S&P 500 was up 5 percent. The stock market voted "non" on this Berkshire investment strategy, just like the French and Dutch voted against the European constitution.

    And, of course, these two developments are inextricably linked. The French voted against the constitution because they are afraid it will force them to give up their 35-hour workweek and generous social welfare system. This system forces French taxpayers to support an unemployed contingent that has reached 10 percent of the labor force.

    It's hard to figure out why Warren Buffett is so down on the U.S. economy and so enthusiastic about Europe's. But gloom and doom forecasts about the U.S. economy are a dime-a-dozen these days. It's as if we rolled back the clock 20 years and it's the early 1980s all over again.

    Then, it was President Reagan's tough stance against Communism, large budget deficits, growing trade deficits, Germany, and Japan that were bothering so many pundits. Today, it is President Bush's tough stance against terrorism, trade and budget deficits, China, and India that stir fear in the hearts of the doomsters.

    The gloom and doom of the early 1980s proved to be nonsense, just as the current pessimism will prove wrong as well. Corporate profits have climbed to an all-time record high, the U.S. stock market is more undervalued than it has ever been, and the unemployment rate has fallen back to 5.1 percent.

    Incidentally, back in 2003, Andy Kessler of Tech Central Station had an interesting look at Buffett with the serene title of "Warren Buffett Hates Your Guts".

    Irony Can Be Pretty Ironic Sometimes

    Charles Johnson writes:

    Excuse me for a minute. Something seems to have happened to my LGF Irony Meter; the little needle is pegged up against the end pin and it’s not budging.

    Oh! Never mind; I’ve discovered the reason: Che Guevara’s family to fight use of famed photo.

    Who'd have thought that Latin American communism would eventually boil down to T-shirts and royality checks? (Oh, and movie rights, of course.)

    (Well, probably these guys...)

    AOHell

    Forbes is reporting that AOL lost nearly one million subscribers in the second quarter of this year.

    Connecticut's Governor: Get Out Of Here Before You Die!

    The Wall Street Journal notes that Connecticut's governor is about to do much to increase the state's coffers--the state of Florida, that is:

    Florida Governor Jeb Bush ought to send his counterpart in Connecticut, Republican Jodi Rell, a thank-you note with a box of chocolates and a ribbon tied around it. Last month Ms. Rell marked her first anniversary as Governor by signing into law a tax bill that might as well be called the "Palm Beach Economic Development Act."

    The law requires that any resident of the Nutmeg State with an estate of more than $2 million pay a death tax of up to 16%--merely for the privilege of dying in Connecticut. The legislators in Hartford hope that the tax will raise $150 million in revenue each year--money that will come in only if the legislators in Hartford are also planning to build a Berlin Wall around the state.

    Otherwise, expect a stampede of retirees and family businesses out of Connecticut into the many states without a death tax, such as Florida, which has a constitutional prohibition against estate taxes. Thanks to the Connecticut death levy, a successful small business owner with a $10 million estate can save about $1 million by packing up and heading south.

    There are already thousands of high-income Connecticut residents with second homes in Florida or other warm-weather Southern states, so changing domiciles is easy and relatively costless. "The Connecticut legislature can't seem to comprehend that it is taxing away the very wealth-producing people that this state is dependent upon for an economic revival," says economist Dowd Muska of the state's Yankee Institute think tank.

    As the article notes, there are 19 other states with their own estate taxes. A recent addition to the roster has been Washington State, thanks to its newly elected governor:
    In Washington state, Democratic Governor Christine Gregoire, riding high on her disputed 186-vote victory in last November's elections, linked arms with the Democrat-controlled legislature and overturned a ballot initiative approved by 67% of voters in 1981 that had outlawed a state estate tax. Now Washington imposes a 19% death tax, among the most onerous in the nation.
    Wow, and here I thought a plurality of three million votes wasn't a mandate!

    Time For Some Jawboning

    In Tech Central Station, Patrick Hynes writes that it's time to put the Bully Pulpit to work:

    President Bush needs to learn a lesson his father never did. Unless a president -- especially a Republican president -- talks constantly with the American people about the economy, he will be seen by the public as doing nothing about it. This is especially true when the news is filtered through a hostile press corps. And while doing nothing about the economy may at times be the best way to strengthen it, this view is not shared by the majority of Americans.

    There is another problem, as well. President Bush's hallmark initiative this year was supposed to be Social Security reform. The public perception is that these efforts are going nowhere. This is a big problem for the administration because President Bush has built his push for Social Security reform on the idea that the system, and therefore Americans' retirement security and the nation's long-term fiscal health, is staring down the barrel of a crisis. President Bush toured sixty cities in sixty days (and even more, subsequently) in a campaign to convince Americans of this crisis and sell his plan to fix it. Unfortunately, while the majority of Americans is still unsure of the cure, a growing majority has come to acknowledge the disease. According to a mid-June CBS News poll, fully 92% of Americans believe Social Security is either currently in a "crisis," currently in "serious trouble," or currently in "some trouble." Moreover, 57% of respondents think Social Security's problems are "so serious they need to be fixed now." The president has exhausted his political capital convincing people their economic future is doomed.

    Of course, President Bush's political opponents are always available and willing to poor-mouth the economy. When he first entered Washington, all the talk was of recession. That ended quickly, but Democrats clutched on to the budget deficit, caused of course by President Bush's tax cuts "for the rich." Then it was unemployment; the worst economy since Hoover, they told us. But the jobs situation improved during the 2004 campaign, so the "disappearing middle class" became the freak-out du jour. The president won the majority of middle class votes, so that wouldn't do. So the falling dollar would have us all standing in soup lines in our barrel-and-suspender ensembles. But then the dollar rose. So today it's income inequality and the trade deficit with China that spells certain doom. In an economy so big and so diverse, some grim-sounding statistic will always pop, some indicator will always lag. And a minority party, desperate for power, will only too gladly exaggerate their meaning.

    The White House has to speak with the American people about the state of the economy honestly, soothingly, confidently… and constantly. But time and circumstance is not on their side. Just as the Iraq War has kept President Bush from talking about the economy for the past several months, the next couple will be consumed with talk of Judge Roberts, the trial of Saddam Hussein, the CIA leak case, and the 2005 off-year elections. It may be 2006 before President Bush gets another opportunity to tout the strength and dynamism of the U.S. economy.

    Communicating an optimistic vision for our shared economic future has become too low a priority for the Bush administration. And that is the real crisis.

    The alternative is to let the mainstream media project its usual bias and negativity on the health of the economy, which it did all too well to his father, as Lorie Byrd accurately remembers:
    in 1992...the Bush recovery was described as the worst economy in 50 years until the day after the election, when it became known as the Clinton recovery.
    I remember that vividly--I don't think any group has collectively turned on a dime that quickly since the days of Dalton Trumbo.

    Blogs And Business

    I have an article on blogs and business in the August issue of CE Pro magazine. The CE in CE Pro stands for custom electronics professionals, such as home theater installers and "smart home" designers. It's not on the Web yet (except for industry subscribers), but if it goes online for the general public, I'll definitely link to it here.

    Needless to say, I think blogs are a tremendous tool for any business to communicate to with its customers. I interviewed Phil Melton of Reliegh North Carolina's Audio Advice, which added a Weblog to its site last year. I was only mildly surprised that he follows InstaPundit and other folks in the Blogosphere.

    It's sort of coming full-circle for me: I contributed several articles ten years ago to CE Pro's earlier incarnation, Custom Home Electronics, and its original editor, Mary Ann Giorgio, was a huge help in shaping those early efforts. She later went on to edit Audio/Video Interiors, the first home theater magazine, originally started in 1989, where I was proud to also contribute articles.

    (Not sure where she's working now. Mary Ann, if you ever do a Google "vanity search" and see this post, drop me an email. You were the best!)

    A Second Wave Force Meets Third Wave Market Dynamics

    Using the model of Alvin Toffler's The Third Wave, unions and organized labor are classic "Second Wave" models from an era of mass-production, mass-consumption, mass-industry, and mass-men. As Bryan O'Keefe notes in Tech Central Station, this Second Wave force has done little to keep up with Third Wave market dynamics:

    Many organized labor leaders and their allies are furious over the decision Monday by the Service Employees International Union and the Teamsters to part ways with the AFL-CIO and form their own labor federation. While SEIU and the Teamsters are two of the largest unions, the vast majority of the 50 other AFL-CIO unions are not considering disaffiliation. Their leaders openly question why, in the face of declining membership and an unfavorable political environment, SEIU President Andrew Stern and Teamsters President James Hoffa would want to divide the house of labor. What happened to brotherhood and solidarity, they ask?

    Working in unison might be fine, but it can also be overrated. In fact, competition might be exactly what America's labor movement needs if it wants to survive in the 21st century. Competition has helped to make business more dynamic and to evolve with changing times. It might also have the same effect on a labor movement stuck in the past.

    Being stuck in the past wouldn't necessarily be a bad thing if what worked before was working now. That's hardly the case though with current AFL-CIO leadership which lives in a time warp. Fifty years ago, almost one-third of the American workforce was unionized, while today that number stands at a paltry 12.5 percent. Big labor has done little to change with the new globalized economy and American workforce. It's like having a company use the same business plan for 50 years, even as profits go down the tubes. If Stern's comments Monday are sincere, then he understands that the status quo isn't going to work anymore. "Unions are bound to the past. We need new initiatives," Stern said at the press conference announcing his union's bolt. He later added, "It's not the 1930s anymore."

    Even those of us that don't agree with Stern's liberal union ideology can appreciate his ability to think outside the box and come up with new approaches that involve more than over-the-top rhetoric. And, who knows, some of his ideas might just work. For starters, Stern doesn't sound like an old-school, fist-pounding labor leader -- rather, he talks thoughtfully about issues like globalization and how unions can evolve in a way that's compatible with the new economy, while attracting younger workers.

    Stern's rhetoric has been a turn-off for other leaders in the labor movement who are wedded to the past. In a magazine article this past January, Thomas Buffenbarger, President of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, blasted Stern as somebody who wants to make unions more like corporate America. ''He's trying to corporatize the labor movement. When you listen to him talk, it's all about market share. It's about loss and gain. It's about producers and consumers,'' Buffenbarger said. "I think he's enamored of all the glitz and hype of the Wall Street types. He must be a fan of Donald Trump. I think he wants his own TV show.''

    But what Buffenbarger bristles at as corporatizing the labor movement can also been seen as a desire to modernize. And modernizing has worked well for Stern's SEIU during his tenure. While labor membership declined overall in the last ten years, Stern's union grew by 900,000 members, mainly on the strength of his leadership and novel ways of approaching unionization.

    Stern also deserves credit for finally asking tough questions about labor's relationship with the Democratic Party. He rightly argues that labor needs to focus on organizing and getting its own house in order, not just electing Democratic politicians. "We just can't rely on elected officials to change workers lives," Stern said yesterday. This echoed comments Stern made his earlier this month when he boldly stated, "We can't just elect Democratic politicians and try to take back the House and take back the Senate and think that's going to change workers' lives."

    Stern has also advocated more competition in the political realm. While still donating most of its campaign cash to Democrats, SEIU was the biggest contributor to the Republican Governors Association last year. Competition in this sense might also lead to more legislative success for unions. Corporations figured out a long time ago that it was beneficial to donate and court friends in both political parties, while unions stuck to the same, dated model of donating almost exclusively to Democrats. It's no surprise then that business has accomplished more in Congress.

    Of course, this type of talk in the upper echelons of the labor movement is heresy, which finally led to yesterday's dramatic split.

    Meanwhile, a Wall Street Journal op-ed notes also that "Being a wholly owned subsidiary of the DNC" isn't working out for "Very Old Labor".

    Capitalism: You Look Marvelous!

    Economics professor Bryan Caplan explains the beauty of advertising to Adbusters magazine:

    Less than a decade ago, I drove from former West Germany to former East Germany, and was struck by how much more beautiful the West was. Houses in the West had flower boxes. Houses in the East did not. I reflected that the aesthetic gap between West and East used to be vastly greater. And I recalled how people I knew who toured the Soviet bloc were more likely to sadly describe the "greyness" of communist life than the machine guns at the border.

    The upshot is that the private pursuit of beauty in the West had a striking externality. Every time a West German put a flower box in his window, he was making capitalism look prettier than socialism. And while intellectuals may say they couldn't care less about such things, I suspect that sheer aesthetics changed a lot of minds about East versus West.

    What does this have to do with advertising, and commercialism generally? Corporations do not advertise to create support for capitalism, any more than West Germans planted flowers to fight communism. But advertising does more than just sell one firm's products; it also contributes to the beautiful image of the whole system.

    Flip through a popular magazine, or wander through your local mall. Even if you don't remember a single product, you get an overall impression of a world that is colorful, fun, glitzy, and sexy. And that probably leads more people around the world to admire capitalism than Milton Friedman ever did.

    In other words, Adbusters is right to insist that advertising persuades people to like capitalism more. It does. But contrary to Adbusters, the corporations don't intend to do it. It just so happens that in their quest to make a buck, corporations make the whole capitalist system look marvelous.

    And it does! (Just ask anyone forced to live in Pyongyang.)

    Recovery And Its Discontents

    Roger L. Simon links to a post at Nospeedbumps.com that explains which nation has had the fastest growing economy over the last two years:

    There are practical reasons why most Iraqis may decide that it is better if some American forces stay. Iraq’s economy is likely to continue to make steady improvements. It has been the fastest growing economy in the world for the last two years. If the Iraqis come to see the U.S. presence fostering prosperity in their country, they may conclude it is better if the Americans stay.
    Iraq might also benefit from our century of experience at roadbuilding; Les Payne of Newsday reports that private ownership of automobiles has doubled since the days of Saddam Hussein:
    Under Saddam Hussein, . . . cars were as rare on the streets of Iraq as ATM machines. Owning a car was a sure sign of deep loyalty to President Hussein, who tightly restricted the import of these expensive, luxury items. While palace cronies whizzed about Baghdad on Italian radials, the average Iraqi, who earned less than $300 annually, succumbed to public transportation and shoe leather.

    The Bush War has changed all that. [Does that mean that World War I is more properly titled The Wilson War and and World War II The FDR/Truman War?--Ed] Foreign exchange has put more dinars in the hands of consumption-minded Iraqis. Near the top of the list of luxury items flowing into the country is the automobile. More than 1 million used cars have entered Iraq during the past two years, according to a police survey referenced by the Riyadh-based IFP report, "Rebuilt Iraq." Less than half that number existed in the entire country before the toppling of Saddam Hussein. Mosul, for example, which previously had only 57,000 registered cars, now has 125,000.

    Naturally of course, such rapid economic growth and newfound liberties are bound to have their discontents. James Taranto notes the unintentionally humorous angle to that Newsday piece:
    It turns out Payne is nostalgic for the good old days of Saddam's fascist rule: "Blame Bush for flood of used cars in Iraq that have become deadly tools of suicide bombers."
    Taranto doesn't mention it, but that's actually the lead sentence of the piece!

    Talk about not being able to see the forest for the trees. Or the cars.

    Livin' Large

    As a follow-up to our post earlier today, to really drive home how things have changed since the 1970s, compare the Bad Old Days with what the average man can easily purchase today.

    The Bad Old Days, English Style

    During Blogcritics' freewheeling first days, I wrote a piece reviewing Steven Hayward's first volume of The Age of Reagan. Hayward's book focused not as much on Reagan's days prior to the presidency as it did on the state of America in the 1960s and '70s. To sum it up the rough shape that America and its economy was in during that period, I titled my review "The Bad Old Days, Revisited".

    But England was in even worse shape during that period, as Mark Steyn describes in his obituary for "Sunny" James Callaghan, Britain's Prime Minister during the late 1970s:

    Read More »


    Steyn On China's "Commie-Capitalism"

    Insert near daily "Mark Steyn has a terrific piece on..." boilerplate here: this time, it's on the claims that the 21st century will be "The Chinese Century". (Hey, I can remember 15 years ago, when it was supposed to be the Japanese Century. And 10 years prior to that it was going to be the Soviet Century.)

    Steyn's title says it all: "Who can stop the rise and rise of China? The communists, of course":

    Read More »


    Advantage: Den Beste!

    In what surely must be the most-missed Weblog on the Internet, Steve Den Beste had a terrific observation about Europe's lack of high-tech industries back in 2002:

    Read More »


    The Pepsi Syndrome

    Earlier this week, Power Line noted that the president and CFO of PepsiCo, Indra Nooyi, compared the fingers of the hand to different parts of the world in her speech at Columbia Business School's commencement. "The United States got the middle finger. What a surprise!", as Hugh Hewitt wrote in his post on the subject.

    Hugh also has some thoughts on the backlash that's followed, as well as a look on how quickly and easily information can flow in the new media:

    I interviewed Terry Moran yesterday at 3:40 to 4:15 PM, Pacific. The transcript was up at Radioblogger at 6:00 PM. Instapundit linked 40 minutes later, and my WeeklyStandard.com piece went up at midnight est. Taranto's Best of the Web headlined Moran's comments in today's edition, and bloggers have been chewing on them all day. I suspect that Moran's comments have been read by 90% of MSM elites and most of political Washington, and far more importantly, millions of American information junkies, who are talking about Moran's many admissions (with a degree of respect for his candor and his willingness to give the interview --see the comments at RightWingNuthouse, run by Moran's brother). It has been less than 24 hours.

    PepsiCo had better hurry. Scorn, and lost loyalty, won't wait for McKenzie & Co to come up with a report.

    Jonah Goldberg had an interesting essay this week on the European style of much of America's left--and part of modern Europe's political legacy is transnationalism. So I guess it's not entirely surprising that as previously all-American companies like Pepsi, McDonalds, Chrysler and Subway become increasingly internationally-oriented (such as Chrysler's acquisition by Mercedes Benz), comments by their spokesmen or imagery in their campaigns can also tend to have an anti-American or leftwing taint. (I think we're also seeing something similar happening with Google right now as well.) Like Ms. Nooyi of PepsiCo, it's sort of intriguing that business spokespeople usually act surprised when they're called on their rhetoric by conservatives--who ironically, are typically infintely more pro-business than the left.

    Update: Heh. Wish I had thought of that title!

    The Canary In Social Security's Coalmine

    Alex Tabarrok of Marginal Revolution says it's dead, Jim.

    (Via Tech Central Station.)

    Will Collier of VodkaPundit has some most apropos thoughts on the topic as well, especially as it applies to investment diversification.

    "The Gigantic Business Administration"

    Rich Galen runs roughshod over the Small Business Administration. A sample:

    They wouldn't let me put a really terrific column I wrote a couple of years ago in honor of small business people on the tables … because the sponsor of this dinner - Sam's Club - more or less had the exclusive rights to put crap at the tables. Sam's Club is owned by Wal-Mart.
    I said, "You are the Small Business Administration, not the biggest retailer in the world Administration."
    Read the rest.

    Found via Ramesh Ponnuru, who writes that Galen's story "once again brings up the question: Exactly why do we need" the SBA?

    Why do we need most of Washington's alphabet soup?

    "The Vision Thing"

    Glenn Reynolds has a review of George Gilder's new book on Silicon Valley and high-tech innovation, over at the Wall Street Journal.

    "Meet Me At Exxon For Sushi"

    Matt Drudge links to a New York Post article that says that gas station convenience stores are shedding Slim Jims for sushi, in an effort to bolster profits and improve their image:

    It's an attempt by the industry to discourage the gas-up-and-go mentality and bolster the bottom line with artisanal cheeses, freshly baked breads and high-end meals that entice consumers to linger and eat — and to do it often.

    "We're trying to make these stores destinations rather than convenience stops," said Stuart Lowry, marketing director for The Markets of Tiger Fuel, a Virginia convenience chain that offers fresh seafood, a fancy deli and professional chefs.

    "If you choose to just get in and get gas you can," Lowry said. "But if you want to sit down and have a gourmet meal, you can do that, too."

    Supermarket sushi is usually terrible, and I'm sure gas station sushi will be equally gross. Stick with a reputable mid to high-end sushi restaurant with well-trained chefs, not the Exxon tiger. (I'm rather partial to Kobe in Santa Clara, myself.)

    Its point is a bit underplayed, but the article's conclusion might be its most important section:

    The change comes at a crucial time for the nation's 138,000 convenience stores, most of which historically have relied on gasoline and cigarettes for more than three-quarters of their sales.

    As the profit margins on those products shrink, the $395 billion industry is facing new competition from grocers adding fuel pumps and drug stores that offer more food than pharmaceuticals. Until recently, the industry has focused mostly on one type of customer, what National Association of Convenience Stores spokesman Jeff Lenard calls the Bubba — a blue collar man who smokes.

    As James Lileks (whose father owned a gas station for decades) noted last year, it's not the high price of gasoline that provides the bulk of the profits for these businesses. Indeed, high gas prices drive (so to speak) customers away, which lowers sales of more profitable items like soda, Slim Jims--and coming soon, sushi.

    So I Say Welcome; Welcome To The Boomtown

    Reuters reports that Internet ad revenues are surpassing dotcom boom levels:

    U.S. Internet advertising surged 33 percent in 2004 to a record $9.6 billion, surpassing levels seen during the early Web boom, and will grow at a similar rate in 2005, according to data released on Thursday.

    The figures bolster reports from individual advertisers who say they are moving more of their marketing budgets online as consumers devote more time to the Internet and fewer hours to television and other media.

    The data also underscores breakaway earnings results for major Internet media companies and search engines like Yahoo Inc. and Google Inc., as well as the digital divisions of traditional media companies like the New York Times Co.

    "Interactive advertising has clearly become a mainstream medium and one that can no longer be ignored," said Greg Stuart, president of the Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB).

    Of course, history has already decided that the late 1990s will be remembered as the Internet's boom period, even though ad revenues are growing at a faster rate now then they were back then.

    And that trend is not likely to change for the forseeable future: the Internet's demographics have to be far more appealing to media buyers than television, whose viewing demographic is only going to become greyer and greyer.

    Spitzer's Conflict Of Interest

    Writing in the Wall Street Journal, William J. Holstein, the editor of Chief Executive magazine, says that New York state's Attorney General Eliot Spitzer, who's now--or will very shortly be--running for that state's governorship, has what Holstein describes as "a classic conflict of interest" caused by his endless Giuliani-inspired attacks on Wall Street:

    Mr. Spitzer has thus created a reasonable doubt about whether he is using the legal process for political gain. An attorney general running for higher office is different than a senator running because it creates a risk that the legal system becomes politicized and is no longer seen as adhering to principles of fair play and due process. In short, Mr. Spitzer has a classic conflict of interest. The only way to resolve it is to resign as attorney general.

    Consider the appearance that the New York attorney general's fund-raising activities will increasingly create. If an industry or company that has not been targeted contributes to his campaign, is Mr. Spitzer accepting that money in exchange for not investigating them? And what if a CEO under fire makes a contribution and is able to resolve his or her legal problems? That might create the appearance that Mr. Spitzer softened his prosecution in exchange for a contribution. Because appearance is everything, Mr. Spitzer essentially cannot raise funds while serving as attorney general.

    Ironically, the cornerstone of Mr. Spitzer's actions has been an attack on conflicts of interest and cozy relationships that had long been tolerated. He is attempting to create a new ethical standard. Yet he has turned a blind eye to his own ethical problem. If he wants to set new, higher standards of conduct in corporate America, he must himself adhere to those new expectations.

    Seems reasonable to me, especially by Spitzer's own standards. Over to you, Elliot.

    Stopped Clock Department

    In a gesture almost as impressive as when the New York Times explained that "Recycling is Garbage", The San Francisco Chronicle published an essay today by Brian P. Simpson, an assistant professor of economics at National University in San Diego, who details some of the reasons why gasoline prices are so high, especially in California. Too much to excerpt; best RTWT, as the pro-consumer forces of freedom like to say.

    Life In The Global Village

    Mark Steyn has a nifty look at outsourcing, world trade, and a prediction, in his latest UK Spectator column:

    Here’s a prediction: Europe’s dependence on immigration will in the end prove far more catastrophic than America’s dependence on oil. The immigrants will run out long before the oil does. And the demographic disaster will be exacerbated by a continent-wide version of ‘white flight’ — the abandonment of socially dysfunctional, economically moribund American cities in the Seventies by a frustrated middle class. Not all Dutchmen or Belgians will wish to follow their compatriots down the Eurinal of history. And, just as you can be a US tax accountant in Bangalore, in the age of the sovereign individual there’s no reason why a Dutch accountant can’t do tax returns for his Dutch clients from New Zealand or the Bahamas.

    Permanence is always an illusion. The excuse is that, well, the big things change slowly, almost imperceptibly. But they’re changing very fast right now and you must actively embrace ignorance to be as impervious to reality as Europe’s ruling class is. High welfare costs, low birthrates, high taxes, and zero appeal to the world’s dynamic, ever more mobile wealth-creating class is a recipe for societal meltdown. But, as long as there’s always someone else to look down on, your own descent is less obvious.

    Read the rest.

    The Fickle Finger of Food, Revisited

    Late last month, we linked to a horrific-sounding story about a human finger found in bowl of chili at a San Jose Wendy's restaurant.

    Today, UPI reports that the woman who discovered it has, what they call, "a history of litigation":

    Police started scrutinizing Anna Ayala, an unemployed janitor who lives in a $500,000 house, after she announced she had found a finger in her Wendy's food order, the San Francisco Chronicle reported Saturday.

    Since going public with the finger March 22, she has hired a personal injury lawyer.

    It is not her first experience with suing businesses. In 2000 she sued a San Jose car dealer, the General Motors Corp. and the Goodyear Tire Corp., saying she was severely injured after a front tire fell off her GMC Sierra sport utility vehicle as she drove it in 1999.

    A judge later dismissed the case, but not before Ayala repeatedly changed lawyers.

    Also in 1999, Ayala filed a sexual harassment lawsuit against a San Jose newspaper claiming a man who worked there exposed himself to her the first day she began work as a receptionist. She got an out-of-court settlement in 2002.

    Bay area court records indicate she has been involved in at least half a dozen other such cases, the Chronicle reported.

    Confucius say, when you cry wolf once too many times, you risk being flipped the finger when you claim you found a finger.

    Or something like that!

    GM Grows A Spine, If Only Temporarily

    As I've written before, my father spent decades as a partner in a large suburban Chevrolet dealership, and while I haven't owned a GM automobile in about 15 years, I still feel a certain sense of affiliation with the company.

    Seeing them revolt against the insane excesses of the Los Angeles Times is certainly heartwarming--even if it may not last.

    Ed Morrissey writes:

    After a number of poor editorial decisions, including running North Korean propaganda as a front-page news article last month, the Los Angeles Times not only has lost subscribers but now a major advertiser has cancelled its account at the paper. General Motors announced today that it will no longer buy advertising in Los Angeles' only major broadsheet due to the editorial incompetence shown by the newspaper.

    * * *

    For those who are tempted to scold General Motors for a lack of support for a free press, let's remember that GM isn't censoring the LAT at all. They have no power to do so, in any real sense. Censorship comes from the government at the threat of arrest. What GM has done in this case is to make a rational decision that its advertising dollars supported a media outlet that performed poorly and reflected badly on GM. GM will either save the money or put it into more effective advertising, and the LAT is still free to print whatever it likes. What the Tribune Co. (owners of the LAT) should understand from this development is that its revenue stream will be endangered by the poor performance of its staff -- just like any company in a free-market system.

    John Carroll and the Tribune Co. just learned a valuable lesson in free-market economics. They can either improve their product, or continue to rely on their near-monopoly position in Los Angeles to slowly run the newspaper into the ground.

    Why stop now? That's the model their namesake on the East Coast has chosen.

    Update: Found via Hugh Hewitt, Okie on the Lam in L.A. also has some thoughts.

    Hugh notes that last year, GM spent $21 million on advertising in the L.A. Times. That's a staggering sum for the Times to lose. Riehl World View believes that GM's move was designed to send a symbolic message to the car manufacturer's buyers in the red states, and has some thoughts on how it will play there.

    Interesting comment from Editor & Publisher:

    Prudential is more alarmed about the situation, saying it should be of “great concern for Tribune and the management at the Times, as losing this revenue, even short-term, will hurt.”

    Both reports point out the Times is in a sticky position. "Giving into advertiser demands for specific editorial coverage risks severly tainting the journalistic reputation of the Times," Prudential noted.

    Praising North Korea can also taint your journalistic reputation, at least with your readers--and even a few journalists, too.

    Forbes On General Motors: "And Now, News of Fresh Disaster"

    Earlier this week, Steve Green had some thoughts on GM's many problems. In an article titled, "GM: It's Worse Than You Thought" Forbes writes that it is indeed, worse than you thought. Columnist Jerry Flint (that rare man who looks good wearing an ascot) says that the situation reminds him of the early days of World War II, when the BBC would seem to be regularly announcing, "And now, news of fresh disaster":

    Vice Chairman Bob Lutz was quoted in the March 24 edition of The Wall Street Journal as saying GM could "phase out" Pontiac or Buick if such "damaged brands" fail to improve. "I hope we don't have to do that," he was quoted as saying at a conference. Lutz has been in the industry too long to be suckered into this kind of quote. Whether he meant to or not, he has put the divisions in play. What critics don't understand is that the best thing GM has is its dealer force. You kill the dealers if you kill such well-entrenched nameplates as Pontiac and Buick, and you kill GM. It's that's simple.
    As somebody whose father was a partner for decades in a large suburban Chevrolet dealership, this is bad news for GM indeed.

    Not Just A Good Idea Department

    Betsy Newmark writes:

    Gee, the French have discovered that they can't rescind the laws of economics. There law mandating a 35-hour work week didn't spur employment and just ended up hurting lower income people who needed that extra income. Funnily enough, employers didn't leap to pay the same salaries for 35 hours that they had paid for 39 hours. People found, quelle horreur! that they were earning less. And employers didn't run out and hire more people to pull up the slack, especially with all the state-mandated benefits that any employee must receive.
    Who knows--maybe they'll be able to leave the seventies soon.

    The Two Minute Hate

    In Blog, Hugh Hewitt gives some advice to businesses which are attacked by a blogswarm for perceived shoddy services or products. They might also want to check out this piece in Forbes, called, "Top Corporate Hate Web Sites".

    I'm surprised that one of these sites didn't make the cut, but then the source of their hate maybe too regional to be considered.

    America Gets Redder

    Robert Novak writes that America's red states are continuing to grow in size and power: growing populations equal growing power at the ballot box:

    A projection by Polidata, a Republican-oriented political mapping and redistricting firm, shows population trends will make Republican-dominated "Red" states more influential in winning presidential elections and determining control of Congress after the 2010 census.

    The new study forecasts that "Red" states will pick up a net six electoral votes, with Florida and Texas gaining three each. The "Blue" states carried by John Kerry, according to Polidata, will lose a net six electoral votes, led by New York's loss of two. Under this distribution of electoral votes, George W. Bush could have been elected last November without carrying Ohio.

    This projection points to probable Republican control of the White House and the House of Representatives far into the future. It makes more urgent the contention by Howard Dean, the new Democratic national chairman, that his party needs to do much better in "Red" states.

    It's only natural that their populations are growing: among numerous other reasons, blue state anti-business policies such as those that Governor Pataki are letting run roughshod in New York State, and those which Governor Schwarzenegger are trying to fight in California drive entrepreneurs out of their states--and into red ones.

    (Via PoliPundit.)

    Note To Self

    Don't make Nick Schulz (my editor at Tech Central Station) angry, as Al Franken recently did--unlike Franken, he can slice and dice an argument with surgical precision.

    The Money Is In the Long Tail

    Tim Worstall of Tech Central Station uses the article I wrote for them earlier this month on the Long Tail as a jumping off point for a discussion on tax policy.

    Ten Years Gone

    Betsy Newmark wonders why PBS is still receiving taxpayer funding:

    I still fail to see why we need the government to subsidize TV when so many people have access to cable and when shows like Sesame Street and Masterpiece Theater could certainly find a home somewhere and be supported by advertising revenue.
    I remember ten years ago when Republicans initially took over the House, these same statements from many new GOP lawmakers. And yet, PBS is still there and still being taxpayer funded, despite the fact that, as Betsy says, the best of PBS would easily wind up being produced on cable.

    Heck, it's there already, as I see reruns of Sesame Street, This Old House, Poirot (the short, eccentric Belgian detective, not the short eccentric Texan who was against NAFTA), Monty Python and other original and PBS-imported shows that PBS ran into the ground, every time I click through my DirecTV onscreen guide.

    Meanwhile, Hugh Hewitt, who is a former veteran PBS producer, has some thoughts on the network's woes:

    The biggest problem is that PBS is indifferent to market forces, which allows everything to grow old and stale, for indifference to audience, and snail's pace programming innovation. It is your grandfather's network, and soon it will be your children's great-grandfather's network. Contrast any program on PBS with MSNBC's new Connected Coast to Coast, on which I appeared yesterday, and you'll see in an eye blink why PBS sheds viewers every day. MSNBC is trying to capture the energy of the new media and the news news cycle. PBS just slumbers on, confident that the claim that some folks in rural America don't have cable will forever protect it from reality.
    it's worked so far, just as a similar strategy has kept Amtrak taxpayer funded.

    Investing In Hypocrisy

    James Glassman of Tech Central Station says that AARP needs to make up their mind when it comes to equity investing and retirement:

    The President's plan will likely allow workers to put up to four percentage points of what they now pay in taxes into a small number of broadly diversified portfolios of stocks and bonds.

    This is hardly radical. Half of American families already own mutual funds, and most AARP members are retirees who don't pay into Social Security anyway, so they won't be exercising the option. But those facts don't stop the AARP from painting a frightening picture that equates investing with casino gambling.

    In one ad, labeled "misleading" by the nonpartisan watchdog FactCheck.org, the AARP shows a wild cocoa trading pit with the headline, "Winners and Losers are stock market terms. Do you really want them to become retirement terms?"

    Another AARP ad features a man and woman considering the Bush plan and saying, "If we feel like gambling, we'll play the slots."

    But the AARP is talking out of both sides of its mouth. It says that stock and bond investing is like playing a slot machine at the same time it promotes stock and bond investing by selling 38 mutual funds to its members and taking a cut from each sale.

    As former Sen. Alan Simpson (R-Wyo) once said, "I never saw the AARP do anything that would hurt their business."

    Among the AARP funds are far riskier choices than advocates of Social Security reform would ever offer to American workers: for example, a Latin American stock fund, a junk-bond fund, and a fund that holds shares of companies based in such highly volatile markets as Indonesia and Russia.

    AARP Services, Inc., the lucrative business arm of the AARP, entered into a deal with Scudder Investments to sell mutual funds to its members as part of a special affinity program. According to a prospectus, Scudder pays AARP an annual fee for the use of its trademark that ranges from .05 percent to .07 percent of assets. That can come to a lot of money. One fund alone, Scudder Growth & Income AARP, manages $5 billion.

    The hypocrisy is breathtaking. AARP's website carries solid information about how to invest wisely, but the organization's anti-Social Security ads make investing - even under the tough restrictions advocated by reformers -- look like a game for dumb suckers and out-of-control gamblers.

    Ironically, Glassman says that AARP's house brand funds aren't exactly getting stellar write-ups by Morningstar, the veteran mutal fund research and tracking firm.

    Carly Fiorina Resigns

    Hewlitt-Packard's CEO resigned yesterday after pressure from her board. Oddly enough, Forbes writes that there's a Davos angle here as well:

    Fiorina probably could have bought time by following the board's suggestion of some months' back to name a chief operations officer, but insiders say she never wanted to give up the detail work. Problem was, she didn't want to give up the visionary stuff either, and so was flying to Davos to opine on global economics when, back home, fundamental decisions needed to be made about, say, the PC business.

    She lost the trust of Wall Street by disappointing on too many quarterly results and being unpredictable. She lost the trust of the board by not giving her lieutenants clear enough authority or instructions. In the face of criticisms from both sides, and Fiorina unwilling to change, the board moved on her.

    Forbes says that she'll be "at least temporarily replaced by the oldest of HP's old guard. Interim Chairman Patricia Dunn joined HP in 1998, before Fiorina showed up".

    "Is It 'Ultimately' Yet?"

    Glenn Reynolds says that President Bush has an unlikely backer in reforming and privatizing Social Security: Franklin Delano Roosevelt!

    Rand At 100

    Yesterday was the centennial of Ayn Rand's birth. Via Steve Green of Vodkapundit, Cathy Young of Reason (which itself was inspired by Rand's writings) has a well-written and balanced appreciation of the Mother of Objectivism. It makes a nice double-feature with this more humorous and ironic but also well-measured recent piece by Andrew Stuttaford.

    Life Imitates Charles Foster Kane

    Just for fun, I popped 1941's Citizen Kane into the DVD player tonight. During the "News On The March" segment at beginning, a journalist asks Kane (in a scene in the mid-1930s), "How did you find business conditions in Europe?"

    "With great difficulty!" Kane guffaws.

    Hasn't changed much, apparently.

    A Flying White Elephant?

    Frank Martin is none-too-impressed by the 800-seat Airbus A380.

    In happier aviation news, Glenn Reynolds receives an email from a reader who's apparently flying on the first-ever commercial flight with in-flight Wi-Fi.

    Hopefully virtually all commercial planes will be equipped--or least those that do transcontinental runs. Five hours without broadband is brutal!

    "More Peyton Place than Galt's Gulch"

    Andrew Stuttaford has a nice, balanced memoriam in the The New York Sun to Ayn Rand; 2005 is the centennial of her birth:

    Rand's nonfiction may have a greater claim to intellectual respectability, but it was the lurid, occasionally harsh, simplicities of her novels that would deliver her message to the mass audience she believed was out there. She was right. Her key insight was to realize that there was an appetite among Americans for a moral case for capitalism. In a restless age that believed in the Big Answer, neither historical tradition nor utilitarian notions of efficiency would suffice. Ayn Rand gave Americans that case, perhaps not the best case, but a case, and she knew how to sell it.

    The establishment always disapproved. Critics sneered. Academics jeered. The publishers Macmillan turned down "Anthem" (1938), saying that Rand, a refugee from the Soviet Union, "did not understand socialism." Oh, but she did, and so did those millions of Americans who bought her books, books that played their part in ensuring that the dull orthodoxies of collectivism never prevailed here.

    The last image in Mr. Britting's biography is of an exultant Rand speaking at a conference in New Orleans in 1981, the final public appearance of this magnificent, brilliant oddball. Her hosts tried to lure her there with the promise of payment in gold coins and travel in a private rail car.

    Needless to say, she accepted.

    Read the whole thing.

    Resilience Vs. Anticipation

    Watching South Jersey get dumped with 10-inches of snow, I can't help but think of this classic piece by Virginia Postrel on how the weather creates very different mindsets in Silicon Valley and the East Coast.

    I Am Charlotte Von Mises

    Donald Luskin says there's "signs of life amidst the leftist graveyard known as academia", and posts an email that highlights a debate between a small-l libertarian economics major at a California university and his "very liberal" professor who "shares an office with an econ professor who is an avowed Socialist".

    Meanwhile James Taranto writes:

    If you're a college student fed up with heavy-handed leftism from the faculty, here's a chance to do something about it, and possibly end up on the silver screen...Evan Coyne Maloney, a young New York-based documentarian, is looking for students to help the full-length version of his film "Brainwashing 101."
    Taranto suggests that if you have kids who're in college, you might want to forward his column to them.

    Update: On the flip side, Jim Lindgren looks at two Nobel Prize-winning free market economists who were driven out of the University of Virginia during the 1960s for "being on the wrong side of history" back in those Galbraith-dominated central planning days.

    An Ivins Divided Against Itself Cannot Stand!

    Power Line has an amusing post contrasting the two worlds of Molly Ivins.

    She has a column this week where she tut-tuts President Bush for stating that Social Security could go broke by 2019 and that "the crisis is now".

    I guess that's because for Ivans, the crisis was back in September:

    As we march bravely toward oceans of red ink (leaving behind no problem for future presidents or future generations), we also face a looming crisis in Social Security.
    Frankly, we owe it to ourselves to discover which opinion is correct. Because if Everything's Fine Ivins walks through this door, she will kill Crisis Ivins. An Ivins divided against itself cannot stand!

    "More Depressions Like This, Please"

    Noel Sheppard of Tech Central Station examines the economy's robust performance in 2004.

    Meanwhile, Reuters notes another under-reported statistic: The U.S. government posted a one billion dollar budget surplus in December, along with a 16.7% reduction in the deficit last year.

    Well, It Has To Happen Sooner Or Later

    Hans H.J. Labohm of Tech Central Station wonders if Japan's stagnant economy is due for a comeback soon.

    "The Art of the Start"

    I have a short review of Silicon Valley entrepreneur Guy Kawasaki's new book over at Blogcritics.

    The Internet Company That Time© Almost Forgot

    Don't look now, but AOL could be poised for a comeback, says Dominic Basulto in Tech Central Station.

    The New York Times Meets Manhattan

    While we've all been celebrating the growth of the Blogosphere, it couldn't have happened without the simultaneous decline of the mainstream media, which has been frequently and unceremoniously dubbed "the legacy media" by its successor (I know I've used that phrase more than a few times last year). While CBS fell the most spectacularly with RatherGate this past year, its collapse in credibility was foreshadowed in 2003 by Howell Raines, Jayson Blair and their disastrous impact on the ol' Grey Lady herself, The New York Times.

    Forbes has a well-written review of a new book called Hard News, Seth Mnookin's look back at those (pardon the pun) grey days:

    Read More »


    Wrote One For The Gipper

    I'm not a lawyer myself, but some of my best friends are--like my wife, Nina. And some of favorite bloggers are also lawyers, of course.

    Nina edits the Business Law News, a quarterly publication for members of the Star Bar of California. When they asked her if she knew anybody who could write something about Ronald Reagan from a business perspective in memoriam of his death this past June, she said, why yes, I do know someone...

    Reprinted by permission, here's the piece I contributed, which Nina edited and shaped it to fit the BLN's format.

    For more Gipperific action, here are two previous articles I've written about President Reagan:

  • The Bad Old Days Revisted

  • Air Force One Lands At The Reagan Library
  • Barreling Ahead Into 2005

    Larry Kudlow writes that "The U.S. economy is hitting on all cylinders as 2004 passes into 2005. Ever since the election, stock markets have been on an upward tear, pointing to continued prosperity in the new year".

    Kudlow also asks a good question: if the mainstream media refuses to report economic growth accurately, will anyone notice?

    California Scheming

    If you own an incorporated business in California, you might receive this very official looking--and very, very phony--form. My wife has details on her business and law Weblog.

    Unintended Consequences

    Back in March, we noted that some economic writers felt that the Act was impeding growth in the US.

    Is Sarbanes-Oxley also causing foreign companies to register with the London Stock Exchange rather than the NYSE to avoid its onerous enforcement procedures?

    Hey, Larry Kudlow Has A Blog

    That's great to see--welcome to the Blogosphere!

    (Found via InstaPundit.)

    The Engineers Who Saved Christmas

    Glenn Reynolds, writing over at Tech Central Station says that thanks to the Internet, "another Hollywood storyline died this week. And good riddance".

    Super Go-Bots! C3PO Cereal! Smurf Pasta! We Are The '80s!

    Via Datacloud you can stream commercials for lots of products you bought in the 1980s, but probably wouldn't confess to today.

    Oh, and a chance to see Kelly LeBrock in the shower.

    That Goes Double For Me

    Frank Martin writes, "Airlines--I'm your biggest fan, and even I don't like you. This is a problem".

    Frank's got some excellent suggestions on fixing the problem--all of which will go sadly unheeded.

    When No News Is Bad News

    Donald Lambro catches the legacy media pooh-poohing the nation's economic health and notes:

    Adjectives such as "mediocre" or "lackluster" or "weak" or "sluggish" are being used in the business reporting columns to describe an economy that in fact is growing at about 4 percent, according to the U.S. Commerce Department's third quarter revision of the Gross Domestic Product. Since when is 4 percent GDP growth "mediocre" or "lackluster?" Europe is barely achieving 1-2 percent. They would be dancing in the streets in Japan if they had such growth.

    Up since the election are the stock market, consumer confidence, retail sales and industrial activity. What is down is unemployment. Perhaps the best indication of how Americans measure the economy and their own financial situation, President Bush's job approval score is at 53 percent.

    As Lambro writes, "Back to you, Dan".

    Update: Speaking of a sluggish Europe, Power Line observes that in Holland:

    The Dutch middle classes are leaving the country in droves for the first time in living memory.

    The new wave of educated migrants are quietly voting with their feet against a multicultural experiment long touted as a model for the world, but increasingly a warning of how good intentions can go wrong.

    And as Glenn Reynolds noted in 2002, "If Sweden were a U.S. state, it would be the poorest measured by household gross income before taxes".

    Another Update: Victor Davis Hanson writes that for Europe, "gut-check time is coming".

    Pooh, Piglet, Krugman And The Heffalump

    Arnold Kling, with a little help from A.A. Milne, explains why the left should favor Social Security privatization (and the right should oppose it).

    Via Power Line, Donald Luskin also some thoughts; no heffalumps were harmed in the making of his essay.

    "A Treatise on the Declining Equity Risk Premium"

    James K. Glassman explains how the world--or at least the financial world--works.

    Experts: Kmart Is Doomed

    On November 17th, Sean Hackbarth wrote that while Kmart has acquired Sears, that strategy that's emerging is that Kmart is more than likely to keep the Sears name and junk their own brand.

    Today he notes that others agree wth his initial take.

    Sears Acquires France

    Iowahawk "reports":

    The retail industry received another shake-up today as Sears Holding Corp. (NYSE: S), the parent company behind the recent merger of Sears and Kmart, announced the acquisition of embattled European cheesemaker France (NASDAQ: FROG). The buyout deal, estimated at $2.7 billion, will position Sears/Kmart/France as the world's third largest retailer and 15th ranked military power.
    I'd say it's a smart move on Sears' part: it always makes sense to buy an asset when its share value has bottomed out.

    But can Sears turn their new asset--a perennial underperformer--around?

    Happy Birthday!

    The great Milton Friedman turns 92 today.

    Shock and Awe

    As I said in the post below, "'conservative' Republicans, beginning with the Gipper in 1980, and continuing with George W. Bush became the party of dynamic change, and 'liberal' Democrats the keepers of the old order.

    No better highlight of this is in the latest Drudge flash, which highlights Speaker of the House Denny Hastert's new book, and his push for the elimination of IRS".

    President Bush is going to have lots of fun campaigning in the fall--and it will be equally fun watching Kerry trying to defend the IRS--or adopt a "me too" position--"I'd do it, but I'd do it this way".

    Paging Mr. Mondale. Mr. Mondale to the Blue Courtesy Phone...

    Via Orrin Judd, we discover that: "A top economic advisor to Democratic presidential nominee John Kerry said the public won't hear Kerry's financial plans until after he's elected--if he's elected":

    In the Aug. 2 cover story of "Business Week," former Clinton administration treasury secretary Robert Rubin said, "I don't think you can make proposals to try to dig out of this hole until you've gotten elected ... If you start to put out proposals now, they would be vigorously attacked and they would in effect become tainted so they couldn't be used."

    The conservative group Americans for Tax Reform (ATR) stated that Kerry is trying to avoid revealing his plan to increase taxes on the middle-class because it would create a campaign liability if he did.

    In a release, the group stated that Kerry's plan to roll back President Bush's tax cuts for the top earners "will yield him only $40 to $60 billion per year, far below the more than $200 billion of new spending commitments he has promised to special interests who feed off of American taxpayers."

    "In other words," ATR stated, "if Kerry is elected, middle-class tax increases are coming."

    As Orrin writes, "They'll have to back down on this within days because it's just too easy to portray as a secret tax hike plan."

    REAGANOMICS

    Stephen Moore writes:

    In 1982 the Dow Jones industrial average hit a low of 800. After the final pieces of the Reagan tax cuts were installed, the market rocketed upward for 18 consecutive years. From 800, the Dow rose to 10,000 — creating between $15 trillion and $20 trillion in new wealth and industries. The Dow would have to climb to 100,000 by 2020 to match this Herculean performance. By clearing away the wealth destroyers of high tax rates and high inflation, U.S. companies became far more productive, profitable, and valuable.

    The economy also created 15 million new jobs under Reagan and grew in real terms by 40 percent. Some have likened this to adding a new California to the U.S. economy.

    By the end of the 1980s, in what was a fitting tribute to the Reagan program, almost all industrialized nations had sharply lowered tax rates to regain a competitive position lost to the U.S. in the decade. Reagan would note that "Imitation is the sincerest form of flattery." In this way, Reaganomics saved not just the U.S. economy from worldwide depression, but the entire global economy as well.

    The Reagan way was spurned throughout the 1980s as "voodoo economics" (one of George Bush Sr.'s few memorable comments.) Many college textbooks to this day even argue that Reagan's economic policies were flawed because they created record budget deficits. But the textbooks don't mention that as the national debt rose by $2 trillion, national wealth rose by $8 trillion. They also don't mention that the Laffer curve worked: Lower tax rates did generate more tax revenues at the federal, state, and local levels. Federal tax collections rose from $500 billion in 1980 to $1 trillion in 1990.

    Moore quotes Arthur Laffer, who says that at Reagan's first cabinet meeting as president, "Reagan, the seasoned actor, waited for silence in the Cabinet Room. He then stood and said, 'Gentlemen and ladies, I hate inflation, I hate taxes, and I hate Communism. Do something about it.'"

    They did.

    UPDATE: Get a load of this quote by Tom Brokaw, from a 1983 interview with far-left magazine Mother Jones:

    “I thought from the outset that his ‘supply side’ [theory] was just a disaster. I knew of no one who felt that it was going to work, outside of a small collection of zealots in Washington and at USC – Arthur Laffer, Jack Kemp. What I thought quite outrageous was the business community, which for years carped and complained that it could never get a President sympathetic to its needs, finally got its champion, Ronald Reagan. Then, to its horror, it discovered that he was actually going to press ahead with supply side – a theory whose disastrous consequences businesspeople began desperately to prepare for, but did not publicly warn the rest of the country about. They knew it simply could not work. But what they did was look to their own little life raft and not to anyone else’s.”
    Lots more quotes in a similar vein via that same link.

    IS HONORING A PROMISE RENEGING ON IT?

    Reason's "Hit & Run" blog is often hit or miss for me (although that's certainly true of many group blogs I read--and no doubt, for many readers of our blog as well).

    In this post, Brian Doherty, an otherwise extremely sharp writer, is upset that the federal government is calling the 30 year bonds they issued in 1979--mainly because current interest rates are so much lower than the 9 and 1/8th percent interest the '79 bonds pay.

    Doherty fumes, "Sorry, but who knew that promise they made 30 years ago would gets so damn expensive to honor?" But as his more thoughtful readers note, that promise included a call provision.

    One not-as-thoughtful reader commented, "There used to be no virtually no risk premium, because there was no perceived risk [on T-Bonds]. No more."

    Well, what's your definition of risk? For most investors of government debt, their biggest fear is the risk of default, which is why they invested in T-Bonds, instead of stocks or corporate bonds. And unlike corporate investment, there is no risk of default on US debt. But all investments involve trade-offs. You can't avoid all risk, you can only decide which risks you want to minimize. With Treasury paper, after adjusting for inflation, there's very little chance of having any decent return on your money, with the very rare exception of those who have hung onto their say...1979 Treasury bonds which paid 9 and 1/8th percent interest--in a year when inflation was 11.3 percent.

    Which is why, to my mind, the Federal government retiring old, expensive, inflationary-era debt is a very, very good thing. But to Doherty, and many of Reason's readers, they're reneging on a promise--even though call provisions are part of that promise.

    Oh, and as to what happened to all that inflation--click here.

    JOHN KENNETH GALBRAITH, CALL YOUR OFFICE

    Orrin Judd links to a peculiar Chicago Tribune article pining for "the Super Car" (aka a Yugo that could get 80 miles per gallon, aka Al Gore's wet dream), and wondering "what went wrong".

    Nice to know some folks miss John Kenneth Galbraith's goal of a centrally planned economy. It certainly worked so well for the USSR and Japan, as Ronald Bailey wrote in Reason:

    Take a look at John Kenneth Galbraith's 1967 paean to planning, The New Industrial State (Houghton Mifflin), in which he asserted: "High technology and heavy capital use cannot be subordinate to the ebb and flow of market demand. They require planning and it is the essence of planning that public behavior be made predictable--that is be subject to control."

    Galbraith, too, has heirs--most notably, Robert Reich and Lester Thurow. In his 1980 book The Zero-Sum Society (Basic Books) Thurow suggested that "solving our energy and growth problems demand [sic] that government gets more heavily involved in the economy's major investment decisions....Major investment decisions have become too important to be left to the private market alone." Thurow ended with this revealing claim: "As we head into the 1980s, it is well to remember that there is really only one important question in political economy. If elected, whose income do you and your party plan to cut in the process of solving the economic problems facing us?"

    Ultimately, the neo-Malthusians and the zero-summers are pushing the same egalitarian agenda: Stop growth and then divvy up the static pie.

    And let everyone drive government-mandated Yugos. In the meantime, don't buy too big a car--Big Grandparent is watching!

    UPDATE: Speaking of cars, Glenn Reynolds and Mickey Kaus spent the afternoon testing doing a little test driving. The cars they checked out aren't quite "super", but they're not too shabby, either.

    IS THE ECONOMIST ANTI-SEMITIC, ANTI-ISRAELI OR NEITHER?

    Arnold Beichman asks the question, and has some thoughts, in The Washington Times.

    PICKING UP THE PIECES OF THE DOT.COM BUST

    Sorry for the lack of postings today. Nina (aka Mrs. Edward Driscoll) is in New York for a few days while her mom gets out of the hospital after recovering from a nasty fall. Meanwhile, a friend and I picked up some furniture and a couple of used PCs from an auction in San Francisco. Nina needs some extra gear as she's moving her office in early July.

    This auction, which ran through most of last Friday was astonishing. Apparently, it's all from one failed dot.com startup--which probably failed because they didn't do any work. Judging by the gear being auctioned, some poor venture capitalist is probably thinking "Jesus! That's where my money got pissed away!"

    Why? Imagine a business start-up with: a multi-person Jacuzzi, 20 ab-rollers (the kind sold on late-night TV infommercials), a ping pong table, a BMX mountain bike(??!!), multiple sets of steak knives, numerous high-end pieces of Herman Miller furniture and God-knows what else.

    I always thought a business was lean and mean and hungry until it went public, or at least was self-sufficient. No wonder so many dot.coms tanked in the '90s: you don't start living large until you've had some success. (Pick up the DVD of Startup.com to see this kind of fuzzy-headed business thinking in action. Of course, those guys were at least smart enough to get a fairly successful documentary out of their tanked business.)

    UPDATE: Jonah Goldberg has some thoughts on the Go-Go Nineties and the dot-coms that came, bought hot tubs and ab-rollers and went in his latest column.

    "COLLAPSE INTO COOL"

    Found via VodkaPundit, take a look at this Starbucks ad and tell me if you see what I see.

    Fortunately, it was quickly yanked, and one possibly ill-conceived ad campaign isn't enough to make me consider drinking coffee made by these guys.

    Very Late Update (5/29/08): Starbucks' campaign, as well as an apparent recent successor (note the image in the monitor behind me), were the subject of a Silicon Graffiti video from a couple of months back:

    RUKEYSER'S REPLACEMENT

    The Media Research Center profiles Ray Brady, Louis Rukeyser's replacement on PBS's Wall Street Week, and does not like what it sees. Here's what you'll be missing by tuning out Brady. (Incidentally, for what it's worth, CNBC is putting Rukeyser on opposite Brady.

    PAGING MICHAEL KINSLEY

    Michael Kinsley once noted that a major gaffe only occurs in Washington when someone speaks the truth. So what to make of this AP story, with a headline that reads: "Tax Burden Falls on the Wealthy", and an opening paragraph that says "As a group, Americans whose incomes are in the top 5 percent are footing an increasing share of the national income tax burden. People in the bottom half, on the other hand, are paying only a fraction of the total take"?

    When searching for the wording for Kinsley's quote, I came upon this article, in NRO's Financial section by Bruce Barlett. It contains an example of an Alan Greenspan "gaffe" that's very reminiscent of AP's:

    Labor leader Jerry Wurf complained that Ford's policies favored the rich over the poor. Greenspan replied that, actually, the rich suffered more from stagflation than did the poor. "If you really wanted to examine who, percentage-wise, is hurt the most in their incomes, it is Wall Street brokers," he argued. "I mean, their incomes have gone down the most. So, if you want to get statistical, let's look at what the facts are."

    The press, Congress, and just about the entire Washington establishment came down on Greenspan like a ton of bricks, and he was quickly forced to recant. "Obviously, the poor are suffering more," he abjured. With support from Ford and a swift apology, Greenspan survived the flap. Ever afterward, he has been much more circumspect in his public, and even private, comments.

    LOUIS RUKEYSER OUT

    AP is reporting that Maryland Public Television is retooling Wall Street Week, and in the process, Louis Rukeyser, its host, is being shown the door:

    "They decided unilaterally not to proceed with me as the host of the show I created, wrote and maintained for 32 years," Rukeyser said.

    "They then tried to get me to remain with the program in a senior-commentator capacity, but I decided I didn't want to have anything further to do with them."

    MPT and Fortune magazine are creating a new version of the weekly program called "Wall $treet Week With Fortune." The show, slated to air in the fall, will feature Fortune editorial director Geoffrey Colvin and an undetermined co-anchor, MPT said.

    Rukeyser's contract runs through June. He said the final edition of the show will air June 28.

    I'm very sorry to see Rukeyser get the boot--his was one of the very few PBS shows I enjoyed watching, especially in the early 1990s, when I began my career as a financial planner, something I did until the mid-1990s, when I moved out to California, and sold my practice. Of course, in that time, we've seen the rise of CNBC, CNNFN, and Bloomberg (and of course, all of the cable news channels have daily financial shows as well), rendering a weekly financial show largely superfluous. It will be interesting to see how Wall Street Week does under its new hosts.

    BUSH GOES SOFT ON STEEL

    Andrew Sullivan writes:

    George Will rightly eviscerates Bush’s cave-in to protectionism and industrial policy. Why Karl Rove is running economic policy is beyond me. Are they that scared of the upcoming elections? This is easily the dumbest, worst, and most cynical decision yet of this administration, and I hope principled conservatives give them hell for it.
    I said to a friend earlier today that Bush's steel protectionism reminds me of (yet another reason) why I wouldn't want Pat Buchanan in the White House. The whole thing sounds like a bad flashback to the Keynesian economics liberal Republican days of Richard Nixon, and tarriffs, wage and price freezes, etc. And it's strange to see somebody run on the free market policies of Reagan (which, for the most part, Clinton carried over) and then do something like this.



    Since 2002, News, Technology and Pop Culture, 24 Hours a Day, Live and in Stereo!

    (And every Saturday on Sirius XM Satellite Radio.)

    What They're Saying

    "The best hat in the Blogosphere"--Charles Crawford


    Navigation
    Weblog
    Ed TV
    Podcasts
    Twitter Feed
    Articles
    Essays
    Interviews
    Links
    About Me
    FAQ
    Photos

    Home

    Support the Site

    Search

    Archives
    February 2009
    January 2009
    December 2008
    November 2008
    October 2008
    September 2008
    August 2008
    July 2008
    June 2008
    May 2008
    April 2008
    March 2008
    February 2008
    January 2008
    December 2007
    November 2007
    October 2007
    September 2007
    August 2007
    July 2007
    June 2007
    May 2007
    April 2007
    March 2007
    February 2007
    January 2007
    December 2006
    November 2006
    October 2006
    September 2006
    August 2006
    July 2006
    June 2006
    May 2006
    April 2006
    March 2006
    February 2006
    January 2006
    December 2005
    November 2005
    October 2005
    September 2005
    August 2005
    July 2005
    June 2005
    May 2005
    April 2005
    March 2005
    February 2005
    January 2005
    December 2004
    November 2004
    October 2004
    September 2004
    August 2004
    July 2004
    June 2004
    May 2004
    April 2004
    March 2004
    February 2004
    January 2004
    December 2003
    November 2003
    October 2003
    September 2003
    August 2003
    July 2003
    June 2003
    May 2003
    April 2003
    March 2003
    February 2003
    January 2003
    December 2002
    November 2002
    October 2002
    September 2002
    August 2002
    July 2002
    June 2002
    May 2002
    April 2002
    March 2002

    Etcetera


    Bookmark Me!

    Blogroll Me!

    Steal This Button!

    Syndicate this site (XML)
    Podcasts Feed

    AddThis Feed Button

    AddThis Social Bookmark Button

    youtube_logo.gif

    Our Podcasts' Apple iTunes Page

    Powered by
    Movable Type 3.35

    Site design by
    Sekimori

    Copyright © 2002-2008 Edward B. Driscoll, Jr. All Rights Reserved